株探米国株
英語
エドガーで原本を確認する

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

☐ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023

 

OR

 

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

☐ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of event requiring this shell company report

 

For the transition period from              to               

 

Commission file number: 001-40543

  

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

  

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

Cayman Islands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

3rd Floor, No. 168 Fengqi Road

Jimei District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province

The People’s Republic of China

+ 86-0592-5968169

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Zhuoqin Huang, Chief Executive Officer

Telephone: + 86-592-5968189

Email: ceo@cpop.cn

At the address of the Company set forth above

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class   Trading Symbol(s)   Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A Ordinary Shares   CPOP   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

 

None

(Title of Class)

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

 

None

(Title of Class)

 

 


 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

An aggregate of 18,286,923 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,763,077 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, as of June 30, 2023 (or 1,828,693 Class A ordinary shares, par value US$0.01 per share, and 576,308 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.01 per share, if retroactively adjusted to reflect the 10-to-1 share consolidation effected on October 26, 2023).

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

Yes ☐  No ☒

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Yes ☐ No ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

Yes ☒ No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

 

Yes ☒ No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer   Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

 

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D 1(b). ☐

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP ☒

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the

International Accounting Standards Board ☐

Other ☐

 

* If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 ☐  Item 18 ☐

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ In this annual report on Form 20-F, unless the context otherwise requires, references to:

 

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

INTRODUCTION ii
   
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION   iv
   
PART I 1
       
ITEM 1.   IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS 1
       
ITEM 2.   OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE 1
       
ITEM 3.   KEY INFORMATION 1
       
ITEM 4.   INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY 48
       
ITEM 4A.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 84
       
ITEM 5.   OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS 84
       
ITEM 6.   DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES 101
       
ITEM 7.   MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 108
       
ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL INFORMATION 109
       
ITEM 9.   THE OFFER AND LISTING 112
       
ITEM 10.   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 112
       
ITEM 11.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 120
       
ITEM 12.   DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 121
   
PART II 122
       
ITEM 13.   DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 122
       
ITEM 14.   MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS 122
       
ITEM 15.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 122
       
ITEM 16.   [RESERVED] 123
       
ITEM 16A.   AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT 123
       
ITEM 16B.   CODE OF ETHICS 123
       
ITEM 16C.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 123
       
ITEM 16D.   EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES 124
       
ITEM 16E.   PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS 124
       
ITEM 16F.   CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT 124
       
ITEM 16G.   CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 124
       
ITEM 16H.   MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE 124
       
ITEM 16I.   DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS 124
       
ITEM 16J.   INSIDER TRADING POLICIES 124
       
ITEM 16K   CYBERSECURITY 124
   
PART III 125
       
ITEM 17.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 125
       
ITEM 18.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 125
       
ITEM 19.   EXHIBITS 125

 

i


 

INTRODUCTION

  

 

  “China” or the “PRC” are to the People’s Republic of China;
     
  “Class A Ordinary Shares” are to Class A ordinary shares of Pop Culture Group (defined below), par value $0.01 per share. On October 26, 2023, we effected a 10-to-1 Share Consolidation (as defined below), as a result of which the par value of Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company increased from US$0.001 per share to US$0.01 per share;
     
  “Class B Ordinary Shares” are to Class B ordinary shares of Pop Culture Group, par value $0.01 per share. On October 26, 2023, we effected a 10-to-1 Share Consolidation, as a result of which the par value of Class B Ordinary Shares of the Company increased from US$0.001 per share to US$0.01 per share;
     
  “Heliheng” are to Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the PRC, which is wholly owned by Pop Culture HK (defined below);
     
  “PRC operating entities” are to Xiamen Pop Culture (defined below) and its subsidiaries;
     
  “Pop Culture Group,” “we,” “us,” “our Company,” or the “Company” are to Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd, an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Cayman Islands and when describing the group’s consolidated financial information, also includes the Company’s subsidiaries, the VIE, and the VIE’s subsidiaries;
     
  “Pop Culture HK” are to Pop Culture (HK) Holding Limited, a Hong Kong corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Pop Culture Group;
     
  “PRC laws and regulations” are to the laws and regulations of mainland China;
     
  “Renminbi” or “RMB” are to the legal currency of China;
     
  “U.S. dollars,” “$,” and “dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States;
     
  “VIE” are to variable interest entity;
     
  “VIE Agreements” are to the contractual arrangements among Heliheng, Xiamen Pop Culture, and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders (defined below);
     
  “WFOE” are to wholly foreign-owned enterprise;
     
  “Xiamen Pop Culture” or the “VIE” are to Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the PRC; and
     
  “Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders” are to Zhuoqin Huang, Weiyi Lin, Rongdi Zhang, Chunxiao Cui, Xiayu Cui, Junlong He, Yu Huang, Azhen Lin, and Wuyang Chen, who collectively hold 100% of the equity interests in Xiamen Pop Culture.

 

ii


 

On October 9, 2023, we held an extraordinary meeting of shareholders (the “Meeting”), during which the shareholders approved a proposal to effect a share consolidation of each 10 ordinary shares with par value of US$0.001 each in our issued and unissued share capital into one ordinary share with par value of US$0.01 each (the “Share Consolidation”).  The Share Consolidation became effective on October 26, 2023, and the Class A Ordinary Shares began trading on a post-Share Consolidation basis on the Nasdaq Capital Market when the market opened on October 27, 2023 under the same symbol “CPOP” but under a new CUSIP number of G71700 119. No fractional shares were issued in connection with the Share Consolidation. All fractional shares were rounded up to the whole number of shares. Each 10 pre-split ordinary shares outstanding automatically combined and converted to one issued and outstanding ordinary share without any action on the part of the shareholders.

 

Immediately following the Share Consolidation, the authorized share capital of the Company became US$50,000.00 divided into 4,400,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of par value US$0.01 each and 600,000 Class B Ordinary Shares of par value US$0.01 each.

 

From a Cayman Islands legal perspective, the Share Consolidation does not have any retroactive effect on our shares prior to the effective date on October 26, 2023.  However, references to our ordinary shares in this annual report are stated as having been retroactively adjusted and restated to give effect to the Share Consolidation, as if the Share Consolidation had occurred by the relevant earlier date.

 

This annual report on Form 20-F includes our audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021. In this annual report, we refer to assets, obligations, commitments, and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements in United States dollars. These dollar references are based on the exchange rate of RMB to United States dollars, determined as of a specific date or for a specific period. Changes in the exchange rate will affect the amount of our obligations and the value of our assets in terms of United States dollars which may result in an increase or decrease in the amount of our obligations and the value of our assets.

 

This annual report contains translations of certain RMB amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. Unless otherwise stated, the following exchange rates are used in this annual report:

 

      June 30,  
US$ Exchange Rate     2023       2022       2021  
At the end of the year - RMB     RMB7.2513 to $1.00       RMB6.6981 to $1.00       RMB6.4579 to $1.00  
Average rate for the year - RMB     RMB6.9536 to $1.00       RMB6.4554 to $1.00       RMB6.6228 to $1.00  

 

iii


 

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

 

This annual report contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements. Many of the forward- looking statements contained in this annual report can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “expect,” “should,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” and “potential,” among others.

 

Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this annual report and include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations. Forward-looking statements are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements due to of various factors, including, but not limited to, those identified under the section entitled “Item 3. Key Information—3.D. Risk Factors” in this annual report. These risks and uncertainties include factors relating to:

 

assumptions about our future financial and operating results, including revenue, income, expenditures, cash balances, and other financial items;

 

our ability to execute our growth, and expansion, including our ability to meet our goals;

 

current and future economic and political conditions;

 

our ability to compete in the highly-competitive hip-hop industry;

 

our capital requirements and our ability to raise any additional financing that we may require;

 

our ability to attract clients and further enhance our brand recognition;

 

our ability to hire and retain qualified management personnel and key employees in order to enable us to develop our business;

 

trends and competition in the hip-hop industry;

 

the future development of the COVID-19 pandemic; and

 

other assumptions described in this annual report underlying or relating to any forward-looking statements.

 

These forward-looking statements involve various risks and uncertainties. Although we believe that our expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, our expectations may later be found to be incorrect. Our actual results could be materially different from our expectations. Other sections of this annual report include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. You should read thoroughly this annual report and the documents that we refer to with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from, or worse than, what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

The forward-looking statements made in this annual report relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this annual report. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should read this annual report and the documents that we refer to in this annual report and exhibits to this annual report completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

 

iv


 

Part I

 

Item 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 3. KEY INFORMATION

 

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on January 3, 2020 and not a Chinese operating company. As a holding company, we conduct most of our operations through the VIE and its subsidiaries in the PRC. As of the date of this annual report, the operations conducted by us, the Cayman holding company, include contracting third-party companies for developing metaverse platforms, operating apparel brands “Stussy” and “Fear of God” or other pop brands of the same notch or same category in mainland China, and operating live music concerts of a popular mandarin singer during 2022. For accounting purposes, we control and receive the economic benefits of the business operations of the VIE and its subsidiaries through the VIE Agreements, which enables us to consolidate the financial results of the VIE and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), and the structure involves unique risks to investors. Our securities are securities of Pop Culture Group, the offshore holding company in the Cayman Islands, instead of securities of the VIE or its subsidiaries in the PRC. The VIE structure provides contractual exposure to foreign investment in China-based companies where PRC laws and regulations prohibit direct foreign investment in the operating companies. As a result of our use of the VIE structure, investors may never hold equity interests in the VIE or its subsidiaries.

 

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure, including our subsidiaries and the VIE and its subsidiaries, as of the date of this annual report: 

 

 

 

* Indicates less than 1%

 

1


 

Notes: All percentages reflect the voting ownership interests instead of the equity interests held by each of our shareholders given that each holder of Class B Ordinary Shares is entitled to seven votes per one Class B Ordinary Share and each holder of Class A Ordinary Shares is entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share.

 

  (1) Represents 576,308 Class B Ordinary Shares indirectly held by Zhuoqin Huang, the 100% owner of Joya Enterprises Limited, as of the date of this annual report.
     
  (2) Represents 23,300 Class A Ordinary Shares indirectly held by Weiyi Lin, the 100% owner of Victory Quest Industries Limited, as of the date of this annual report.

 

  (3) Represents an aggregate of 75,509 Class A Ordinary Shares held by five shareholders of Pop Culture Group, each one of which holds less than 5% of our voting ownership interests, as of the date of this annual report.

 

  (4) As of the date of this annual report, Xiamen Pop Culture is held by Zhuoqin Huang as to 61.58%, Weiyi Lin as to 10.02%, Rongdi Zhang as to 9.10%, Chunxiao Cui as to 6.11%, Xiayu Cui as to 6.11%, Junlong He as to 4.42%, Yu Huang as to 2.42%, Azhen Lin as to 0.12%, and Wuyang Chen as to 0.12%, respectively, together holding 100% of the shares.
     
  (5) Fujian Zhongshi Communication Co., Ltd., Junpu Jiyuan (Xiamen) Digital Industry Co., Ltd., and Bo Lan, three unrelated third parties, collectively hold 49% of the equity interests in Zhongpu Shuyuan (Xiamen) Digital Technology Co., Ltd. (“Zhongpu Shuyuan”).

 

  (6)

Wanquan Yi, the legal representative and executive director of Shenzhen Pop Digital Industry Development Co., Ltd., Shenzhen HipHopJust Information Technology Co., Ltd., and Zhaowei Wu, two unrelated third parties, collectively hold 44% of the equity interests in Shenzhen Jam Box Technology Co., Ltd. (“Shenzhen Jam Box”) as 4% equity interest of Shenzhen Jam Box was transferred to Wanquan Yi from Shenzhen Pop Digital Industry Development Co., Ltd. on December 1, 2022 and declared effective by the local authority on January 11, 2023.

 

The VIE Agreements

 

Neither we nor our subsidiaries own any share in Xiamen Pop Culture or its subsidiaries. Instead, for accounting purposes, we control and receive the economic benefits of the business operations of the VIE and its subsidiaries through the VIE Agreements, which enables us to consolidate the financial results of the VIE and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements under U.S. GAAP. Heliheng, Xiamen Pop Culture, and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders entered into the VIE Agreements on March 30, 2020, which were amended and restated on February 19, 2021. The VIE Agreements are designed to provide Heliheng with the power, rights, and obligations with respect to Xiamen Pop Culture as set forth under the VIE Agreements. We have evaluated the guidance in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 810 and determined that we are regarded as the primary beneficiary of the VIE for accounting purposes, as a result of our direct ownership in Heliheng and the provisions of the VIE Agreements.

  

2


 

Each of the agreements in the VIE Agreements is described in detail below.

 

Exclusive Services Agreement

 

Pursuant to the Exclusive Services Agreement between Xiamen Pop Culture and Heliheng, Heliheng provides Xiamen Pop Culture with technical support, intellectual services, and other management services relating to its day-to-day business operations and management, on an exclusive basis, utilizing its advantages in technology, human resources, and information. For services rendered to Xiamen Pop Culture by Heliheng under the Exclusive Services Agreement, Heliheng is entitled to collect a service fee equal to 100% of the net income of Xiamen Pop Culture, which is Xiamen Pop Culture’s earnings before tax after deducting relevant costs and reasonable expenses.

 

The Exclusive Services Agreement became effective on March 30, 2020, was amended and restated on February 19, 2021, and will remain effective unless otherwise terminated as required by laws or regulations, or by relevant governmental or regulatory authorities. Nevertheless, the Exclusive Services Agreement will be terminated after all shares in Xiamen Pop Culture held by the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders and/or all the assets of Xiamen Pop Culture have been legally transferred to Heliheng and/or its designee in accordance with the Exclusive Option Agreement.

 

The Exclusive Services Agreement does not prohibit related party transactions. Our audit committee is required to review and approve in advance any related party transactions, including transactions involving Heliheng or Xiamen Pop Culture.

 

Share Pledge Agreement

 

Under the Share Pledge Agreement between Heliheng and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders, together holding 100% of the shares in Xiamen Pop Culture, the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders pledged their shares in Xiamen Pop Culture to Heliheng to guarantee the performance of Xiamen Pop Culture’s obligations under the Exclusive Services Agreement. Under the terms of the Share Pledge Agreement, in the event that Xiamen Pop Culture or the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders breach their respective contractual obligations under the Exclusive Services Agreement, Heliheng, as pledgee, will be entitled to certain rights, including, but not limited to, the right to collect dividends generated by the pledged shares. The Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders also agreed that upon occurrence of any event of default, as set forth in the Share Pledge Agreement, Heliheng is entitled to dispose of the pledged shares in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations. The Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders further agreed not to dispose of the pledged shares or take any action that would prejudice Heliheng’s interest.

 

The Share Pledge Agreement is effective until the full payment of the service fees under the Exclusive Services Agreement and upon termination of Xiamen Pop Culture’s obligations under the Exclusive Services Agreement, or upon the transfer of shares under the Exclusive Option Agreement.

 

The purposes of the Share Pledge Agreement are to (1) guarantee the performance of Xiamen Pop Culture’s obligations under the Exclusive Services Agreement and (2) make sure the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders do not transfer or assign the pledged shares, or create or allow any encumbrance that would prejudice Heliheng’s interests without Heliheng’s prior written consent. In the event Xiamen Pop Culture breaches its contractual obligations under the Exclusive Services Agreement, Heliheng will be entitled to dispose of the pledged shares in accordance with relevant PRC laws and regulations.

 

As of the date of this annual report, the share pledges under the Share Pledge Agreement have been registered with the competent PRC regulatory authority.

 

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

Under the Exclusive Option Agreement, the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders, together holding 100% of the shares in Xiamen Pop Culture, irrevocably granted Heliheng (or its designee) an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC laws and regulations, once or at multiple times, at any time, part or all of their shares in Xiamen Pop Culture. The option price is RMB10 or the minimum amount to the extent permitted under PRC laws and regulations, whichever is lower.

 

Under the Exclusive Option Agreement, Heliheng may at any time under any circumstances, purchase or have its designee purchase, at its discretion, to the extent permitted under PRC laws and regulations, all or part of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders’ shares in Xiamen Pop Culture. The Exclusive Option Agreement, together with the Share Pledge Agreement, the Exclusive Services Agreement, and the Shareholders’ Powers of Attorney, enable us to consolidate the financial results of Xiamen Pop Culture and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements under U.S. GAAP.

 

3


 

The Exclusive Option Agreement remains effective until all the equity of Xiamen Pop Culture is legally transferred under the name of Heliheng and/or other entity or individual designated by it, unless terminated earlier by Heliheng with a 30-day prior notice. 

 

Shareholders’ Powers of Attorney

 

Under each of the Powers of Attorney, the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders authorized Heliheng to act on their behalf as their exclusive agent and attorney with respect to all rights as shareholders, including but not limited to: (a) attending shareholders’ meetings; (b) exercising all the shareholder’s rights, including voting, that shareholders are entitled to under PRC laws and regulations and the Articles of Association, including but not limited to the sale or transfer or pledge or disposition of shares in part or in whole; and (c) designating and appointing on behalf of shareholders the legal representative, the executive director, supervisor, the chief executive officer, and other senior management members of Xiamen Pop Culture.

 

The Powers of Attorney are irrevocable and continuously valid from the date of execution of the Powers of Attorney, so long as the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders are shareholders of Xiamen Pop Culture.

 

Spousal Consents

 

The spouses of certain of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders agreed, via a spousal consent, to the execution of the “Transaction Documents” including: (a) Exclusive Option Agreement entered into with Heliheng and Xiamen Pop Culture; (b) Share Pledge Agreement entered into with Heliheng; and (c) Powers of Attorney executed by the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders, and the disposal of the shares of Xiamen Pop Culture held by the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders and registered in their names.

 

The spouses of certain of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders further undertook not to make any assertions in connection with the shares of Xiamen Pop Culture which are held by the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders. The spouses of certain of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders confirmed that the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders can perform, amend, or terminate the Transaction Documents without their authorization or consent. They undertook to execute all necessary documents and take all necessary actions to ensure appropriate performance of the agreements.

 

The spouses of certain of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders also undertook that if they obtain any share of Xiamen Pop Culture which are held by the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders for any reasons, they will be bound by the Transaction Documents and comply with the obligations thereunder as shareholders of Xiamen Pop Culture. For this purpose, upon Heliheng’s request, they will sign a series of written documents in substantially the same format and content as the Transaction Documents and Exclusive Services Agreement (as amended from time to time).

 

Risks Associated with Our Corporate Structure and the VIE Agreements

 

Because we do not directly hold equity interests in the VIE and its subsidiaries, we are subject to risks and uncertainties of the interpretations and applications of PRC laws and regulations, including but not limited to, regulatory review of overseas listing of companies in the PRC through special purpose vehicles and the validity and enforcement of the VIE Agreements. We are also subject to the risks and uncertainties about any future actions of the PRC government in this regard that could disallow the VIE structure, which would likely result in a material change in the VIE’s operations, and the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares may depreciate significantly or become worthless. See “—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure,” “—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC,” and “—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Class A Ordinary Shares and the Trading Market.” The VIE Agreements have not been tested in a court of law in the PRC as of the date of this annual report.

 

4


 

The VIE Agreements may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing operational control. For instance, Xiamen Pop Culture and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders could breach the VIE Agreements, by, among other things, failing to conduct their operations in an acceptable manner or taking other actions that are detrimental to our interests. The Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders may not act in the best interests of our Company or may not perform their obligations under these contracts. Such risks exist throughout the period in which we intend to operate certain portions of our business through the VIE Agreements. In the event that Xiamen Pop Culture or the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders fail to perform their respective obligations under the VIE Agreements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend additional resources to enforce such arrangements. In addition, even if legal actions are taken to enforce such arrangements, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the PRC would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the U.S. or any state. See “—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure—If the PRC government determines that the VIE Agreements do not comply with PRC regulatory restrictions on foreign investment in the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations,” “—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—Uncertainties in the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws and regulations could limit the legal protection available to you and us,” “—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure—The VIE Agreements may not be effective in providing control over Xiamen Pop Culture,” and “—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure—The VIE Agreements are governed by the laws of the PRC and we may have difficulty in enforcing any rights we may have under the VIE Agreements.”

 

Risks Associated with being based in the PRC

 

We are subject to certain legal and operational risks associated with being based in the PRC, which could result in a material change in the PRC operating entities’ operations and/or the value of our securities, or could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless. PRC laws and regulations governing our current business operations are sometimes vague and uncertain. Recently, the PRC government adopted a series of regulatory actions and issued statements to regulate business operations in the PRC with little advance notice, including cracking down on illegal activities in the securities market, adopting new measures to extend the scope of cybersecurity reviews, and expanding the efforts in anti-monopoly enforcement. For example, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued the Opinions on Severely Cracking Down on Illegal Securities Activities According to Law, or the Opinions, which were made available to the public on July 6, 2021. The Opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities and the need to strengthen the supervision over overseas listings by Chinese companies. On December 28, 2021, the Cyberspace Administration of China, together with 12 other governmental departments of the PRC, jointly promulgated the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021 version) (the “Cybersecurity Review Measures”), which became effective on February 15, 2022. The Cybersecurity Review Measures requires that an online platform operator which possesses the personal information of at least one million users must apply for a cybersecurity review by the Cyberspace Administration of China, or the “CAC,” if it intends to be listed in foreign countries. In addition, if a critical information infrastructure operator (“CIIO”) purchases Internet products and services that affect or may affect national security, it should be subject to cybersecurity review by the CAC. As of the date of this annual report, we, our subsidiaries, and the PRC operating entities have not been involved in any investigations on cybersecurity review initiated by any PRC regulatory authority, nor has any of them received any inquiry, notice, or sanction. As confirmed by our PRC counsel, AllBright Law Offices (Xiamen) (“AllBright”), as of the date of this annual report, we are not subject to cybersecurity review with the CAC, under the Cybersecurity Review Measures, or if the Security Administration Draft, as illustrated below, is enacted as proposed, since (i) as companies that host entertainment events, operate hip-hop related online programs, and provide event planning and execution services and brand promotion services to corporate clients, we and the PRC operating entities are unlikely to be classified as CIIOs by the PRC regulatory agencies; (ii) we and the PRC operating entities currently possess personal information of a relatively small number of users in their business operations, significantly less than the one million user threshold set for a data processing operator applying for listing on a foreign exchange that may be required to pass such cybersecurity review, and they do not anticipate that they will be collecting over one million users’ personal information in the foreseeable future; and (iii) since we and the PRC operating entities are in the hip-hop industry, data processed in their business is unlikely to have a bearing on national security and therefore is unlikely to be classified as core or important data by the authorities. There remains uncertainty, however, as to how the Cybersecurity Review Measures and the Security Administration Draft will be interpreted or implemented and whether the PRC regulatory agencies, including the CAC, may adopt new laws, regulations, rules, or detailed implementation and interpretation related to the Cybersecurity Review Measures and the Security Administration Draft. See “—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—Recent greater oversight by the Cyberspace Administration of China over data security, particularly for companies seeking to list on a foreign exchange, could adversely impact our business and our offering.”

 

5


 

On February 17, 2023, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”) promulgated the Trial Administrative Measures of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies (the “Trial Measures”) and five supporting guidelines, which came into effect on March 31, 2023. As our registration statement on Form F-1 was declared effective on June 29, 2021 and we completed our initial public offering and listing on July 2, 2021, we are currently not required to complete the filing procedures pursuant to the Trial Measures. However, in the event that we undertake new offerings or fundraising activities in the future, we may be required to complete the filing procedures. Other than the foregoing, as of the date of this annual report, according to AllBright, our PRC legal counsel, no relevant PRC laws or regulations in effect require that we obtain permission from any PRC authorities to issue securities to foreign investors, and we have not received any inquiry, notice, warning, sanction, or any regulatory objection to our offerings from the CSRC, the CAC, or any other PRC authorities that have jurisdiction over our operations. The Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress (the “SCNPC”) or PRC regulatory authorities may in the future promulgate additional laws, regulations, or implementing rules that require us, our subsidiaries, the VIE, and/or the VIE’s subsidiaries to obtain regulatory approval from Chinese authorities for our continued listing in the U.S. If we do not receive or maintain such approval, or inadvertently conclude that such approval is not required, or applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change such that we are required to obtain approval in the future, we may be subject to an investigation by competent regulators, fines or penalties, or an order prohibiting us from conducting a subsequent offering, and these risks could result in a material adverse change in our operations and the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause such securities to significantly decline in value or become worthless. See “—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—The Chinese government may exert more oversight and control over overseas public offerings conducted by China-based issuers, which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our securities to investors and could cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless.”

 

Since 2021, the Chinese government has strengthened its anti-monopoly supervision, mainly in three aspects: (i) establishing the National Anti-Monopoly Bureau; (ii) revising and promulgating anti-monopoly laws and regulations, including: the Anti-Monopoly Law of the PRC (amended on June 24, 2022 and effective on August 1, 2022), the anti-monopoly guidelines for various industries, and the Detailed Rules for the Implementation of the Fair Competition Review System; and (iii) expanding the anti-monopoly law enforcement targeting Internet companies and large enterprises. As of the date of this annual report, the Chinese government’s recent statements and regulatory actions related to anti-monopoly concerns have not impacted our or the PRC operating entities’ ability to conduct business, our ability to accept foreign investments or issue our securities to foreign investors because neither we and our subsidiaries, nor the PRC operating entities engage in monopolistic behaviors that are subject to these statements or regulatory actions.

 

Permissions Required from PRC Authorities

 

As of the date of this annual report, we, our PRC subsidiaries, and the PRC operating entities, (i) are not covered by additional permissions or approval requirements from any governmental agency that is required to approve the PRC operating entities’ operations, (ii) have received from PRC authorities all requisite licenses, permissions, and approvals needed to engage in the businesses currently conducted in the PRC, and (iii) no such permission or approval has been denied. These licenses, permissions, and approvals, which have been successfully obtained, are: (i) business licenses; (ii) the Electronic Data Interchange (“EDI”) and Internet Content Provider (“ICP”) Licenses; (iii) the Commercial Performance License; and (iv) the filing-for-record procedures before engaging in non-commercial Internet content service operations.

 

As advised by our PRC counsel, AllBright, as of the date of this annual report, our Company, our subsidiaries, and the PRC operating entities, (i) are not required to obtain additional permissions or approvals to operate their current business, (ii) are not required to obtain permission from the CSRC, the CAC, or any other Chinese authorities to maintain our listing status on U.S. exchange based on PRC laws and regulations currently in effect,  and (iii) have not received or were denied such permission by any Chinese authorities. However, we cannot assure you that the PRC regulatory agencies, including the CAC or the CSRC, would take the same view as we do, and there is no assurance that our PRC subsidiaries and the PRC operating entities are always able to successfully update or renew the licenses or permits required for the relevant business in a timely manner or that these licenses or permits are sufficient to conduct all of their present or future business. If our PRC subsidiaries or the PRC operating entities (i) do not receive or maintain required permissions or approvals, (ii) inadvertently conclude that such permissions or approvals are not required, or (iii) applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change and our PRC subsidiaries and the PRC operating entities are required to obtain such permissions or approvals in the future, they could be subject to fines, legal sanctions, or an order to suspend their relevant services, which may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and cause our securities to significantly decline in value or become worthless.

 

6


 

Recently, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued the Opinions, which were made available to the public on July 6, 2021. The Opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities and the need to strengthen the supervision over overseas listings by Chinese companies. See “—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—The Chinese government may exert more oversight and control over overseas public offerings conducted by China-based issuers, which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our securities to investors and could cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless.”

 

According to the Notice on the Administrative Arrangements for the Filing of the Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies from the CSRC, or “the CSRC Notice,” the domestic companies that have already been listed overseas before the effective date of the Trial Measures (namely, March 31, 2023) shall be deemed as existing issuers (the “Existing Issuers”). Existing Issuers are not required to complete the filing procedures immediately, and they shall be required to file with the CSRC for any subsequent offerings. Further, according to the CSRC Notice, domestic companies that have obtained approval from overseas regulatory authorities or securities exchanges (for example, the effectiveness of a registration statement for offering and listing in the U.S. has been obtained) for their indirect overseas offering and listing prior to March 31, 2023 but have not yet completed their indirect overseas issuance and listing, are granted a six-month transition period from March 31, 2023 to September 30, 2023. Those that complete their indirect overseas offering and listing within such six-month period are deemed as Existing Issuers and are not required to file with the CSRC for their indirect overseas offerings and listings. Within such six-month transition period, however, if such domestic companies fail to complete their indirect overseas issuance and listing, they shall complete the filing procedures with the CSRC.

 

Based on the foregoing, as our registration statement on Form F-1 in connection with our initial public offering was declared effective on June 29, 2021 and we completed our initial public offering and listing on July 2, 2021, we are currently not required to complete the filing procedures pursuant to the Trial Measures. However, in the event that we undertake new offerings or fundraising activities in the future, we may be required to complete the filing procedures.

 

On February 24, 2023, the CSRC, together with the MOF, National Administration of State Secrets Protection and National Archives Administration of China, revised the Provisions on Strengthening Confidentiality and Archives Administration for Overseas Securities Offering and Listing, which were issued by the CSRC and National Administration of State Secrets Protection and National Archives Administration of China in 2009, or the “Provisions.” The revised Provisions were issued under the title the “Provisions on Strengthening Confidentiality and Archives Administration of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies,” and came into effect on March 31, 2023 together with the Trial Measures. One of the major revisions to the revised Provisions is expanding their application to cover indirect overseas offering and listing, as is consistent with the Trial Measures. The revised Provisions require that, among other things, (a) a domestic company that plans to, either directly or indirectly through its overseas listed entity, publicly disclose or provide to relevant individuals or entities, including securities companies, securities service providers, and overseas regulators, any documents and materials that contain state secrets or working secrets of government agencies, shall first obtain approval from competent authorities according to law, and file with the secrecy administrative department at the same level; and (b) a domestic company that plans to, either directly or indirectly through its overseas listed entity, publicly disclose or provide to relevant individuals and entities, including securities companies, securities service providers, and overseas regulators, any other documents and materials that, if leaked, will be detrimental to national security or public interest, shall strictly fulfill relevant procedures stipulated by applicable national regulations. Any failure or perceived failure by our Company, our subsidiaries, the VIE, or the VIE’s subsidiaries to comply with the above confidentiality and archives administration requirements under the revised Provisions and other PRC laws and regulations may result in the relevant entities being held legally liable by competent authorities, and referred to the judicial organ to be investigated for criminal liability if suspected of committing a crime.

 

As there are still uncertainties regarding the interpretation and implementation of such regulatory guidance, we cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with new regulatory requirements relating to our future overseas capital-raising activities and we may become subject to more stringent requirements with respect to matters such as cross-border investigation, data privacy, and enforcement of legal claims. See “—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—The Opinions, the Trial Measures, and the revised Provisions recently issued by the PRC authorities may subject us to additional compliance requirements in the future.”

 

7


 

Other than the foregoing, as of the date of this annual report, we are not aware of any other PRC laws or regulations in effect requiring that we obtain permission or approval from any PRC authorities for our subsidiaries or the PRC operating entities’ operations and to issue securities to foreign investors, and we have not received any inquiry, notice, warning, sanction, or any regulatory objection to our offerings from the CSRC, the CAC, or any other PRC authorities that have jurisdiction over our operations.

  

In addition, our securities may be prohibited from trading on a national exchange or over-the-counter under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act if the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or the “PCAOB,” is unable to inspect our auditor for three consecutive years beginning in 2021. Our auditor, WWC, P.C., is an independent registered public accounting firm with the PCAOB, and as an auditor of publicly traded companies in the U.S., is subject to laws in the U.S., pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess its compliance with the applicable professional standards. The PCAOB currently has access to inspect the working papers of our auditor and our auditor is not subject to the determinations announced by the PCAOB on December 16, 2021. If trading in our Class A Ordinary Shares is prohibited under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act in the future because the PCAOB determines that it cannot inspect or fully investigate our auditor at such future time, Nasdaq may determine to delist our Class A Ordinary Shares. On June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, and on December 29, 2022, legislation entitled “Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023” (the “Consolidated Appropriations Act”) was signed into law by President Biden, which contained, among other things, an identical provision to the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act and amended the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act by requiring the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to prohibit an issuer’s securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges if its auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years instead of three, thus reducing the time period for triggering the prohibition on trading. On August 26, 2022, the CSRC, the Ministry of Finance of the PRC (the “MOF”), and the PCAOB signed a Statement of Protocol (the “Protocol”) governing inspections and investigations of audit firms based in mainland China and Hong Kong, taking the first step toward opening access for the PCAOB to inspect and investigate registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong. Pursuant to the fact sheet with respect to the Protocol disclosed by the SEC, the PCAOB shall have independent discretion to select any issuer audits for inspection or investigation and has the unfettered ability to transfer information to the SEC. On December 15, 2022, the PCAOB Board determined that the PCAOB was able to secure complete access to inspect and investigate registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong and voted to vacate its previous determinations to the contrary. However, should PRC authorities obstruct or otherwise fail to facilitate the PCAOB’s access in the future, the PCAOB Board will consider the need to issue a new determination. See “—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—Recent joint statement by the SEC and the PCAOB, rule changes by Nasdaq, and the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our continued listing or future offerings of our securities in the U.S.” 

 

Asset Transfers Between Our Company, Our Subsidiaries, and the VIE

 

As of the date of this annual report, our Company, our subsidiaries, and the VIE have not distributed any earnings or settled any amounts owed under the VIE Agreements. Our Company, our subsidiaries, and the VIE do not have any plan to distribute earnings or settle amounts owed under the VIE Agreements in the foreseeable future.

 

The Company’s management is directly supervising cash management. Our finance department is responsible for establishing the cash management policies and procedures among our subsidiaries and departments and the PRC operating entities. Each subsidiary, department, or PRC operating entity initiates a cash request by putting forward a cash demand plan, which explains the specific amount and timing of cash requested, and submitting it to designated management members of the Company, based on the amount and the use of cash requested. The designated management member examines and approves the allocation of cash based on the sources of cash and the priorities of the needs, and submit it to the cashier specialists of our finance department for a second review. Other than the above, we currently do not have other cash management policies or procedures that dictate how funds are transferred.

 

8


 

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, cash transfers and transfers of other assets between our Company, our subsidiaries, and the VIE were as follows: in July 2020, Pop Culture Group transferred approximately $600,000 to Pop Culture HK, which in turn transferred approximately $599,000 to Heliheng; in July 2021, Pop Culture Group transferred approximately $7,081,000 of the net proceeds from our initial public offering to Pop Culture HK, which in turn transferred approximately $7,050,000 to Heliheng; and in May and June 2022, Pop Culture Group transferred approximately $3,019,000 to Pop Culture HK, which in turn transferred approximately $3,008,400 to Heliheng; and in September 2022 and January 2023, Pop Culture Group transferred approximately $3,807,000 to Pop Culture HK. In September 2022, October 2022, November 2022, December 2022, February 2023, and April 2023, Heliheng transferred approximately $1,766,000 to Xiamen Pop Culture.

 

Dividends or Distributions Made to Our Company and U.S. Investors and Tax Consequences

 

As of the date of this annual report, none of our subsidiaries or the VIE have made any dividends or distributions to our Company and our Company has not made any dividends or distributions to our shareholders. We intend to keep any future earnings to finance the expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate that any cash dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future. Subject to the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) rules, the gross amount of distributions we make to investors with respect to our securities (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will be taxable as a dividend, to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles.

 

Under Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend on its shares out of either profit or share premium amount, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts due in the ordinary course of business.

 

Cash is transferred among our Company, our subsidiaries, and the VIE, in the following manners: (i) funds are transferred to Heliheng, our WFOE, from our Company as needed through Pop Culture HK, our Hong Kong subsidiary, in the form of capital contributions or shareholder loans, as the case may be; (ii) funds may be paid by the VIE to Heliheng, as service fees according to the VIE Agreements; (iii) dividends or other distributions may be paid by Heliheng, to our Company through Pop Culture HK; and (iv) Heliheng and the VIE, lend to and borrow from each other from time to time for business operation purposes.

 

Relevant PRC laws and regulations permit the companies in the PRC to pay dividends only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Additionally, each of the companies in the PRC are required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. The companies in the PRC are also required to further set aside a portion of their after-tax profits to fund the employee welfare fund, although the amount to be set aside, if any, is determined at their discretion. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. Furthermore, in order for us to pay dividends to our shareholders, we will rely on payments made from Xiamen Pop Culture to Heliheng, pursuant to the VIE Agreements, and the distribution of such payments to Pop Culture HK as dividends from Heliheng, and then to our Company. If our PRC subsidiaries and the PRC operating entities incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us.

 

Our cash dividends, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars. If we are considered a tax resident enterprise of the PRC for tax purposes, any dividends we pay to our overseas shareholders may be regarded as PRC-sourced income and as a result may be subject to PRC withholding tax. See “—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be classified as a PRC ‘resident enterprise’ for PRC enterprise income tax purposes. Such classification would likely result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.”

 

The PRC government also imposes controls on the convertibility of Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of the PRC. The majority of our and the PRC operating entities’ income is received in Renminbi and shortages in foreign currencies may restrict our ability to pay dividends or other payments, or otherwise satisfy our foreign currency denominated obligations, if any. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and expenditures from trade-related transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange as long as certain procedural requirements are met. Approval from appropriate government authorities is required if Renminbi is converted into foreign currency and remitted out of the PRC to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. The PRC government may, at its discretion, impose restrictions on access to foreign currencies for current account transactions and if this occurs in the future, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders.

 

Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries and the PRC operating entities to distribute dividends or other payments to their respective shareholders could materially and adversely limit our ability to conduct operations, make investments, engage in acquisitions, or undertake other activities requiring working capital. However, our operations and business, including investment and/or acquisitions by our PRC subsidiaries and the PRC operating entities within the PRC, will not be affected as long as the capital is not transferred in or out of the PRC.

 

9


 

Selected Condensed Consolidating Financial Schedule

 

As a holding company, we conduct most of our operations through our subsidiaries   and the VIE and its subsidiaries in the PRC. As of the date of this annual report, the operations conducted by us, the Cayman holding company, include contracting third-party companies for developing metaverse platforms, operating apparel brands “Stussy” and “Fear of God” or other pop brands of the same notch or same category in mainland China, and operating live music concerts of a popular mandarin singer during 2022. Our subsidiaries and the VIE and its subsidiaries as of the date of this annual report are described below:

 

Name of Entity  

Date of 

Incorporation/
Acquisition

 

Place of 

Incorporation/
Acquisition

  Effective
Interest Held
Through
Equity
Ownership/
Contractual
Arrangements
  Principal Activities
Pop Culture Group   January 3, 2020   Cayman Islands   100%   Parent Holding
                 
Subsidiaries                
Pop Culture HK   January 20, 2020   Hong Kong   100%   Investment holding
Heliheng   March 13, 2020   PRC   100%   WFOE, consultancy and information technology support
Pop Culture Global Operations Inc. (“Pop Culture Global”)   December 3, 2021   California   100%   Overseas hip-hop resource integration and business development
Xiamen Pop Investment Co., Ltd. (“Pop Investment”)   January 25, 2022   PRC   60% owned by Heliheng; 40% owned by the VIE   Cross-border funds management
Fujian Pupu Shuzhi Sports Industry Development Co., Ltd. (“Shuzhi Sports”)   July 21, 2022   PRC   100%   Holding sports performance activities
                 
VIE                
Xiamen Pop Culture   March 29, 2007   PRC   VIE   Event planning, execution, and hosting
                 
VIE’s subsidiaries                
Shanghai Pupu Sibo Sports Technology Development Co., Ltd. (“Pupu Sibo”)   March 30, 2017   PRC   100% owned by the VIE   Event planning and execution
Xiamen Pop Network Technology Co., Ltd. (“Pop Network”)   June 6, 2017   PRC   100% owned by the VIE   Marketing
Guangzhou Shuzhi Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (“Guangzhou Shuzhi”)   December 19, 2018   PRC   100% owned by the VIE   Event planning and execution
Shenzhen Pop Digital Industry Development Co., Ltd. (“Shenzhen Pop”)   January 17, 2020   PRC   100% owned by the VIE   Event planning and execution
Xiamen Pupu Digital Technology Co., Ltd. (“Pupu Digital”)   June 20, 2022   PRC   100% owned by the VIE   Cultural technology
Hualiu Digital Entertainment (Beijing) International Culture Media Co., Ltd. (“Hualiu Digital”)   April 14, 2022   PRC   100% owned by the VIE   Acting broker and self-branding development
Zhongpu Shuyuan   March 30, 2022   PRC   51% owned by the VIE   Digital collection and Metaverse
Xiamen Qiqin Technology Co., Ltd. (“Xiamen Qiqin”)   April 12, 2022   PRC   51% owned by the VIE   IPC License
Shenzhen Jam box   November 18, 2021   PRC   56% owned by the VIE   Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) Software Provider
Xiamen Pop Shuzhi Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (“Xiamen Shuzhi”)   May 16, 2022   PRC   100% owned by the VIE   Online and offline advertising marketing and exhibitions

 

10


 

The following tables present selected condensed consolidated financial data of Pop Culture Group and its subsidiaries and the VIE and its subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, and balance sheet data as of June 30, 2023 and 2022.

 

SELECTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

   

For the Fiscal Year Ended

June 30, 2023

 
   

Pop Culture

Group

    Subsidiaries    

VIE and its

Subsidiaries

    Eliminations    

Consolidated

Total

 
Revenue   $ 257,169     $ -     $ 18,286,074     $ -     $ 18,543,243  
Cost of revenue   $ 150,000     $ 312,198     $ 21,743,860     $ -     $ 22,206,058  
Gross profit   $ 107,169     $ (312,198 )   $ (3,457,786 )   $ -     $ (3,662,815 )
Service fee income   $ (15,327,143 )   $ -     $ -     $ 15,327,143     $ -  
Net income   $ (25,257,696 )   $ (1,273,299 )   $ (14,053,844 )   $ 15,327,143     $ (25,257,696 )
Comprehensive income   $ (25,257,696 )   $ (2,065,384 )   $ (14,936,399 )   $ 15,327,143     $ (26,932,336 )

 

    For the Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2022
 
    Pop Culture
Group
    Subsidiaries     VIE and its
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated
Total
 
Revenue   $ -     $ 7,520,431     $ 24,761,112     $ -     $ 32,281,543  
Cost of revenue   $ -     $ 6,542,201     $ 19,493,810     $ -     $ 26,036,011  
Gross profit   $ -     $ 978,230     $ 5,267,302     $ -     $ 6,245,532  
Service fee income   $ -     $ -     $ 1,882,512     $ (1,882,512 )*   $ -  
Net income   $ (1,583,761 )   $ 389,137     $ 1,882,512     $ -     $ 687,888  
Comprehensive income   $ (1,583,761 )   $ 124,256     $ 1,273,590     $ -     $ (185,915 )

 

* To eliminate income generated by the VIE and its subsidiaries.

 

    For the Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2021
 
   

Pop Culture

Group

    Subsidiaries     VIE and its
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated
Total
 
Revenue   $ -     $ 655,255     $ 24,871,302     $ -     $ 25,526,557  
Cost of revenue   $ -     $ 579,454     $ 17,723,040     $ -     $ 18,302,494  
Gross profit   $ -     $ 75,801     $ 7,148,262     $ -     $ 7,224,063  
Service fee income   $ -     $ 4,571,795     $ -     $ (4,571,795 )   $ -  
Net (loss) income   $ (330,734 )   $ 4,598,276     $ 4,571,795     $ (4,571,795 )   $ 4,267,542  
Comprehensive (loss) income   $ (330,734 )   $ 4,648,657     $ 5,857,171     $ (4,571,795 )   $ 5,603,299  

 

SELECTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

    As of June 30, 2023  
    Pop Culture
Group
    Subsidiaries     VIE and its
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated
Total
 
Cash   $ 1,095,007     $ 955,375     $ 700,928     $ -     $ 2,751,309  
Receivable from the VIE   $ -     $ 8,403,898     $ -     $ (8,403,898 )   $ -  
Total current assets   $ 7,882,234     $ 17,570,698     $ 15,204,680     $ (8,403,898 )   $ 32,253,714  
Investments in subsidiaries and the VIE   $ 2,564,498     $ -     $ -     $ (2,564,498 )   $ -  
Total assets   $ 26,209,748     $ 7,028,174     $ 16,775,802     $ (10,968,396 )   $ 39,045,328  
Total liabilities   $ 31,600     $ 498,970     $ 12,336,610     $ -     $ 12,867,180  
Total shareholders’ equity   $ 26,178,148     $ 6,529,204     $ 4,439,192     $ (10,968,396 )   $ 26,178,148  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 26,209,748     $ 7,028,174     $ 16,775,802     $ (10,968,396 )   $ 39,045,328  

 

11


 

    As of June 30, 2022  
    Pop Culture
Group
    Subsidiaries     VIE and its
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated
Total
 
Cash   $ 9,085,082     $ 1,741,047     $ 3,569,903     $ -     $ 14,396,032  
Receivable from the VIE   $ -     $ 1,882,512     $ -     $ (1,882,512 )   $ -  
Total current assets   $ 13,335,083     $ 10,047,766     $ 29,331,187     $ (1,882,512 )   $ 50,831,524  
Investments in subsidiaries and the VIE   $ 10,700,049     $ 10,657,426     $ -     $ (21,357,475 )   $ -  
Total assets   $ 33,634,367     $ 23,826,005     $ 30,147,583     $ (23,239,987 )   $ 64,367,968  
Total liabilities   $ 90,165     $ 395,324     $ 11,110,127     $ -     $ 11,595,616  
Total shareholders’ equity   $ 33,544,203     $ 23,430,680     $ 19,037,456     $ (23,239,987 )   $ 52,772,352  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 33,634,367     $ 23,826,005     $ 30,147,583     $ (23,239,987 )   $ 64,367,968  

 

SELECTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2023  
    Pop Culture Group     Subsidiaries     VIE and its
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated
Total
 
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (3,390,075 )   $ 100,151     $ (2,672,557 )   $              -     $ (5,962,481 )
Net used in investing activities   $ (4,600,000 )   $ (885,824 )   $ (680,272 )   $       $ (6,166,096 )
Net cash used in (provided by) financing activities   $ -     $ -     $ 683,277     $ -     $ 683,277  

 

    For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2022  
    Pop Culture
Group
    Subsidiaries     VIE and its
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated
Total
 
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (7,365,529 )   $ (8,376,329   $ 4,365,662     $            -     $ (11,376,196 )
Net used in investing activities   $ (18,302,281 )   $ 10,100,049     $ (589,351 )   $ -     $ (8,791,583 )
Net cash used in (provided by) financing activities   $ 34,748,634     $ (10,327     $ (1,679,374   $ -     $ 33,058,932  

 

    For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021  
    Pop Culture
Group
    Subsidiaries     VIE and its
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated
Total
 
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (75,805 )   $ (651,453 )   $ (3,310,074 )   $ -     $ (4,037,332 )
Net used in investing activities   $ (600,000 )   $ -     $ -     $ 600,000     $ -  
Net cash used in (provided by) financing activities   $ (459,164 )   $ (568,241 )   $ 4,378,228     $ 600,000     $ 3,950,823  

 

A. [Reserved]

  

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds Foreign ownership of Internet content services and radio and television program production and distribution business is prohibited under current PRC laws and regulations.

 

Not applicable.

  

12


 

D. Risk Factors

 

Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure

 

Our corporate structure, in particular the VIE Agreements, is subject to significant risks, as set forth in the following risk factors.

 

If the PRC government determines that the VIE Agreements do not comply with PRC regulatory restrictions on foreign investment in the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.

 

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulations.” Accordingly, we currently operate our radio and television program production and distribution business through Xiamen Pop Culture, a VIE, pursuant to the VIE Agreements. For a description of the VIE Agreements, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company—The VIE Agreements.”

 

According to our PRC counsel, AllBright, based on its understandings of the relevant PRC laws and regulations, (i) the ownership structure of Xiamen Pop Culture and Heliheng is currently not in violation of applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect; and (ii) each of the VIE Agreements is legal, valid, binding, and enforceable in accordance with its terms and applicable PRC laws and regulations. Our PRC counsel, AllBright, however, has also advised us that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current or future PRC laws and regulations. The VIE Agreements have not been tested in a court of law in the PRC as of the date of this annual report. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may ultimately take a view contrary to the opinion of our PRC counsel. It is uncertain whether any new PRC laws or regulations relating to VIE structures will be adopted or, if adopted, what they would provide.

 

If our corporate structure and the VIE Agreements are determined as illegal or invalid by the competent court in the PRC, arbitral tribunal, or regulatory authorities, we may be unable to consolidate the financial results of the VIE and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements under U.S. GAAP and have to modify such structure to comply with regulatory requirements. However, there can be no assurance that we can achieve this without material disruption to our business. Further, if our corporate structure and the VIE Agreements are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or we or Xiamen Pop Culture fails to obtain or maintain any required permits or approvals, the relevant regulatory authorities would have broad discretion in dealing with such violations, including:

 

  revoking the business and/or operating licenses of Heliheng or Xiamen Pop Culture;
     
  discontinuing or restricting the operations of Heliheng or Xiamen Pop Culture;
     
  imposing conditions or requirements with which we, Heliheng, or Xiamen Pop Culture may not be able to comply;
     
  requiring us, Heliheng, or Xiamen Pop Culture to change our corporate structure and the VIE Agreements;
     
  restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds from our public offering to finance the PRC operating entities’ business and operations in the PRC; and
     
  imposing fines.

 

The imposition of any of these penalties would result in a material and adverse effect on the PRC operating entities’ ability to conduct their business. In addition, it is unclear what impact the PRC government actions would have on us and on our ability to consolidate the financial results of Xiamen Pop Culture in our consolidated financial statements, if the PRC government authorities were to find our legal structure and the VIE Agreements to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations. If the imposition of any of these government actions causes us to lose our right to direct the activities of Xiamen Pop Culture or our right to receive substantially all the economic benefits and residual returns from Xiamen Pop Culture and we are not able to restructure our ownership structure and operations in a satisfactory manner, we would no longer be able to consolidate the financial results of Xiamen Pop Culture in our consolidated financial statements. Either of these results, or any other significant penalties that might be imposed on us in this event, would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, and our securities may significantly decline in value or become worthless.

 

The VIE Agreements may not be effective in providing control over Xiamen Pop Culture.

 

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and not a Chinese operating entity. As a holding company, we conduct a substantial majority of our operations through the PRC operating entities. As of the date of this annual report, the operations conducted by us, the Cayman holding company, include contracting third-party companies for develop metaverse platforms, operating apparel brands “Stussy” and “Fear of God” or other pop brands of the same notch or same category in mainland China, and operating live music concerts of a popular mandarin singer during 2022. For accounting purposes, we control and receive the economic benefits of the PRC operating entities’ business operations through the VIE Agreements, which enables us to consolidate the financial results of Xiamen Pop Culture in our consolidated financial statements under U.S. GAAP. Our Class A Ordinary Shares are shares of our offshore holding company instead of shares of the PRC operating entities.

 

13


 

The VIE Agreements, however, may not be as effective in providing us with the necessary control over Xiamen Pop Culture and its operations. For example, Xiamen Pop Culture and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders could breach the VIE Agreements by, among other things, failing to conduct their operations in an acceptable manner or taking other actions that are detrimental to our interests. If we had direct ownership of Xiamen Pop Culture, we would be able to exercise our rights as a shareholder to effect changes in the board of directors of Xiamen Pop Culture, which in turn could implement changes, subject to any applicable fiduciary obligations, at the management and operational level. Under the current VIE Agreements, however, we rely on the performance by Xiamen Pop Culture and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders of their respective obligations under the contracts to exercise control over Xiamen Pop Culture for accounting purposes. The Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders may not act in the best interests of our company or may not perform their obligations under these contracts. Such risks exist throughout the period in which we intend to operate certain portions of our business through the VIE Agreements with Xiamen Pop Culture. If any disputes relating to these contracts remain unresolved, we will have to enforce our rights under these contracts through the operations of PRC law and arbitration, litigation, and other legal proceedings and therefore will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system. Therefore, the VIE Agreements may not be as effective in ensuring our control over the relevant portion of our business operations as direct ownership would be.

 

The VIE Agreements are governed by the laws of the PRC and we may have difficulty in enforcing any rights we may have under the VIE Agreements.

 

As the VIE Agreements are governed by PRC laws and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in the PRC, they would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. Disputes arising from the VIE Agreements will be resolved through arbitration in the PRC, although these disputes do not include claims arising under the United States federal securities law and thus do not prevent you from pursuing claims under the United States federal securities law. The legal environment in the PRC is not as developed as in the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could further limit our ability to enforce the VIE Agreements, through arbitration, litigation, and other legal proceedings remain in the PRC, which could limit our ability to enforce the VIE Agreements, and we may not be deemed to have a controlling financial interest in, or be the primary beneficiary of Xiamen Pop Culture for accounting purposes. Furthermore, these contracts may not be enforceable in the PRC if the PRC government authorities or courts take a view that such contracts contravene PRC laws and regulations or are otherwise not enforceable for public policy reasons. In the event we are unable to enforce the VIE Agreements, we may not be able to exert effective control over Xiamen Pop Culture for accounting purposes, and our ability to conduct our business may be materially and adversely affected.

  

We may not be able to consolidate the financial results of Xiamen Pop Culture or such consolidation could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

Our business is conducted through Xiamen Pop Culture, which currently is considered for accounting purposes as a VIE, and we are considered the primary beneficiary, enabling us to consolidate the financial results of Xiamen Pop Culture in our consolidated financial statements. In the event that in the future Xiamen Pop Culture would no longer meet the definition of a VIE, or we are deemed not to be the primary beneficiary, we would not be able to consolidate line by line its financial results in our consolidated financial statements for PRC purposes. Also, if in the future an affiliate company becomes a VIE and we become the primary beneficiary, we would be required to consolidate that entity’s financial results in our consolidated financial statements for PRC purposes. If such entity’s financial results were negative, this could have a corresponding negative impact on our operating results for PRC purposes. However, any material variations in the accounting principles, practices, and methods used in preparing financial statements for PRC purposes from the principles, practices, and methods generally accepted in the United States and in the SEC accounting regulations must be discussed, quantified, and reconciled in financial statements for the U.S. GAAP and SEC purposes.

 

The VIE Agreements may result in adverse tax consequences.

 

PRC laws and regulations emphasize the requirement of an arm’s length basis for transfer pricing arrangements between related parties. The laws and regulations also require enterprises with related party transactions to prepare transfer pricing documentation to demonstrate the basis for determining pricing, the computation methodology, and detailed explanations. Related party arrangements and transactions may be subject to challenge or tax inspection by the PRC tax authorizes.

  

14


 

Under a tax inspection, if our transfer pricing arrangements between Heliheng and Xiamen Pop Culture are judged as tax avoidance, or related documentation does not meet the requirements, Heliheng and Xiamen Pop Culture may be subject to material adverse tax consequences, such as transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could result in a reduction, for PRC tax purpose, of adjustments recorded by Heliheng, which could adversely affect us by (i) increasing Xiamen Pop Culture’s tax liabilities without reducing Heliheng’s tax liabilities, which could further result in interest being levied to us for unpaid taxes; or (ii) imposing late payment fees and other penalties on Xiamen Pop Culture for the adjusted but unpaid taxes according to the applicable regulations. In addition, if Heliheng requests the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders to transfer their shares in Xiamen Pop Culture at nominal or no value pursuant to the VIE Agreements, such transfer may be viewed as a gift and subject Heliheng to PRC income tax. As a result, our financial position could be materially and adversely affected if Xiamen Pop Culture’s tax liabilities increase or if it is required to pay late payment fees and other penalties.

 

The Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders have potential conflicts of interest with our Company which may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

The Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders may have potential conflicts of interest with us. These shareholders may not act in the best interest of our Company or may breach, or cause Xiamen Pop Culture to breach the VIE Agreements, which would have a material and adverse effect on our ability to effectively control Xiamen Pop Culture and receive economic benefits from it for accounting purposes. For example, the shareholders may be able to cause the VIE Agreements to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the VIE Agreements to us on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise, any or all of these shareholders will act in the best interests of our Company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

 

Currently, we do not have any arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between these shareholders and our Company, except that we could exercise our purchase option under the exclusive option agreements with these shareholders to request them to transfer all of their equity interests in Xiamen Pop Culture to a PRC entity or individual designated by us, to the extent permitted by PRC law. If we cannot resolve any conflicts of interest or disputes between us and those shareholders, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which may materially disrupt our business. There is also substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceeding.

 

We rely on the approvals, certificates, and business licenses held by Xiamen Pop Culture and any deterioration of the relationship between Heliheng and Xiamen Pop Culture could materially and adversely affect our overall business operations.

 

Pursuant to the VIE Agreements, most of our business in the PRC will be undertaken on the basis of the approvals, certificates, business licenses, and other requisite licenses held by Xiamen Pop Culture. There is no assurance that Xiamen Pop Culture will be able to renew its licenses or certificates when their terms expire with substantially similar terms as the ones they currently hold.

 

Further, our relationship with Xiamen Pop Culture is governed by the VIE Agreements, which are intended to enable us, through our indirect ownership of Heliheng, to have a controlling financial interest in, and be the primary beneficiary of, Xiamen Pop Culture for accounting purposes. The VIE Agreements, however, may not be effective in providing control over the applications for and maintenance of the licenses required for our business operations. Xiamen Pop Culture could violate the VIE Agreements, go bankrupt, suffer from difficulties in its business, or otherwise become unable to perform its obligations under the VIE Agreements and, as a result, our operations, reputation, business, and stock price could be severely harmed.

  

The exercise of our option to purchase part or all of the shares in Xiamen Pop Culture under the exclusive option agreement might be subject to certain limitations and substantial costs.

 

Our exclusive option agreement with Xiamen Pop Culture and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders gives Heliheng the option to purchase up to 100% of the shares in Xiamen Pop Culture. Such transfer of shares may be subject to approvals from, filings with, or reporting to competent PRC authorities, such as the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC (“MOFCOM”), the State Administration for Market Regulation, and/or their local competent branches. In addition, the shares transfer price may be subject to review and tax adjustment by the relevant tax authorities. The shares transfer price to be received by Xiamen Pop Culture under the VIE Agreements may also be subject to enterprise income tax, and these amounts could be substantial.

 

15


 

Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC

 

There are uncertainties under the Foreign Investment Law relating to the status of businesses in China controlled by foreign invested projects primarily through contractual arrangements, such as our business.

 

MOFCOM and the National Development and Reform Commission, or the “NDRC,” promulgated the Special Measures for Foreign Investment Access (2021 version), or the “Negative List,” on December 27, 2021, which became effective on January 1, 2022. According to the Negative List, the radio and television program production and operation business, in which the PRC operating entities engage, falls in the “prohibited” category for foreign investors. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, we rely on the VIE Agreements to operate such business in China.

 

On March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress approved the Foreign Investment Law of the PRC, which came into effect on January 1, 2020, repealing simultaneously the Law of the PRC on Sino-foreign Equity Joint Ventures, the Law of the PRC on Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprises, and the Law of the PRC on Sino-foreign Cooperative Joint Ventures, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations. Pursuant to the Foreign Investment Law, foreign investment refers to any investment activity directly or indirectly carried out by foreign natural persons, enterprises, or other organizations, including investment in new construction project, establishment of foreign funded enterprise or increase of investment, merger and acquisition, and investment in any other way stipulated under laws, administrative regulations, or provisions of the State Council of the PRC (the “State Council”). The Foreign Investment Law does not explicitly stipulate the contractual arrangements as a form of foreign investment. On December 26, 2019, the State Council promulgated the Implementation Regulations on the Foreign Investment Law, which came into effect on January 1, 2020. However, the Implementation Regulations on the Foreign Investment Law still remain silent on whether contractual arrangements should be deemed as a form of foreign investment. Though these regulations do not explicitly classify contractual arrangements as a form of foreign investment, there is still uncertainty regarding whether the VIE would be identified as a foreign-invested enterprise in the future. As a result, there is no assurance that foreign investment via contractual arrangements would not be interpreted as a type of indirect foreign investment activities under the definition in the future.

 

If we are deemed to have a non-PRC entity as a controlling shareholder, the provisions regarding control through contractual arrangements could apply to the VIE Agreements, and as a result Xiamen Pop Culture could become subject to restrictions on foreign investment, which may materially impact the viability of its current and future operations. Specifically, we may be required to modify our corporate structure, change the PRC operating entities’ current scope of operations, obtain approvals, or face penalties or other additional requirements, compared to entities which do have PRC controlling shareholders. Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation and implementation of the Foreign Investment Law and how it may impact the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate governance, and business operations.

 

It is uncertain whether we would be considered as ultimately controlled by Chinese parties. Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, our chief executive officer, director, and chairman of our board of directors and a PRC citizen, beneficially and indirectly owns 576,308 Class B Ordinary Shares, representing approximately 68.81% of the voting rights in our Company. It is uncertain, however, if these factors would be sufficient to give him control over us under the Foreign Investment Law. If future revisions or implementation rules of the Foreign Investment Law mandate further actions, such as the MOFCOM market entry clearance or certain restructuring of our corporate structure and operations, there may be substantial uncertainties as to whether we can complete these actions in a timely manner, if at all, and our business and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.

 

16


 

Changes in China’s economic, political, or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on the PRC operating entities’ business and operations.

 

Substantially all of the PRC operating entities’ assets and operations are currently located in China. Accordingly, the PRC operating entities’ business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic, and social conditions in China generally. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange, and allocation of resources. Although the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, including the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth by allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

 

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. Any adverse changes in economic conditions in China, in the policies of the Chinese government, or in the laws and regulations in China could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China. Such developments could adversely affect the PRC operating entities’ business and operating results, reduce demand for their products, and weaken their competitive position. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have a negative effect on the PRC operating entities. For example, the PRC operating entities’ financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. In addition, in the past the Chinese government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate adjustments, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activities in China, which may adversely affect the PRC operating entities’ business and operating results.

 

Furthermore, our Company, the PRC operating entities, and our investors may face uncertainty about future actions by the government of China that could significantly affect the PRC operating entities’ financial performance and operations, including the enforceability of the VIE Agreements. As of the date of this annual report, neither our Company nor the VIE has received or was denied permission from Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges. However, there is no guarantee that our Company or the VIE will receive or not be denied permission from Chinese authorities to list on U.S. exchanges in the future.

 

Uncertainties in the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws and regulations and changes in policies, rules, and regulations in China, which may be quick with little advance notice, could limit the legal protection available to you and us.

 

There are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of PRC laws and regulations including, but not limited to, the laws and regulations governing our business and the enforcement and performance of our arrangements with third parties in certain circumstances. The laws and regulations are sometimes vague and may be subject to future changes, and their official interpretation and enforcement could be unpredictable, with little advance notice. The effectiveness and interpretation of newly enacted laws or regulations, including amendments to existing laws and regulations, may be delayed, and our business may be affected if we rely on laws and regulations which are subsequently adopted or interpreted in a manner different from our current understanding of these laws and regulations. New laws and regulations that affect existing and proposed future businesses may also be applied retroactively. We cannot predict what effect the interpretation of existing or new PRC laws or regulations may have on our business.

 

The legal system in the PRC is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions under the civil law system may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. In addition, any new or changes in PRC laws and regulations related to foreign investment in the PRC could affect the business environment and our ability to operate our business in the PRC. 

 

From time to time, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce our legal rights. Any administrative and court proceedings in the PRC may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. Since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, however, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy in the legal system in the PRC than in more developed legal systems. Furthermore, the legal system in the PRC is based in part on government policies, internal rules, and regulations (some of which are not published in a timely manner or at all) that may have retroactive effect and may change quickly with little advance notice. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. Such uncertainties, including uncertainties over the scope and effect of our contractual, property (including intellectual property), and procedural rights, and any failure to respond to changes in the regulatory environment in the PRC could materially and adversely affect our business and impede our ability to continue our operations.

 

17


 

Such uncertainties, including the promulgation of new laws, or changes to existing laws or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, could limit the legal protections available to us and our investors, including you.

 

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments, or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in this annual report based on foreign laws. It may also be difficult for you or overseas regulators to conduct investigations or collect evidence within China.

 

As a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, we conduct a majority of our operations in China and a majority of our assets are located in China. In addition, all of our senior executive officers reside within China for a significant portion of the time and are PRC nationals. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process upon those persons inside mainland China. It may be difficult for you to enforce judgements obtained in U.S. courts based on civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors who do not currently reside in the U.S. or have substantial assets in the U.S. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands or the PRC would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the U.S. or any state.

  

The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other forms of written arrangement with the United States that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, the PRC courts will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC laws or national sovereignty, security, or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States.

 

It may also be difficult for you or overseas regulators to conduct investigations or collect evidence within China. For example, in China, there are significant legal and other obstacles to obtaining information needed for shareholder investigations or litigation outside China or otherwise with respect to foreign entities. Although the authorities in China may establish a regulatory cooperation mechanism with its counterparts of another country or region to monitor and oversee cross border securities activities, such regulatory cooperation with the securities regulatory authorities in the United States may not be efficient in the absence of a practical cooperation mechanism. Furthermore, according to Article 177 of the PRC Securities Law, or “Article 177,” which became effective in March 2020, no overseas securities regulator is allowed to directly conduct investigations or evidence collection activities within the territory of the PRC. Article 177 further provides that Chinese entities and individuals are not allowed to provide documents or materials related to securities business activities to foreign agencies without prior consent from the securities regulatory authority of the State Council and the competent departments of the State Council. While detailed interpretation of or implementing rules under Article 177 have yet to be promulgated, the inability for an overseas securities regulator to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within China may further increase difficulties faced by you in protecting your interests.

 

18


 

Given the Chinese government’s significant oversight and discretion over the conduct of our business, the Chinese government may intervene or influence our operations at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of our securities.

 

The Chinese government has exercised and continues to exercise substantial control over virtually every sector of the Chinese economy through regulation and state ownership. Substantially all of our operations are located in the PRC. Our ability to operate in the PRC may be harmed by changes in its laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, foreign investment, information security, Internet, and other matters. The central or local governments of the PRC may impose new, stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that would require additional expenditures and efforts on our part to ensure our compliance with such regulations or interpretations. Accordingly, government actions in the future, including any decision not to continue to support recent economic reforms and to return to a more centrally planned economy or regional or local variations in the implementation of economic policies, could have a significant effect on economic conditions in the PRC or particular regions thereof, and could require us to divest ourselves of any interest we then hold in Chinese properties.

 

For example, the Chinese cybersecurity regulator announced on July 2, 2021, that it had begun an investigation of Didi Global Inc. and two days later ordered that the company’s app be removed from smartphone app stores. On July 24, 2021, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly released the Guidelines for Further Easing the Burden of Excessive Homework and Off-campus Tutoring for Students at the Stage of Compulsory Education, pursuant to which foreign investment in such firms via mergers and acquisitions, franchise development, and variable interest entities are banned from this sector. We cannot rule out the possibility that the Chinese government will in the future release regulations or policies regarding our industry that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

As such, the PRC operating entities’ business segments may be subject to various government and regulatory interference, and they could be subject to new regulation by various political and regulatory entities, including various local and municipal agencies and government sub-divisions. The PRC operating entities may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply. As a result, we face uncertainty about future actions by the PRC government that could significantly affect our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or be worthless.

  

Any actions by the Chinese government, including any decision to intervene or influence the operations of the PRC operating entities or to exert control over any offering of securities conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers, may cause us to make material changes to the operations of the PRC operating entities, may limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, and may cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless.

 

The Chinese government has exercised and continues to exercise substantial control over virtually every sector of the Chinese economy through regulation and state ownership. The ability of the PRC operating entities to operate in China may be impaired by changes in its laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, environmental regulations, land use rights, foreign investment limitations, and other matters. The central or local governments of China may impose new, stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that would require additional expenditures and efforts on our part to ensure the PRC operating entities’ compliance with such regulations or interpretations. As such, the PRC operating entities may be subject to various government and regulatory interference in the provinces in which they operate. They could be subject to regulation by various political and regulatory entities, including various local and municipal agencies and government sub-divisions. They may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply.

 

Furthermore, it is uncertain when and whether we will be required to obtain permission from the PRC government to list on U.S. exchanges in the future, and even when such permission is obtained, whether it will be denied or rescinded. Although we believes our Company and the PRC operating entities are currently not required to obtain permission from any Chinese authorities and have not received any notice of denial of permission to list on the U.S. exchange, our operations could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by existing or future laws and regulations relating to our business or industry, particularly in the event permission to list on U.S. exchanges may be later required, or withheld or rescinded once given.

 

Accordingly, government actions in the future, including any decision to intervene or influence the operations of the PRC operating entities at any time or to exert control over an offering of securities conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers, may cause us to make material changes to the operations of the PRC operating entities, may limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, and/or may cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless.

 

19


 

The Chinese government may exert more oversight and control over overseas public offerings conducted by China-based issuers, which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our securities to investors and could cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless.

 

Recent statements made by the Chinese government have indicated an intent to increase the government’s oversight and control over offerings of companies with significant operations in the PRC that are to be conducted in foreign markets, as well as foreign investment in China-based issuers. For example, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued the Opinions, which were made available to the public on July 6, 2021. The Opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities and the need to strengthen the supervision over overseas listings by Chinese companies.

 

On February 17, 2023, the CSRC promulgated the Trial Measures and five supporting guidelines, which came into effect on March 31, 2023. Pursuant to the Trial Measures, domestic companies that seek to offer or list securities overseas, both directly and indirectly, shall complete filing procedures with the CSRC pursuant to the requirements of the Trial Measures within three working days following its submission of initial public offerings or listing application. If a domestic company fails to complete required filing procedures or conceals any material fact or falsifies any major content in its filing documents, such domestic company may be subject to administrative penalties, such as an order to rectify, warnings, fines, and its controlling shareholders, actual controllers, the person directly in charge and other directly liable persons may also be subject to administrative penalties, such as warnings and fines. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulations—Regulations on Mergers & Acquisitions and Overseas Listings.”

 

According to the CSRC Notice, the domestic companies that have already been listed overseas before the effective date of the Trial Measures (namely, March 31, 2023) shall be deemed as Existing Issuers. Existing Issuers are not required to complete the filing procedures immediately, and they shall be required to file with the CSRC for any subsequent offerings. Further, according to the CSRC Notice, domestic companies that have obtained approval from overseas regulatory authorities or securities exchanges (for example, the effectiveness of a registration statement for offering and listing in the U.S. has been obtained) for their indirect overseas offering and listing prior to March 31, 2023 but have not yet completed their indirect overseas issuance and listing, are granted a six-month transition period from March 31, 2023 to September 30, 2023. Those that complete their indirect overseas offering and listing within such six-month period are deemed as Existing Issuers and are not required to file with the CSRC for their indirect overseas offerings and listings. Within such six-month transition period, however, if such domestic companies fail to complete their indirect overseas issuance and listing, they shall complete the filing procedures with the CSRC.

 

20


 

Based on the foregoing, as our registration statement on Form F-1 in connection with our initial public offering was declared effective on June 29, 2021, and we completed our initial public offering and listing on July 2, 2021, we are currently not required to complete the filing procedures pursuant to the Trial Measures. However, in the event that we undertake new offerings or fundraising activities in the future, we may be required to complete the filing procedures.

 

On February 24, 2023, the CSRC, together with the MOF, National Administration of State Secrets Protection and National Archives Administration of China, revised the Provisions issued by the CSRC and National Administration of State Secrets Protection and National Archives Administration of China in 2009. The revised Provisions were issued under the title the “Provisions on Strengthening Confidentiality and Archives Administration of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies,” and came into effect on March 31, 2023 together with the Trial Measures. One of the major revisions to the revised Provisions is expanding their application to cover indirect overseas offering and listing, as is consistent with the Trial Measures. The revised Provisions require that, among other things, (a) a domestic company that plans to, either directly or indirectly through its overseas listed entity, publicly disclose or provide to relevant individuals or entities, including securities companies, securities service providers, and overseas regulators, any documents and materials that contain state secrets or working secrets of government agencies, shall first obtain approval from competent authorities according to law, and file with the secrecy administrative department at the same level; and (b) a domestic company that plans to, either directly or indirectly through its overseas listed entity, publicly disclose or provide to relevant individuals and entities, including securities companies, securities service providers, and overseas regulators, any other documents and materials that, if leaked, will be detrimental to national security or public interest, shall strictly fulfill relevant procedures stipulated by applicable national regulations. Any failure or perceived failure by our Company, our subsidiaries, or the PRC operating entities to comply with the above confidentiality and archives administration requirements under the revised Provisions and other PRC laws and regulations may result in the relevant entities being held legally liable by competent authorities, and referred to the judicial organ to be investigated for criminal liability if suspected of committing a crime.

 

The Opinions, the Trial Measures, the revised Provisions and any related implementing rules to be enacted may subject us to additional compliance requirements in the future. As there are still uncertainties regarding the interpretation and implementation of such regulatory guidance, we cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with all new regulatory requirements of the Opinions, the Trial Measures, the revised Provisions, or any future implementing rules on a timely basis, or at all. 

   

Recent greater oversight by the CAC over data security, particularly for companies seeking to list on a foreign exchange, could adversely impact our business and our offering.

 

On December 28, 2021, the CAC and other relevant PRC governmental authorities jointly promulgated the Cybersecurity Review Measures, which became effective on February 15, 2022. The Cybersecurity Review Measures provide that, in addition to CIIOs that intend to purchase Internet products and services, online platform operators engaging in data processing activities that affect or may affect national security must be subject to cybersecurity review by the Cybersecurity Review Office of the PRC. According to the Cybersecurity Review Measures, a cybersecurity review assesses potential national security risks that may be brought about by any procurement, data processing, or overseas listing. The Cybersecurity Review Measures require that an online platform operator which possesses the personal information of at least one million users must apply for a cybersecurity review by the CAC if it intends to be listed in foreign countries.

 

On November 14, 2021, the CAC published the Security Administration Draft, which provides that data processing operators engaging in data processing activities that affect or may affect national security must be subject to network data security review by the relevant Cyberspace Administration of the PRC. According to the Security Administration Draft, data processing operators who possess personal data of at least one million users or collect data that affects or may affect national security must be subject to network data security review by the relevant Cyberspace Administration of the PRC. The deadline for public comments on the Security Administration Draft was December 13, 2021.

 

As of the date of this annual report, we have not received any notice from any authorities identifying our PRC subsidiaries or the PRC operating entities as CIIOs or requiring us to go through cybersecurity review or network data security review by the CAC. As confirmed by our PRC counsel, AllBright, neither the operations of our PRC subsidiaries, nor of the PRC operating entities, nor our offerings are expected to be affected, and that we will not be subject to cybersecurity review by the CAC under the Cybersecurity Review Measures, nor will any such entity be subject to the Security Administration Draft, if it is enacted as proposed, given that our PRC subsidiaries and the PRC operating entities possess personal data of fewer than one million individual clients and do not collect data that affects or may affect national security in their business operations as of the date of this annual report and do not anticipate that they will be collecting over one million users’ personal information or data that affects or may affect national security in the near future. In general, we believe we are compliant with the regulations or policies that have been issued by the CAC to date. There remains uncertainty, however, as to how the Cybersecurity Review Measures and the Security Administration Draft will be interpreted or implemented and whether the PRC regulatory agencies, including the CAC, may adopt new laws, regulations, rules, or detailed implementation and interpretation related to the Cybersecurity Review Measures and the Security Administration Draft. If any such new laws, regulations, rules, or implementation and interpretation come into effect, we will take all reasonable measures and actions to comply and to minimize the adverse effect of such laws on us. We cannot assure you that PRC regulatory agencies, including the CAC, would take the same view as we do. In the event that we are subject to any mandatory cybersecurity review and other specific actions required by the CAC, we face uncertainty as to whether any clearance or other required actions can be timely completed, or at all. If we inadvertently conclude that such approval is not required, fail to obtain and maintain such approvals, licenses, or permits required for our business or respond to changes in the regulatory environment, we could be subject to liabilities, penalties and operational disruption, which may materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and the value of our securities, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause such securities to significantly decline in value or become worthless.

 

21


 

Recent joint statement by the SEC and the PCAOB, rule changes by Nasdaq, and the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our continued listing or future offerings of our securities in the U.S.

 

On April 21, 2020, SEC Chairman Jay Clayton and PCAOB Chairman William D. Duhnke III, along with other senior SEC staff, released a joint statement highlighting the risks associated with investing in companies based in or have substantial operations in emerging markets including China. The joint statement emphasized the risks associated with lack of access for the PCAOB to inspect auditors and audit work papers in China and higher risks of fraud in emerging markets.

 

On May 18, 2020, Nasdaq filed three proposals with the SEC to (i) apply a minimum offering size requirement for companies primarily operating in a “Restrictive Market,” (ii) adopt a new requirement relating to the qualification of management or the board of directors for Restrictive Market companies, and (iii) apply additional and more stringent criteria to an applicant or listed company based on the qualifications of the company’s auditor. On October 4, 2021, the SEC approved Nasdaq’s revised proposal for the rule changes.

 

On May 20, 2020, the U.S. Senate passed the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act requiring a foreign company to certify it is not owned or controlled by a foreign government if the PCAOB is unable to audit specified reports because the company uses a foreign auditor not subject to PCAOB inspection. If the PCAOB is unable to inspect the company’s auditors for three consecutive years, the issuer’s securities are prohibited to trade on a national exchange. On December 2, 2020, the U.S. House of Representatives approved the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. On December 18, 2020, the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act was signed into law.

 

On March 24, 2021, the SEC adopted interim final rules relating to the implementation of certain disclosure and documentation requirements of the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act.

 

On September 22, 2021, the PCAOB adopted a final rule implementing the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which provides a framework for the PCAOB to use when determining, as contemplated under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, whether the board of directors of a company is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms located in a foreign jurisdiction because of a position taken by one or more authorities in that jurisdiction.

 

On December 2, 2021, the SEC adopted amendments to finalize rules implementing the submission and disclosure requirements in the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act.

 

On December 16, 2021, the PCAOB issued a report on its determinations that it is unable to inspect or investigate completely PCAOB-registered public accounting firms headquartered in the PRC and in Hong Kong because of positions taken by the PRC and Hong Kong authorities in those jurisdictions.

 

On August 26, 2022, the CSRC, the MOF, and the PCAOB signed the Protocol governing inspections and investigations of audit firms based in mainland China and Hong Kong, taking the first step toward opening access for the PCAOB to inspect and investigate registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong. Pursuant to the fact sheet with respect to the Protocol disclosed by the SEC, the PCAOB shall have independent discretion to select any issuer audits for inspection or investigation and has the unfettered ability to transfer information to the SEC. On December 15, 2022, the PCAOB Board determined that the PCAOB was able to secure complete access to inspect and investigate registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong and voted to vacate its previous determinations to the contrary. However, should PRC authorities obstruct or otherwise fail to facilitate the PCAOB’s access in the future, the PCAOB Board will consider the need to issue a new determination.

 

22


 

Our auditor, WWC, P.C., is an independent registered public accounting firm with the PCAOB, and as an auditor of publicly traded companies in the U.S., is subject to laws in the U.S., pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess its compliance with the applicable professional standards. The PCAOB currently has access to inspect the working papers of our auditor and our auditor is not subject to the determinations announced by the PCAOB on December 16, 2021. However, the recent developments would add uncertainties to our offering and we cannot assure you whether the national securities exchange we apply to for listing or regulatory authorities would apply additional and more stringent criteria to us after considering the effectiveness of our auditors’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, adequacy of personnel and training, or sufficiency of resources, geographic reach, or experience as it relates to our audit. In addition, the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which requires that the PCAOB be permitted to inspect an issuer’s public accounting firm within three years, may result in the delisting of our Company or prohibition of trading in our Class A Ordinary Shares in the future if the PCAOB is unable to inspect our accounting firm at such future time. On June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, and on December 29, 2022, the Consolidated Appropriations Act was signed into law by President Biden, which contained, among other things, an identical provision to the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act and amended the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act by requiring the SEC to prohibit an issuer’s securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges if its auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years instead of three, thus reducing the time period for triggering the prohibition on trading.

 

Increases in labor costs in the PRC may adversely affect the PRC operating entities’ business and profitability.

 

China’s economy has experienced increases in labor costs in recent years. China’s overall economy and the average wage in China are expected to continue to grow. The average wage level for the PRC operating entities’ employees has also increased in recent years. We expect that their labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. Unless the PRC operating entities are able to pass on these increased labor costs to their customers by increasing prices for their products or services, their profitability and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

In addition, the PRC operating entities have been subject to stricter regulatory requirements in terms of entering into labor contracts with their employees and paying various statutory employee benefits, including pensions, housing fund, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance, and maternity insurance to designated government agencies for the benefit of their employees. Pursuant to the PRC Labor Contract Law, or the “Labor Contract Law,” that became effective in January 2008 and its amendments that became effective in July 2013 and its implementing rules that became effective in September 2008, employers are subject to stricter requirements in terms of signing labor contracts, minimum wages, paying remuneration, determining the term of employees’ probation, and unilaterally terminating labor contracts. In the event that the PRC operating entities decide to terminate some of their employees or otherwise change their employment or labor practices, the Labor Contract Law and its implementation rules may limit their ability to effect those changes in a desirable or cost-effective manner, which could adversely affect their business and results of operations.

 

23


 

As the interpretation and implementation of labor-related laws and regulations are still evolving, we cannot assure you that the PRC operating entities’ employment practice does not and will not violate labor-related laws and regulations in China, which may subject the PRC operating entities to labor disputes or government investigations. If the PRC operating entities are deemed to have violated relevant labor laws and regulations, they could be required to provide additional compensation to their employees and their business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

  

If the PRC operating entities fail to obtain or renew any of the requisite approvals, licenses, or permits applicable to their business, it could materially and adversely affect their business and results of operations.

 

In accordance with the relevant PRC laws and regulations, the PRC operating entities are required to maintain various approvals, licenses, and permits and complete certain statutory procedures to operate their business, including the business license, the Value-added Telecommunications Business Operation License, or the EDI and ICP Licenses, the Commercial Performance License, and Radio and Television Program Production and Operation Permit, and the filing-for-record procedures before engaging in Internet information service operations. In particular, the EDI and ICP Licenses, the Commercial Performance License and Radio and Television Program Production and Operation Permit the PRC operating entities hold are subject to periodic renewal. In addition, evolving laws and regulations and inconsistent enforcement thereof could lead to their failure to obtain or maintain licenses and permits to do business in China. If the PRC operating entities fail to obtain or renew approvals, licenses, or permits required for their business or to respond to changes in the regulatory environment, they may be subject to fines or the suspension of operations, which could adversely affect their business and results of operations.

 

The PRC operating entities have not made adequate social insurance and housing fund contributions for all employees as required by PRC regulations, which may subject them to penalties.

 

According to the PRC Social Insurance Law and the Administrative Regulations on the Housing Funds, companies operating in China are required to participate in pension insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance (collectively known as “social insurance”), and housing funds plans, and the employers must pay all or a portion of the social insurance premiums and housing funds for their employees. For more details, please see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulations—Regulations Related to Employment and Social Welfare—Social Insurance and Housing Fund.” The requirement of social insurance and housing fund has not been implemented consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations.

  

The PRC operating entities have not made adequate social insurance and housing fund contributions for all employees. The PRC operating entities may be required to make up the social insurance contributions as well as to pay late fees at the rate of 0.05% per day of the outstanding amount from the due date. If they fail to make up for the shortfalls within the prescribed time limit, the relevant administrative authorities will impose a fine of one to three times the outstanding amount upon them. With respect to housing fund plans, the PRC operating entities may be required to pay and deposit housing funds in full and on time within the prescribed time limit. If they fail to do so, relevant authorities could file applications to competent courts for compulsory enforcement of payment and deposit. Accordingly, if the relevant PRC authorities determine that the PRC operating entities shall make supplemental social insurance and housing fund contributions or that they are subject to fines and legal sanctions in relation to their failure to make social insurance and housing fund contributions in full for their employees, their business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected. As of the date of this annual report, however, no records of violation were found on the PRC operating entities for social insurance and/or housing fund contribution obligations.” Further, the PRC operating entities have never received any demand or order from the competent authorities. Therefore, our PRC counsel, AllBright, believes that the risk that the relevant authorities may impose regulatory penalty on the PRC operating entities for our underpayment of social insurance and housing funds is remote.

 

24


 

PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiaries, limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase its registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us.

 

On July 4, 2014, State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) issued the Circular on Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control over the Overseas Investment and Financing and Round-trip Investment by Domestic Residents via Special Purpose Vehicles, or “SAFE Circular 37.” According to SAFE Circular 37, prior registration with the local SAFE branch is required for PRC residents, (including PRC individuals and PRC corporate entities as well as foreign individuals that are deemed as PRC residents for foreign exchange administration purpose), in connection with their direct or indirect contribution of domestic assets or interests to offshore special purpose vehicles, or “SPVs.” SAFE Circular 37 further requires amendments to the SAFE registrations in the event of any changes with respect to the basic information of the offshore SPV, such as change of a PRC individual shareholder, name, and operation term, or any significant changes with respect to the offshore SPV, such as an increase or decrease of capital contribution, share transfer or exchange, or mergers or divisions. SAFE Circular 37 is applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future. In February 2015, SAFE promulgated a Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving Foreign Exchange Administration Policy on Direct Investment, or “SAFE Circular 13,” effective in June 2015. Under SAFE Circular 13, applications for foreign exchange registration of inbound foreign direct investments and outbound overseas direct investments, including those required under SAFE Circular 37, will be filed with qualified banks instead of SAFE. The qualified banks will directly examine the applications and accept registrations under the supervision of SAFE.

 

In addition to SAFE Circular 37 and SAFE Circular 13, our ability to conduct foreign exchange activities in China may be subject to the interpretation and enforcement of the Implementation Rules of the Administrative Measures for Individual Foreign Exchange promulgated by SAFE in January 2007 (as amended and supplemented, the “Individual Foreign Exchange Rules”). Under the Individual Foreign Exchange Rules, any PRC individual seeking to make a direct investment overseas or engage in the issuance or trading of negotiable securities or derivatives overseas must make the appropriate registrations in accordance with SAFE provisions, the failure of which may subject such PRC individual to warnings, fines, or other liabilities.

 

As of the date of this annual report, all of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders who are subject to the SAFE Circular 37 and Individual Foreign Exchange Rules have completed the initial registrations with the qualified banks as required by the regulations. We may not be informed of the identities of all the PRC residents holding direct or indirect interest in our company, however, and we have no control over any of our future beneficial owners. Thus, we cannot provide any assurance that our current or future PRC resident beneficial owners will comply with our request to make or obtain any applicable registrations or continuously comply with all registration procedures set forth in these SAFE regulations. Such failure or inability of our PRC residents beneficial owners to comply with these SAFE regulations may subject us or our PRC resident beneficial owners to fines and legal sanctions, restrict our cross-border investment activities, or limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to or obtain foreign-exchange-dominated loans from us, or prevent us from being able to make distributions or pay dividends, as a result of which our business operations and our ability to distribute profits to you could be materially and adversely affected.

   

PRC regulation of parent/subsidiary loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of offshore offerings to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries and to make loans to Xiamen Pop Culture, which could materially and adversely affect their liquidity and their ability to fund and expand their business.

 

We are an offshore holding company conducting our operations in China through our PRC subsidiaries, Xiamen Pop Culture, and subsidiaries of Xiamen Pop Culture. We may make loans to these entities, or we may make additional capital contributions to Heliheng, or we may establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital contributions to these new PRC subsidiaries.

 

Most of these ways are subject to PRC regulations and approvals or registration. For example, any loans to Heliheng, which is treated as a foreign-invested enterprise under PRC law, are subject to PRC regulations and foreign exchange loan registrations. For example, loans by us to Heliheng to finance its activities cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the local counterpart of SAFE, or filed with SAFE in its information system. Pursuant to relevant PRC regulations, we may provide loans to Heliheng up to the larger amount of (i) the balance between the registered total investment amount and registered capital of Heliheng, or (ii) twice the amount of the net assets of Heliheng calculated in accordance with the Circular on Full-Coverage Macro-Prudent Management of Cross-Border Financing, or the “PBOC Circular 9.” Moreover, any medium or long-term loan to be provided by us to Heliheng or other domestic PRC entities must also be filed and registered with the NDRC. We may also decide to finance Heliheng by means of capital contributions. These capital contributions are subject to registration with the State Administration for Market Regulation or its local branch, reporting of foreign investment information with MOFCOM, or registration with other governmental authorities in China. Due to the restrictions imposed on loans in foreign currencies extended to PRC domestic companies, we are not likely to make such loans to Xiamen Pop Culture, which is a PRC domestic company. Further, we are not likely to finance the activities of Xiamen Pop Culture and its subsidiaries by means of capital contributions due to regulatory restrictions relating to foreign investment in PRC domestic enterprises engaged in certain business.

 

25


 

On March 30, 2015, SAFE issued the Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming the Administrative Approach Regarding the Settlement of the Foreign Exchange Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or “SAFE Circular 19,” which took effect and replaced previous regulations effective on June 1, 2015, and was amended on December 30, 2019. Pursuant to SAFE Circular 19, up to 100% of foreign currency capital of a foreign-invested enterprise may be converted into RMB capital according to the actual operation, and within the business scope, of the enterprise at its will. Although SAFE Circular 19 allows for the use of RMB converted from the foreign currency-denominated capital for equity investments in the PRC, the restrictions continue to apply as to foreign-invested enterprises’ use of the converted RMB for purposes beyond their business scope, for entrusted loans or for inter-company RMB loans. On June 9, 2016, SAFE promulgated the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming and Standardizing the Foreign Exchange Settlement Management Policy of Capital Account, or “SAFE Circular 16,” effective on June 9, 2016, which reiterates some rules set forth in Circular 19, but changes the prohibition against using RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested company to issue RMB entrusted loans to a prohibition against using such capital to issue loans to non-affiliated enterprises. SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16 may significantly limit our ability to transfer any foreign currency we hold, including the net proceeds from our offshore offerings, to Heliheng, which may adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business in China. On October 23, 2019, the SAFE issued the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Facilitating Cross-border Trade and Investment, or “SAFE Circular 28,” which, among other things, expanded the use of foreign exchange capital to domestic equity investment area. Non-investment foreign-funded enterprises are allowed to lawfully make domestic equity investments by using their capital on the premise without violation to prevailing special administrative measures for access of foreign investments (negative list) and the authenticity and compliance with the regulations of domestic investment projects. However, since SAFE Circular 28 is newly promulgated, it is unclear how SAFE and competent banks will carry it out in practice.

 

In light of the various requirements imposed by PRC regulations on loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies, including SAFE Circular 19, SAFE Circular 16, and other relevant rules and regulations, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete the necessary registrations or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans to Heliheng, Xiamen Pop Culture, or subsidiaries of Xiamen Pop Culture, or future capital contributions by us to Heliheng. As a result, uncertainties exist as to our ability to provide prompt financial support to Heliheng, Xiamen Pop Culture, or subsidiaries of Xiamen Pop Culture when needed. If we fail to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to use the proceeds we received or expect to receive from our offshore offerings and to capitalize or otherwise fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect the PRC operating entities’ business, including their liquidity and their ability to fund and expand their business.

  

Fluctuations in exchange rates could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

 

The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions in China and by China’s foreign exchange policies. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the RMB to the U.S. dollar, and the RMB appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the RMB has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar in the future.

 

26


 

Our business is conducted in the PRC by the PRC operating entities, and the PRC operating entities’ books and records are maintained in RMB, which is the currency of the PRC. The financial statements that we file with the SEC and provide to our shareholders are presented in U.S. dollars. Changes in the exchange rates between the RMB and U.S. dollar affect the value of the PRC operating entities’ assets and results of operations, when presented in U.S. dollars. The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in the PRC’s political and economic conditions and perceived changes in the economy of the PRC and the United States. Any significant revaluation of the RMB may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenue, and financial condition. Further, our Class A Ordinary Shares offered in the U.S. are offered in U.S. dollars, we need to convert the net proceeds we receive into RMB in order to use the funds for the PRC operating entities’ business. Changes in the conversion rate between the U.S. dollar and the RMB will affect the amount of proceeds we will have available for the PRC operating entities’ business.

 

Very limited hedging options are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into more hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited and we may not be able to adequately hedge our exposure or at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currency. As a result, fluctuations in exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on your investment.

 

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be classified as a PRC “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes. Such classification would likely result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

 

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the “EIT Law,” that became effective in January 2008, an enterprise established outside the PRC with “de facto management bodies” within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income. Under the implementation rules to the EIT Law, a “de facto management body” is defined as a body that has material and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances, and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the State Administration of Taxation, or the “SAT,” issued the Circular on Issues Concerning the Identification of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Registered Enterprises as Resident Enterprises in Accordance with the Actual Standards of Organizational Management, or “SAT Circular 82,” which was amended in December 2017. SAT Circular 82 specifies that certain offshore incorporated enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups will be classified as PRC resident enterprises if the following are located or resident in the PRC: senior management personnel and departments that are responsible for daily production, operation and management; financial and personnel decision making bodies; key properties, accounting books, company seal, and minutes of board meetings and shareholders’ meetings; and half or more of the senior management or directors having voting rights. Further to SAT Circular 82, the SAT issued the Measures for the Administration of Enterprise Income Tax of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Registered Enterprises as Resident Enterprises (for Trial Implementation), or “SAT Bulletin 45,” which took effect in September 2011 and was amended in April 2015, to provide more guidance on the implementation of SAT Circular 82 and clarify the reporting and filing obligations of such “Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated resident enterprises.” SAT Bulletin 45 provides procedures and administrative details for the determination of resident status and administration on post-determination matters. Although both SAT Circular 82 and SAT Bulletin 45 only apply to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreign individuals, the determining criteria set forth in SAT Circular 82 and SAT Bulletin 45 may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises, PRC enterprise groups, or by PRC or foreign individuals.

 

If the PRC tax authorities determine that the actual management organ of Pop Culture Group is within the territory of China, Pop Culture Group may be deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and a number of unfavorable PRC tax consequences could follow. First, we will be subject to the uniform 25% enterprise income tax on our world-wide income, which could materially reduce our net income. In addition, we will also be subject to PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. Finally, dividends payable by us to our investors and gains on the sale of our shares may become subject to PRC withholding tax, at a rate of 10% in the case of non-PRC enterprises or 20% in the case of non-PRC individuals (in each case, subject to the provisions of any applicable tax treaty), if such gains are deemed to be from PRC sources. It is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of our company would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in our shares. Although up to the date of this annual report, Pop Culture Group has not been notified or informed by the PRC tax authorities that it has been deemed to be a resident enterprise for the purpose of the EIT Law, we cannot assure you that it will not be deemed to be a resident enterprise in the future.

 

27


 

We face uncertainty with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.

 

In February 2015, SAT issued a Public Notice Regarding Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-Tax Resident Enterprises, or “SAT Circular 7.” SAT Circular 7 provides comprehensive guidelines relating to indirect transfers of PRC taxable assets (including equity interests and real properties of a PRC resident enterprise) by a non-resident enterprise. In addition, in October 2017, SAT issued an Announcement on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises, or “SAT Circular 37,” effective in December 2017, which, among others, amended certain provisions in SAT Circular 7 and further clarify the tax payable declaration obligation by non-resident enterprise. Indirect transfer of equity interest and/or real properties in a PRC resident enterprise by their non-PRC holding companies are subject to SAT Circular 7 and SAT Circular 37.

 

SAT Circular 7 provides clear criteria for an assessment of reasonable commercial purposes and has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity through a public securities market. As stipulated in SAT Circular 7, indirect transfers of PRC taxable assets are considered as reasonable commercial purposes if the shareholding structure of both transaction parties falls within the following situations: i) the transferor directly or indirectly owns 80% or above equity interest of the transferee, or vice versa; ii) the transferor and the transferee are both 80% or above directly or indirectly owned by the same party; iii) the percentages in bullet points i) and ii) shall be 100% if over 50% the share value of a foreign enterprise is directly or indirectly derived from PRC real properties. Furthermore, SAT Circular 7 also brings challenges to both foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of taxable assets. Where a non-resident enterprise transfers PRC taxable assets indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, which is an indirect transfer, the non-resident enterprise as either transferor or transferee, or the PRC entity that directly owns the taxable assets, may report such indirect transfer to the relevant tax authority and the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding, or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. Both the transferor and the transferee may be subject to penalties under PRC tax laws if the transferee fails to withhold the taxes and the transferor fails to pay the taxes.

 

According to SAT Circular 37, where the non-resident enterprise fails to declare the tax payable pursuant to Article 39 of the EIT Law, the tax authority may order it to pay the tax due within required time limits, and the non-resident enterprise shall declare and pay the tax payable within such time limits specified by the tax authority. If the non-resident enterprise, however, voluntarily declares and pays the tax payable before the tax authority orders it to do so within required time limits, it shall be deemed that such enterprise has paid the tax in time.

 

We face uncertainties as to the reporting and assessment of reasonable commercial purposes and future transactions where PRC taxable assets are involved, such as offshore restructuring, sale of the shares in our offshore subsidiaries, and investments. In the event of being assessed as having no reasonable commercial purposes in an indirect transfer transaction, we may be subject to filing obligations or taxed if we are a transferor in such transactions, and may be subject to withholding obligations (to be specific, a 10% withholding tax for the transfer of equity interests) if we are a transferee in such transactions, under SAT Circular 7 and SAT Circular 37. For transfer of shares by investors who are non-PRC resident enterprises, our PRC subsidiaries may be requested to assist in the filing under the SAT circulars. As a result, we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with the SAT circulars or to request the relevant transferors from whom we purchase taxable assets to comply with these circulars, or to establish that we should not be taxed under these circulars, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

28


 

Our PRC subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on paying dividends or making other payments to us, which may have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

 

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We may need dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiaries to satisfy our liquidity requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders and service any debt we may incur. If our PRC subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may require our PRC subsidiaries to adjust their taxable income under the contractual agreements. Heliheng currently has in place with Xiamen Pop Culture in a manner that would materially and adversely affect its ability to pay dividends and other distribution to us. See “—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure—The VIE Agreements may result in adverse tax consequences.”

 

Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us only out of their respective accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, our PRC subsidiaries are required to set aside at least 10% of its respective accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds until the total amount set aside reaches 50% of their respective registered capital. Our PRC subsidiaries may also allocate a portion of their respective after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to employee welfare and bonus funds at their discretion. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. These limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments, or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

 

Governmental control of currency conversion may affect the value of your investment and our payment of dividends.

 

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the RMB into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our revenue in RMB. Under our current corporate structure, Pop Culture Group may rely on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. Therefore, our PRC subsidiaries are able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to us without prior approval from SAFE, subject to the condition that the remittance of such dividends outside of the PRC complies with certain procedures under PRC foreign exchange regulation, such as the overseas investment registrations by our shareholders or the ultimate shareholders of our corporate shareholders who are PRC residents. Approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is, however, required where the RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. The PRC government may also at its discretion restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demand, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders.

 

To the extent cash or assets of our business, of our subsidiaries, or of the PRC operating entities, are in the PRC, such cash or assets may not be available to fund operations or for other use outside of the PRC, due to interventions in or the imposition of restrictions and limitations by the PRC government to the transfer of case or assets.

 

Relevant PRC laws and regulations permit companies in the PRC to pay dividends only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Additionally, each of the companies in the PRC are required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. Companies in the PRC are also required to further set aside a portion of their after-tax profits to fund the employee welfare fund, although the amount to be set aside, if any, is determined at their discretion. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. If we determine to pay dividends on any of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the future, as a holding company, we will be dependent on receipt of funds from our subsidiaries or the PRC operating entities. As a result, in the event that any of our subsidiaries or the PRC operating entities incurs debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict any such entity’s ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us.

 

Our cash dividends, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars. If we are considered a tax resident enterprise of the PRC for tax purposes, any dividends we pay to our overseas shareholders may be regarded as China-sourced income and as a result may be subject to PRC withholding tax.

 

The PRC government also imposes controls on the convertibility of RMB into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of the PRC. The majority of our, our subsidiaries’, and the PRC operating entities’ income is received in RMB and shortages in foreign currencies may restrict our ability to pay dividends or other payments, or otherwise satisfy our foreign currency denominated obligations, if any. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments, and expenditures from trade-related transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE as long as certain procedural requirements are met. Approval from appropriate government authorities is required if RMB is converted into foreign currency and remitted out of the PRC to pay capital expenses such as the payment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. The PRC government may, at its discretion, impose restrictions on access to foreign currencies for current account transactions and if this occurs in the future, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders.

 

29


 

There are significant uncertainties under the EIT Law relating to the withholding tax liabilities of our PRC subsidiaries, and dividends payable by our PRC subsidiaries to our offshore subsidiaries may not qualify to enjoy certain treaty benefits.

 

Under the EIT Law and its implementation rules, the profits of a foreign-invested enterprise generated through operations, which are distributed to its immediate holding company outside the PRC, will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10%. Pursuant to the Arrangement between the Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the “Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement,” a withholding tax rate of 10% may be lowered to 5% if the PRC enterprise is at least 25% held by a Hong Kong enterprise for at least 12 consecutive months prior to distribution of the dividends and is determined by the relevant PRC tax authority to have satisfied other conditions and requirements under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable PRC laws.

  

However, based on the Circular on Certain Issues with Respect to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties, or the “SAT Circular 81,” which became effective on February 20, 2009, if the relevant PRC tax authorities determine, in their discretion, that a company benefits from such reduced income tax rate due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, such PRC tax authorities may adjust the preferential tax treatment. According to Circular on Several Issues regarding the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties, which became effective as of April 1, 2018, when determining an applicant’s status as the “beneficial owner” regarding tax treatments in connection with dividends, interests, or royalties in the tax treaties, several factors will be taken into account. Such factors include whether the business operated by the applicant constitutes actual business activities, and whether the counterparty country or region to the tax treaties does not levy any tax, grant tax exemption on relevant incomes, or levy tax at an extremely low rate. This circular further requires any applicant who intends to be proved of being the “beneficial owner” to file relevant documents with the relevant tax authorities. Our PRC subsidiaries are wholly owned by our Hong Kong subsidiary. However, we cannot assure you that our determination regarding our qualification to enjoy the preferential tax treatment will not be challenged by the relevant PRC tax authority or we will be able to complete the necessary filings with the relevant PRC tax authority and enjoy the preferential withholding tax rate of 5% under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement with respect to dividends to be paid by our PRC subsidiaries to our Hong Kong subsidiary, in which case, we would be subject to the higher withdrawing tax rate of 10% on dividends received.

 

If we become directly subject to the scrutiny, criticism, and negative publicity involving U.S.-listed Chinese companies, we may have to expend significant resources to investigate and resolve the matter which could harm our business operations, stock price, and reputation.

 

U.S. public companies that have substantially all of their operations in China have been the subject of intense scrutiny, criticism, and negative publicity by investors, financial commentators, and regulatory agencies, such as the SEC. Much of the scrutiny, criticism, and negative publicity has centered on financial and accounting irregularities and mistakes, a lack of effective internal controls over financial accounting, inadequate corporate governance policies or a lack of adherence thereto and, in many cases, allegations of fraud. As a result of the scrutiny, criticism, and negative publicity, the publicly traded stock of many U.S. listed Chinese companies sharply decreased in value and, in some cases, has become virtually worthless. Many of these companies are now subject to shareholder lawsuits and SEC enforcement actions and are conducting internal and external investigations into the allegations. It is not clear what effect this sector-wide scrutiny, criticism, and negative publicity will have on us, our business, and the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. If we become the subject of any unfavorable allegations, whether such allegations are proven to be true or untrue, we will have to expend significant resources to investigate such allegations and/or defend our company. This situation will be costly and time consuming and distract our management from developing our business. If such allegations are not proven to be groundless, we and our business operations will be severely affected and you could sustain a significant decline in the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

The disclosures in our reports and other filings with the SEC and our other public pronouncements are not subject to the scrutiny of any regulatory bodies in the PRC.

 

We are regulated by the SEC, and our reports and other filings with the SEC are subject to SEC review in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Our SEC reports and other disclosure and public pronouncements are not subject to the review or scrutiny of any PRC regulatory authority. For example, the disclosure in our SEC reports and other filings are not subject to the review by the CSRC, a PRC regulator that is responsible for oversight of the capital markets in China. Accordingly, you should review our SEC reports, filings, and our other public pronouncements with the understanding that no local regulator has done any review of us, our SEC reports, other filings, or any of our other public pronouncements.

 

30


 

The approval of the CSRC may be required in connection with our offerings under a regulation adopted in August 2006, and, if required, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such approval, in which case we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies for failure to seek the CSRC approval for our offerings.

 

The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Companies by Foreign Investors, or the “M&A Rules,” adopted by six PRC regulatory agencies in 2006 and amended in 2009, requires an overseas SPV formed for listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC, prior to the listing and trading of such SPV’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. In September 2006, the CSRC published a notice on its official website specifying documents and materials required to be submitted to it by an SPV seeking the CSRC approval of its overseas listings. The application of the M&A Rules remains unclear. 

 

Our PRC legal counsel, AllBright, has advised us based on their understanding of the current PRC law, rules, and regulations that the CSRC’s approval is not required for the listing and trading of our Class A Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market in the context of our offerings under the M&A Rules, given that:

 

  we established Heliheng by means of direct investment rather than by merger with or acquisition of PRC domestic companies as defined in the M&A Rules; and
     
  no explicit provision in the M&A Rules classifies the VIE Agreements as a type of acquisition transaction subject to the M&A Rules.

 

Our PRC legal counsel, however, has further advised us that there remains some uncertainty as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted or implemented in the context of an overseas offering and its opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. We cannot assure you that relevant PRC governmental agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as we do. If it is determined that the CSRC approval is required for our offerings in the U.S., we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies for failure to seek the CSRC approval for our offerings in the U.S. These sanctions may include fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC, limitations on our operating privileges in the PRC, delays in or restrictions on the repatriation of the proceeds from our offerings in the U.S. into the PRC, restrictions on or prohibition of the payments or remittance of dividends by our PRC subsidiaries, or other actions that could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation, and prospects, as well as the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt our offerings in the U.S. before the settlement and delivery of the Class A Ordinary Shares that we are offering. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to the settlement and delivery of the shares we are offering, you would be doing so at the risk that the settlement and delivery may not occur.

 

The M&A Rules and certain other PRC regulations establish complex procedures for certain acquisitions of Chinese companies by foreign investors, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.

 

The M&A Rules and recently adopted PRC regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time consuming and complex. For example, the M&A Rules require that MOFCOM be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise, if (i) any important industry is concerned, (ii) such transaction involves factors that have or may have impact on the national economic security, or (iii) such transaction will lead to a change in control of a domestic enterprise which holds a famous trademark or PRC time-honored brand. Mergers or acquisitions that allow one market player to take control of or to exert decisive impact on another market player must also be notified in advance to MOFCOM when the threshold under the Provisions on Thresholds for Prior Notification of Concentrations of Undertakings, or the “Prior Notification Rules,” issued by the State Council in August 2008 is triggered. In addition, the Provisions of the Ministry of Commerce on the Implementation of the Security Review System for Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (the “Security Review Rules”) issued by MOFCOM that became effective in September 2011 specify that mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors that raise “national defense and security” concerns and mergers and acquisitions through which foreign investors may acquire de facto control over domestic enterprises that raise “national security” concerns are subject to strict review by MOFCOM, and the Security Review Rules prohibit any activities attempting to bypass a security review, including by structuring the transaction through a proxy or contractual control arrangement. In the future, we may grow our business by acquiring complementary businesses. Complying with the requirements of the above-mentioned regulations and other relevant rules to complete such transactions could be time consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from MOFCOM or its local counterparts may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions. It is clear that our business would not be deemed to be in an industry that raises “national defense and security” or “national security” concerns. MOFCOM or other government agencies, however, may publish explanations in the future determining that our business is in an industry subject to the security review, in which case our future acquisitions in the PRC, including those by way of entering into contractual control arrangements with target entities, may be closely scrutinized or prohibited. Our ability to expand our business or maintain or expand our market share through future acquisitions would as such be materially and adversely affected.

 

31


 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

The PRC operating entities have in recent years shifted their focus to the Event Hosting business, which makes it difficult to predict our prospects and our business and financial performance.

 

The PRC operating entities have in recent years shifted their focus from providing event planning and execution services to developing and hosting their own hip-hop events. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, revenue from the Event Hosting business accounted for 23%, 46%, and 59% of our total revenue, respectively, while revenue from the Event Planning and Execution business accounted for 22%, 26%, and 36% of our total revenue, respectively. The recent operation results of the PRC operating entities in this business may not serve as an adequate basis for evaluating our prospect and operating results, including gross billings, net revenue, cash flows, and operating margins for the Event Hosting business. The PRC operating entities have encountered, and may continue to encounter in the future, risks, challenges, and uncertainties associated with the development of their Event Hosting business, such as adapting to the fast-evolving hip-hop ecosystem, addressing regulatory compliance and uncertainty, engaging, training, and retaining high-quality employees, and improving and expanding their hip-hop intellectual property portfolio. If the PRC operating entities do not manage these risks successfully, our operating and financial results may differ materially from our expectations and our business and financial performance may suffer.

 

If the PRC operating entities are unable to retain the existing clients for their Event Planning and Execution and Brand Promotion businesses, our results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

 

The PRC operating entities provide event planning and execution services and brand promotion services to corporate clients primarily pursuant to service agreements with typical terms ranging from one to six months but usually less than three months. These contracts may not be renewed or, if renewed, may not be renewed on the same or more favorable terms for the PRC operating entities. The PRC operating entities may not be able to accurately predict future trends in corporate client renewals, and their corporate clients’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate due to factors such as level of satisfaction with their services and solutions and their fees and charges, as well as factors beyond their control, such as level of competition faced by their corporate clients, their level of success in marketing efforts, and their spending levels. In particular, some of the existing corporate clients of the PRC operating entities, including Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd. and Xiamen Mastermind Advertising Co., Ltd., have been their clients for many years and the PRC operating entities generated a significant portion of their revenue through services provided to them.  If some of the existing corporate clients of the PRC operating entities, in particular historic corporate clients, terminate or do not renew their business relationships with the PRC operating entities, renew on less favorable terms or for fewer services and solutions, and the PRC operating entities do not acquire replacement corporate clients or otherwise grow their corporate client base, our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

A substantial portion of the PRC operating entities’ revenue and accounts receivable are currently derived from a small number of customers. If any of these customers experiences a material business disruption, the PRC operating entities would likely incur substantial losses of revenue.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, three major customers, Zhejiang Liangxiao Culture Media Co., Ltd., Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd., and Guangdong Hongshi Digital Media Co., Ltd., accounted for approximately 29.02% of the PRC operating entities’ total revenue, respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, three major customers, Fujian Maibo Culture Communication Co., Ltd, Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd., and Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd., accounted for approximately 29%, 12%, and 7% of the PRC operating entities’ total revenue, respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, three major customers, Xiamen Many Idea Interactive Co., Ltd., Fuzhou New Civic Culture Communication Co., Ltd., and Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd., accounted for approximately 23%, 12%, and 8% of the PRC operating entities’ total revenue, respectively. As of June 30, 2023, the PRC operating entities’ top five customers accounted for approximately 68.32% of their net accounts receivable balance, with each customer representing 30.88%, 18.50%, 7.16%, 6.38%, and 5.40% of the net accounts receivable balance, respectively. As of June 30, 2022, the PRC operating entities’ top five customers accounted for approximately 72% of their net accounts receivable balance, with each customer representing 35%, 14%, 9%, 7%, and 7% of the net accounts receivable balance, respectively. As of June 30, 2021, the PRC operating entities’ top five customers accounted for approximately 58% of their net accounts receivable balance, with each customer representing 16%, 15%, 10%, 9%, and 8% of the net accounts receivable balance, respectively. The PRC operating entities’ major customers may change as they adjust marketing strategies or business focus, and any material business disruption affecting their major customers or any decrease in sales to their major customers may negatively impact the PRC operating entities’ operations and cash flows if the PRC operating entities fail to increase their sales to other customers.

 

32


 

In their Event Hosting business, the PRC operating entities primarily generate revenue from sponsorship. If they fail to attract more sponsors to their concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs, or if sponsors are less willing to sponsor them, their revenue may be adversely affected.

 

The PRC operating entities generate a growing portion of their revenue from sponsorship provided by advertisers in the Event Hosting business, which they expect to further develop and expand in the near future as viewership of their hip-hop event offerings expand. The PRC operating entities’ revenue from sponsorship mainly depends on the number and attractiveness of their concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs, and partly depends on the continual development of offline advertising industry in China and advertisers’ willingness to allocate budgets to offline advertising in the hip-hop industry. In addition, companies that decide to advertise or promote their products or services may utilize online methods or channels, such as Internet portals or search engines, over sponsorship during the PRC operating entities’ offline events. If the offline advertising and sponsorship market does not continue to grow, or if the PRC operating entities are unable to capture and retain a sufficient share of that market, their ability to maintain and increase their current level of sponsorship revenue and their profitability and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

 

The financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the PRC operating entities have been adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in the implementation of significant governmental measures, including lockdowns, closures, quarantines, and travel bans, intended to control the spread of the virus. The Chinese government has ordered quarantines, travel restrictions, and the temporary closure of stores and facilities. Companies are also taking precautions, such as requiring employees to work remotely, imposing travel restrictions and temporarily closing businesses.

 

The resurgence of the Omicron variant in China since the beginning of 2022 resulted in city-wide lockdowns in a number of Chinese cities with heightened prevention measures adopted across China to curb the outbreak. In 2022, the PRC operating entities postponed most of their Move It campaigns until July 2022 and their other dance competition events, music festivals, and promotional parties also had delays. In addition, some of the PRC operating entities’ clients reduced their budget for offline marketing events, which negatively affected the PRC operating entities’ event hosting and event planning and execution businesses. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—D. Trend Information—COVID-19 Affecting Our Results of Operations.” From late 2022 to early 2023, the Chinese government gradually released controls on the COVID-19 pandemic, and the PRC operating entities returned to normal operation step-by-step. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, which lasted for approximately three years, most advertiser clients of the PRC operating entities do not have enough budget. As a result, their purchasing power, capability, and willingness to invest in advertising and marketing have decreased. Many advertiser clients have cancelled their advertising and marketing plans. In addition, the event hosting business and event planning and execution business were also greatly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Therefore, the PRC operating entities’ business was still affected heavily by the COVID-19 pandemic during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic may continue to materially and adversely affect the PRC operating entities’ business operations and condition and operating results for the rest of calendar year 2023 and beyond, including delays in their execution of offline events, material negative impact on their total revenue, slower collection of accounts receivable, and additional allowance for doubtful accounts. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts the PRC operating entities’ results of operations in the rest of calendar year 2023 and beyond will depend on the future developments of the COVID-19 pandemic, including new information concerning the global severity of and actions taken to contain the outbreak, which are highly uncertain and unpredictable.

  

33


 

The PRC operating entities’ success is tied to events generally and, in particular, to changes in popularity of hip-hop events on which they choose to focus.

 

The PRC operating entities are largely dependent on the continued popularity of corporate, marketing, and entertainment events in China generally and, in particular, the popularity of hip-hop events upon which they have chosen to focus. Changes in the popularity of hip-hop culture in China or in particular cities or regions in China could be influenced by competition from other forms of entertainment. A change in fans’ tastes, or a change in perception relating to hip-hop culture, could result in the PRC operating entities’ hip-hop events becoming less popular or otherwise reduce the value of their hip-hop focused intellectual property portfolio. This, in turn, could reduce sponsorship or other advertising demand relating to their hip-hop events. Adverse developments or scandals relating to stars or key stakeholders in the hip-hop industry could affect the PRC operating entities’ ability to monetize acquired rights or possibly recover investments they have made in the relationships with the rights owners, and to the extent that any such star or stakeholder is material to their revenue, could have a material adverse effect on their business, results of operations, or prospects.

 

The PRC operating entities may be unable to maintain or enhance their portfolio of concerts, which is a key component of their growth strategy.

 

The PRC operating entities own, or otherwise have contractual rights to, an extensive portfolio of concerts and hip-hop events from which they seek to generate revenue through sponsorships and ticket sales for those concerts and events. The portfolio of concerts is derived from the PRC operating entities’ performance agreements with artists and music companies, which generally are for fixed terms and specific concerts. The PRC operating entities are dependent upon relationships with these artists and music companies to maintain or obtain new rights. The PRC operating entities have in the past been, and may in the future be, subject to risks that their partners in hosting concerts cease to work with them, develop their own service offerings instead of using those of the PRC operating entities, use alternative intermediaries for certain services, or fail to renew existing contracts on terms favorable to the PRC operating entities, or at all, and to the extent that any such partner is material to the revenue of the PRC operating entities, it could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations, or prospects of the PRC operating entities.

 

The service agreements and performance agreements for the PRC operating entities’ Event Planning and Execution and Event Hosting businesses impose numerous obligations on them.

 

In the PRC operating entities’ Event Planning and Execution business and when hosting concerts in their Event Hosting business, the PRC operating entities rely on contractual arrangements to provide a comprehensive suite of event-related services through their execution and marketing capabilities, and otherwise to obtain the right to host concerts they can then monetize.

 

The contracts with their clients and artists or music companies that underpin these arrangements are complex, come in a number of different forms and impose numerous obligations on the PRC operating entities, including the obligations to:

 

  provide future payment obligations and minimum attendance guarantees for entertainment events;
     
  take adequate measures to monitor and prevent third parties from infringing or misusing intellectual property of our clients or partners;
     
  meet detailed and event specific minimum transmission, live coverage quality, host broadcaster, and media production requirements;
     
  maintain records of financial activities and grant clients or partners access to and rights to audit the records of the PRC operating entities; and
     
  comply with certain security and technical specifications.

 

34


 

If the PRC operating entities are unable to meet their obligations or if they breach any of the other terms of their contractual arrangements, they could be subject to monetary penalties and their rights under such arrangements could be terminated, or could be subject to other remedies including obligations to renegotiate terms. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on their business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

 

The PRC operating entities depend on the success of live entertainment events, which are inherently susceptible to risks, and their exposure to such risks is potentially heightened as a result of the nature of entertainment events and the fan experiences they seek to create.

 

Live entertainment events, and, in particular those involving large numbers of performers or fans, require significant logistical capabilities, including substantial resources for safety and security, and sufficient infrastructure, which can be complex, difficult to coordinate, and costly to have in place. Even where logistics and infrastructure have been appropriately planned for, public live events, including events owned by the PRC operating entities, involve risks that may be beyond the PRC operating entities’ control or the control of the relevant organizer (if not the PRC operating entities). Such risks may include terrorist attacks, gun violence, or other security threats, travel interruption or accidents, traffic incidents, weather-related interruptions, natural catastrophes, the spread of illness, equipment malfunction, labor strikes, or other disturbances. Any of these could result in personal injuries or deaths, canceled events, and other disruptions to events adversely affecting the success of the events or the PRC operating entities’ ability to stage events in the future (such as if host cities or organizations choose not to partner with the PRC operating entities given event-related risks). The realization of these risks could also otherwise impact the profitability of the PRC operating entities’ events and the PRC operating entities could also be exposed to liability or other losses for which they may not have insurance or suffer reputational harm.

 

The PRC operating entities focus on creating memorable entertainment event experiences for fans and cultivating highly-engaged and dedicated communities of fans. As a result, factors adversely impacting the enjoyment of fans during their entertainment events, even relatively minor issues, such as adverse weather conditions or poorly functioning infrastructure, to the extent they become associated with, and undercut, the PRC operating entities’ events or, more generally, the PRC operating entities’ brands, could lead to declining popularity of the PRC operating entities’ events in future periods. As the PRC operating entities coordinate all aspects of these events, including executing the events on-site, and undertaking the many items in preparation for each event, poor execution could also lead to declining popularity of these events in the future. In addition, these events typically require the PRC operating entities to obtain permits from the relevant host cities or municipalities, and restrictive permit conditions, poor delivery of services including those not directly under their control or cancellation of entertainment events could also harm their brands.

 

The PRC operating entities use third-party services in connection with their business, and any disruption to these services could result in a disruption to their business, negative publicity, and a slowdown in the growth of their customer base, materially and adversely affecting their business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

The PRC operating entities’ business depends on services provided by, and relationships with, various third parties, including advertising companies and media companies, among others. In particular, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, the PRC operating entities purchased 40.07% of their services from three major suppliers; for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, the PRC operating entities purchased approximately 9%, 8%, and 6% of their services from three major suppliers, respectively; and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, the PRC operating entities purchased approximately 14%, 13%, and 12% of their services from three major suppliers, respectively. The failure of these parties to perform in compliance with their agreements may negatively impact the PRC operating entities’ business.

 

In addition, if such third parties increase the prices of their services, fail to provide their services effectively, terminate their services or agreements, or discontinue their relationships with the PRC operating entities, the PRC operating entities could suffer service interruptions, reduced revenue, or increased costs, any of which may have a material adverse effect on their business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

35


 

The PRC operating entities’ business could be harmed if the relationships on which they depend were to change adversely or terminate.

 

Some of the PRC operating entities’ events involves an exhaustive check-list of items to be organized and coordinated among numerous parties. Therefore, good relationships with these parties are key to a successful event. In particular, for the successful operation and execution of their hip-hop events, the PRC operating entities often are dependent on relationships with local authorities and government agencies, which provide the PRC operating entities essential services that are integral to the success of the event, such as police and security services, traffic control, and assistance in obtaining the required approvals and permits. For the operation of many of the PRC operating entities’ hip-hop events, they use third-party providers and may also rely on the support of volunteers. If the PRC operating entities are unable to rely on providers or volunteers in their event operations, it could cause disruptions to their events or otherwise adversely impact their relationships with their community of fans. Any adverse changes in or termination of any of these relationships could have a material adverse effect on their business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

 

The PRC operating entities’ business depends on the continued success of their brands, and if they fail to maintain and enhance the recognition of their brands, they may face difficulty increasing their network of partners and clients, and their reputation and operating results may be harmed.

 

We believe that market awareness of the PRC operating entities’ brands, including , , and Hip Hop Master, have contributed significantly to the success of their business. Maintaining and enhancing their brands is critical to the PRC operating entities’ efforts to increase their network of sponsors, clients, and fans.

 

The PRC operating entities’ ability to attract new sponsors, clients, and fans depends not only on investment in their brands, their marketing efforts, and the success of their sales force, but also on the perceived value of their services versus competing alternatives among their client base. In addition, a failure by their clients to distinguish between the PRC operating entities’ brands and the different services provided by their competitors may result in a reduction in sales volume, revenue, and margins. If the PRC operating entities’ marketing initiatives are not successful or become less effective, if they are unable to further enhance their brand recognition, or if they incur excessive marketing and promotion expenses, they may not be able to attract new clients successfully or efficiently, and their business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

  

In addition, negative publicity about the PRC operating entities’ business, shareholders, affiliates, directors, officers, and other employees, and the industry in which the PRC operating entities operate, can harm the recognition of their brands. Negative publicity, regardless of merits, concerning the foregoing, could be related to a wide variety of matters, including but not limited to:

 

  alleged misconduct or other improper activities committed by the PRC operating entities’ directors, officers, and other employees, including misrepresentation made by their employees to potential partners, clients, and fans during sales and marketing activities, and other fraudulent activities to artificially inflate the popularity of their service offerings;
     
  false or malicious allegations or rumors about the PRC operating entities or their directors, shareholders, affiliates, officers, and other employees;
     
  complaints by fans, clients, sponsors, or partners about the PRC operating entities’ events, services, sales, and marketing activities;
     
  security breaches of confidential partner, client, or employee information;
     
  employment-related claims relating to alleged employment discrimination, wage, and hour violations; and
     
  governmental and regulatory investigations or penalties resulting from the PRC operating entities’ failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations.

 

36


 

In addition to traditional media, there has been an increasing use of social media platforms and similar devices in China, including instant messaging applications, social media websites, and other forms of Internet-based communications that provide individuals with access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. The availability of information on instant messaging applications and social media platforms is virtually immediate as is its impact without affording the PRC operating entities an opportunity for redress or correction. The opportunity for dissemination of information, including inaccurate information, is readily available. Information concerning the PRC operating entities, and their shareholders, affiliates, directors, officers, and other employees, may be posted on such platforms at any time. The risks associated with any such negative publicity or incorrect information cannot be completely eliminated by the PRC operating entities’ strategies to maintain their brand and may materially harm the recognition of their brand, their reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

The PRC operating entities could be adversely affected by a failure to protect their intellectual property or the intellectual property of their partners.

 

The PRC operating entities have significant intellectual property rights, in particular with respect to their event brands, such as, and related events, as well as their business brands, such as the Hip Hop Master brand. See also “—The PRC operating entities’ business depends on the continued success of their brands, and if they fail to maintain and enhance the recognition of their brands, they may face difficulty increasing their network of partners and clients, and their reputation and operating results may be harmed” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Intellectual Property.” The PRC operating entities regard their intellectual properties as critical to their success, and they depend, to a large extent, on their ability to develop and maintain their intellectual property rights. To do so, they rely upon a combination of trade secrets, confidential policies, nondisclosure, and other contractual arrangements and copyrights, software copyrights, trademarks, and other intellectual property laws. The PRC operating entities also make use of the intellectual property rights from partners, such as artists and music companies, to monetize the concerts they host. Despite their efforts to protect their or their partners’ intellectual property rights, the steps the PRC operating entities take in this regard might not be adequate to prevent, or deter, infringement or other misappropriation of their or their partners’ intellectual property by competitors, former employees, or other third parties.

 

Monitoring and preventing any unauthorized use of the PRC operating entities’ or their partners’ intellectual property is difficult and costly, and any of their or their partners’ intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, or misappropriated, or such intellectual property may not be sufficient to provide the PRC operating entities with competitive advantages. Litigation or proceedings before governmental authorities, or administrative and judicial bodies may be necessary to enforce their intellectual property rights and to determine the validity and scope of their rights. The PRC operating entities’ efforts to protect their intellectual property in such litigation and proceedings may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management time, each of which could substantially harm their operating results. Any failure in protecting or enforcing their or their partners’ intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on their business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

 

Advertisements shown during the PRC operating entities’ events may subject them to penalties and other administrative actions.

 

Under PRC advertising laws and regulations, the PRC operating entities are obligated to monitor the advertising content shown during their events to ensure that such content is true, accurate, and in full compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, where a special government review is required for specific types of advertisements prior to posting, such as advertisements relating to pharmaceuticals, medical instruments, agrochemicals, and veterinary pharmaceuticals, they are obligated to confirm that such review has been performed and approval has been obtained from competent governmental authority. To fulfill these monitoring functions, the PRC operating entities include clauses in all of their service contracts requiring that all advertising content provided by advertising agencies and advertisers must comply with relevant laws and regulations. Under PRC law, the PRC operating entities may have claims against advertising agencies and advertisers for all damages to the PRC operating entities caused by their breach of such representations. Violation of these laws and regulations may subject the PRC operating entities to penalties, including fines, confiscation of our advertising income, orders to cease dissemination of the advertisements, and orders to publish an announcement correcting the misleading information. In circumstances involving serious violations, such as posting a pharmaceutical product advertisement without approval, or posting an advertisement for fake pharmaceutical product, PRC governmental authorities may force the PRC operating entities to terminate their advertising operation or revoke their licenses.

 

37


 

A majority of the advertisements shown during the PRC operating entities’ events are provided to them by third parties. Although significant efforts have been made to ensure that the advertisements shown during their events are in full compliance with applicable laws and regulations, the PRC operating entities cannot assure you that all the content contained in such advertisements is true and accurate as required by the advertising laws and regulations, especially given the large number of advertisements and the uncertainty in the application of these laws and regulations. The inability of the PRC operating entities’ procedures to adequately and timely discover such evasions may subject them to regulatory penalties or administrative sanctions. Although the PRC operating entities have not been subject to any penalties or administrative sanctions in the past for the advertisements shown during their events, if they are found to be in violation of applicable PRC advertising laws and regulations in the future, the PRC operating entities may be subject to penalties and their reputation may be harmed, which may have a material and adverse effect on their business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

The markets in which the PRC operating entities operate are highly competitive.

 

In providing event planning and execution and brand promotion services, the PRC operating entities seek to build strong connections, raise the value of services they provide, create effective communication platforms for brands, events, and organizations, and ultimately provide the vital link between events and consumers. The PRC operating entities face competition in acquiring corporate clients. Notwithstanding prior relationships, corporate clients might choose alternative service providers. If the PRC operating entities are unable to maintain current clients or acquire new clients, their ability to grow their business will be limited. In a competitive environment, they may lose existing business to their competitors or they may win less profitable business, including to the extent they may be required to lower the service fees they charge to their clients. In China, a number of companies have already engaged in event planning and execution and brand promotion services, and certain large companies, such as Alibaba, Tencent, and Baidu, are increasingly investing in entertainment businesses, including in hip-hop-related content and media channel development. In addition, partners of the PRC operating entities may expand their internal capabilities or otherwise integrate themselves vertically and more systematically, which could result in a reduction in opportunities available to the PRC operating entities or otherwise lead to potential new competitors.

 

In the case of concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs, the PRC operating entities face competition principally from other hosts or creator of concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs. The events, concerts, or online programs offered by other hosts may offer fans the ability to participate in events that represent or are perceived to represent better value for money than what the PRC operating entities offer. The PRC operating entities may face competition in cities or markets from competitors that have or are able to establish a more significant local presence than they can. In addition, the PRC operating entities face competition from other entertainment and non-entertainment events that may be more attractive or appealing to potential fans.

 

The PRC operating entities’ results of operations are subject to seasonality and their financial performance in any one interim period is unlikely to be indicative of, or comparable to, their financial performance in subsequent interim periods.

 

Ultimately, the PRC operating entities generate revenue from events, and these events occur at different times throughout the year. Most of their event-related revenue as well as event-related expenses are recognized in the month in which an event occurs. In particular for the PRC operating entities’ Event Planning and Execution and Brand Promotion businesses, revenue and direct expenses tend to be higher in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year given the PRC operating entities’ event calendar. Over the course of the four quarters, fluctuations in gross profit shows a largely similar pattern to fluctuations in revenue. The PRC operating entities’ results of operations in their Event Hosting business tend to have less seasonal fluctuations compared to their other businesses. Comparing the PRC operating entities’ operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and you should not rely on their past results as an indication of their future performance.

 

38


 

The PRC operating entities may be unable to expand successfully into new cities or markets or expand within cities or markets in which they are already present.

 

The PRC operating entities currently operate mainly in the coastal provinces of China. Expansion into new cities or markets or expansion within cities or markets in which they are already present could expose the PRC operating entities to significant legal and regulatory challenges, political, and economic instability or other adverse consequences. Such expansion may require the building of new relationships with stakeholders, which may have different interests or standards than stakeholders for which the PRC operating entities’ operations have otherwise been designed and for which they may have limited capabilities to leverage. Their lack of experience and operational expertise in these cities or markets could put the PRC operating entities in a disadvantageous position relative to their competitors with more experience or capabilities to address the relevant challenges. These factors, among others, could cause their expansion into new cities or markets to be unsuccessful or less profitable than what they are otherwise able to achieve, could cause their operating costs to increase unexpectedly or their revenue to decrease, or, in general, could otherwise negatively affect their expansion ambitions.

 

The PRC operating entities have grown rapidly and expect to continue to invest in their growth for the foreseeable future. If the PRC operating entities fail to manage this growth effectively, the success of their business model will be compromised.

 

The PRC operating entities have experienced rapid growth in recent years. Their rapid growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on their demand for effective planning and management processes, administrative and operating infrastructure, hip-hop event development, sales and marketing capacities, and other resources. The PRC operating entities’ ability to effectively implement their strategies and manage any significant growth of their business will depend on a number of factors, including their ability to: (i) effectively recruit, train, retain, and motivate a large number of new employees; (ii)  continue to improve their operational, financial, and management controls and efficiencies; (iii) improve hip-hop events to make them appealing to fans; (iv) maintain and improve their relationships with various stakeholders within their industry; (v) improve their sales and marketing efficiency; (vi) protect and further develop their intellectual property rights; and (vii) make sound business decisions in light of the scrutiny associated with operating as a public company. These activities require significant capital expenditures and investment of valuable management and financial resources, and the PRC operating entities’ growth will continue to place significant demands on their management. There are no guarantees that the PRC operating entities will be able to effectively manage any future growth in an efficient, cost-effective, and timely manner, or at all. Their growth in a relatively short period of time is not necessarily indicative of results that the PRC operating entities may achieve in the future. If the PRC operating entities do not effectively manage the growth of their business and operations, their reputation, results of operations, and overall business and prospects could be negatively impacted.

  

The PRC operating entities may be unable to pursue strategic partnership, acquisitions, and investment opportunities to further complement their service offerings.

 

The PRC operating entities may selectively partner with, invest in, or acquire companies that complement or enhance their existing operations as well as those that are strategically beneficial to their long-term goals, including opportunities that help broaden their corporate client base, expand their service offerings, and grow the number of their events. The costs of identifying and consummating partnerships, acquisitions, and investments may be significant, and the PRC operating entities may not be able to find suitable opportunities at reasonable prices, or at all, in the future. Finding and consummating partnerships, acquisitions, or investments requires management time and effort, and finding and consummating such opportunities in new markets can be affected by availability of suitable targets and uncertain business cases in ways that pose greater risk than initiatives that target established markets. More broadly, opportunities in markets in which the PRC operating entities have limited or no prior experience may pose a greater risk. Failure to further expand their service offerings through strategic partnerships, acquisitions, and investment opportunities could have a material adverse effect on their business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

   

39


 

Failure to maintain the quality of customer services could harm the PRC operating entities’ reputation and their ability to retain existing clients and attract new clients, which may materially and adversely affect their business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

The PRC operating entities depend on their customer service representatives to provide assistance to clients using their services. As such, the quality of customer services is critical to retaining their existing clients and attracting new clients. If their customer service representatives fail to satisfy clients’ individual needs, the PRC operating entities may incur reputational harms and lose potential or existing business opportunities with their existing clients, which could have a material adverse effect on their business, financial condition, and results of operations.

  

We rely on the skills, experience, and relationships of our senior management team and other key personnel, the loss of which could adversely affect us.

 

We believe that our future success depends significantly on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate, and retain our senior management and a sufficient number of hip-hop, event planning and execution, and brand promotion specialists and other experienced and skilled employees. We benefit from the track record of our senior management team, including Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, in building strategic personal relationships with key stakeholders throughout the hip-hop ecosystem and successfully growing our operations through strategic partnerships. Our senior management team works closely with seasoned hip-hop, event planning and execution, and brand promotion specialists who offer deep execution and operational experience combined with their relationships with various stakeholders. Our combined team offers deep industry experience throughout the hip-hop ecosystem, as well as in-depth knowledge of the Chinese hip-hop market.

 

Qualified individuals are in high demand, particularly in the hip-hop ecosystem, and the PRC operating entities may have to incur significant costs to attract and retain them. The loss of any member of the senior management team or such specialists could be highly disruptive and adversely affect our business operations in respect of a particular stakeholder or more broadly impact our future growth. Moreover, if any of these individuals joins a competitor or undertakes a competing business, the PRC operating entities may lose crucial business secrets, personal relationships, technological know-how, and other valuable resources, notwithstanding their contractual arrangements designed to mitigate this loss.

 

A decline in general economic conditions or a disruption of financial markets may affect entertainment markets or the discretionary income of consumers, which in turn could adversely affect the PRC operating entities’ profitability.

 

The PRC operating entities’ operations are affected by general economic conditions and, in particular, conditions that have a direct impact on the demand for entertainment and leisure activities. Declines in general economic conditions could reduce the level of discretionary income that their fans have to spend on attending or participating in entertainment events or on entertainment-related programs or consumer products more generally (thereby potentially reducing sponsorship and advertising spending), any of which could adversely impact their revenue. Adverse economic conditions, including volatility and disruptions in financial markets, may also affect other stakeholders in the hip-hop ecosystem, thereby reducing their engagement. For example, declines in consumer spending more broadly could affect advertising spend, which in turn could adversely affect broadcasters. These factors could reduce the prices the PRC operating entities can obtain in their arrangements with partners and clients.

 

Demand for the PRC operating entities’ content would be adversely affected by unauthorized distribution of that content.

 

To the extent that live hip-hop events are made available on the Internet by pirates or other unauthorized re-broadcasters and these are illegally streamed, demand for the PRC operating entities’ services could decline and they could lose the benefit of any associated revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on their reputation, business, results of operations, financial conditions, or prospects.

 

40


 

The PRC operating entities’ current insurance policies may not provide adequate levels of coverage against all claims and they may incur losses that are not covered by their insurance.

 

We believe the PRC operating entities maintain insurance coverage that is customary for businesses of their size and type. However, they may be unable to insure against certain types of losses or claims, or the cost of such insurance may be prohibitive. Uninsured losses or claims, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on their reputation, business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

 

Content related to hip-hop produced and/or distributed by the PRC operating entities may be found objectionable by PRC regulatory authorities, which may have an adverse effect on their business.

 

PRC laws and regulations impose certain restrictions on content of commercial performances, radio and television programs, and advertisements. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulations.” These regulations provide that content is prohibited to, among other things, violate PRC laws and regulations, impair the national dignity of China or the public interest, or incite ethnic hatred, propagate cults and superstition, disturb social order, spread obscenity, gambling, or violence. In addition, PRC regulatory authorities may find any content objectionable, and accordingly such content may be limited or eliminated. For example, since the outset of 2018, the Chinese government has tightened its crackdown on content it deemed to be “vulgar” or “low taste,” which caused certain rap songs to be deleted or their lyrics redacted since the government deemed them inappropriate. The PRC operating entities currently engage in street dance, another area of hip-hop culture, which we do not believe has been deemed to be offensive or vulgar. However, the PRC operating entities also own an extensive portfolio of intellectual property rights related to hip-hop events, including a stage play, three dance competitions or events, two cultural and musical festivals, and two promotional parties, and online hip-hop programs, which usually feature rap songs. As of the date of this annual report, the PRC operating entities have not received any notice of warning or been subject to penalties or other disciplinary action regarding content we currently produce or distribute. However, we cannot assure you that content the PRC operating entities produce, promote, or distribute will not be found objectionable by regulatory authorities in the future. In the event that the PRC regulatory authorities find any content the PRC operating entities produce and/or distribute objectionable, such content may be deleted or restricted. As a result, the PRC operating entities’ business, financial condition, and results of operations may be affected.

 

As the PRC operating entities have been engaged in digital collection sales since May 2022 and we are in the process of developing non-fungible token (“NFT”) products, the PRC operating entities and we may be subject to an extensive and highly-evolving regulatory landscape and any adverse changes to, or our failure to comply with, any laws and regulations could adversely affect our brand, reputation, business, operating results, and financial condition.

 

The PRC operating entities have been engaged in digital collection sales since May 2022 and we are in the process of developing NFT products. As a result, the PRC operating entities’ and our business may be subject to extensive laws, rules, regulations, policies, orders, determinations, directives, treaties, and legal and regulatory interpretations and guidance in the markets in which the PRC operating entities and we operate, including those governing financial services and banking, trust companies, securities, commodities, credit, digital asset custody, exchange, and transfer, cross-border and domestic money and digital asset transmission, consumer and commercial lending, usury, foreign currency exchange, privacy, data governance, data protection, cybersecurity, fraud detection, payment services (including payment processing and settlement services), consumer protection, escheatment, antitrust and competition, bankruptcy, tax, anti-bribery, economic and trade sanctions, anti-money laundering, and counter-terrorist financing. Many of these legal and regulatory regimes were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet, mobile technologies, digital assets, and related technologies. As a result, they do not contemplate or address unique issues associated with the crypto economy, are subject to significant uncertainty, and vary widely across U.S. federal, state, and local and international jurisdictions. These legal and regulatory regimes, including the laws, rules, and regulations thereunder, evolve frequently and may be modified, interpreted, and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with one another. Moreover, the complexity and evolving nature of our business and the significant uncertainty surrounding the regulation of the crypto economy requires us to exercise our judgement as to whether certain laws, rules, and regulations apply to us, and it is possible that governmental bodies and regulators may disagree with our conclusions. To the extent we have not complied with such laws, rules, and regulations, we could be subject to significant fines, revocation of licenses, limitations on our products and services, reputational harm, and other regulatory consequences, each of which may be significant and could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

 

Risks Relating to Our Class A Ordinary Shares and the Trading Market

  

Substantial future sales of our Class A Ordinary Shares or the anticipation of future sales of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the public market could cause the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline. An aggregate of 1,828,693 Class A Ordinary Shares are outstanding as of the date of this annual report. Sales of these shares into the market could cause the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline.

  

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

 

We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares if the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares increases.

 

41


 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if the publish a negative report regarding our Class A Ordinary Shares, the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and trading volume could decline.

 

Any trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares may depend in part on the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade us, the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and the trading volume to decline.

 

The market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the public offering price.

 

From the closing of our initial public offering on July 2, 2021 to October 20, 2023, the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares has ranged from $0.27 to $53.40 per share. The trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares is likely to continue to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, including the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located mainly in China that have listed their securities in the United States. The securities of some of these companies have experienced significant volatility since their initial public offerings, including, in some cases, substantial price declines in their trading prices. The trading performances of other Chinese companies’ securities after their offerings may affect the attitudes of investors toward Chinese companies listed in the United States in general and consequently may impact the trading performance of our Class A Ordinary Shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. 

The market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results;
     
  the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;
     
  actions of securities analysts who initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;
     
  announcements by us or our competitors of significant products or features, technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

 

  price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;
     
  lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and
     
  other events or factors, including those resulting from war or incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

 

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Stock prices of many companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, shareholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.

 

We have not maintained compliance with the minimum bid price requirement of $1.00 per share for continued listing on the Nasdaq. If we continue to fail to meet this requirement and Nasdaq determines to delist our Class A Ordinary Shares, the delisting would adversely affect the market liquidity of our Class A Ordinary Shares and the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares could decrease.

 

Our Class A Ordinary Shares are listed on the Nasdaq. In order to maintain our listing, we must meet minimum financial and other requirements, including the minimum bid price requirement of $1.00 per share for continued listing, as set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5450(a)(1). On November 21, 2022, we received a letter from the Nasdaq indicating that we were not in compliance with Nasdaq Rule 5450(a)(1) (the “Bid Price Rule”), as the closing bid price for our Class A Ordinary Shares had been below $1.00 per share for the preceding 30 consecutive business days. The notice indicated that, consistent with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A), we had 180 days, or until May 16, 2023, to regain compliance with the minimum bid price requirement. On May 22, 2023, we announced that we received approval from the Nasdaq to transfer the listing of our Class A Ordinary Shares from the Nasdaq Global Market to the Nasdaq Capital Market. In connection with the transfer to the Nasdaq Capital Market, on May 17, 2023, Nasdaq granted us an additional 180-day period (or until November 13, 2023) to regain compliance with the requirement that the bid price of our Class A Ordinary Shares meet or exceed $1.00 per share for at least 10 consecutive business days.

 

On October 9, 2023, we held an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders, during which our shareholders adopted an ordinary resolution to approve a share consolidation of 10 ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.001 each in our issued and unissued share capital into one ordinary share with a par value of US$0.01, effective on such date as our board of directors shall determine (the “Share Consolidation Proposal”).

 

42


 

On October 12, 2023, our board of directors adopted resolutions to set the effective date of the Share Consolidation to October 26, 2023, and the Share Consolidation was reflected with the Nasdaq Stock Market and in the marketplace at the opening of business on October 27, 2023.

 

There can be no assurance that we will meet the minimum bid price requirement or any other requirements in the future. The failure to maintain our listing on the Nasdaq would have an adverse effect on the market price and liquidity of our Class A Ordinary Shares. Without a Nasdaq listing, shareholders may have a difficult time getting a quote for the sale or purchase of our Class A Ordinary Shares, the sale or purchase of our Class A Ordinary Shares would likely be made more difficult, and the trading volume and liquidity of our Class A Ordinary Shares could decline. Delisting from the Nasdaq could also result in negative publicity and could make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital.

 

If we cease to qualify as a foreign private issuer, we would be required to comply fully with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, and we would incur significant additional legal, accounting, and other expenses that we would not incur as a foreign private issuer.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors, and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as United States domestic issuers, and we are not required to disclose in our periodic reports all of the information that United States domestic issuers are required to disclose. While we currently are deemed as a foreign private issuer, we may cease to qualify as a foreign private issuer in the future, in which case we would incur significant additional expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

Because we are a foreign private issuer and intend to take advantage of exemptions from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, you will have less protection than you would have if we were a domestic issuer.

 

As a Cayman Islands company listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are subject to the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. Nasdaq rules, however, permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards.

 

Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635 generally provides that shareholder approval is required of U.S. domestic companies listed on Nasdaq prior to issuance (or potential issuance) of securities (i) equaling 20% or more of the company’s common stock or voting power for less than the greater of market or book value (ii) resulting in a change of control of the company; and (iii) which is being issued pursuant to a stock option or purchase plan to be established or materially amended or other equity compensation arrangement made or materially amended. Notwithstanding this general requirement, Nasdaq Listing Rule 5615(a)(3)(A) permits foreign private issuers to follow their home country practice rather than these shareholder approval requirements. The Cayman Islands do not require shareholder approval prior to any of the foregoing types of issuances. We, therefore, are not required to obtain such shareholder approval prior to entering into a transaction with the potential to issue securities as described above. Specifically, our board of directors has elected to follow our home country rules and be exempt from the requirements to obtain shareholder approval for (1) shareholder approval for the issuance of securities in connection with the acquisition of the stock or assets of another company under the Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(a), (2) the issuance of securities when the issuance or potential issuance will result in a change of control of our Company under Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(b), (3) shareholder approval for share incentive plans under the Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c), and (4) the issuance of 20% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares under the Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(d).

 

Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(b)(1) requires listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of its board members be independent. As a foreign private issuer, however, we are permitted to, and we may follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirement. The corporate governance practice in our home country, the Cayman Islands, does not require a majority of our board to consist of independent directors. Currently, we do not have any independent directors and we are still looking for independent director candidates. Therefore, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they would otherwise enjoy under Nasdaq’s corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

 

Although as a foreign private issuer we are exempt from certain corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, if we cannot satisfy, or continue to satisfy, the continued listing requirements and other rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, our securities may not be listed or may be delisted, which could negatively impact the price of our securities and your ability to sell them.

 

Our Class A Ordinary Shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market. In order to maintain our listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are required to comply with certain rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, including those regarding minimum stockholders’ equity, minimum share price, minimum market value of publicly held shares, and various additional requirements. Even if we currently meet the listing requirements and other applicable rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, we may not be able to continue to satisfy these requirements and applicable rules. If we are unable to satisfy the Nasdaq Capital Market criteria for maintaining our listing, our securities could be subject to delisting.

 

If the Nasdaq Capital Market subsequently delists our securities from trading, we could face significant consequences, including:

 

  a limited availability for market quotations for our securities;

 

43


 

  reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;
     
  a determination that our Class A Ordinary Share is a “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading in our Class A Ordinary Share to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our Class A Ordinary Share;
     
  limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
     
  a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

 

Our board of directors may decline to register transfers of Class A Ordinary Shares in certain circumstances.

 

Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, decline to register any transfer of any Class A Ordinary Share which is not fully paid up or on which we have a lien. Our directors may also decline to register any transfer of any share unless (i) the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; (ii) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares; (iii) the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required; (iv) in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred does not exceed four; (v) the shares transferred are free of any lien in favor of us; or (vi) a fee of such maximum sum as the Nasdaq Capital Market may determine to be payable, or such lesser sum as our board of directors may from time to time require, is paid to us in respect thereof.

 

If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal. The registration of transfers may, on 14 days’ notice being given by advertisement in one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our board of directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year.

 

This, however, is unlikely to affect market transactions of the Class A Ordinary Shares purchased by investors in our public offerings. The legal title to such Class A Ordinary Shares and the registration details of those Class A Ordinary Shares in our register of members remains with the Depository Trust Company. All market transactions with respect to those Class A Ordinary Shares are carried out without the need for any kind of registration by the directors, as the market transactions will all be conducted through the Depository Trust Company systems.

  

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this will make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This will make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

 

Because we are an “emerging growth company,” we may not be subject to requirements that other public companies are subject to, which could affect investor confidence in us and our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

For as long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, we will elect to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Because of these lessened regulatory requirements, our shareholders would be left without information or rights available to shareholders of more mature companies. If some investors find our Class A Ordinary Shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares and our share price may be more volatile.

 

44


 

The laws of the Cayman Islands may not provide our shareholders with benefits comparable to those provided to shareholders of corporations incorporated in the United States.

 

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, by the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands and by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against our directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law in the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands and from English common law. Decisions of the Privy Council (which is the final Court of Appeal for British overseas territories such as the Cayman Islands) are binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. Decisions of the English courts, and particularly the Supreme Court and the Court of Appeal are generally of persuasive authority but are not binding in the courts of the Cayman Islands. Decisions of courts in other Commonwealth jurisdictions are similarly of persuasive but not binding authority. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws relative to the United States. Therefore, our public shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests in the face of actions by our management, directors, or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States.

 

You may be unable to present proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings not called by shareholders.

 

Cayman Islands law provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. These rights, however, may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our articles of association allow our shareholders holding shares representing in aggregate not less than 10% of our voting share capital in issue, to requisition a general meeting of our shareholders, in which case our directors are obliged to call such meeting. Advance notice of at least 21 clear days is required for the convening of our annual general shareholders’ meeting and at least 14 clear days’ notice any other general meeting of our shareholders. A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at least one shareholder present or by proxy, representing not less than one-third of the total issued shares carrying the right to vote at a general meeting of our Company.

  

If we are classified as a PFIC, United States taxpayers who own our Class A Ordinary Shares may have adverse United States federal income tax consequences.

 

A non-U.S. corporation such as ourselves will be classified as a PFIC, for any taxable year if, for such year, either:

 

  At least 75% of our gross income for the year is passive income; or
     
  The average percentage of our assets (determined at the end of each quarter) during the taxable year which produce passive income or which are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%.

 

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business), and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

  

If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. taxpayer who holds our Class A Ordinary Shares, the U.S. taxpayer may be subject to increased U.S. federal income tax liability and may be subject to additional reporting requirements.

  

Depending on the amount of cash we have and any other assets held for the production of passive income, it is possible that, for our current taxable year or for any subsequent year, more than 50% of our assets may be assets which produce passive income, in which case we would be deemed a PFIC, which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences for U.S. taxpayers who are shareholders. We will make this determination following the end of any particular tax year.

 

Although the law in this regard is unclear, we treat the PRC operating entities as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we exercise effective control over the operations of such entities but also because we are entitled to substantially all of their economic benefits, and, as a result, we consolidate their operating results in our consolidated financial statements. For purposes of the PFIC analysis, in general, a non-U.S. corporation is deemed to own its pro rata share of the gross income and assets of any entity in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the equity by value.

 

For a more detailed discussion of the application of the PFIC rules to us and the consequences to U.S. taxpayers if we were or are determined to be a PFIC, see “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—United States Federal Income Taxation—PFIC Consequences.”

 

45


 

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

 

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable to a fine of $18,292.68 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.  

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control.

 

Some provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including, among other things, the following:

 

  provisions that authorize our board of directors to issue shares with preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions without any further vote or action by our shareholders; and
     
  provisions that restrict the ability of our shareholders to call meetings and to propose special matters for consideration at shareholder meetings.

 

The dual class structure of our ordinary shares has the effect of concentrating voting control with our chief executive officer and chairman, and his interests may not be aligned with the interests of our other shareholders.

 

We have a dual-class voting structure consisting of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares. Under this structure, holders of Class A Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share, and holders of Class B Ordinary Shares are entitled to seven votes per one Class B Ordinary Share, which may cause the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares to have an unbalanced, higher concentration of voting power. Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, our chief executive officer and chairman, indirectly holds 576,308, or 100% of our issued Class B Ordinary Shares, representing approximately 68.81% of the voting rights in our Company. As a result, until such time as his collective voting power is below 50%, Mr. Huang as the controlling shareholder has substantial influence over our business, including decisions regarding mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, election of directors, and other significant corporate actions. He may take actions that are not in the best interests of us or our other shareholders. These corporate actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders. Further, such concentration of voting power may discourage, prevent, or delay the consummation of recent change of control transactions that shareholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which shareholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. Future issuances of Class B Ordinary Shares may also be dilutive to the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares. As a result, the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares could be adversely affected.

 

46


 

The dual-class structure of our ordinary shares may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

Several shareholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual class structure of our ordinary shares may cause shareholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any actions or publications by shareholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq listing rules, and may follow certain exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that could adversely affect our public shareholders.

 

Our largest shareholder, Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, owns more than a majority of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares. Under the Nasdaq listing rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group, or another company is a “controlled company” and is permitted to phase in its compliance with the independent committee requirements. Although we do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemptions under the Nasdaq listing rules even if we are deemed a “controlled company,” we could elect to rely on these exemptions in the future. If we were to elect to rely on the “controlled company” exemptions, a majority of the members of our board of directors might not be independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees might not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, if we rely on the exemptions, during the period we remain a controlled company and during any transition period following a time when we are no longer a controlled company, you would not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.

 

During the course of the audit of our consolidated financial statements, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results or prevent fraud may be adversely affected, and investor confidence and the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be adversely impacted. 

 

We are subject to reporting obligations under U.S. securities laws. The SEC adopted rules pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requiring every public company to include a management report on such company’s internal control over financial reporting in its annual report, which contains management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting.

 

We and our independent registered public accounting firm, in connection with the preparation and external audit of our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, that is, we do not have sufficient in-house personnel in our accounting department with sufficient knowledge of U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting rules. See “Item 15. Controls and Procedures— Disclosure Controls and Procedures.” Our management is currently in the process of evaluating the steps necessary to remediate the ineffectiveness, such as (i) hiring more qualified accounting personnel with relevant U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting experience and qualifications to strengthen the financial reporting function and to set up a financial and system control framework, and (ii) implementing regular and continuous U.S. GAAP accounting and financial reporting training programs for our accounting and financial reporting personnel. Measures that we implement may not fully address the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and we may not be able to conclude that the material weakness has been fully remedied.

 

Failure to correct the material weakness and other control deficiencies or failure to discover and address any other control deficiencies could result in inaccuracies in our consolidated financial statements and could also impair our ability to comply with applicable financial reporting requirements and make related regulatory filings on a timely basis. As a result, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects, as well as the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares, may be materially and adversely affected. Due to the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as described above, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of June 30, 2023. This could adversely affect the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our reporting processes.

 

47


 

Item 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

A. History and Development of the Company

  

On June 30, 2021, our Class A Ordinary Shares commenced trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CPOP.” On July 2, 2021, we closed our initial public offering. We raised approximately $37.2 million in gross proceeds from our initial public offering, before deducting underwriting discounts and other related expenses.

 

On December 3, 2021, we incorporated a wholly owned subsidiary, Pop Culture Global, in California. As of the date of this annual report, Pop Culture Global has not been operative, nor has it generated any revenue.

 

On January 25, 2022, Heliheng and Xiamen Pop Culture established a subsidiary, Pop Investment, under PRC laws and regulations. Heliheng holds 60% equity interests in Pop Investment and Xiamen Pop Culture holds 40%. Pop Investment plans to engage in cross-border funds management for our Company. As of the date of this annual report, Pop Investment has not been operative, nor has it generated any revenue.

 

On March 30, 2022, Xiamen Pop Culture established a subsidiary, Zhongpu Shuyuan, under PRC laws and regulations. Xiamen Pop Culture holds 51% equity interests in Zhongpu Shuyuan. Zhongpu Shuyuan is engaged in digital collection and metaverse related business and launched a non-fungible token digital collection trading platform in China, Shuyuan Meta, on May 3, 2022 for the development, promotion, and distribution of digital collections.

 

On April 12, 2022, Zhongpu Shuyuan entered into a share purchase agreement with Mouqing He and Lin Jiang, the two former shareholders of Xiamen Qiqin, pursuant to which Zhongpu Shuyuan acquired 100% of Xiamen Qiqin’s equity interests. As a result, Xiamen Qiqin became a wholly owned subsidiary of Zhongpu Shuyuan on April 12, 2022. Xiamen Qiqin is engaged in online digital collection sales.

 

On April 14, 2022, Xiamen Pop Culture established a wholly owned subsidiary, Hualiu Digital, under the PRC laws and regulations. Hualiu Digital is still in the process of exploring its business plan. As of the date of this annual report, Hualiu Digital has not been operative, nor has it generated any revenue.

 

On May 16, 2022, Guangzhou Shuzhi, a wholly owned subsidiary of Xiamen Pop Culture, established a subsidiary, Xiamen Shuzhi, under PRC laws and regulations. Guangzhou Shuzhi held 70% equity interests in Xiamen Shuzhi. On August 18, 2022, Guangzhou Shuzhi acquired the remaining 30% equity interests, and Xiamen Shuzhi became a wholly owned subsidiary. Xiamen Shuzhi is engaged in online and offline marketing and exhibitions.

 

On May 18, 2022, Guangzhou Shuzhi established a subsidiary, Fujian Shuzhi, under PRC laws and regulations. Guangzhou Shuzhi holds 51% equity interests in Fujian Shuzhi. Fujian Shuzhi was engaged in online and offline marketing and exhibitions. On October 7, 2023, Fujian Shuzhi was dissolved.

 

On June 20, 2022, Xiamen Pop Culture established a wholly owned subsidiary, Pupu Digital, under PRC laws and regulations. Pupu Digital is engaged in culture-related digital content production services.

 

On June 28, 2022, Pop Network and two unrelated third parties established Junpu Era (Xiamen) Digital Industry Co., Ltd. (“Junpu Era”) under PRC laws and regulations. Pop Network holds 30% of the equity interests in Junpu Era. Junpu Era is engaged in digital collection and metaverse-related services.

 

On July 21, 2022, Pop Culture HK established a wholly owned subsidiary, Shuzhi Sports, under PRC laws and regulations. Shuzhi Sports is still in the process of exploring its business plan. As of the date of this annual report, Shuzhi Sports has not been operative, nor has it generated any revenue.

 

On December 1,2022, Pop Digital transferred 4% of the equity interests it held in Shenzhen Jam Box to Wanquan Yi, the legal representative and executive director of Shenzhen Pop Digital Industry Development Co., Ltd., for a consideration of RMB200,000 (approximately $27,333). The equity transfer was declared effective by the local authority on January 11, 2023.

 

In May 2023, we received approval from the Nasdaq to transfer the listing of our Class A Ordinary Shares from the Nasdaq Global Market to the Nasdaq Capital Market. Our Class A Ordinary Shares have been listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market since May 18, 2023, and prior to that were listed on the Nasdaq Global Market from June 30, 2021 to May 17, 2023, both under the symbol “CPOP.”

 

On June 27, 2023, Pop Sikai was dissolved.

 

On October 9, 2023, we held an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders, during which our shareholders adopted an ordinary resolution to approve a share consolidation of 10 ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.001 each in our issued and unissued share capital into one ordinary share with a par value of US$0.01, effective on such date as our board of directors of the Company shall determine.

 

On October 12, 2023, our board of directors adopted resolutions to set the effective date of the Share Consolidation to October 26, 2023, and the Share Consolidation was reflected with the Nasdaq Stock Market and in the marketplace at the opening of business on October 27, 2023.

 

48


 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 3rd Floor, No. 168, Fengqi Road, Jimei District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province, the PRC, and our phone number is +86-0592-5968169. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman KY1-1002, Cayman Islands, and the phone number of our registered office is +1-3459498599. We maintain a corporate website at http://cpop.cn/. The information contained in, or accessible from, our website or any other website does not constitute a part of this annual report. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Cogency Global Inc., located at 122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10168.

 

The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy, and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC using its EDGAR system.

 

For information regarding our principal capital expenditures, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Expenditures.”

 

B. Business Overview

 

Through services of the PRC operating entities, we aim to promote hip-hop culture and its values and to promote cultural exchange with respect to hip-hop between the United States and China. The PRC operating entities do this mainly by delivering event experiences with significant hip-hop elements to the younger generation.

  

Overview

 

With the values of hip-hop culture at their core and the younger generation as their primary target audience, the PRC operating entities host entertainment events, operate hip-hop related online programs, and provide event planning and execution services and brand promotion services to corporate clients, including online marketing and promotion, trademark and logo design, visual identity system design, brand positioning, brand personality design, and digital solutions for service fees to corporate clients. They seek to create value for stakeholders in all parts of the hip-hop ecosystem, from fans to artists, corporate clients, and sponsors.

 

The PRC operating entities have in recent years focused on developing and hosting their own hip-hop events. The PRC operating entities own an extensive portfolio of intellectual property rights related to hip-hop events, including a stage play, three dance competitions or events, two cultural and musical festivals, and two promotional parties that feature live hip-hop performances in karaoke bars or amusement parks to promote hip-hop culture, and they cooperate with music companies and artists to host various concerts in China; starting from March 2020, the PRC operating entities have been developing and operating hip-hop related online programs (collectively, “Event Hosting”). The PRC operating entities’ hip-hop events generated an aggregate attendance of 269,000, 203,233, and 159,200 during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively, and their online hip-hop programs generated over 790 million, 210 million, and 314 million views during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The PRC operating entities generate revenue from their Event Hosting business by providing sponsorship packages to advertisers in exchange for sponsorship fees and by selling tickets for those concerts.

 

The PRC operating entities help corporate clients with the design, logistics, and layout of events, coordinate and supervise the actual event set-up and implementation, and generate revenue through service fees (“Event Planning and Execution”). Their services feature significant hip-hop elements and cover each aspect of corporate and marketing events, including communication, planning, design, production, reception, execution, and analysis. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the PRC operating entities served 31, 21, and 24 clients in 87, 56, and 59 events with respect to event planning and execution, respectively.

 

The PRC operating entities provide brand promotion services, such as online marketing and promotion, trademark and logo design, visual identity system design, brand positioning, brand personality design, and digital solutions, to corporate clients for service fees (“Brand Promotion”).

 

We believe that the main reason corporate clients hire the PRC operating entities to plan and execute events and provide brand promotion services geared towards the younger generation is for their deep understanding of the taste and preferences of this generation.

 

The PRC operating entities also sell digital collections to individual collectors, provide music recording services to a corporate client and SaaS software services to hip-hop dance training institutions for service fees, and distribute advertisements for corporate customers for service fees (“Other Services”).

 

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, we had total revenue of $18,543,243, $32,281,543, and $25,526,557, and net income of negative $25,257,696, $687,891, and $4,267,542, respectively. Revenue derived from the Event Hosting business accounted for 23%, 46%, and 59% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively. Revenue derived from the Event Planning and Execution business accounted for 22%, 26%, and 36% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively. Revenue derived from the Brand Promotion business accounted for 53%, 27%, and 3% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively. Revenue derived from the Other Services accounted for 2%, 1%, and 2% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively.

 

49


 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe the following competitive strengths are essential for the PRC operating entities’ success and differentiate them from their competitors:

 

An Extensive Portfolio of Iconic Hip-Hop Events

 

The PRC operating entities have a large pool of creative talents within their companies who incubate original hip-hop event ideas. Over the years, the PRC operating entities have developed an extensive portfolio of iconic hip-hop events, including, without limitation: China Battle Championships, an annual street dance competition with a 13-year history; Move It, the first street dance stage play in China; Cross-Strait Hip-Hop Culture Festival, an annual cultural festival focusing on hip-hop culture, with support from Department of Culture and Department of Education of Fujian Province; Hip-Hop Party and Popcity Music Festival, a series of hip-hop music events in Fujian Province; and Mini Master and Super Hip-Hop Dream, street dance events to promote street dance and hip-hop culture among kids and teenagers. For details on the PRC operating entities’ hip-hop events and related intellectual property, see “—The Business Model—Event Hosting—Representative Hip-Hop Events” and “—Intellectual Property.” These events have been well received by the audience and generated sponsorship fees from a large number of sponsors.

 

A Deep Understanding of the Younger Generation

 

The PRC operating entities began organizing hip-hop events and marketing campaigns in Chinese universities and colleges in 2007. For instance, the PRC operating entities planned and organized Pino Chinese University Street Dance Competition (“品诺全国高校街舞大赛”) in 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively, which attracted the participation of approximately 20,000 university students in total. Given their long operating history, the PRC operating entities have a deep understanding of the younger generation’s preferences and behavior, which enables them to plan creative events and design attractive marketing campaigns tailored to this audience group. Event planners, creatives, and other members of the PRC operating entities are mostly young professionals who are enthusiastic about hip-hop culture, and they empathically understand and click with the younger generation. To keep up with the evolving trends among the younger generation, the PRC operating entities maintain and enhance engagement with this target audience by posting hip-hop-related content and interacting with followers on various digital channels, such as WeChat and Weibo, other social network groups, and online platforms.

 

A Highly-Recognized Brand Name in the Hip-Hop Culture and Street Dance Industries

 

The PRC operating entities have built a highly-recognized brand name in China as a promoter of hip-hop culture by providing services with significant hip-hop elements to corporate clients and by hosting concerts and hip-hop events. On September 22, 2016, the VIE, Xiamen Pop Culture was listed in China on the National Equities Exchange and Quotations Co., Ltd., or the “NEEQ,” which made Xiamen Pop Culture the first hip-hop related company to be listed on the NEEQ. To facilitate our initial public offering in the U.S., Xiamen Pop Culture applied to have itself delisted from the NEEQ in March 2019. On June 30, 2021, our Class A Ordinary Shares commenced trading on the Nasdaq Global Market, which further increased the awareness of the PRC operating entities’ brand name.

 

In addition, the PRC operating entities benefit from sponsorship and support from our shareholders, some of whom have extensive experience in the entertainment industry in China, including host Nic Li, talent agent Yamo Zhao, and street dancer and disc jockey Hailong Huang. These shareholders may use their presence and reputation to enhance the PRC operating entities’ position in the growing Chinese hip-hop market and accelerate growth in their business.

 

A Strong and Loyal Corporate Client Base

 

The PRC operating entities’ brand name and reputation have enabled them to develop and retain a strong and loyal corporate client base for their Event Planning and Execution and Brand Promotion businesses. The PRC operating entities’ corporate client base mainly covers industries such as consumer goods, advertising and marketing, and media. From the start of the PRC operating entities’ operations in 2007 to June 2023, the PRC operating entities had provided event planning and execution and brand promotion services to an aggregate of 442 corporate clients, of which 200 were returning clients to whom we provided services more than once. Our corporate clients include, to name a few, Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd., Ab Inbev Sedrin Brewery Co., Ltd., Xiamen Mastermind Advertising Co., Ltd., Fujian Yunbang Culture Communication Co., Ltd., Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd., Fuzhou Xinsiyu Culture Communication Co., Ltd., Guangzhou President Enterprise Co., Ltd., Hongxing Erke Group, and Blue Hat Integrative Entertainment Technology.

 

50


 

An Experienced Management Team Able to Leverage the Capabilities of Our Organization

 

The PRC operating entities’ senior management team is led by Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, our chief executive officer, director, and chairman, who has over 20 years of experience in the marketing industry. Mr. Huang also has considerable experience in the hip-hop industry—he began learning street dance in 1998, cofounded JWM Crew Dance Club, a street dance club based in Fujian Province, in 2002, and was an advisor to the M-ZONE National Street Dance Competition held in 2008. The PRC operating entities’ management team is comprised of highly skilled and dedicated professionals with wide ranging experience in event planning and execution, services, business development, and marketing. In addition, members of the PRC operating entities’ management team have built extensive network in the entertainment industry over the years. We believe that the PRC operating entities’ management will be able to effectively grow their business through continued operating improvement and relationship building.

 

The PRC operating entities have cultivated an experienced and skilled work force, emphasizing collaboration, individual accountability, flexibility, and willingness to deliver high-quality services to their clients. The PRC operating entities’ senior management team is able to leverage the capabilities of this broader work force to facilitate their ongoing and long-term relationships that are key to their event planning and execution and brand promotion services and hip-hop events. The PRC operating entities’ combined team offers substantial industry experience and in-depth knowledge of the Chinese hip-hop related markets.

  

Our Strategies

 

The PRC operating entities seek to be a leader in the promotion of hip-hop culture and its values in China, creating long-term value for fans, artists, corporate clients, and sponsors. Specially, the PRC operating entities plan to implement the following strategies:

 

Develop and Operate Online Content

 

As an attempt to explore additional revenue sources and in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the PRC operating entities have accelerated the development and operation of online content since 2020. The PRC operating entities have created 16 hip-hop related online programs, such as music videos and street dance performance videos, since 2020 using their hip-hop related intellectual property portfolio. See “—The Business Model—Event Hosting—Online Hip-Hop Programs.” In addition, the PRC operating entities intend to cooperate with Internet and TV providers in China to develop and distribute online content tailored for their customers.

 

Expand and Enhance the PRC operating entities’ Portfolio of Concerts and Hip-Hop Events

 

As the PRC operating entities have shifted their focus to developing the Event Hosting business in recent years, we believe that continually expanding and enhancing their portfolio of concerts and hip-hop events is essential to maintaining their growth momentum. The PRC operating entities intend to enter into performance agreements with artists and music companies with greater influence to attract a larger audience. The PRC operating entities plan to continue to increase the size and influence of their existing hip-hop events and develop new hip-hop intellectual property in-house based on participant, sponsor, and sales staff feedback and their in-house industry research.

 

Exploit Revenue-Generating Opportunities for the PRC operating entities’ Hip-Hop Related Intellectual Property Portfolio

 

The PRC operating entities have primarily monetized their hip-hop related intellectual property portfolio by hosting hip-hop events and receiving sponsorship fees from advertisers. To maximize the potential of their hip-hop related intellectual property portfolio, the PRC operating entities intend to cooperate with third parties to develop a street dance training business and to create and monetize derivative works of their current intellectual property. For instance, the PRC operating entities plan to work with publishers and comics companies to create picture books, comics, and textbooks for teenagers based on “Hip Hop Master (image)” trademark. In addition, the PRC operating entities intend to enter into co-branding partnerships with manufacturers of shoes, clothing, food, and beverages, and create co-branded products.

 

Develop and Deepen Relationships with Corporate Clients

 

As more companies seek to expand their brand presence among the younger generation, the PRC operating entities intend to leverage their deep understanding of this generation and develop cooperation relationships with new corporate clients. The PRC operating entities plan to focus on companies in fast-moving consumer goods, communications, automobile, Internet product, and fashion industries.

 

51


 

The PRC operating entities strive to continuously exceed their corporate clients’ expectations of their performance and will continue to bring their expertise and creative vision to refine and enhance their clients’ event and marketing strategies. We believe this deepens the PRC operating entities’ relationships with existing corporate clients and helps the PRC operating entities continue to be their trusted partner and their first choice for hosting events and executing marketing strategies.

 

Attract and Recruit Highly-Qualified Professionals to Join the PRC operating entities

 

In order to expand and grow their business, the PRC operating entities need to aggressively recruit and attract highly-qualified professionals to join their team. The events and marketing in the hip-hop industry are labor-intensive and they require experienced and skilled planning and design personnel. Further, given that the hip-hop event development and hosting require great creativity and a good insight about emerging cultural trends, it is even harder for companies to recruit and retain talents with necessary experience and skills.

 

Further Enhance the PRC operating entities’ Brand Recognition

 

The PRC operating entities will continue to enhance their brand recognition in the hip-hop industry. The PRC operating entities plan to continue bidding for and carrying out corporate and marketing events in strategically selected locations to showcase their strong event planning and execution capabilities. The PRC operating entities plan to develop and host more hip-hop events to attract fans and enhance their brand recognition. Their branding strategy will fully embrace the latest trends in social-based marketing activities, in a cost-effective manner by leveraging their word-of-mouth reputation.

  

The Business Model

 

The PRC operating entities generate revenue from the following principal businesses:

 

  Event Hosting. The PRC operating entities’ Event Hosting business is built around their portfolio of hip-hop intellectual property and strong cooperation with artists and music companies. The PRC operating entities host concerts and hip-hop related events, including a stage play, three dance competitions, two cultural and musical festivals, and two promotional parties, and create hip-hop related online programs. The PRC operating entities generally organize, operate, and monetize these concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs themselves, and derive revenue mainly through sponsorship fees provided by advertisers at those events and ticket sales.

 

  Event Planning and Execution. The PRC operating entities’ Event Planning and Execution business is primarily built upon their deep understanding of the preferences of the younger generation, extensive event planning capabilities, and strong connections within the events industry. Instead of carrying out the execution of events themselves, the PRC operating entities typically engage third-party service providers to do so, allowing them to focus their time and energy on the general planning of events and coordination among the various parties at a specific event. To ensure the quality of execution services provided by third-party service providers, the PRC operating entities adopt a standard process of quality control, consisting of selection, inspection, and review.
     
  Brand Promotion. The PRC operating entities’ Brand Promotion business including online marketing and promotion, trademark and logo design, visual identity system design, brand positioning, brand personality design, and digital solutions for service fees. It focuses on maximizing the potential of their experience in the marketing industry and their long-term relationship with advertising companies by assisting their clients in the creation and promotion of brands, especially among the younger generation.
     
  Other Services. The PRC operating entities cooperate with third-party advertising companies to distribute advertisements for their clients. In addition, the PRC operating entities expanded their business into digital collection sales, music-recording services, and SaaS software services in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022.

 

The following table presents our revenue and gross profit for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021. See also “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Results of Operations.”

 

    Revenue     Gross Profit  
   

Fiscal Year Ended

June 30,

   

Fiscal Year Ended

June 30,

 
    2023     2022     2021     2023     2022     2021  
Event Hosting   $ 4,348,303     $ 14,711,787     $ 14,978,643     $ (4,886,768 )   $ 4,857,791     $ 4,632,718  
Brand Promotion     9,650,274       8,733,764       750,315       227,178       7,375,724       383,882  
Event Planning and Execution     4,132,477       8,420,328       9,196,773       708,871       1,088,317       1,643,251  
Other services     412,189       415,664       600,826       287,904       (7,076,300 )     564,212  
Total   $ 18,543,243     $ 32,281,543     $ 25,526,557     $ (3,662,815 )   $ 6,245,532     $ 7,224,063  

 

52


 

Event Hosting

 

The PRC operating entities have been hosting their own hip-hop related events in China for over a decade. Their portfolio of hip-hop events includes a stage play, three dance competitions or events, two cultural and musical festivals, and two promotional parties. In addition, the PRC operating entities cooperate with music companies and artists and host various concerts in China. Starting from 2020, the PRC operating entities have also created online hip-hop programs to explore additional revenue-generating opportunities for their hip-hop related intellectual property portfolio.

 

The PRC operating entities primarily monetize these concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs by providing sponsorship packages consisting of advertising spots, sponsorship mentions, and tickets to advertisers in exchange for sponsorship fees, and by selling tickets for those concerts. Revenue from the PRC operating entities’ Event Hosting business was $4,348,303, $14,711,787, and $14,978,643 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively, which accounted for 24%, 46%, and 59% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively.

 

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the PRC operating entities hosted hip-hop events in 19, 18, and 22 cities in China, respectively. The following table sets out the key performance indicators for the PRC operating entities’ Event Hosting business for the fiscal years indicated:

 

    Fiscal Years Ended
June 30,
 
    2023     2022     2021  
Hip-Hop Events (#)     87       58       64  
Hip-Hop Event Participants (#)     269,000       203,223       159,200  
Online Hip-Hop Programs (#)     16       16       16  
Online Hip-Hop Program Views (#)     790,927,173       209,810,000       314,000,000  

   

Representative Hip-Hop Events

 

The following chart summarizes the PRC operating entities’ representative events in the Event Hosting business during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021:

 

  Move It (一起跃动街舞舞台剧). See “—Case Study—Move It” below.
     
  China Battle Championships (CBC街舞冠军赛, “CBC”). CBC is an annual street dance competition the PRC operating entities have organized since 2010. In the competition, contestants compete in different types of dance, such as breaking, popping, teenager freestyle, and group dance. During the 2021 CBC, 4,800 contestants participated in the competitions held online and in six cities. During the 2022 CBC, the competition was held in 10 cities within China. Around 6,080 contestants participated in the competition and the PRC operating entities invited Klash from Egypt to be judge, and Fryrock from Russia to be a contestant. As of the date of this annual report, the 2023 CBC is still ongoing. The PRC operating entities invited Klash from Egypt, Rice Ball and Ibuky from Japan, and Poppin C from France to be referees. Currently, competitions of the regular season of 12 leagues in 12 provinces or cities within China have completed. The PRC operating entities are organizing post-season competitions and the final round.

 

  Cross-Strait Hip-Hop Culture Festival (海峡两岸潮流文化节, “CHCF”). CHCF is an annual cultural festival focusing on hip-hop culture and communication between teenagers of Mainland China and Taiwan. The PRC operating entities have been co-hosting CHCF since its establishment in 2017. Representative activities during the cultural festival include teenager street dance competitions, hip-hop industry forums, and hip-hop art exhibitions. The PRC operating entities held the 2021 CHCF in December 2021, which attracted approximately 12,050 participants. CHCF was not held in 2022 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The PRC operating entities are still in the process of negotiating with sponsors for the 2023 CHCF. The event time is not determined yet.
     
  Hip-Hop Party (嗨趴). Hip-Hop Party is a series of promotional parties in karaoke bars the PRC operating entities held in since 2019 to promote hip-hop culture and our brand.  In 2021, the PRC operating entities held 23 promotional parties in three cities of Fujian Province, attracting a total attendance of approximately 23,600. In 2022, the PRC operating entities held 28 promotional parties in two cities of Fujian Province, attracting a total attendance of approximately 28,000. In 2023, due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, there have been no performances of Hip-Hop Party as of the date of this annual report. 
     
  Popcity Music Festival (潮圣音乐节). Popcity Music Festival is a hip-hop music festival the PRC operating entities held in Xiamen in since 2019. During the event, famous disc jockeys and masters of ceremonies, street dancers, rappers, and noticeable local bands performed together with students and teachers of Hip Hop Master, a street dance school in Xiamen. The event attracted an attendance of approximately 5,000 in 2021 and 2022. Popcity Music Festival was not held in 2023 due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

53


 

  Mini Master (街舞萌主展演). Mini Master is a street dance exhibition and performance the PRC operating entities held in Xiamen in since 2019. The PRC operating entities designed the event to promote street dance and hip-hop culture among kids. Major activities of the event included street dance competitions for kids and exhibitions of derivatives of hip-hop intellectual property. The event attracted an attendance of approximately 400, 3,000, and 5,000, in fiscal 2021, 2022, and 2023, respectively.
     
  Super Hip-Hop Dream (SHD超级街舞梦想营). Super Hip-Hop Dream is a series of street dance events focusing on teenagers the PRC operating entities held annually since 2017. The 2021 events lasted nine days and were held in nine different cities in Fujian Province; the 2022 events lasted nine days in nine different cities in Fujian Province; and the 2023 events lasted only one day and was held in one city in Hainan Province. Major activities of the events included teenager street dance competitions, hip-hop classes, and hip-hop training camps. The events attracted an attendance of approximately 3,343, 2,980, and 2,000 in fiscal 2021, 2022, and 2023, respectively.

  

Case Study—Move It

 

Move it is a two-hour long street dance stage play, the first of its kind in China, produced in cooperation with Masters Production, a German third-party production company, and several U.S. directors, including Angel Feliciano, Amen Ra “Bam Bam” Valentine, SamO, and Garrick Footman. In 2021, performances of Move It ran in 14 cities in China, attracting a total attendance of approximately 63,400. In 2022, performances of Move It ran in 10 cities in China, attracting a total attendance of approximately 63,400. In 2023, due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, there have been no performances of Move It as of the date of this annual report.

 

 

The success of the show epitomized the development team’s high degree of professionalism and deep understanding of the hip-hop industry. The PRC operating entities mobilized a development team of five well-recognized producers, each with a proven track record of producing a variety of street dance related shows. The PRC operating entities also gathered a team of 25 experienced street dancers, including the leading actor, Baihua Tu (“小白”), and leading actress, Daiqing Liang, both of whom were noticeable participants in Chinese dance competition shows such as Street Dance of China and Shake It Up.

 

The PRC operating entities observe that hip-hop, although still a niche music genre in China, has already been integrated into mainstream pop culture in recent years through various channels, such as rap competitions and reality shows, apparels, trending buzzwords, and related music formats. We believe young Chinese’s demand for transformative entertainment themes and hip-hop would be the next emerging cultural trend. The PRC operating entities’ in-depth knowledge of young Chinese audience enables them to place the most appealing elements into the show.

 

The PRC operating entities were unable to conduct most performances normally in 2023 due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.  Currently, the Company is unable to predict the revenue generated by these performances for the period until December 31, 2024.  In the future, we will closely monitor the market trend, and resume these performances after COVID-19 related measures are lifted in China.

 

Concerts

 

The PRC operating entities enter into performance agreements with artists or music companies, pursuant to which the PRC operating entities pay performance fees and arrange for the execution of concerts, in exchange for the right to ticket sales revenue and to sponsorship revenue for such concerts. Instead of selling concert tickets directly to fans, the PRC operating entities typically sell them through third parties, such as ticketing platforms, media companies, and marketing companies, or include them as part of the sponsorship packages provided to advertisers. The price of these concert tickets is generally between $26 and $188. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the PRC operating entities did not hold any concert and had no ticket sales revenue.

 

54


 

Online Hip-Hop Programs

 

The PRC operating entities have created 16 online hip-hop programs since March 2020, some of which are Hip-Hop Master (街舞大狮兄), Popping Master (Popping大师), Top Dance Show (TDS街舞达人现场), China Battle Championships (CBC街舞冠军赛), and Pop Trendy Shoes (Pop潮履). Hip-Hop Master is an online street dance tutorial program and consists of 64 episodes of one-minute short music videos that teach beginner street dance moves, tips, and tricks. Popping Master, Top Dance Show, and China Battle Championships are collections of street dance performance videos from hip-hop events the PRC operating entities hosted in recent years, showcasing the talents of hip-hop dancers and fans who participated in the PRC operating entities’ street dance competitions and other hip-hop events. Pop Trendy Shoes is a collection of short music videos on trendy shoes related to hip-hop culture. Starting from March 2020, the PRC operating entities have distributed these short music videos on popular video sharing platforms in China, such as TikTok, Kuaishou, iQiyi, Xiaohongshu, and Xigua Video, and these videos had collectively generated over 790,927,173 views as of June 30, 2023. The PRC operating entities monetize these online hip-hop programs by providing sponsorship packages consisting of advertising spots, sponsorship mentions, and the right to use related images and videos in exchange for sponsorship fees.

 

Sponsors and Sponsorship Packages

 

Advertisers that sponsor the PRC operating entities’ concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs include consumer goods companies, advertising and marketing companies, and media companies. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the PRC operating entities received sponsorship fees from 10, 19, and 13 sponsors in an aggregate amount of $385,076, $12,566,224, and $14,978,643, respectively. The price of the PRC operating entities’ sponsorship packages ranges from approximately $174,273 to $1,549,091.

  

The sponsorship packages the PRC operating entities provide to sponsors of a hip-hop event, concert, or online hip-hop program typically include different sponsorship levels and consist of one or a combination of the following sponsorship benefits:

 

  exclusive “Presented By” sponsorship distinction on event signage, program, and power point presentation;
     
  on-stage speaking opportunities to highlight presenting sponsorship;
     
  opportunities to present event awards;
     
  acknowledgement from podium;
     
  acknowledgment and promotion on social media and event websites;
     
  standing banners announcing sponsorship;
     
  recognition as sponsor in publications sent to event participants;
     
  onsite marketing opportunities;
     
  seats at the event dinners;
     
  complimentary tickets;
     
  advertising spots;
     
  logo recognition in all event collateral materials; and
     
  right to use event-related images and videos for marketing purposes.

 

55


 

Marketing of Concerts, Hip-Hop Events, and Online Hip-Hop Programs

 

The PRC operating entities promote their concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs through multiple advertising channels, including:

 

  social media, principally WeChat and Weibo;
     
  advertisements on outdoor billboard or through radio broadcasts;
     
  advertisements on televisions and LED screens in elevators; and
     
  alternative media advertising.

 

The PRC operating entities acquire sponsors of concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs directly and through referrals from their existing corporate clients and sponsors. The PRC operating entities also assign the rights to acquire sponsors to third-party agencies and rely on these agencies to find sponsors for their concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs.

  

Event Hosting Team

 

As of June 30, 2023, the PRC operating entities had 16 employees dedicated to the Event Hosting business, including two managers, six designers, and eight event planners. An offline event typically requires the participation of about two to 10 employees and one to five independent contractors depending on the size of the event.

 

In addition, the PRC operating entities draw from their in-house event planning and execution capabilities and cooperate with third parties to provide services to advertisers and cooperative partners. Please refer to “—Event Planning and Execution—Event Planning and Execution Team and Third-Party Service Providers” below.

 

Event Planning and Execution

 

Since the inception of Xiamen Pop Culture in 2007, the PRC operating entities have been providing comprehensive event planning and execution services to corporate clients in China. The PRC operating entities distinguish their event planning and execution services from those provided by other companies by adding significant hip-hop elements, such as street dance performances, hip-hop music, and hip-hop fashion and style, into their event plan and event material design for all events.

 

The geographic areas the PRC operating entities focus on are the eastern and southern areas of China, such as Fujian, Guangdong, and Zhejiang Provinces and Shanghai, where some of the largest and wealthiest cities in China are located and the demand for their services is the strongest.

 

Revenue from the PRC operating entities’ Event Planning and Execution business was $4,132,477, $8,420,328, and $9,196,773 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively, which accounted for 22%, 26%, and 36% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively.

 

The following table sets out the key performance indicators for the PRC operating entities’ Event Planning and Execution business as of the fiscal years indicated.

 

    Fiscal Years Ended
June 30,
 
    2023     2022     2021  
Events (#)     93       58       59  
Clients (#)     31       22       24  

  

Client Acquisition Channels

 

We believe the PRC operating entities have built up strong connections within the events industry and, as a result, their existing clients and cooperative third-party service providers regularly refer potential clients to them. In addition, some sponsors of the PRC operating entities’ concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs have become clients of their event planning and execution services after they cooperated with the PRC operating entities and experienced the PRC operating entities’ planning and execution capabilities.

 

Some of the PRC operating entities’ potential clients publish request for tender notices of proposed marketing or corporate events on their official websites or third-party websites. The PRC operating entities have a dedicated team conducting routine searches on these websites, especially those of our targeted regions.

 

The PRC operating entities also have some clients who seek their event planning and execution services as a result of their marketing efforts.

  

56


 

Services

 

Depending the goal of each event, the PRC operating entities’ event planning and execution services may include one or a combination of the following responsibilities:

 

  Communication. The PRC operating entities communicate with clients to understand the goal of their events, connect clients with third-party service providers, and assist in their communication with event participants and third-party service providers.
     
  Planning. The PRC operating entities help clients plan the details of their events, including logistics, budget, venue, entertainment, catering, and contingency plans.
     
  Design. The PRC operating entities provide design services, including event logo and mascot creation, concept, and appearance, exhibition model design, and venue dressing.

  

  Production. Through third-party event material producers, the PRC operating entities produce event materials such as signs and banners, badges and name-tags, promotional items, and gift and award items.
     
  Reception. The PRC operating entities arrange the invitation and reception of key participants of an event, and provide transportation and hospitality services.
     
  Execution. The PRC operating entities arrange the building of event stages, decoration of venues, distribution of event materials, and supervise the execution of other aspects of events.
     
  Analysis. The PRC operating entities provide after-event marketing services and collect event participant feedback, summarize the results of event execution, and issue detailed reports to clients for evaluation purposes.

 

Depending on the needs of the PRC operating entities’ clients and the length of the events, the length of service can range from one to six months, but usually is less than three months.

 

The PRC operating entities’ fee for providing event planning and execution services for an event is negotiated with the client on a case-by-case basis, depending on the scale and length of the event, the number of employees and independent contractors involved, and the desired effect of the event. The range of the PRC operating entities’ fee is usually between $100 and $2,500,000 and the PRC operating entities usually extend to their customers credit terms ranging from 30 to 180 days after they successfully provide services. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

Clients

 

Clients of the PRC operating entities’ event planning and execution services include advertising and media service providers, industry associations, and companies in a wide range of industries such as consumer goods, real estate, tourism, entertainment, technology, e-commerce, education, and sports. The PRC operating entities had 0, two, and 0 client that accounted for more than 10% of our annual revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The PRC operating entities’ repeat customers, among others, include Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd., Xiamen Many Idea Interactive Co., Ltd., Ab Inbev Sedrin Brewery Co., Ltd., Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd., Fuzhou Xinsiyu Culture Communication Co., Ltd., and Fujian Yunbang Culture Communication Co., Ltd.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, the PRC operating entities’ top five event planning and execution clients were as follows:   

 

      Client Name   Revenue     Percentage of
Total
Revenue
 
1     Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   $ 1,286,087       6.94 %
2     Guangzhou Blue Door Digital Marketing Consultants Ltd.   $ 1,096,630       5.91 %
3     Fujian Yunbang Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   $ 760,838       4.10 %
4     Fujian Tourism Co., Ltd.   $ 252,341       1.36 %
5     Beijing Weimeng Chuangke Network Technology Co., Ltd.   $ 169,235       0.91 %
      Total   $ 3,565,131       19.22 %

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, the PRC operating entities’ top five event planning and execution clients were as follows:

 

      Client Name   Revenue     Percentage of
Total
Revenue
 
1     Fuzhou Maibo Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   $ 9,448,035       30.08 %
2     Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   $ 3,972,851       12.65 %
3     Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd.   $ 2,321,099       7.39 %
4     Lianzhang Meida Co., Ltd.   $ 2,192,119       6.98 %
5     Xiamen Many Idea Interactive Co.,Ltd   $ 1,950,986       6.21 %
      Total   $ 19,885,090       63.31 %

 

57


 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, the PRC operating entities’ top five event planning and execution clients were as follows:

 

      Client Name   Revenue     Percentage of
Total
Revenue
 
1     Fuzhou Xinsiyu Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   $ 1,904,513       7.46 %
2     Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd.   $ 1,781,433       6.98 %
3     Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   $ 1,659,504       6.50 %
4     Fujian Yunbang Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   $ 1,565,205       6.13 %
5     Shanghai Chenrong Culture Development Co., Ltd.   $ 655,255       2.57 %
      Total   $ 7,565,910       29.64 %

 

Case Study—Selected Clients

 

Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd.

 

Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd. (“Heng’an Paper”) is a subsidiary of Hengan International Group Co., Ltd. (SEHK:1044), a producer of sanitary napkins and baby diapers in China. In 2010, Heng’an Paper engaged the PRC operating entities to plan and execute its marketing events because of their event-related experience and industry knowledge. Since then, the PRC operating entities have helped Heng’an Paper successfully organize multiple entertainment and marketing events.

 

 

October to December 2020—2020 The Sixth Mind Act Upon Mind Paper Fashion College Music Gathering (2020年第六季心相印纸时尚青春音乐汇). As the general manager of offline events of the music gathering, the PRC operating entities planned the timeline of and ran all the offline events, including pre-event marketing in 50 colleges and universities in China, applications, eight city-level competitions, and finals and concerts in the southern and northern divisions.

 

May to August 2021—2021 The Seventh Mind Act Upon Mind Paper Fashion College Music Gathering (2021年第七季心相印纸时尚青春音乐汇). As the general manager of offline events of the music gathering, the PRC operating entities planned the timeline of and ran all the offline events, including pre-event marketing in 16 colleges and universities in China, applications, eight city-level competitions, and finals and concerts in the southern and northern divisions.

 

22nd China International Fair for Investment and Trade

 

Fujian Shuzhi planned, designed, and constructed the Fujian Pavilion at the 22nd China International Fair for Investment and Trade (“CIFIT”) that opened in Xiamen on September 8, 2022. With the theme of “Global Development: Sharing Digital Opportunities and Investing in a Green Future,” CIFIT is a four-day exhibition hosted by the Ministry of Commerce of China. CIFIT is committed to creating international investment opportunities, releasing authoritative information, and discussing the international investment trend. CIFIT has become one of the most influential international investment events.  

 

58


 

Representative Events

 

Most of the events the PRC operating entities plan and execute for corporate clients are marketing events with an emphasis on the younger generation, such as university students and young professionals. The following charts summarize the PRC operating entities’ top 10 events in terms of contract amount in the Event Planning and Execution business during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021. 

 

Representative Events for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2023   

 

Duration   Client   Location   Event   Approximate
Contract
Amount
    Services Provided
04/2022 to 10/2022   Guangzhou Blue Door Digital Marketing Consultants Ltd.   Online   2022 Dongfeng Fengshen Private Domain Position Virtual Community Development and Operation Service Project   $ 464,111     Development and operation services, video shooting
                         
04/2022 to 12/2022   Guangzhou Blue Door Digital Marketing Consultants Ltd.   Online   2022 Dongfeng Fengshen Private Domain Position Virtual Community Development and Operation Service Project   $ 431,142     Data analysis, marketing strategy plans
                         
06/2022 to 07/2022   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Guangzhou Conghua   2022 Guangqi Honda ZR-V professional media test drive project   $ 333,640     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation
                         
05/2023 to 05/2023   Fujian Yunbang Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Fuzhou   Changle Xiasha Music Festival   $ 302,002     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation
                         
09/2022 to 09/2022   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Ningbo   2022 Guangqi Honda ZR-V professional media test drive project   $ 245,916     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation
                         
12/2022   Fujian Yunbang Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Fuzhou   The first Fukujiu High-quality Development Summit   $ 221,468     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation
                         
09/2022   Fujian Tourism Co., Ltd.   Xiamen   The 22nd CIFIT Fujian Pavilion Design and Decoration Exhibition   $ 204,584     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation
                         
09/2022 to 09/2022   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Xiamen   2022 Guangqi Honda HEV professional media test drive event   $ 201,335     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation
                         
10/2022 to 10/2022   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Zhuhai   2022 Guangqi Honda's all-new Binzhi professional media test drive   $ 194,144     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation
                         
09/2022 to 09/2022   Fujian Yunbang Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Jianou   The first "China Wuyi" bamboo industry high-quality development summit event   $ 191,555     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation

 

59


 

Representative Events for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2022

 

Duration   Client   Location   Event   Approximate
Contract
Amount
    Services Provided
05/2021 to 07/2021   Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd.   Guangzhou, Changsha, Chengdu, Xi’an, Hangzhou, Wuhan, Zhengzhou, and Shenyang   The Seventh Mind Act Upon Mind Paper Fashion College Music Gathering   $ 2,467,841     Offline promotion and activity planning and implementation
                         
04/2021 to 12/2021   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Sanya, Guiyang, Shanghai, Guangzhou, and Shenzhen   The BMW South Regional Conference in 2021   $ 3,253,090     On-site event management and event planning and execution
                         
06/2021   Shanghai Chenrong Culture Development Co., Ltd.   Inner Mongolia   2021 Hard bones live house   $ 712,582     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation
                         
06/2021   Shanghai Chenrong Culture Development Co., Ltd.   Hangzhou   2021 Xuan Heavy Music Festival 2021   $ 681,600     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation
                         
01/2022   Beijing One Day Times Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Xiamen   Xiamen International Racing Children’s Kart Car Competition   $ 487,964     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation; online promotion and publicity
                         
12/2021 to 01/2022   Quanzhou Shanda Ruixing Culture Technology Co., Ltd.   Zhengzhou   2021 Excellence kids bcba kids basketball game   $ 326,858     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation; online promotion and publicity
                         
05/2022   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Beijing and Guangzhou   2022 Guangqi Honda e: NP1 professional media test drive   $ 232,364     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation
                         
10/2021   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Suzhou   Guangqi Honda Accord Volkswagen media test drive   $ 193,791     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation
                         
10/2021 to 11/2021   Fuzhou Xinsiyu Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Shanghai   Fujian Exhibition Hall of the Fourth China International Import Expo in 2021   $ 185,891     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation; online promotion and publicity
                         
09/2021 to 10/2021   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Shanghai and Beijing   2021 Crown Road Space Transformation experience   $ 164,978     Activity planning, on-site construction, and implementation

 

60


Representative Events for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021

 

Duration   Client   Location   Event   Approximate
Contract
Amount
    Services Provided
04/2021 to 12/2021   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Sanya, Hainan   2021 BMW Southern Region Meeting   $ 3,170,864     Event planning, reception, coordination with third parties, media services, and venue design and decoration
                         
10/2020 to 12/2020   Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd.   Shenyang, Hangzhou, Wuhan, Xi’an, Xiamen, Guangzhou, Chongqing, and Changsha   The Sixth Mind Act Upon Mind Paper Fashion College Music Gathering   $ 1,065,502     Offline event planning and execution, including pre-event marketing in 50 colleges and universities in China, applications, eight city-level competitions, and finals and concerts in the southern and northern divisions
                         
09/2020   Shanghai Chenrong Culture Development Co., Ltd.   Guangzhou, Zhenjiang, Wuchuan   2020 Huahe Nanguo Mingyuan Stars Carnival   $ 655,255     Event execution, coordination with third-party performers, reception, event material production, stage building, and venue decoration
                         
03/2021   Fujian Yunbang
Culture Communication Co., Ltd.
  Zhuhai, Guangdong   “Song of Qin’ao” City Concert   $ 612,521     Event execution, coordination with third-party performers, reception, event material production, stage building, and venue decoration
                         
05/2021   Fujian Yunbang Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Jian’ou, Fujian   The 3rd China Bamboo Shoot and Bamboo Industry (Jian’ou) Summit Forum   $ 427,340     Event planning, coordination with third parties, reception, event material production, media services, stage building, and venue decoration
                         
04/2021   Fuzhou Xinsiyu Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Fuzhou, Fujian   The Fourth Digital China Summit China Mobile Exhibition Area Planning   $ 398,851     Event planning, coordination with third parties, reception, event material production, media services, stage building, and venue decoration
                         
10/2020 to 12/2020   Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd.   Shenyang, Hangzhou, Wuhan, Xi’an, Xiamen, Guangzhou, Chongqing, and Changsha   The Sixth Mind Act Upon Mind Paper Fashion College Music Gathering – Stars Attending the Finals   $ 386,814     Reception for stars attending the finals
                         
10/2020 to 12/2020   Fuzhou Xinsiyu Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Fuzhou, Fujian   2020 China Mobile Fuzhou Promotional Activities   $ 330,476     Event material design and production, stage design and building, and venue decoration
                         
10/2020 to 12/2020   Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd.   Shenyang, Hangzhou, Wuhan, Xi’an, Xiamen, Guangzhou, Chongqing, and Changsha   The Sixth Mind Act Upon Mind Paper Fashion College Music Gathering – Coaches Related   $ 317,901     Reception for coaches of the event
                         
11/2020   Fuzhou Maibo Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Xiamen, Fujian   Huaqiao University 60 Year Anniversary Alumni Reunion   $ 296,289     Event planning, reception, coordination with third parties, media services, and venue design and decoration

   

61


 

Event Planning and Execution Team and Third-Party Service Providers

 

As of June 30, 2023, the PRC operating entities had 28 employees dedicated to the Event Planning and Execution business, including four event planners, 10 creative staff, eight operational staff, and six customer service agents. An offline event typically requires the participation of about two to 10 employees and one to five independent contractors depending on the size of the event.

  

Third-party service providers the PRC operating entities regularly cooperate with include event venue providers, entertainment performance companies, electronic equipment providers, event material producers, event carpentry service providers, security service providers, general event execution service providers, and advertising companies. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the PRC operating entities cooperated with 4, 20 and 16 third-party service providers on 21, 30 and 52 events, respectively.

 

To ensure that the PRC operating entities only cooperate and work with qualified third-party service providers, their management formed a standard process to evaluate these companies and control the quality of their services, which include the following steps:

 

  Selection. The PRC operating entities select the third-party service providers for an event based on quality of products and services, prices, delivery time, customer services, and ability to fulfill contracts. The PRC operating entities request potential service providers interested in an event to submit an application form with copies of business registration certificates.
     
  Inspection. After a third-party service provider begins cooperating with the PRC operating entities on an event, they regularly inspect its performance during different stages of the event according to detailed specifications and timeline for products or services in our agreement with the service provider.
     
  Review. The PRC operating entities review performance of each third-party service provider after an event, and rate them according to quantity and quality of products and services, timeliness, prices, and customer services. Depending on the performance of a service provider, the PRC operating entities will increase, decrease, or even terminate their cooperation with it.

 

The PRC operating entities typically do not enter into long-term supplying contracts with these third-party service providers, but only enter into event execution contracts for specific events after they finish the planning and design of the events. The PRC operating entities’ event execution contracts with third-party service providers specify quantity and specifications of products or services, unit price of each product or service, delivery time, and payment date, among other things.

 

Brand Promotion

 

Corporate clients seek the PRC operating entities’ brand promotion services because of their rich experience in organizing brand promotion campaigns, particularly among the younger generation. The PRC operating entities enter into service agreements with their brand promotion clients, and provide different brand promotion solutions depending on their specific needs, target markets, and potential customers. If a company does not currently have a brand, the PRC operating entities systematically create a brand that fits its products and core value; if a company already has an established brand but wants to enter a new business or market, the PRC operating entities work with the company to add new elements to its brand, making it more attractive and memorable to the target customers. As of June 30, 2023, the PRC operating entities had five employees dedicated to the Brand Promotion business.

 

Clients of the PRC operating entities’ Brand Promotion business are typically consumer goods companies and advertising and media service providers, including Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd., Ab Inbev Sedrin Brewery Co., Ltd., Fuzhou Xinsiyu Culture Communication Co., Ltd, Fujian Yunbang Culture Communication Co., Ltd., and Xiamen Chengda Sihai Culture Communication Co., Ltd. The PRC operating entities provided brand promotion services to four, 24, and 16 clients during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021 respectively. Revenue from the PRC operating entities’ Brand Promotion business was $9,650,273, $8,733,764, and $750,315 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively, which accounted for 52%, 27%, and 3% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively.

 

62


 

The following are some of the brand promotion services the PRC operating entities offer:

 

 

Online marketing and promotion. The PRC operating entities provide integrated marketing and promotion services to clients, such as providing marketing plans to clients, integrating online resources of marketing and promotion, and purchasing resources of flows.

     
  Trademark and Logo Design. The PRC operating entities assist clients in their Chinese or English company or brand name choice, logo design, symbol design, and trademark design.
     
  Visual Identity System Design. The visual identity system of a company includes its name, signature color, logo, and slogan. Over time, this visual identity becomes associated with the organization, and thereby reinforces its messages and personality. Based on the PRC operating entities’ understanding of their clients’ company culture and long-term goals, the PRC operating entities assist them in creating a visual identity that attracts potential customers and suitable for future growth. For example, the PRC operating entities helped design the fonts, logo, signature color, and other related items of Yuanma Agent, catering to the preference of this technology company.

  

  Brand Positioning. Brand positioning is the conceptual place a brand wants to own in its target customers’ mind. The PRC operating entities focus on connecting brand functions to the needs of customers to maximize customer relevancy and competitive distinctiveness, in order to maximize brand value. The PRC operating entities help their clients determine their current position, identify their direct competitors and how these competitors position their brand, identify the uniqueness of our clients, develop a distinct and value-based positioning idea, and craft a brand positioning statement and test its efficacy.
     
  Brand Personality Design. Brand personality is a set of human characteristics that are attributed to a brand name, and customers are more likely to purchase a brand if its personality is similar to their own. The PRC operating entities assist their clients in choosing one or more of the five main types of brand personalities with common traits, namely, excitement, sincerity, ruggedness, competence, and sophistication. The PRC operating entities then provide suggestions to their clients on how to craft their brand personality and incorporating that brand personality into their products and brand promotion campaigns.
     
  Digital Solutions. With the PRC operating entities’ expertise in web design, they assist their clients in setting up effective websites that both enhance their brands and cater specifically to target consumers. The PRC operating entities also help their clients create video advertisements and promotion videos that enhance their brand image and presence and design and edit their clients’ videos for their corporate needs. For example, the PRC operating entities helped plan, shoot, and edit a video for a corporate event of Ab Inbev Sedrin Brewery Co., Ltd.

 

Other Services

 

The PRC operating entities provide other services, including digital collection sales, music recording services, SaaS software services, and advertisement distribution. Revenue from the PRC operating entities’ other services was $412,189, $415,664, and $600,826 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively, which accounted for 2%, 1%, and 2% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively.

 

Digital Collection Sales

 

Since May 2022, the PRC operating entities have been selling digital collections through its own digital collection sales platform. The digital collections are developed based on intellectual properties of the PRC operating entities and intellectual properties licensed from third parties, including themes of street dance and “wuxia,” which is a genre of Chinese fiction concerning the adventures of martial artists in ancient China. The operating entities have engaged third parties to develop the digital collection sales platform and NFT products. In fiscal 2023, there was $1,460 of revenue generated from the segment. Only sporadic revenue was generated prior to fiscal 2023. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—Comparison of Results of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022—Non-Current Assets.”

 

Music Recording Services  

 

The PRC operating entities recorded songs and made short music videos for a corporate client for its marketing purposes between September 8, 2021 and January 5, 2022 and received $350,886 in service fees for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022. In fiscal 2023, the PRC operating entities generated no such revenue.

 

SaaS Software Services

 

On November 18, 2021, the PRC operating entities and two unrelated third parties incorporated Shenzhen Jam Box. Shenzhen Jam Box provides SaaS software, JamBox, and the related value-added services to hip-hop dance training institutions in China and collects service fees. Hip-hop dance training institutions can use JamBox to manage their students, lessons, and contracts; and students of these institutions can use JamBox to browse information of the institutions, sign up for lessons and manage lessons they have signed up for, and keep track of their learning progress. As of the date of this annual report, Shenzhen Jam Box have entered into agreements with more than 960 hip-hop dance campuses, which have more than 155,000 students.

 

63


 

Advertisement Distribution

 

The PRC operating entities cooperate with third-party advertising companies to distribute advertisements for their clients in multiple cities in the PRC, including Guangzhou, Shenzhen, Kunming, Harbin, Shenyang, Changchun, among others, usually through formats such as bus advertising, in which advertisements are placed on the inside or outside of buses, and television advertising. For bus advertising, the PRC operating entities determine the amount of service fees charged to a client based on the size of advertisements, the number of bus lines, the number of buses, and the length of display periods. For television advertising, the PRC operating entities determine the amount of service fees charged to a client based on the television channels, the length of advertisements, the position of display, the frequency of display, and the programs before or after the advertisements.

 

Competition

 

The hip-hop industry in China is highly-competitive and rapidly evolving, with many new companies joining the competition in recent years and few nationwide leading companies.

  

  Event Hosting. The PRC operating entities compete against other providers of hip-hop events, hosts of concerts, and creators of online hip-hop programs in particular, and providers and hosts of entertainment events in general, such as Beijing Hedgehog Brothers Culture Media Co., Ltd. The PRC operating entities compete primarily on the basis of the following factors: (i) quantity and quality of concerts, events, and online programs, (ii) quantity and quality of sponsorship packages to advertisers, (iii) costs of carrying out concerts and events, and (iv) brand recognition.
     
  Event Planning and Execution. The PRC operating entities compete against advertising and marketing companies that operate offline events, such as Spearhead Integrated Marketing Communication Group. The PRC operating entities compete on the basis of the following factors: (i) types and quality of services provided, (ii) costs of planning and running events, and (iii) brand recognition.
     
  Brand Promotion. The PRC operating entities compete against advertising and marketing companies that offer brand promotion solutions for corporate clients, such as BlueFocus Communication Group Co. Ltd. The PRC operating entities compete on the basis of the following factors: (i) types and quality of services provided, (ii) costs of offering brand promotion services, and (iii) brand recognition.
     
  Other Services. The PRC operating entities compete against (i) other issuers and sellers of digital collections, (ii) other providers of music recording services and hip-hop dance training institution administration SaaS software, and (iii) advertising and marketing companies that distribute advertisements for corporate clients. The PRC operating entities compete on the basis of the following factors: (i) attractiveness of digital collections, (ii) functions and performance of software, (iii) types and quality of services provided, (iv) costs of offering brand promotion services, and (v) brand recognition.

 

We believe that the PRC operating entities are well-positioned to effectively compete in these businesses based on the factors listed above. However, some of their current or future competitors may have longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, or greater financial, technical, or marketing resources than the PRC operating entities do. For a discussion of risks relating to competition, see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—The markets in which the PRC operating entities operate are highly competitive.”

 

Employees

 

The PRC operating entities had 67, 87, and 40 full-time employees as of June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The following table sets forth the number of their full-time employees as of June 30, 2023:

 

Function:   Number  
Management     3  
Sales Center Management     7  
Brand Marketing Department     20  
Hip-Hop Department     21  
Performance Department     1  
Support Center     13  
Office of the General Manager     2  
Total     67  

  

The PRC operating entities enter into employment contracts with their full-time employees and standalone non-compete agreements with some of their key employees.

 

As required by regulations in China, the PRC operating entities participate in various employee social security plans that are organized by municipal and provincial governments for their full-time employees, including pension, unemployment insurance, childbirth insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance, and housing insurance. The PRC operating entities are required under PRC law to make contributions from time to time to employee benefit plans for their full-time employees at specified percentages of the salaries, bonuses, and certain allowances of such employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local governments in China.

 

64


 

We believe that the PRC operating entities maintain a good working relationship with their employees, and they have not experienced material labor disputes in the past. None of their employees are represented by labor unions.

 

Facilities

 

Our principal executive offices are located in Xiamen, Fujian, China, where Xiamen Pop Culture leases an office in Xiamen from an independent third party with an area of approximately 434 square meters, with a lease term of one year from January 20, 2023 to January 19, 2024 and a monthly rent of RMB12,154 (approximately $1,676).

 

Guangzhou Shuzhi leases an office in Guangzhou from an independent third party with an area of approximately 71 square meters, with a lease term of two years from August 1, 2022 to August 1, 2024 and a monthly rent of RMB5000 (approximately $690). Guangzhou Shuzhi purchased the building in October 2022, and terminated the lease agreement.

 

Pop Network leases an office in Xiamen from an independent third party with an area of approximately 501 square meters, with a lease term of one year from March 21, 2023 to March 20, 2024 and a monthly rent of RMB12,523 (approximately $1,727).

 

Shenzhen Pop leases an office in Shenzhen from an independent third party with an area of approximately 294 square meters, with a lease term of three year from March 9, 2022 to March 8, 2025 and a monthly rent of RMB38,408 (approximately $5,297).

 

Pupu Digital leases an office in Xiamen from an independent third party with an area of approximately 930 square meters, with a lease term of one year from March 21, 2023 to March 20, 2024 and a monthly rent of RMB27,888 (approximately $3,846).

 

We believe that the offices that the PRC operating entities currently lease are adequate to meet their needs for the foreseeable future.

 

Intellectual Property

 

The PRC operating entities are the owners of a portfolio of iconic brands in the PRC across a range of hip-hop events and related areas. For instance, the PRC operating entities hold the copyrights to the logo “CBC” for a dance competition. The PRC operating entities own additional trademarks “Hip Hop Master” (“嘻哈大师”), “Hip-Hop Lion” (“嘻哈大狮”), and their logos related to street dance education. Their trademarks are in the form of plain-text words or design logos. As of the date of this annual report, Xiamen Pop Culture and its subsidiaries own 66 trademarks in the PRC. 

 

Our chief executive officer, Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, has licensed two trademarks, “CBC” and “潮圣,” exclusively to Xiamen Pop Culture for free for a term from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2029. The licensing contract will be automatically renewed for 10 years unless Mr. Huang and Xiamen Pop Culture terminate the agreement by mutual consent.

 

Xiamen Pop Culture has licensed trademarks,” “,” “嘻哈大师,” and “嘻哈大狮,” non-exclusively to Xiamen Hip Hop Master Education Services Co., Ltd. for a term from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2029 for a total consideration of RMB6.6 million (approximately US$0.9 million), which are to be paid in installments over the 10 years.

 

In addition, as of the date of this annual report, the PRC operating entities have registered 12 domain names relating to their business, 42 software copyrights, and 17 literature work copyrights in the PRC. 

 

The PRC operating entities rely on a combination of copyright and trademark law, and confidentiality agreements with employees to protect their intellectual property rights. In addition, under the employment agreements the PRC operating entities enter into with their employees, their employees acknowledge that the intellectual property made by them in connection with their employment with the PRC operating entities are the PRC operating entities’ property. The PRC operating entities also regularly monitor any infringement or misappropriation of their intellectual property rights.

 

65


 

Insurance

 

The PRC operating entities maintain employer’s liability insurance for executive officers and some employees of Xiamen Pop Culture, to protect the PRC operating entities from financial loss if a worker has a job-related injury or illness not covered by workers’ compensation. The PRC operating entities do not maintain other property insurance, business interruption insurance, or general third-party liability insurance. We believe the insurance coverage the PRC operating entities maintain is in line with the industry practice. For risk factors relating to the PRC operating entities’ insurance policies, please see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—The PRC operating entities’ current insurance policies may not provide adequate levels of coverage against all claims and they may incur losses that are not covered by their insurance.”

 

Seasonality

 

The PRC operating entities’ Event Planning and Execution and Brand Promotion businesses have demonstrated seasonal fluctuations as they typically organize more events between April and June each year due to higher seasonal demand. The PRC operating entities’ Event Hosting business and Other Services are not subject to seasonality.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we may become a party to various legal or administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business, including actions with respect to intellectual property infringement, violation of third-party licenses or other rights, breach of contract, and labor and employment claims. We are currently not a party to, and we are not aware of any threat of, any legal or administrative proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have any material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flow, or results of operations.

  

Regulations

 

This section sets forth a summary of the principal PRC laws, regulations, and rules relevant to the PRC operating entities’ business and operations in China.

 

Regulation Related to Commercial Performances

 

The Administrative Regulations on Commercial Performances was promulgated by the State Council on August 11, 1997 and most recently amended on November 11, 2020. According to the administrative regulations, to legally engage in commercial performances, a culture and arts performance group shall have full-time performers and equipment in line with its performance business, and file an application with the culture administrative department of the people’s government at the county level for approval. To legally engage in commercial performances, a performance brokerage agency shall have three or more full-time performance brokers and funds for the relevant business, and file an application with the culture administrative department of the people’s government of a province, autonomous region, or municipality directly under the central government. The culture administrative department shall decide whether to approve such an application within 20 days from the date of receipt, and if decides to approve it, will issue a performance permit. Anyone or any entity engaging in commercial performance activities without approval will be ordered to cease action, and a penalty may be imposed. Such a penalty may include confiscation of performance equipment and illegal proceeds, and a fine in the amount of eight to ten times of the illegal proceeds. Where there are no illegal proceeds or the illegal proceeds are less than RMB10,000 (approximately $1,466), a fine in the amount of RMB50,000 (approximately $7,328) to RMB100,000 (approximately $14,655) will be imposed.

 

The administrative regulations set certain content requirements for commercial performances in China. Any commercial performance is prohibited to, among other things, endanger national security, impair national interests, incite ethnic hatred, disturb social order, undermine social morality or national excellent cultural tradition, propagate obscenity, superstition, or violence, insult or defame others, or infringe other lawful rights and interests of other people. Where a commercial performance contains any of the preceding content, the hosting entity shall take immediate measures to prevent such performance from performing and report to governmental authorities. Failure to stop the performance may lead to an imposition of a penalty, which may include warnings and a fine in the amount of RMB50,000 (approximately $7,328) to RMB100,000 (approximately $14,655). Failure to stop the performance may lead to an imposition of a penalty on the performance venue operating entity and the host, which may include warnings and a fine in the amount of RMB50,000 (approximately $7,328) to RMB100,000 (approximately $14,655). Failure to report to the authorities, the hosting entity may be subject to certain penalties, including warnings, and a fine of RMB5,000 (approximately $733) to RMB10,000 (approximately $1,466).

  

Currently, Xiamen Pop Culture holds a valid Commercial Performance License issued by the Xiamen Bureau of Culture and Tourism.

 

66


 

Regulation Related to Production and Operation of Radio and Television Programs

 

On July 19, 2004, the State Administration of Radio, Film and Television (the predecessor of the National Radio and Television Administration) promulgated the Administrative Measures on the Production and Operation of Radio and Television Programs, or the “Radio and Television Program Measures,” which came into effect on August 20, 2004 and was amended on August 28, 2015 and October 29, 2020. The Radio and Television Program Measures provide that any business that produces or operates radio or television programs must first obtain a Radio and Television Program Production and Operation Permit. Entities holding such permits shall conduct their business within the permitted scope as provided in their permits. In addition, foreign-invested enterprises are not allowed to engage in the above-mentioned services.

  

The Radio and Television Program Measures also provide that production and operation of radio and television programs shall comply with laws, regulations, and related policies. The content of radio and television programs cannot oppose basic principles established by the PRC Constitution, endanger national unity, sovereign, and territorial integrity, impair national interests, incite ethnic hatred, propagate cults and superstition, disturb social order, spread obscenity, gambling, or violence, insult or defame others, infringe other lawful rights and interests of other people, or undermine social morality or national excellent cultural tradition. In addition, to distribute and broadcast TV series, cartoons, and other radio and television programs, a corresponding distribution license is required. Any violation of content requirements as required by the Radio and Television Program Measures may subject the entity to penalties, including orders to cease production, broadcasting, fines, and, in certain circumstances, revocation of permits. 

 

Since Xiamen Pop Culture is not a foreign-invested company, it is allowed to produce or operate radio or television programs. To comply with the relevant laws and regulations, Xiamen Pop Culture has obtained a Radio and Television Program Production and Operation Permit, which covers the production and publication of radio and television programs (excluding current political news category or special columns) and such permit is effective until March 31, 2023. 

 

Regulations Related to Security Administration of Large-Scale Public Activities

 

Pursuant to Regulations on Security Administration of Large-Scale Public Activities, which were promulgated on September 14, 2007 and became effective on October 1, 2007, large-scale mass activities refer to activities such as sports competitions, concerts, and other performance activities that legal persons and other organizations hold for the public with 1,000 or more expected participants. The organizer of a large-scale mass activity shall be responsible for such activity’s security, with the principal of the organizer serving as the person in charge of the security. The public security bureau of the people’s government at the county level is responsible for security management of large-scale mass activities. Other related competent authorities of the people’s government at the county level are responsible for the relevant security work for large-scale mass activities according to their respective functions and duties.

 

The public security bureau grants safety permit on large-scale mass activities. The organizer shall apply for a security permit 20 days before the activity is held. If a large-scale mass activity is expected to have more than 1,000 but less than 5,000 participants, the safety permit shall be granted by the county level public security authorities, and if more than 5,000 participants, by the municipal level public security authorities. If a large-scale mass activity is held in multiple provinces, autonomous regions, or municipalities, the security permit shall be granted by the public security department of the State Council. Where any large-scale mass activity is held without a security permit granted by public security authorities, the activity shall be banned by the public security authorities and a fine in the amount of RMB100,000 (approximately $14,655) to RMB300,000 (approximately $43,966) shall be imposed on the organizer.

 

67


 

Regulations on Advertising Business

 

The State Administration for Market Regulation (formerly known as the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the “SAMR”) is the primary governmental authority regulating advertising activities in China. Regulations that apply to advertising business primarily include: (i) Advertisement Law of the PRC, promulgated by the SCNPC, on October 27, 1994 and most recently amended on April 29, 2021 and (ii) the Administrative Regulations for Advertising, promulgated by the State Council on October 26, 1987 and which has been effective since December 1, 1987.

 

According to the above regulations, companies that engage in advertising activities must obtain, from the SAMR or its local branches, a business license, which specifically includes operating an advertising business in its business scope. Enterprises engaged in the advertising business with such advertising business in their business scope do not need to apply for an advertising operation license, but such enterprises cannot be a radio station, a television station, a newspaper and magazine publishing house, or any entity otherwise specified in the relevant laws or administrative regulations. The business license of an advertising company is valid for the duration of its existence, unless the license is suspended or revoked due to a violation of any relevant laws and regulations.

 

PRC advertising laws and regulations set certain content requirements for advertisements in China, including, among other things, prohibitions on false or misleading content, superlative wording, socially destabilizing content, or content involving obscenities, superstition, violence, discrimination, or infringement of public interest. Advertisements for anesthetic, psychotropic, toxic, or radioactive drugs are prohibited, and the dissemination of advertisements of certain other products, such as tobacco, patented products, pharmaceuticals, medical instruments, agrochemicals, foodstuff, alcohol, and cosmetics, are also subject to specific restrictions and requirements.

 

Advertisers, advertising agencies, and advertising distributors are required to ensure that the content of the advertisements they prepare or distribute is true and in complete compliance with applicable laws. When providing advertising services, advertising operators and advertising distributors must review the supporting documents provided by advertisers for advertisements and verify that the content of the advertisements complies with applicable PRC laws and regulations. Prior to distributing advertisements that are subject to government censorship and approval, advertising distributors are obligated to confirm that such censorship has been performed and approval has been obtained. Violation of these regulations may result in penalties, including fines, confiscation of advertising income, orders to cease dissemination of the advertisements, and orders to publish an advertisement correcting the misleading information. Where serious violations occur, the SAMR or its local branches may revoke the offenders’ licenses or permits for their advertising business operations. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risk Related to Our Business—Advertisements shown during the PRC operating entities’ events may subject them to penalties and other administrative actions.”

 

On July 4, 2016, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, or the “SAIC,” issued the Interim Measures for the Administration of Internet Advertising, or the “Internet Advertising Measures,” which became effective on September 1, 2016. According to the Internet Advertising Measures, Internet advertising refers to the commercial advertising for direct or indirect marketing goods or services in the form of text, image, audio, video, or others means through websites, webpages, Internet applications, or other Internet media. The Internet Advertising Measures specifically sets out the following requirements: (a) advertising operators and advertising distributors shall examine relevant supporting documents and verify the content of the advertisements; they shall not design, produce, act as agents, or publish those advertisements with content which is inconsistent with the supporting documents or the supporting documents are incomplete; (b) advertisements must be identifiable and marked with the word “advertisement” enabling consumers to distinguish them from non-advertisement information; sponsored search results must be clearly distinguished from organic search results; and (c) it is forbidden to send advertisements or advertisement links by email without the recipient’s permission or induce Internet users to click on an advertisement in a deceptive manner. Violation of the Internet Advertising Measures may result in certain penalties, including mandatory corrective measures and fines.

 

68


 

Regulations Related to Foreign Investment

 

Companies established and operating in the PRC are subject to the Company Law of the PRC, or the “PRC Company Law,” which was promulgated on December 29, 1993 and newly amended on October 26, 2018. The PRC Company Law provides general regulations for companies established and operating in the PRC, including foreign-invested enterprises.

 

On March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress promulgated the Foreign Investment Law, which came into effect on January 1, 2020 and replaced the trio of existing laws regulating foreign investment in China, the Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Enterprise Law, and the Wholly Foreign-invested Enterprise Law, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations. The existing foreign-invested enterprises established prior to the effective date of the Foreign Investment Law may keep their corporate forms, among other things, within five years after January 1, 2020. Pursuant to the Foreign Investment Law, “foreign investors” means natural persons, enterprises, or other organizations of foreign countries; “foreign-invested enterprises” means any enterprise established under PRC laws that is wholly or partially invested by foreign investors; “foreign investment” means any foreign investor’s direct or indirect investment in mainland China, including: (i) establishing foreign-invested enterprises in mainland China either individually or jointly with other investors; (ii) obtaining stock shares, stock equity, property shares, or other similar interests in Chinese domestic enterprises; (iii) investing in new projects in mainland China either individually or collectively with other investors; and (iv) making investment through other means provided by laws, administrative regulations, or State Council provisions.

 

The Foreign Investment Law stipulates that China implements the management system of pre-establishment national treatment plus a negative list. The system of pre-establishment national treatment requires treatment given to foreign investors and their investments during the market access stage shall not be inferior to treatment afforded to PRC domestic investors and their investments except where a foreign investment falls into the negative list. Foreign investors are forbidden from investing in prohibited industries on the negative list and must comply with the specific requirements when investing in restricted industries on the list.

 

In addition, the Foreign Investment Law provides several protective rules and principles for foreign investors and their investments in the PRC, including, among others, that local government shall abide by their policy commitments to the foreign investors and perform all contracts entered into in accordance with the law; the government generally does not expropriate foreign investments, except under special circumstances, in which case statutory procedures shall be followed and fair and reasonable compensation shall be made in a timely manner; and mandatory technology transfer is prohibited.

 

However, there are uncertainties about issues and matters involving details of governmental administration, for detailed discussion of the risk related to the Foreign Investment Law, see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—There are uncertainties under the Foreign Investment Law relating to the status of businesses in China controlled by foreign invested projects primarily through contractual arrangements, such as our business.”

 

Regulations Related to Foreign Investment Restrictions

 

Investment activities in the PRC by foreign investors are principally governed by the Guidance Catalogue of Industries for Foreign Investment, or the “Guidance Catalog,” and the Negative List, which were promulgated and are amended from time to time by MOFCOM and the NDRC. The Guidance Catalog and the Negative List lay out the basic framework for foreign investment in China, classifying businesses into three categories with regard to foreign investment: “encourage,” “restricted,” and “prohibited.” Industries that are not listed in any of these three categories are generally open to foreign investment unless otherwise specifically restricted by other PRC laws and regulations.

 

According to the Negative List, proportion of foreign equity in value-added telecommunications services (except for e-commerce, domestic multi-party communications, store-and-forward, and call centers), or the VATS, shall not exceed 50%. In addition, foreign investments in Internet news and information services, Internet publishing services, Internet audio-visual program services, Internet culture operations (except for music), Internet information services to the public, radio and television program production and operation business, and editing, publishing, and production of audio-video products and/or electronic publications are prohibited. However, foreign investors are allowed to hold up to 100% of equity interests in an online data processing and transaction processing business (including e-commerce business operation) in China.

 

69


 

Foreign direct investment in telecommunications companies in China is governed by the Provisions on the Administration of Foreign-Invested Telecommunications Enterprises, or the FITE Regulations, which was promulgated by the State Council on December 11, 2001 and most recently amended in March 29, 2022. The FITE Regulations require that foreign-invested telecommunications enterprises in China, or the FITEs, must be established as Sino-foreign equity joint ventures and that the foreign investors may acquire up to 50% equity interests in such joint ventures. In addition, a major foreign investor in a value-added telecommunications business in China must demonstrate a good track record and experience in operating value-added telecommunications businesses. Moreover, foreign investors that meet these requirements must obtain approvals from the MIIT, to provide VATS in China and the MIIT retains considerable discretion in granting such approvals. On June 30, 2016, the MIIT issued an Announcement of the MIIT on Issues concerning the Provision of Telecommunication Services in the Mainland by Service Providers from Hong Kong and Macao, or the MIIT Announcement, which provides that investors from Hong Kong and Macau may hold more than 50% of the equity in FITEs engaging in certain specified categories of VATS.

 

On July 13, 2006, the Ministry of Information Industry, or the MII, which was the predecessor to the MIIT, released the Notice on Strengthening the Administration of Foreign Investment in the Operation of Value-added Telecommunications Business, or the MII Notice, pursuant to which, for any foreign investor to invest in telecommunications businesses in China, a foreign-invested telecommunications enterprise must be established and such enterprise must apply for the relevant telecommunications business operation licenses. Furthermore, under the MII Notice, domestic telecommunications enterprises may not rent, transfer, or sell a telecommunications business operation license to foreign investors in any form, and they may not provide any resources, premises, facilities, and other assistance in any form to foreign investors for their illegal operation of any telecommunications business in China. In addition, under the MII Notice, the internet domain names and registered trademarks used by a value-added telecommunication service operator shall be legally owned by such operator or its shareholders.

 

The PRC operating entities engage in Internet information services, radio and television program production and distribution business, which falls in the prohibited category under the Special Administrative Measures. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, we rely on the VIE Agreements to operate such business in China. However, there remain uncertainties with respect to the interpretation and application of existing or future PRC laws and regulations on foreign investment. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—There are uncertainties under the Foreign Investment Law relating to the status of businesses in China controlled by foreign invested projects primarily through contractual arrangements, such as our business.”

 

Regulations Related to Value-added Telecommunications Services

 

On September 25, 2000, the State Council promulgated the Telecommunications Regulations of the PRC, or the Telecom Regulations, which was most recently amended on February 6, 2016. The Telecom Regulations are the primary PRC law governing telecommunications services and set out the general regulatory framework for telecommunications services provided by PRC companies. The Telecom Regulations distinguish between “basic telecommunications services” and VATS. The Telecom Regulations define VATS as telecommunications and information services provided through public network infrastructures. Pursuant to the Telecom Regulations, commercial operators of VATS must first obtain an operating license from the MIIT, or its provincial level counterparts. The Catalog of Telecommunications Business, or the Catalog, which was issued as an attachment to the Telecom Regulations and most recently amended on June 6, 2019, identifies online data processing and transaction processing services, and information services as VATS.

 

On July 3, 2017, the MIIT issued the Measures on the Administration of Telecommunications Business Operating Permits, or the Telecom License Measures, which became effective on September 1, 2017, to supplement the Telecom Regulations and further regulate the telecommunications business permits. The Telecom License Measures provide requirements and procedures for obtaining licenses for VATS, and stipulate that the competent governmental authorities will mandate improved credit management mechanisms for telecommunication business operators. The Telecom License Measures also confirm that there are two types of telecom operating licenses for operators in China, one for basic telecommunications services and one for VATS. A distinction is also made as to whether a license is granted for “intra-provincial” or “trans-regional” (inter-provincial) activities. An appendix to each license granted will detail the permitted activities of the enterprise to which it was granted. An approved telecommunication services operator must conduct its business (whether basic or value-added) in accordance with the specifications recorded in its license.

 

70


 

The PRC operating entities engage in business activities that are VATS as defined in the Telecom Regulations and the Catalog. To comply with the relevant laws and regulations, Xiamen Qiqin and Zhongpu Shuyuan have each obtained the Value-added Telecommunications Business Operation License covering (i) online data processing and transaction processing business (operating e-commerce), and (ii) information services (Internet content-related services), or the EDI and ICP Licenses, on March 29, 2022 and May 11, 2022, respectively, which will all remain effective for five years.

 

Regulations Related to Internet Information Services

 

The Administrative Measures on Internet Information Services, or the Internet Information Measures, which were issued by the State Council on September 25, 2000 and amended on January 8, 2011, set out guidelines on the provision of Internet information services. Pursuant to the Internet Information Measures, “Internet information services” are defined as services that provide information to online users through the Internet. The Internet Information Measures classify Internet information services into commercial Internet information services and non-commercial Internet information services. Commercial Internet information services refer to compensatory services which provide information to or create web pages for online users through the Internet. Non-commercial Internet information services refer to non-compensatory services which supply, through the internet, to online users, information that is open to and shared by the general public. The Internet Information Measures require commercial internet information service operators to obtain a value-added telecommunications business operating license, or the ICP License, from the relevant government authorities, and require non-commercial internet information service operators to complete the filing-for-record procedures, before engaging in any Internet information service operations in China.

 

In addition, Internet information service providers are required to monitor their websites to ensure that they do not contain content prohibited by laws or regulations. Internet information service providers are prohibited from producing, copying, publishing, or distributing information that is humiliating or defamatory to others or that infringes the legal rights of others. The relevant PRC government may require corrective actions to address the non-compliance or may impose penalties, such as temporarily or permanently closing relevant websites, suspending relevant businesses for re-organization, or revoking relevant operation licenses. Furthermore, the Notice of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology on Regulating the Use of Domain Names in Internet Information Services, which was issued on November 27, 2017 and took effect on January 1, 2018, requires Internet information service providers to register and own the domain names they use in providing Internet information services.

 

Shenzhen Jam Box operates an online mini program named “JamBox.” As a non-commercial Internet information service operator, “JamBox” has completed the filing-for-record procedures before engaging in Internet information service operations, which remain valid as of the date of this annual report.

 

Regulations Related to Internet Cultural Activities

 

On February 17, 2011, the Ministry of Culture, or the MOC, promulgated the Interim Administrative Provisions on Internet Culture, or the Internet Culture Provisions, which became effective on April1, 2011 and were most recently amended on December 15, 2017. Pursuant to the Internet Culture Provisions, Internet cultural activities include: (i) production, reproduction, import, release, or broadcast of Internet culture products (such as online music, online game, online performance, and cultural products by certain technical means and copied to the Internet for spreading); (ii) distribution or publication of cultural products on the Internet; and (iii) exhibitions, competitions, and other similar activities concerning Internet culture products. The Internet Culture Provisions further classify Internet cultural activities into commercial Internet cultural activities and non-commercial Internet cultural activities. Entities engaging in commercial Internet cultural activities must apply to the relevant authorities for an Internet culture business operating license, while non-commercial cultural entities are only required to report to related culture administration authorities within 60 days of the establishment of such entity. If any entity engages in commercial Internet cultural activities without approval, the cultural administration authorities or other relevant government may order such entity to cease to operate Internet cultural activities as well as levy penalties including administrative warning, fines up to RMB30,000, and listing such entity on the cultural market blacklist to impose credit penalty in case of continued non-compliance.

 

71


 

Regulations Related to Internet Publishing

 

On February 4, 2016, the State Administration of Press, Publication, Radio, Film and Television (currently known as the National Press and Publication Administration, or the NPPA), and the MIIT jointly issued the Administrative Provisions on Internet Publishing Service, or the Internet Publishing Regulation, which took effect on March 10, 2016, and replaced the Interim Provisions for the Administration of Internet Publishing promulgated in 2002. The Internet Publishing Regulation requires that any entity engaged in the provision of online publications to the public via information networks obtain an Internet publication license from the NPPA. Online publications refer to digital works with editing, production, processing, and other publishing features, provided to the public via information networks, which mainly include: (i) informative and thoughtful text, pictures, maps, games, animation, audio, and video digitizing books and other original digital works in fields such as literature, art, and science, (ii) digital works consistent with the content of published books, newspapers, periodicals, audio-visual products, and electronic publications, (iii) the network literature database or other digital works formed through aforementioned works by selecting, organizing, compiling, and other means, and (iv) other types of digital works determined by the NPPA. If any entity provides Internet publishing services without approval, the publishing authority or other relevant government may order such services to cease, order the shutdown of the website, or impose other penalties, such as deleting all the relevant Internet publications, confiscating all illegal income and major equipment, specialized tools used in illegal publishing activities, as well as fines less than 10 times of the illegal income. In severe cases, criminal liabilities may be pursued.

 

Regulations Related to Blockchain Information Services

 

On January 10, 2019, the CAC issued the Administrative Regulations on Blockchain Information Services, or the Blockchain Information Regulation, which took effect on February 15, 2019. Pursuant to the Blockchain Information Regulation, blockchain information services refer to information services provided to the public through Internet sites, applications, etc. based on blockchain technology or systems; the blockchain information services suppliers refer to the subjects or nodes that provide blockchain information services to the public, and the organizations or institutions that provide subjects of blockchain information services with technical support. The Blockchain Information Regulation requires a blockchain information services supplier to complete the filing-for-record procedures through the CAC’s filing management system for blockchain information services within 10 working days from the date of providing the service. If any blockchain information services supplier fails to make the filings accordingly or fills in false filing information, the related cyberspace administration authority may order it to make corrections within a time limit; if such supplier refuses to make corrections or the circumstances are serious, it may be given a warning and imposed a fine of not less than RMB10,000 yuan but not more than RMB30,000.

 

Regulations Related to Artworks Business

 

On January 18, 2016, the MOC issued the Administrative Measures for Artworks Business, or the Artworks Business Measures, which took effect on March 15, 2016. Pursuant to the Artworks Business Measures, artworks refer to works of paintings, calligraphies and seal cuttings, sculptures and carvings, artistic photographs, installation artworks, and industrial artworks and limited replicas of the above-mentioned works, but does not include cultural relics. Artworks related business activities include: (i) purchase, sale, or lease; (ii) brokerage; (iii) import and export; (iv) appraisal, evaluation, commercial exhibition, and other services; and (v) investment, business activities, and services with artworks as subject matters. Artworks related business activities by use of information networks are also subject to the Artworks Business Measures. Organizations to be engaged in artworks related business activities are required to complete the filing-for-record procedures with local cultural administrative authorities within 15 days upon receipt of their business license. Whoever fails to make the filings accordingly, may be ordered to make corrections and may be fined not more than RMB10,000 depending on the seriousness of the circumstances by related cultural administrative authorities.

 

72


 

Regulations Related to Information Security and Privacy Protection

 

The PRC Constitution states that PRC law protects the freedom and privacy of communications of citizens and prohibits infringement of these rights. In recent years, the PRC government authorities have enacted legislation on the Internet use to protect personal information from any unauthorized disclosure. Under the Several Provisions on Regulating the Market Order of Internet Information Services, which was promulgated by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (the “MIIT”) on December 29, 2011, an Internet content service operator may not collect any user personal information or provide any such information to third parties without the consent of a user, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and administrative regulations. An Internet content service operator must expressly inform the users of the method, content, and purpose of the collection and processing of such user personal information and may only collect such information necessary for the provision of its services. An Internet content service operator is also required to properly keep the user personal information, and in case of any leak or likely leak of the user personal information, the Internet content service operator must take immediate remedial measures and, in severe circumstances, to make an immediate report to the telecommunication regulatory authority.

 

In addition, the Decision on Strengthening Network Information Protection, which was promulgated by the SCNPC on December 28, 2012, provides that electronic information that is able to identify personal identities of citizens or that is concerned with personal privacy of citizens is protected by law and shall not be unlawfully obtained or provided. Internet content service operators collecting or using personal electronic information of citizens shall specify purposes, manners, and scopes of information collection and use, obtain the consent of citizens concerned, and strictly keep confidential personal information collected. Internet content service operators are prohibited from disclosing, tampering with, damaging, selling, or illegally providing others with personal information collected. Technical and other measures are required to be taken by Internet content service operators to prevent personal information collected from unauthorized disclosure, damage, or being lost. Internet content service operators are subject to legal liability, including warnings, fines, confiscation of illegal gains, revocation of licenses or filings, closing of websites concerned, public security administration punishment, criminal liabilities, or civil liabilities, if they violate relevant provisions on Internet privacy.

 

Pursuant to the Order for the Protection of Telecommunication and Internet User Personal Information, which was promulgated by the MIIT on July 16, 2013, any collection and use of users’ personal information must be subject to the consent of the users, abide by the principles of legality, rationality, and necessity, and be within the specified purposes, methods, and scopes. Pursuant to the Ninth Amendment to the Criminal Law of the PRC, which was issued by the SCNPC on August 29, 2015 and became effective on November 1, 2015, any Internet service provider that fails to fulfill obligations to manage information and network security as required by applicable laws and refuses to rectify upon orders from government authorities, will be subject to the criminal penalty if such failure (i) causes dissemination of illegal information in large scale; (ii) causes user information leaks resulting in severe consequences; (iii) causes serious loss of evidence to criminal investigations; or (iv) implicates other severe circumstances. Moreover, any individual or entity that (i) sells or provides personal information to others in violation of applicable laws, or (ii) steals or illegally obtains any personal information, in either case implicating severe circumstances, will be subject to the criminal penalty. The PRC government, however, has the power and authority to order Internet content service operators to turn over personal information if an Internet user posts any prohibited content or engages in illegal activities on the Internet.

 

To further regulate cybersecurity and privacy protection, the Cybersecurity Law of the PRC, which was promulgated by the SCNPC on November 7, 2016 and took effect on June 1, 2017, provides that: subject to certain exceptions, (i) to collect and use personal information, network operators must follow the principles of legitimacy, rightfulness, and necessity, disclose their rules of data collection and use, clearly express the purposes, means, and scope of collecting and using the information, and obtain the consent of the persons whose data is gathered; (ii) network operators can neither gather personal information unrelated to the services they provide, nor gather or use personal information in violation of the provisions of laws and administrative regulations or beyond the scopes of consent given by the persons whose data is gathered, and must dispose of personal information they have saved in accordance with the provisions of laws and administrative regulations and agreements reached with users; (iii) network operators cannot divulge, tamper with, or damage the personal information they have collected, and cannot provide the personal information to others without the consent of persons whose data is collected. According to the Cybersecurity Law of the PRC, personal information refers to all kinds of information that are recorded electronically or that can otherwise be used to independently identify or be combined with other information to identify natural persons’ personal information, including but not limited to natural persons’ names, dates of birth, identification numbers, biologically identified personal information, addresses, and telephone numbers. Any internet information services provider that violates these privacy protection requirements under the Cybersecurity Law of the PRC and related laws and regulations may be ordered to turn in illegal gains generated from unlawful operations and pay a fine of no less than one but no more than 10 times of the illegal gains and may be ordered to cease the relevant business operations when the violation is serious.

 

73


 

On June 28, 2016, the CAC issued the Administrative Provisions on Mobile Internet Applications Information Services, which became effective on August 1, 2016, to further strengthen the regulation of the mobile app information services. Pursuant to these provisions, owners or operators of mobile apps that provide information services are required to be responsible for information security management, establish and improve the protective mechanism for user information, observe the principles of legality, rightfulness, and necessity, and expressly state the purpose, method and scope of, and obtain user consent to, the collection and use of users’ personal information.

 

On May 8, 2017, the Supreme People’s Court and the Supreme People’s Procuratorate issued the Interpretations of the Supreme People’s Court and the Supreme People’s Procuratorate on Several Issues Concerning the Application of Law in the Handling of Criminal Cases Involving Infringement of Citizens’ Personal Information, or the Personal Information Interpretations, which became effective on June 1, 2017. The Personal Information Interpretations provides more practical conviction and sentencing criteria for the infringement of citizens’ personal information.

 

On January 23, 2019, the Office of the Central Cyberspace Affairs Commission and other three authorities jointly issued the Circular on the Special Campaign of Correcting Unlawful Collection and Usage of Personal Information via Apps. Pursuant to this circular, (i) app operators are prohibited from collecting any personal information irrelevant to their services; (ii) information collection and usage policy should be presented in a simple and clear way, and such policy should be consented to by the users voluntarily, and; (iii) authorization from users should not be obtained by coercing users with default or bundling clauses or making consent a condition of service. App operators violating these rules can be ordered by authorities to correct their noncompliance within a given period of time, be publicly reported, or be ordered to quit its operation or cancel its business license or operational permits.

 

On April 10, 2019, the Ministry of Public Security, or the MPS, promulgated the Guidelines for Internet Personal Information Security Protection, which establishes the management mechanism, security technical measures, and business workflows for personal information security protection. On August 22, 2019, the CAC promulgated the Provisions on the Cyber Protection of Children’s Personal Information, which requires, among others, that network operators who collect, store, use, transfer, and disclose personal information of children under the age of 14 shall establish special rules and user agreements for the protection of children’s personal information, inform the children’s guardians in a noticeable and clear manner, and shall obtain the consent of the children’s guardians.

 

On November 28, 2019, the CAC, the MIIT, the MPS, and the SAMR jointly promulgated the Measures for the Determination of the Collection and Use of Personal Information by Apps in Violation of Laws and Regulations, which provides guidance for the regulatory authorities to identify the illegal collection and use of personal information through mobile apps, and for the app operators to conduct self-examination and self-correction and social supervision by citizens.

 

On May 28, 2020, the NPC approved the Civil Code of the PRC, or the Civil Code, which came into effect on January 1, 2021. Pursuant to the Civil Code, the personal information of a natural person shall be protected by the law. Any organization or individual that needs to obtain personal information of others shall obtain such information legally and ensure the safety of such information, and shall not illegally collect, use, process, or transmit personal information of others, or illegally purchase or sell, provide, or make public personal information of others. Furthermore, information processors shall not divulge or tamper with personal information collected or stored by them; without the consent of a natural person, information processors shall not illegally provide personal information of such person to others, except for information that has been processed so that specific persons cannot be identified and that cannot be restored. In addition, an information processor shall take technical measures and other necessary measures to ensure the security of the personal information that is collected and stored and to prevent the information from being divulged, tampered with, or lost; where personal information has been or may be divulged, tampered with or lost, the information processor shall take remedial measures in a timely manner, inform the natural person concerned in accordance with the provisions and report the case to the relevant competent department.

 

74


 

On June 10, 2021, the SCNPR promulgated the Data Security Law of the PRC, or the Data Security Law, which took effect on September 1, 2021. Under the Data Security Law, data refers to any record of information that is kept electronically or otherwise, and data processing includes the collection, storage, use, processing, transmission, provision, and disclosure of data. Pursuant to the Data Security Law, any individual or entity shall collect data in a legitimate and proper manner. A data security review mechanism will be established by the State, and any data processing activity that endangers or may endanger national security shall be subject to national security review. The security management for the cross-border transfer of important data collected and produced during operation by CIIOs or other data processors within the territory of the PRC shall be subject to the Cyber Security Law and other regulations and rules that promulgated by the CAC and the State Council. In case of any non-compliance under the Data Security Law, a data processor may be ordered to make corrections, and under certain serious circumstances, such as severe data divulgence, may be subject to penalties, including the revocation of business license or other permits.

 

On July 6, 2021, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued the Opinions, which were made available to the public on July 6, 2021. The Opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities and the need to strengthen the supervision over overseas listings by Chinese companies. Effective measures, such as promoting the construction of relevant regulatory systems, will be taken to deal with the risks and incidents of China-concept overseas listed companies, cybersecurity, data privacy protection requirements, and similar matters.

 

On August 20, 2021, the SCNPC adopted the Personal Information Protection Law of the PRC, or the PIP Law, which took effect on November 1, 2021. The PIP Law includes the basic rules for personal information processing, the rules for cross-border provision of personal information, the rights of individuals in personal information processing activities, the obligations of personal information processors, and the legal responsibilities for illegal collection, processing, and use of personal information. As the first systematic and comprehensive law specifically for the protection of personal information in the PRC, the PIP Law provides, among others, that (i) an individual’s consent shall be obtained to use sensitive personal information, such as biometric characteristics and individual location tracking, (ii) personal information operators using sensitive personal information shall notify individuals of the necessity of such use and impact on the individual’s rights, and (iii) where personal information operators reject an individual’s request to exercise his or her rights, the individual may file a lawsuit with a People’s Court.

 

On December 28, 2021, 13 PRC authorities, including the NDRC, the MOFCOM, the MIIT, the CAC, and several other authorities jointly promulgated the revised Cybersecurity Review Measures, which came into effect on February 15, 2022. The Cybersecurity Review Measures provide that, in addition to CIIOs that intend to purchase Internet products and services, online platform operators engaging in data processing activities that affect or may affect national security must be subject to cybersecurity review by the Cybersecurity Review Office of the PRC. According to the Cybersecurity Review Measures, a cybersecurity review assesses potential national security risks that may be brought about by any procurement, data processing, or overseas listing. The Cybersecurity Review Measures require that an online platform operator which possesses the personal information of at least one million users must apply for a cybersecurity review by the CAC if it intends to be listed in foreign countries.

 

Regulations Related to Intellectual Property Rights

 

Copyright

 

The PRC Copyright Law, or the “Copyright Law,” which became effective on June 1, 1991 and was amended in 2001, 2010, and most recently on November 11, 2020 and effective on June 1, 2021, and the implementing regulations of which were adopted in 2002 and amended in 2011 and 2013, provide that Chinese citizens, legal persons, or other organizations will, whether published or not, enjoy copyright in their copyrightable works, which include, among others, works of literature, art, natural science, social science, engineering technology, and computer software. Copyright owners enjoy certain legal rights, including but not limited to right of publication, right of authorship, and right of reproduction. The Copyright Law extends copyright protection to Internet activities, products disseminated over the Internet, and software products. In addition, the Copyright Law provides for a voluntary registration system administered by the China Copyright Protection Center, or the “CPCC.” According to the Copyright Law, an infringer of copyrights shall be subject to various civil liabilities, which include ceasing infringement activities, apologizing to the copyright owners, and compensating the loss of copyright owners. Infringers of copyrights may also be subject to fines and/or administrative or criminal liabilities in severe situations.

 

75


 

Pursuant to the Computer Software Copyright Protection Regulations promulgated by the State Council in 1991 and amended in 2001, 2011, and 2013, Chinese citizens, legal persons, and other organizations shall enjoy copyright on software they develop, regardless of whether the software is released publicly. Software copyright commences from the date on which the development of the software is completed. The protection period for software copyright of a legal person or other organizations shall be 50 years, concluding on December 31 of the 50th year after the software’s initial release. The software copyright owner may go through the registration formalities with a software registration authority recognized by the State Council’s copyright administrative department. The software copyright owner may authorize others to exercise that copyright, and is entitled to receive remuneration.

 

As of the date of this annual report, the PRC operating entities have registered 59 copyrights in the PRC.

 

Trademark 

 

Trademarks are protected by the Trademark Law of the PRC, which was adopted in 1982 and subsequently amended in 1993, 2001, 2013, and 2019, and by the Implementation Regulations of the PRC Trademark Law adopted by the State Council in 2002 and most recently amended on April 29, 2014. The Trademark Office of National Intellectual Property Administration, or the “Trademark Office,” under the SAIC handles trademark registrations. The Trademark Office grants a 10-year term to registered trademarks and the term may be renewed for another 10-year period upon request by the trademark owner. A trademark registrant may license its registered trademarks to another party by entering into trademark license agreements, which must be filed with the Trademark Office for its record. The Trademark Law has adopted a first-to-file principle with respect to trademark registration. If a trademark applied for is identical or similar to another trademark which has already been registered or subject to a preliminary examination and approval for use on the same or similar kinds of products or services, such trademark application may be rejected. Any person applying for the registration of a trademark may not injure existing trademark rights first obtained by others, nor may any person register in advance a trademark that has already been used by another party and has already gained a “sufficient degree of reputation” through such party’s use.

 

As of the date of this annual report, the PRC operating entities have registered 73 trademarks in the PRC.

 

Domain name

 

The domain names are protected under the Administrative Measures on the Internet Domain Names promulgated by the MIIT effective in November 2017. The MIIT is the major regulatory body responsible for the administration of the PRC Internet domain names. China Internet Network Information Center, or “CNNIC,” is responsible for the daily administration of CN domain names and PRC domain names under the supervision of MITT. CNNIC promulgated the Implementation Rules of Registration of Country Code Top-Level Domain Name, or the “CNNIC Rules,” effective in June, 2019. Pursuant to the Administrative Measures on the Internet Domain Names and the CNNIC Rules, the registration of domain names adopts a first-to-file principle and the registrant shall complete the registration via the domain name registration service institutions. In the event of a domain name dispute, the disputed parties may lodge a complaint to the designated domain name dispute resolution institution to trigger the domain name dispute resolution procedure in accordance with the CNNIC Measures on Resolution of the Domain Name Disputes, file a suit to the People’s Court, or initiate an arbitration procedure.

 

As of the date of this annual report, the PRC operating entities are the registered holder of 14 domain names in the PRC.

 

Regulations Related to Foreign Exchange

 

The principal regulations governing foreign currency exchange in China are the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, promulgated by the State Council in 1996 and most recently amended in 2008. Under the PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. By contrast, approval from or registration with appropriate governmental authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of foreign currency-denominated loans.

 

76


 

In November 2012, SAFE promulgated the Circular of Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies on Foreign Direct Investment (“SAFE Circular 59”), which was most recently amended in 2015 to substantially amend and simplify the current foreign exchange procedures. Pursuant to SAFE Circular 59, the opening of various special purpose foreign exchange accounts, such as pre-establishment expenses accounts, foreign exchange capital accounts, and guarantee accounts, the reinvestment of RMB proceeds derived by foreign investors in China, and remittance of foreign exchange profits and dividends by a foreign-invested enterprise to its foreign shareholders no longer require the approval or verification of SAFE, and multiple capital accounts for the same entity may be opened in different provinces, which was not possible previously.

 

In February 2015, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving the Administration of the Foreign Exchange Concerning Direct Investment (“SAFE Circular 13”) and later partially abolished it on December 30, 2019, pursuant to which, instead of applying for approval from SAFE regarding foreign exchange registrations of foreign direct investment and overseas direct investment, entities and individuals may apply for such foreign exchange registrations from qualified banks. The qualified banks, under the supervision of SAFE, may directly review the applications and conduct the registration.

 

In March 2015, SAFE issued SAFE Circular 19, which was amended on December 30, 2019. Pursuant to SAFE Circular 19, a foreign-invested enterprise may, according to its actual business needs, settle with a bank the portion of the foreign exchange capital in its capital account for which the relevant foreign exchange administration has confirmed monetary capital contribution rights and interests (or for which the bank has registered the injection of the monetary capital contribution into the account). In addition, for the time being, foreign-invested enterprises are allowed to settle 100% of their foreign exchange capital on a discretionary basis. A foreign-invested enterprise shall truthfully use its capital for its own operational purposes within its scope of business. Where an ordinary foreign-invested enterprise makes domestic equity investment with the amount of foreign exchanges settled, the invested enterprise must first go through domestic re-investment registration and open a corresponding account for foreign exchange settlement pending payment with the foreign exchange administration or the bank at the place where it is registered.

 

In June 2016, SAFE promulgated SAFE Circular 16, pursuant to which, in addition to foreign currency capital, enterprises registered in China may also convert their foreign debts, as well as repatriated fund raised through overseas listing, from foreign currency to RMB on a discretional basis. SAFE Circular 16 also reiterates that the use of capital so converted shall follow “the principle of authenticity and self-use” within the business scope of the enterprise. According to SAFE Circular 16, the RMB funds so converted shall not be used for the purposes of, whether directly or indirectly, (i) paying expenditures beyond the business scope of the enterprises or prohibited by laws and regulations; (ii) making securities investment or other investments (except for banks’ principal-secured products); (iii) granting loans to non-affiliated enterprises, except as expressly permitted in the business license; and (iv) purchasing non-self-used real estate (except for the foreign-invested real estate enterprises).

 

In January 2017, SAFE promulgated SAFE Circular 3, which stipulates several capital control measures with respect to the outbound remittance of profit from domestic entities to offshore entities, including (i) under the principle of genuine transaction, banks shall check board resolutions regarding profit distribution, the original version of tax filing records, and audited financial statements; and (ii) domestic entities shall hold income to account for previous years’ losses before remitting the profits. Further, pursuant to SAFE Circular 3, domestic entities shall make detailed explanations of the sources of capital and utilization arrangements, and provide board resolutions, contracts and other proof when completing the registration procedures in connection with an outbound investment.

 

On October 23, 2019, SAFE issued the Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Promoting the Facilitation of Cross-border Trade and Investment (“SAFE Circular 28”), which allows non-investment foreign-invested enterprises to make domestic equity investment with their capital funds in accordance with the law under the premise that such investment does not violate the existing special administrative measures (negative list) for foreign investment and the project invested in China is authentic and compliant. Pursuant to SAFE Circular 28, upon receiving the payment of consideration from a foreign investor for the equity transfer under foreign direct investment, the domestic transferor, with relevant registration certificates, may process the formalities for account opening, fund receipt, and foreign exchange settlement and use directly at the bank. The foreign investor’s deposit remitted from overseas or transferred from domestic accounts may be directly used for its lawful domestic capital contribution as well as domestic and overseas payment after the transaction is concluded.

 

77


 

On April 10, 2020, SAFE issued the Circular on Optimizing Administration of Foreign Exchange to Support the Development of Foreign-related Business, pursuant to which eligible enterprises are allowed to use the income under their capital account, from sources such as capital funds, foreign debts, and proceeds from overseas listing, for domestic payment without having to provide supporting authentication materials to the banks for every transaction in advance, but the use of funds must be true and compliant as well as conform to the existing administration regulations regarding use of income under the capital account. The relevant bank shall conduct spot checking in accordance with the relevant requirements.

 

Regulations Related to Dividend Distribution

 

The principal regulations governing the distribution of dividends paid by WFOEs include the PRC Company Law. Under the PRC Company Law, WFOEs in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, as determined in accordance with the PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, a WFOE in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards each year to its general reserves until its cumulative total reserve funds reaches 50% of its registered capital. These reserve funds, however, may not be distributed as cash dividends.

 

Regulations Related to Foreign Exchange Registration of Offshore Investment by PRC Residents

 

In July 2014, SAFE issued SAFE Circular 37, which regulates foreign exchange matters in relation to the use of SPVs by PRC residents or entities to seek offshore investment and financing or conduct round trip investment in China. Under SAFE Circular 37, an SPV refers to an offshore entity established or controlled, directly or indirectly, by PRC residents or entities for the purpose of seeking offshore financing or making offshore investment, using legitimate domestic or offshore assets or interests, while “round trip investment” refers to the direct investment in China by PRC residents or entities through SPVs, namely, establishing foreign-invested enterprises (namely, Heliheng) to obtain the ownership, control rights, and management rights of Xiamen Pop Culture. Circular 37 requires that, before making contributions to an SPV, PRC residents or entities are required to complete foreign exchange registration with SAFE or its local branch.

 

The 2015 SAFE Circular 13 has amended SAFE Circular 37 by requiring PRC residents or entities to register with qualified banks instead of SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment of an SPV.

 

In addition, pursuant to SAFE Circular 37, an amendment to registration or subsequent filing with qualified banks by such PRC resident is also required if there is a material change with respect to the capital of the offshore company, such as any change of basic information (including change of such PRC residents, change of name, and operation term of the SPV), increases or decreases in investment amount, transfers or exchanges of shares, or mergers or divisions. Failure to comply with these registration requirements as set forth in SAFE Circular 37 and SAFE Circular 13, and misrepresentation on or failure to disclose controllers of foreign-invested enterprises that are established by round-trip investment may result in bans on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant onshore company, including the payment of dividends and other distributions to its offshore parent or affiliates, and may also subject relevant PRC residents to penalties under the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations of the PRC.

 

As of the date of this annual report, all of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders who are subject to the SAFE Circular 37 have completed the initial registrations with the qualified banks as required by SAFE Circular 37. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiaries, limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase its registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us.”

 

78


 

Regulations Related to Foreign Debt

 

As an offshore holding company, we may make additional capital contributions to Heliheng subject to approval from the local department of commerce and SAFE, with no limitation on the amount of capital contributions. We may also make loans to Heliheng subject to the approval from SAFE or its local office and the limitation on the amount of loans.

 

Heliheng is subject to the relevant PRC laws and regulation relating to foreign debts. On January 8, 2003, the NDRC, SAFE, and the MOF jointly promulgated the Circular on the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts, or the “Foreign Debts Provisions,” which became effective on March 1, 2003, and was partially abolished on May 10, 2015. Pursuant to the Foreign Debts Provisions, the total amount of foreign loans received by a foreign-invested enterprise shall not exceed the difference between the total investment in projects as approved by MOFCOM or its local counterpart and the amount of registered capital of such foreign-invested enterprise. In addition, on January 12, 2017, the PBOC issued the PBOC Circular 9, which sets out the statutory upper limit on the foreign debts for PRC non-financial entities, including both foreign-invested enterprises and domestic-invested enterprises. Pursuant to the PBOC Circular 9, the foreign debt upper limit for both foreign-invested enterprises and domestic-invested enterprises is calculated as twice the net assets of such enterprises, and the macro-prudential adjustment parameter is 1. As to net assets, the enterprises shall take the net assets value stated in their latest audited financial statements. On March 11, 2020, the PBOC and SAFE promulgated the Circular of the People’s Bank of China and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Adjusting the Macro-prudential Regulation Parameter for Full-covered Cross-border Financing, which provides that based on the current macro economy and international balance of payments, the macro-prudential regulation parameter as set forth in the PBOC Circular 9 is updated from 1 to 1.25. On January 7, 2021, the macro-prudential regulation parameter was lowered to 1 from 1.25.

 

The PBOC Circular 9 does not supersede the Foreign Debts Provisions, but rather serve as a supplement to it. It provides a one-year transitional period from January 11, 2017, for foreign-invested enterprises, during which foreign-invested enterprises, such as Heliheng, could adopt their calculation method of foreign debt upper limit based on either the Foreign Debts Provisions or the PBOC Circular 9. The transitional period ended on January 11, 2018. Upon its expiry, pursuant to the PBOC Circular 9, the PBOC and SAFE shall re-evaluate the calculation method for foreign-invested enterprises and determine what the applicable calculation method should be. As of the date of this annual report, neither the PBOC nor SAFE has promulgated and made public any further rules, regulations, notices, or circulars in this regard.

 

See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—PRC regulation of parent/subsidiary loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of offshore offerings to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries and to make loans to Xiamen Pop Culture, which could materially and adversely affect their liquidity and their ability to fund and expand their business.”

 

79


 

Regulations Related to Tax

 

Enterprise Income Tax

 

On March 16, 2007, the SCNPC promulgated the EIT Law, which was recently amended on December 29, 2018, and on December 6, 2007, the State Council enacted the Regulations for the Implementation of the Law on Enterprise Income Tax, which was amended on April 23, 2019. Under the EIT Law and relevant implementing regulations, both resident enterprises and non-resident enterprises are subject to tax in the PRC. Resident enterprises are defined as enterprises that are established in China in accordance with PRC laws, or that are established in accordance with the laws of foreign countries but are actually or in effect controlled from within the PRC. Non-resident enterprises are defined as enterprises that are organized under the laws of foreign countries and whose actual management is conducted outside the PRC, but have established institutions or premises in the PRC, or have no such established institutions or premises but have income generated from inside the PRC. Under the EIT Law and relevant implementing regulations, a uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25% is applied to these enterprises. If non-resident enterprises have not formed permanent establishments or premises in the PRC, or if they have formed permanent establishment or premises in the PRC but there is no actual relationship between the relevant income derived in the PRC and the established institutions or premises set up by them, however, enterprise income tax is set at the rate of 10% with respect to their income generated from inside the PRC. According to the Notice of the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation on Implementing the Inclusive Tax Deduction and Exemption Policies for Small and Micro-Sized Enterprises, or “MOF and SAT Notice 13,” from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2021, an enterprise qualifies as a small-scale and low-profit enterprise if it does not conduct business in a restricted or prohibited industry and it meets the following conditions: (1) having no more than RMB3,000,000 (approximately $439,800) in annual taxable income; (2) having no more than 300 employees; and (3) having no more than RMB50,000,000 (approximately $7,330,000) in total assets. MOF and SAT Notice 13 also provides an enterprise income tax rate of 5% on a small-scale and low-profit enterprise’s annual taxable income that is less than RMB1,000,000 (approximately $146,600) and an enterprise income tax rate of 10% on the enterprise’s annual taxable income more than RMB1,000,000 (approximately $146,600) but less than RMB3,000,000 (approximately $439,800). As of June 30, 2023, WFOE, Xiamen Pop Culture, and Guangzhou Shuzhi were subject to enterprise income tax at the rate of 25%, and the rest of our PRC subsidiaries and the PRC operating entities were subject to preferential tax rates because they were recognized as small-scale and low-profit enterprises. 

 

Value-Added Tax (“VAT”)

 

The Provisional Regulations of the PRC on Value-added Tax were promulgated by the State Council on December 13, 1993, and were most recently amended on November 19, 2017. The Detailed Rules for the Implementation of the Provisional Regulations of the PRC on Value-added Tax (Revised in 2011) were promulgated by MOF on December 25, 1993, and were recently amended on October 28, 2011 (together with the VAT Regulations, the “VAT Law”). On April 4, 2018, MOF and SAT jointly promulgated the Circular on Adjustment of Value-Added Tax Rates, or “MOF and SAT Circular 32.” On March 20, 2019, MOF, SAT, and General Administration of Customs, or “GAC,” jointly issued a Circular on Relevant Polices for Deepening Value-added Tax Reform, which became effective on April 1, 2019. According to the abovementioned laws and circulars, all enterprises and individuals engaged in the sale of goods, the provision of processing, repair and replacement services, sales of services, intangible assets, real property, and the importation of goods within the territory of the PRC are taxpayers of VAT. The VAT rates generally applicable are simplified as 13%, 9%, 6%, and 0%, and the VAT rate applicable to the small-scale taxpayers is 3%. As of June 30, 2023, Shenzhen Pop, Shenzhen Jam Box, Pop Sikai, Zhongpu Shuyuan, Pop Investment, Fujian Shuzhi, Hualiu Digital and Xiamen Qiqin were subject to the VAT rate of 3% because of their small-scale taxpayer status, and the rest of our PRC subsidiaries and the PRC operating entities were subject to VAT at the rate of 6% for services provided.

 

Withholding Tax

 

The EIT Law provides that, beginning from January 1, 2008, an income tax rate of 10% will normally be applicable to dividends declared to non-PRC resident investors which do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, or which have such establishment or place of business but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business, to the extent such dividends are derived from sources within the PRC.

 

80


 

Pursuant to the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable PRC laws, if a Hong Kong resident enterprise is determined by the competent PRC tax authority to have satisfied the relevant conditions and requirements under such Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable laws, the 10% withholding tax on the dividends the Hong Kong resident enterprise receives from a PRC resident enterprise may be reduced to 5%. Based on the SAT Circular 81 issued on February 20, 2009 by the SAT, however, if the relevant PRC tax authorities determine, in their discretion, that a company benefits from such reduced income tax rate due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, such PRC tax authorities may adjust the preferential tax treatment. According to the Circular on Several Questions Regarding the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties, which was issued on February 3, 2018 by the SAT and took effect on April 1, 2018, when determining the applicant’s status of the “beneficial owner” regarding tax treatments in connection with dividends, interests, or royalties in the tax treaties, several factors, including without limitation, whether the applicant is obligated to pay more than 50% of his or her income in 12 months to residents in third country or region, whether the business operated by the applicant constitutes the actual business activities, and whether the counterparty country or region to the tax treaties does not levy any tax or grant tax exemption on relevant incomes or levy tax at an extremely low rate, will be taken into account, and it will be analyzed according to the actual circumstances of the specific cases. This circular further provides that an applicant who intends to prove his or her status of the “beneficial owner” shall submit the relevant documents to the relevant tax bureau according to the Announcement on Issuing the Measures for the Administration of Non-Resident Taxpayers’ Enjoyment of the Treatment under Tax Agreements.

  

Tax on Indirect Transfer

 

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued SAT Circular 7. Pursuant to SAT Circular 7, an “indirect transfer” of assets, including equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise, by non-PRC resident enterprises, may be reclassified and treated as a direct transfer of PRC taxable assets, if such arrangement does not have a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of avoiding payment of PRC enterprise income tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax. When determining whether there is a “reasonable commercial purpose” of the transaction arrangement, features to be taken into consideration include, inter alia, whether the main value of the equity interest of the relevant offshore enterprise derives directly or indirectly from PRC taxable assets; whether the assets of the relevant offshore enterprise mainly consist of direct or indirect investment in China or if its income is mainly derived from China; and whether the offshore enterprise and its subsidiaries directly or indirectly holding PRC taxable assets have real commercial nature which is evidenced by their actual function and risk exposure. According to SAT Circular 7, where the transferee fails to withhold any or sufficient tax, the transferor shall declare and pay such tax to the tax authority by itself within the statutory time limit. Late payment of applicable tax will subject the transferor to default interest. SAT Circular 7 does not apply to transactions of sale of shares by investors through a public stock exchange where such shares were acquired on a public stock exchange. On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued SAT Circular 37, which further elaborates the relevant implemental rules regarding the calculation, reporting, and payment obligations of the withholding tax by the non-resident enterprises. Nonetheless, there remain uncertainties as to the interpretation and application of SAT Circular 7. SAT Circular 7 may be determined by the tax authorities to be applicable to our offshore transactions or sale of our shares or those of our offshore subsidiaries where non-resident enterprises, being the transferors, were involved. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—We face uncertainty with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.”

  

Regulations Related to Employment and Social Welfare

 

Employment

 

The Labor Law of the PRC, which was promulgated on July 5, 1994, effective since January 1, 1995, and most recently amended on December 29, 2018, the Labor Contract Law of the PRC, which was promulgated on June 29, 2007, and amended on December 28, 2012, and the Implementation Regulations of the Labor Contract Law of the PRC, which was promulgated on September 18, 2008, are the principal regulations that govern employment and labor matters in the PRC. Under the above regulations, labor contracts shall be concluded in writing if labor relationships are to be or have been established between employers and the employees. Employers are prohibited from forcing employees to work above certain time limit and employers shall pay employees for overtime work in accordance to national regulations. In addition, wages may not be lower than the local minimum wage. Employers must establish a system for labor safety and sanitation, strictly abide by state standards, and provide relevant education to its employees. Employees are also required to work in safe and sanitary conditions.

 

81


 

Social Insurance and Housing Fund

 

Under the Social Insurance Law of the PRC that was promulgated by the SCNPC on October 28, 2010 and came into force as of July 1, 2011, and most recently amended on December 29, 2018, together with other laws and regulations, employers are required to pay basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, basic medical insurance, employment injury insurance, maternity insurance, and other social insurance for its employees at specified percentages of the salaries of the employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local government regulations from time to time. On July 20, 2018, the General Office of the State Council issued the Plan for Reforming the State and Local Tax Collection and Administration Systems, which stipulated that the SAT will become solely responsible for collecting social insurance premiums. When an employer fails to fully pay social insurance premiums, relevant social insurance collection agency shall order it to make up for any shortfall within a prescribed time limit, and may impose a late payment fee at the rate of 0.05% per day of the outstanding amount from the due date. If such employer still fails to make up for the shortfalls within the prescribed time limit, the relevant administrative authorities shall impose a fine of one to three times the outstanding amount upon such employer. 

 

In accordance with the Regulations on the Management of Housing Fund which was promulgated by the State Council in 1999 and recently amended in 2019, employers must register at the designated administrative centers and open bank accounts for depositing employees’ housing funds. Employer and employee are also required to pay and deposit housing funds, with an amount no less than 5% of the monthly average salary of the employee in the preceding year in full and on time.

 

As of the date of this annual report, the PRC operating entities have not made adequate social insurance and housing fund contributions for all employees. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—The PRC operating entities have not made adequate social insurance and housing fund contributions for all employees as required by PRC regulations, which may subject them to penalties.”

  

Regulations Related to Mergers and Acquisitions and Overseas Listings

 

On August 8, 2006, six PRC governmental and regulatory agencies, including MOFCOM and the CSRC, promulgated the M&A Rules governing the mergers and acquisitions of domestic enterprises by foreign investors, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and was amended on June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules, among other things, require that offshore SPVs that are controlled by PRC companies or individuals and that have been formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic interest held by such PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange.

 

Our PRC counsel, AllBright, has advised us that, based on its understanding of current PRC laws, rules, and regulations, and the M&A Rules, the CSRC approval is not required for the listing and trading of our Class A Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market in the context of our initial public offering because: (i) Heliheng was established by means of direct investment rather than by a merger with or an acquisition of any PRC domestic companies as defined under the M&A Rules, and was not a PRC domestic company as defined under the M&A Rules, and (ii) no explicit provision in the M&A Rules classifies the respective the VIE Agreements as a type of acquisition transaction falling under the M&A Rules. Notwithstanding the above opinion, our PRC counsel, AllBright, has further advised us that uncertainties still exist as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted and implemented and its opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules, and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. If the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies subsequently determine that prior CSRC approval was required, we may face regulatory actions or other sanctions from the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—The approval of the CSRC may be required in connection with our offerings under a regulation adopted in August 2006, and, if required, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such approval, in which case we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies for failure to seek the CSRC approval for our offerings.”

 

82


 

On February 17, 2023, the CSRC promulgated the Trial Measures and five supporting guidelines, which came into effect on March 31, 2023. Pursuant to the Trial Measures, domestic companies that seek to offer or list securities overseas, both directly and indirectly, shall complete filing procedures with the CSRC pursuant to the requirements of the Trial Measures within three working days following its submission of initial public offerings or listing application. If a domestic company fails to complete required filing procedures or conceals any material fact or falsifies any major content in its filing documents, such domestic company may be subject to administrative penalties, such as an order to rectify, warnings, fines, and its controlling shareholders, actual controllers, the person directly in charge and other directly liable persons may also be subject to administrative penalties, such as warnings and fines.

 

The Trial Measures establish a list outlining the circumstances where a PRC enterprise is prohibited from offering and listing securities overseas, and the CSRC has the authority to block offshore listings that: (i) are explicitly prohibited by laws; (ii) may endanger national security as determined by relevant competent departments under the State Council; (iii) involve criminal offenses that disrupting PRC economy such as corruption, bribery, embezzlement, or misappropriation of property by the issuer, the controlling shareholder, and/or actual controller in the recent three years; (iv) involve the issuer under investigations for suspicion of criminal offenses or major violations of laws and regulations; or (v) involve material ownership disputes over the shares held by the controlling shareholder or by other shareholders that are controlled by the controlling shareholder and/or actual controller. An issuer seeking direct or indirect overseas listing is also required to undergo national security review or obtain clearance from relevant authorities if necessary before making any application with overseas regulator or listing venue. Where an overseas securities regulator investigates and collects evidence relating to the overseas offering and listing of a PRC enterprise and related activities, and requests the CSRC for cooperation in accordance with the cross-border supervision and management cooperation mechanism, the CSRC may provide necessary assistance according to law and based on the principle of reciprocity. Our application for listing in Nasdaq does not fall under the circumstance that such overseas listing is prohibited by the Trial Measures, nor do we need to go through the review such as security review or clearance approval from relevant authorities.

 

According to the CSRC Notice, the domestic companies that have already been listed overseas before the effective date of the Trial Measures (namely, March 31, 2023) shall be deemed as Existing Issuers. Existing Issuers are not required to complete the filing procedures immediately, and they shall be required to file with the CSRC for any subsequent offerings.

 

Based on the foregoing, as our registration statement on Form F-1 was declared effective on June 29, 2021 and we completed our initial public offering and listing on July 2, 2021, we are currently not required to complete the filing procedures pursuant to the Trial Measures. However, in the event that we undertake new offerings or fundraising activities in the future, we may be required to complete the filing procedures.

 

On February 24, 2023, the CSRC, together with the MOF, National Administration of State Secrets Protection, and National Archives Administration of China, revised the Provisions issued by the CSRC and National Administration of State Secrets Protection and National Archives Administration of China in 2009. The revised Provisions were issued under the title the “Provisions on Strengthening Confidentiality and Archives Administration of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies,” and came into effect on March 31, 2023 together with the Trial Measures. One of the major revisions to the revised Provisions is expanding their application to cover indirect overseas offering and listing, as is consistent with the Trial Measures. The revised Provisions require that, among other things, (a) a domestic company that plans to, either directly or indirectly through its overseas listed entity, publicly disclose or provide to relevant individuals or entities, including securities companies, securities service providers, and overseas regulators, any documents and materials that contain state secrets or working secrets of government agencies, shall first obtain approval from competent authorities according to law, and file with the secrecy administrative department at the same level; and (b) a domestic company that plans to, either directly or indirectly through its overseas listed entity, publicly disclose or provide to relevant individuals and entities, including securities companies, securities service providers, and overseas regulators, any other documents and materials that, if leaked, will be detrimental to national security or public interest, shall strictly fulfill relevant procedures stipulated by applicable national regulations. Any failure or perceived failure by our Company, our subsidiaries, or the VIE and its subsidiaries to comply with the above confidentiality and archives administration requirements under the revised Provisions and other PRC laws and regulations may result in the relevant entities being held legally liable by competent authorities, and referred to the judicial organ to be investigated for criminal liability if suspected of committing a crime.

 

The Opinions, the Trial Measures, the revised Provisions, and any related implementing rules to be enacted may subject us to additional compliance requirements in the future.

 

See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—The Chinese government may exert more oversight and control over overseas public offerings conducted by China-based issuers, which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our securities to investors and could cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or become worthless.”

  

C. Organizational Structure

 

See “—A. History and Development of the Company.”

   

83


 

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

 

See “—B. Business Overview—Facilities.”

  

Item 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and their related notes included in this annual report. This report contains forward-looking statements. In evaluating our business, you should carefully consider the information provided under the caption “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors” in this annual report. We caution you that our businesses and financial performance are subject to substantial risks and uncertainties. 

 

A. Operating Results

 

Results of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,  
    2023     2022     2021  
REVENUE, NET   $ 18,543,243     $ 32,281,543     $ 25,526,557  
Cost of revenue     22,206,058       26,036,011       18,302,494  
GROSS PROFIT     (3,662,815 )     6,245,532       7,224,063  
                         
Selling and marketing     4,646,875       380,723       133,387  
General and administrative     6,308,898       4,448,342       1,258,750  
Impairment     1,109,194       -       -  
Research and development Expenses     8,694,836       -       -  
Total operating expenses     20,759,803       4,829,065       1,392,137  
                         
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS     (24,422,618 )     1,416,467       5,831,926  
                         
Other (expenses) income:                        
Interest expenses, net     (216,558 )     (235,327 )     (243,458 )
Other (expenses) income, net     56,044       377,979       95,946  
Total other expenses, net     (160,514 )     142,652 )     (147,512 )
                         
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION     (24,583,132 )     1,559,119       5,684,414  
                         
Provision for income taxes     674,564       871,231       1,416,872  
                         
NET INCOME     (25,257,696 )     687,888       4,267,542  

 

84


 

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022

 

Revenue

 

Our revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 was derived from the following sources:

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,     Change  
    2023     %     2022     %     Amount     %  
Event Hosting   $ 4,348,303       23.5 %   $ 14,711,787       45.6 %   $ (10,363,484 )     (70.4 )%
Brand Promotion     9,650,274       52.0 %     8,733,764       27.1 %     916,509       10.5 %
Event Planning and Execution     4,132,477       22.3 %     8,420,328       26.1 %     (4,287,851 )     (50.9 )%
Other Services     412,189       2.2 %     415,664       1.2 %     (3,475 )     (0.8 )%
Total revenue   $ 18,543,243       100.0 %   $ 32,281,543       100.0 %   $ (13,738,300 )     (42.6 )%

 

Total revenue decreased by $13.74 million, or 43%, from $32.28 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 to $18.54 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023.

 

Revenue of event hosting decreased by $10.36 million, or 70%, comparing with last year as 2022 Popcity Music Festival, 2022 Mini Master, 2022 Super Hip-Hop Dream and 2022 China Battle Championships failed to generate enough sponsorship income due to impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Revenue of event planning and execution decreased by $4.29 million, or 51%, comparing with last year mainly also due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Revenue of brand promotion increased by $0.92 million, or 10%, comparing with last year.

 

The average service prices by category of event hosting and event planning and execution for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2023
        Average price  
Type   Number of
events
    Sponsorship
fee
    Planning and
execution
service fees
 
Event Hosting   Dance competition     29     $ 135,076       -  
    Music festival and promotional party     1     $ 250,000       -  
    Online hip-hop program     -     $ -       -  
                             
    Event Planning and Execution     93               4,132,480  

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2022
        Average price  
Type   Number of
events
    Sponsorship
fee
    Planning and
execution
service fees
 
Event Hosting   Dance competition     28     $ 328,555       -  
    Music festival and promotional party     30     $ 858,211       -  
    Online hip-hop program     2     $ 518,799             -  

 

85


 

Cost of revenue

 

Our cost of revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 was derived from the following sources:

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,     Change  
    2023     %     2022     %     Amount     %  
Event Hosting   $ 9,235,071       41.6 %   $ 11,083,284       42.6 %   $ (1,848,213 )     (16.7 )%
Brand Promotion     9,423,096       42.4 %     7,091,705       27.2 %     2,331,391       32.9 %
Event Planning and Execution     3,423,606       15.4 %     7,539,494       29.0 %     (4,115,888 )     (54.6 )%
Other Services     124,285       0.6 %     321,528       1.2 %     (197,243 )     (61.3 )%
Total Cost of Revenue   $ 22,206,058       100.0 %   $ 26,036,011       100.0 %   $ (3,829,953 )     (14.7 )%

 

Cost of revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 decreased by 15% from $26,036,011 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 to $22,206,058 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. 

 

Cost of revenue for event hosting decreased by 17% from $11.08 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 to $9.24 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. It is mainly attributable to the decrease in the event hosting revenue and the number of our own promotion events, such as Popcity Music Festival, Mini Master, Super Hip-Hop Dream, and China Battle Championships.

 

Cost of revenue for brand promotion increased by 33% from $7.09 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 to $9.42 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. The increase was because a large proportion of the brand promotion business was online nature with higher implementation costs and lower margin. In addition, the volume of our brand promotion services increased by 10.5%, which led to even higher costs.

 

Cost of revenue for event planning and execution decreased by 55% from $7.54 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 to $3.42 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. It was in line with the revenue decrease in event planning and execution.

 

Gross profit and gross margin

 

Our gross profit and gross margins for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 are shown in the following table:

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,        
    2023     2022     Change  
    Amount     %     GP%     Amount     %     GP %     Amount     %  
Event Hosting   $ (4,886,768 )     133.4 %     (112.4 )%   $ 3,628,503       58.1 %     24.7 %   $ (8,515,271 )     (234.7 )%
Brand Promotion     227,178       (6.2 )%     2.4 %     1,642,059       26.3 %     18.8 %     (1,414,881 )     (86.2 )%
Event Planning and Execution     708,871       (19.4 )%     17.2 %     880,834       14.1 %     10.5 %     (171,963 )     (19.5 )%
Other services     287,905       (7.8 )%     69.8 %     94,136       1.5 %     22.6 %     193,768       205.8 %
Total gross profit   $ (3,662,815 )     100.0 %     (19.8 )%   $ 6,245,532       100.0 %     19.3 %   $ (9,908,347 )     (158.6 )%

 

There was a gross loss of $3.66 million in the current fiscal year compared with income of $6.25 million in last year, a decline of $9.91 million.

 

The decline of event hosting margin was mainly because the PRC operating entities incurred high cost on advertising and promotion activities (which increased by 55% over last fiscal year), but the revenue generated was not ideal (which decreased by 70% over last fiscal year).

 

The decline of brand promotion margin was because in fiscal 2023, larger proportion of the revenue was from integrated online marketing and promotion with lower margin, while in fiscal 2022, most of them was from offline activities with higher margin.

 

The increase in event planning and execution margin was mainly due to most of the activities being conducted by the in-house employees of the PRC operating entities. The margin of this part of business was over 63.8%.

 

The increase in other services margin was mainly because in fiscal 2023, the amount of revenue from software service and digital collection under this category increased, while the corresponding cost, amortization of software development over the fixed term did not increase.

 

86


 

Operating expenses

 

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our operating expenses for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022: 

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,     Change  
    2023     %     2022     %     Amount     %  
Selling and marketing expenses   $ 4,646,876       22.4 %   $ 380,723       7.9 %   $ 4,266,152       1120.5 %
General and administrative expenses     6,308,898       30.4 %     4,448,342       92.1 %     1,860,556       41.8 %
Impairment loss     1,109,194       5.3 %     -       - %     1,109,194       100.0 %
Research and development expenses     8,694,836       41.9 %     -       - %     8,694,836       100.0 %
Total expenses   $ 20,759,424       100.0 %   $ 4,829,065       100.0 %   $ 15,930,738       329.9 %

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

Selling and marketing expenses increased by 1,121% from $380,723 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 to $4,646,876 in fiscal year 2023. Increased spending was mainly on multi-channel network (“MCN”) promotion costs, which are expenses to promote the PRC operating entities’ future business plan related to MCN. The PRC operating entities enter into cooperation agreements with influencers in the hip-top fields (including street dance, dance, skating, and street basketball) and assist them in creating and posting their videos on popular social media platforms in China, such as Douyin. The PRC operating entities expect to generate marketing and promoting revenue in the future through promoting these influencers and share earnings with them.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

General and administrative expenses increased by 42% from $4,448,342 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 to $6,308,898 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. This was attributable to the bad debt provision of $1.4 million and renovation expenses of $0.6 million for the terminated space.  

 

Impairment loss was $1.1 million, which was attributable to the 100% allowance provision for Move IT as the project was not commenced in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 due to the low customer volume.

 

Research and development expenses increased by 100% from $0 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 to $8,694,836 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, mainly due to the intellectual property and copyright expenses for Wuxia.

 

Wuxia stands for a new intellectual property element Wuxia (dance/wuxia) created by the PRC operating entities, integrating hip-hop activities, dance (Wu) competition operated by PRC operating entities, and China’s specific culture of martial arts (Wu) and chivalrous (Wu) person. The PRC operating entities plan to create Wuxia Metaverse platform-related digital collection products and NFT products, from this concept.

 

Income tax expenses

 

Income tax expenses amounted to $674,564 and $871,231 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

The difference in the income tax expenses for fiscal year 2023 compared to the income tax expenses for fiscal year 2022 resulted primarily from accrued regular income tax in fiscal year 2023 and a preferential tax rate that the PRC subsidiaries were entitled to.

 

Net income

 

As a result of the foregoing, our net loss for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 was $25.26 million comparing with net income of $0.69 million last year.

 

Non-Current Assets

 

We recorded non-current assets of $6,941,757 as of June 30, 2023. The table below sets forth our non-current assets as of the dates indicated

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
Non-current assets:            
Property and equipment, net   $ 844,614     $ 71,763  
Intangible assets, net     119,518       2,204,411  
Operating right-of-use assets     84,892       461,399  
Prepaid Taxes     621,990       332,022  
Deferred tax assets     -       457,649  
Other non-current assets     5,120,599       10,009,200  
Total non-current assets     6,791,614       13,536,444  

 

87


 

Our non-current assets decreased from $13.54 million as of June 30, 2022 to $6.79 million as of June 30, 2023 mainly because of the following reasons:

 

  (i) Other non-current assets decreased from $10.01 million as of June 30, 2022 to $5.12 million as of June 30, 2023 because the following two entrusting development projects were completed in fiscal year 2023: (a) the overall planning and design of a metaverse platform, including the layout, framework design, space architecture and role creation, NFT trading system, social interaction system, other subsystems, and technical training with New Continental Technology Inc. in the amount of $4.6 million, and (b) planning, designing, and developing no less than 30 NFT products with corresponding images and no less than five metaverse battle scenes with the theme of martial arts/kungfu culture and dancer/hip-hop culture with China America Culture Media Inc. in the amount of $4 million. Due to the uncertainties of revenue generation from the two projects, the management of the Company decided to expense the two items in the research and development account.

 

(ii) Intangible assets, net, decreased from $2.20 million as of June 30, 2022 to $0.12 million as of June 30, 2023, primarily due to 100% allowance provision in amount of $1.1 million for Move IT as the project was not commenced in fiscal year 2023 due to the low customer volume.

 

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2022 and 2021

  

Revenue

  

Our revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 was derived from the following sources:

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,     Change  
    2022     %     2021     %     Amount     %  
Event Hosting   $ 14,711,787       45.6 %   $ 14,978,643       58.7 %   $ (266,856 )     (1.8 )%
Brand Promotion     8,733,764       27.1 %     750,315       2.9 %     7,983,449       1,064.0 %
Event Planning and Execution     8,420,328       26.1 %     9,196,773       36.0 %     (776,445 )     (8.4 )%
Other Services     415,664       1.2 %     600,826       2.4 %     (185,162 )     (30.8 )%
Total revenue   $ 32,281,543       100.0 %   $ 25,526,557       100.0 %   $ 6,754,986       26.5 %

 

Our total revenue for fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 reached $32,281,543, an increase of 26% year-over-year compared with $25,526,557 in fiscal year 2021.

 

For event hosting, we experienced a year-over-the-year decrease by 2% from $14,978,643 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 to $14,711,787 in fiscal year 2022, primarily because the PRC operating entities postponed most of their Move It campaigns until July 2022 due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, the PRC operating entities hosted 28 dance competition events, 30 music festivals and promotional parties, and two online hip-hop programs, with an average event sponsorship fee of $328,555, $858,211, and $518,799, respectively. The PRC operating entities attracted an aggregate of 203,233 hip-hop event participants and more than 210 million online hip-hop program views during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, the PRC operating entities hosted 35 dance competition events, 29 music festivals and promotional parties, and four online hip-hop programs, with an average event sponsorship fee of $213,670, $125,884, and $962,391, respectively. The PRC operating entities attracted an aggregate of 159,200 hip-hop event participants and more than 314 million online hip-hop program views during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.

 

88


 

Event planning and execution revenue decreased by 8% from $9,196,773 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 to $8,420,328 in fiscal year 2022, primarily attributable to a decrease in the number and size of the events the PRC operating entities undertook. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, the PRC operating entities executed 58 events with an average planning and execution service fee of $145,178 per event, compared with 60 events executed with an average planning and execution service fee of $153,280 per event during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. 

 

Brand promotion revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 was $8,733,764, an increase of 1,064% from $750,315 for fiscal year 2021. This was generated from clients increasing investment in online platforms like TikTok, Kuaishou, and Xigua.

 

Other services revenue mainly comes from the following three areas: digital collection sales to individual collectors, music recording services to a corporate client, and SaaS software services to hip-hop dance training institutions. There was no such revenue in fiscal year 2021.

  

In fiscal year of 2022, other service revenue included music recording service income, digital collection sales income, and SaaS software service income. Other service revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 was $415,664, a decrease of 31% from fiscal year 2021. Compared with 2021, the PRC operating entities generated revenue from certain newly developed businesses, including $350,886 from music recording services, $55,536 from digital collection sales, and $9,242 from SaaS software services in fiscal year 2022.

 

The average service prices by category of event hosting and event planning and execution for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 were as follows:

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2022
        Average price  
Type   Number of
events
    Sponsorship
fee
    Planning and
execution
service fees
 
Event Hosting   Dance competition     28     $ 328,555             -  
    Music festival and promotional party     30     $ 858,211       -  
    Online hip-hop program     2     $ 518,799       -  
                             
    Event Planning and Execution     58       145,178       -  

  

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021
    Average price  
Type   Number of
events
    Sponsorship
fee
    Planning and
execution
service fees
 
Event Hosting   Dance competition     35     $ 213,670       -  
    Music festival and promotional party     29     $ 125,884       -  
    Online hip-hop program     4     $ 962,391       -  
                             
    Event Planning and Execution     60       -     $ 153,280  

 

Cost of revenue

 

Our cost of revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 was derived from the following sources:

 

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,     Change  
    2022     %     2021     %     Amount     %  
Event Hosting   $ 11,083,284       42.6 %   $ 10,345,925       56.5 %   $ 737,359       7.1 %
Brand Promotion     7,091,705       27.2 %     366,433       2.0 %     6,725,272       1835.3 %
Event Planning and Execution     7,539,494       29.0 %     7,553,522       41.3 %     (14,028 )     (0.2 )%
Other Services     321,528       1.2 %     36,614       0.2 %     284,914       778.2 %
Total Cost of Revenue   $ 26,036,011       100.0 %   $ 18,302,494       100.0 %   $ 7,733,517       42.3 %

  

89


 

Cost of revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 increased by 42% from $18,302,494 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 to $26,036,011 in fiscal year 2022. 

 

Cost of brand promotion increased by 1,835% from $366,433 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 to $ 7,091,705 in fiscal year 2022 which was in line with the increase in revenue. 

 

Cost of event hosting increased by 7% from $10,345,925 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 to $11,083,284 in fiscal year 2022, primarily due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Cost of event hosting mainly included staff costs, venue rental fees, stage construction costs, actor performance compensations, online program production costs, and other miscellaneous expenses. 

        

Cost of event planning and execution decreased by 0.2% from $7,553,522 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 to $7,539,494 in fiscal year 2022, proportionately with the decrease of revenue due to the less events executed. Cost of event planning and execution mainly included third-party event service provider fees, supply materials expenses, venue rental fees, and actor performance expenses.

 

Gross profit and gross margin

 

Our gross profit and gross margins for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 are shown in the following table:

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,              
    2022     2021     Change  
    Amount     %     GP%     Amount     %     GP %     Amount     %  
Event Hosting   $ 3,628,503       58.1 %     24.7 %   $ 4,632,718       64.2. %     30.9 %   $ (1,004,215 )     (21.7 )%
Brand Promotion     1,642,059       26.3 %     18.8 %     383,882       5.3 %     51.2 %     1,258,177       327.8 %
Event Planning and Execution     880,834       14.1 %     10.5 %     1,643,251       22.7 %     17.9 %     (762,417 )     (46.4 )%
Other services     94,136       1.5 %     22.6 %     564,212       7.8 %     93.9  %     (470,076 )     (83.3 )%
Total gross profit   $ 6,245,532       100.0 %     19.3 %   $ 7,224,063       100.0 %     28.3  %   $ (978,531 )     (13.5 )%

 

Gross profit decreased by 14% from $7,224,063 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 to $6,245,532 in fiscal year 2022. Gross margin decreased by 900 basis points from 28% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 to 19% in fiscal year 2022.

 

Gross margin of brand promotion and event hosting decreased from 51% and 31% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 to 19% and 25% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, respectively, proportionally due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

Gross margin of event planning and execution decreased from 18% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 to 14% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, primarily due to drop in the number of events and reduced average unit price per event.

 

90


 

Operating expenses 

 

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our operating expenses for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021: 

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,     Change  
    2022     %     2021     %     Amount     %  
Selling and marketing expenses   $ 380,723       7.9 %   $ 133,387       9.6 %   $ 247,336       185.4 %
General and administrative expenses     4,448,342       92.1 %     1,258,750       90.4 %     3,189,592       253.4 %
Total expenses   $ 4,829,065       100.0 %   $ 1,392,137       100.0 %   $ 3,436,928       246.9 %

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

Selling and marketing expenses increased by 185% from $133,387 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 to $380,723 in fiscal year 2022. Increased spending was mainly on sales and marketing staff recruitment and compensation due to the necessity of business development.  

 

General and administrative expenses

 

General and administrative expenses increased by 253% from $1,258,750 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 to $4,448,342 in fiscal year 2022. This was mainly driven by two factors: management bonus for calendar year 2021 was issued in the first quarter of fiscal year 2022; a majority of legal fee occurred in fiscal year 2021 was IPO-related, thus offset as equity-settled capital reserve, while legal fees in fiscal year 2022 were recorded as administrative expenses.  

 

Income tax expenses

 

Income tax expenses amounted to $871,231 and $1,416,872 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

The difference in income tax expense for fiscal year 2022 compared to the income tax expenses for fiscal year 2021 resulted primarily from accrued regular income tax in fiscal year 2020 and a preferential tax rate that Company’s subsidiaries were entitled.

 

Net income

 

As a result of the foregoing, our net income for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, was $687,888 and $4,267,542, respectively.

 

Non-Current Assets

 

We recorded non-current assets of $13,536,444 as of June 30, 2022. The table below sets forth our non-current assets as of the dates indicated

 

    As of June 30,  
    2022     2021  
Non-current assets:            
Property and equipment, net   $ 71,763     $ 48,393  
Intangible assets, net     2,204,411       1,635,321  
Operating right-of-use assets     461,399       194,747  
Prepaid Taxes     332,022       -  
Deferred tax assets     457,649       140,757  
Other non-current assets     10,009,200       -  
Total non-current assets     13,536,444       2,019,218  

 

91


 

Our non-current assets increased from $2,019,218 as of June 30, 2021 to $13,536,444 as of June 30, 2022 mainly because of the following reasons:

 

  (i) Other non-current assets increased from $nil as of June 30, 2021 to $10,009,200 as of June 30, 2022, mainly attributable to the two entrusting development projects in the amount of $8,600,000: (a) the overall planning and design of a metaverse platform, including the layout, framework design, space architecture and role creation, NFT trading system, social interaction system, other subsystems, and technical training with New Continental Technology Inc. in the amount of $4,600,000 from February 10, 2022 to December 31, 2022; and (b) planning, designing, and developing no less than 30 NFT products with corresponding images and no less than five metaverse battle scenes with the theme of martial arts/kungfu culture and dancer/hip-hop culture with China America Culture Media Inc. in the amount of $4,000,000 from April 10, 2022 to April 9, 2023.

 

  (ii) Intangible assets, net, increased from $1,635,321 as of June 30, 2021 to $2,204,411 as of June 30, 2022, primarily due to a copyright license acquisition of “The Jungle of Dancers” from World Trade Technology LLC (the “Right Holder”). According to an agreement dated March 5, 2022, the Right Holder permits the PRC operating entities to develop and issue certain works as metaverse-related derivatives with the themes of “Wuxia” and “Dancer” and distribute them through offline activities and online information promotion for 10 years, starting from March 5, 2022, with total contract value of $1,300,000, in which $580,000 was accounted in non-current assets.

 

  (iii) Prepaid taxes increased from $nil as of June 30, 2021 to $332,022 as of June 30, 2022, due to pending deduct VAT on purchase.

 

  (iv) Deferred tax assets increased from $140,757 as of June 30, 2021 to $457,649 as of June 30, 2022.

 

  (v) Operating right-of-use assets increased from $194,747 as of June 30, 2021 to $461,399 as of June 30, 2022, mainly attributable to the office of Guangzhou Shuzhi with a lease term from January 1, 2022 to July 31, 2023.

 

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

 

The PRC operating entities’ operating results are subject to general conditions typically affecting the hip-hop industry, including changes in governmental policies and laws, uneven economic development, competition from other companies in the same industry, and increases in operating costs and expenses due to inflation and other factors such as an unusual large-scale epidemic which prevents the PRC operating entities from hosting live events and concerts and providing related services. Unfavorable changes in any of these general conditions could negatively affect the PRC operating entities’ events undertaking and otherwise adversely affect their results of operations. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—Changes in China’s economic, political, or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on the PRC operating entities’ business and operations,” “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—The markets in which we operate are highly competitive,” and “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—The PRC operating entities depend on the success of live entertainment events, which are inherently susceptible to risks, and their exposure to such risks is potentially heightened as a result of the nature of entertainment events and the fan experiences they seek to create.”

 

92


 

While the PRC operating entities’ business is influenced by general factors affecting their industry, their operating results are more directly affected by company-specific factors, including the following key factors:

 

  their ability to retain the existing clients and increase new clients;
     
  their ability to maintain and enhance the recognition of their brands; and
     
  their ability to protect and develop their intellectual property.

 

See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If the PRC operating entities are unable to retain the existing clients for their Event Planning and Execution and Brand Promotion businesses, our results of operations will be materially and adversely affected,” “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—In their Event Hosting business, the PRC operating entities primarily generate revenue from sponsorship. If they fail to attract more sponsors to their concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs, or if sponsors are less willing to sponsor them, their revenue may be adversely affected,” “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—The PRC operating entities’ business depends on the continued success of their brands, and if they fail to maintain and enhance the recognition of their brands, they may face difficulty increasing their network of partners and clients, and their reputation and operating results may be harmed,” and “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—The PRC operating entities could be adversely affected by a failure to protect their intellectual property or the intellectual property of their partners.”

 

COVID-19 Affecting Our Results of Operations  

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has, since its initial outbreak, affected our business and results of operations in different ways. From late 2022 to early 2023, the Chinese government gradually released controls on the COVID-19 pandemic, and the PRC operating entities returned to normal operation step-by-step. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic which lasted for approximately three years, most clients of the PRC operating entities do not have enough reserve fund. As a result, their purchasing power, the capability and willingness to invest in advertising and marketing have decreased. There were changes in the ways selected by existing clients and newly acquired clients to release advertisement, including choosing advertising and marketing in the mode of offline activities, or in the mode of online releasing. Therefore, the PRC operating entities’ progress in developing markets was still affected heavily by the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

As of June 30, 2023, our cash and cash equivalents were $2,396,032. Our principal sources of liquidity have been cash generated from our operating activities. We believe this level of liquidity, coupled with our existing cash balance and strong monetization capabilities, is sufficient to allow us to successfully weather adverse changes and economic downturns during an extended period of uncertainty caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

93


 

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Cash Flows for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021

 

As of June 30, 2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2,751,309, a total working capital of $19,426,168, and we had several short-term bank borrowings amounting to $5,130,115. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, we had a negative cash flow of $5,962,481 in operating activities, compared with the negative cash flow of $19,365,046 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022.

 

The cash outflow of $5,962,481 in operating activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 was primarily due to the net loss of $25,257,696, a decrease in other non-current assets of $8,024,450, a decrease in accounts receivable, net of $2,034,125, and an increase in accounts payable of $1,881,259. Accounts receivable are a significant component of our working capital. The PRC operating entities usually extend to their customers credit terms of around 180 days after they successfully provide services, which is indicated by the customers’ acknowledgement of completion of the events, activities, or brand solutions by providing the PRC operating entities with completion confirmation forms, resulting in accounts receivable.

 

However, the turnover days for accounts receivable were negatively impact by the COVID-19 pandemic. The operation conditions of most of the PRC operating entities’ clients were adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic and some of their clients were unable to pay on schedule. In order to help certain major clients, who had good credit and long-term relationships with the PRC operating entities, overcome difficulties caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, the PRC operating entities agreed to extend their payment deadlines and negotiated with them to reach different extension periods. The turnover days for accounts receivable for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 were 445 days and 293 days, respectively, which was calculated as the average of the beginning and ending balance of the accounts receivable for the fiscal year ended June 30 divided by our revenue during that period, multiplied by 360 days. The timeline of the PRC operating entities’ collection can be influenced by economic environment, market liquidity, customers’ financial conditions, and their collection effort.

 

The PRC operating entities have accrued additional allowances on those accounts receivable that we believe are unlikely to be collected. As of October 26, 2023, we had managed to collect a total of $1,280,698.81, or 5.34%, out of the accounts receivable balance of $24,000,374 as of June 30, 2023. For the remaining accounts receivable that were aged over the PRC operating entities’ normal credit terms, the PRC operating entities evaluated the credit conditions of the related customers and they are continuing their efforts to collect the accounts receivable. We believe the PRC operating entities should be able to collect those accounts receivable as scheduled. The PRC operating entities will closely monitor the collection progress and assess periodically if any additional allowance on their outstanding accounts receivable is necessary.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, our principal source of cash came from the PRC operating entities’ operational income and bank loans. Most of our cash resources were used to pay for the services received from third parties, rental expenses, and payroll. On July 2, 2021, we obtained the proceeds from initial public offering, amounting to $34,839,398, representing payment in full to our Company of the purchase price for 6,200,000 shares in the aggregate amount of $37,200,000 less underwriting discounts and expenses. As of October 31, 2021, we had $33,457,012 cash in bank. Accordingly, we believe we have sufficient cash to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months from the date of this annual report.

  

The following table provides the information about our working capital as of June 30, 2023 and 2022:

 

    As of     Change  
    June 30,     June 30,              
    2023     2022     Amount     %  
Current assets   $ 32,253,714     $ 50,831,524     $ (1,8577,810 )     (36.5 )%
Current liabilities     12,827,546       10,091,351       2,736,195       27.1 %
Working capital   $ 19,426,168     $ 40,740,173     $ (21,314,005 )     (52.3 )%

 

As of June 30, 2023, we had working capital of $19,426,168, a decrease of $21,314,005, or 52%, from $40,740,173 as of June 30, 2022.

 

As of June 30, 2023, our total current assets amounted to $32,253,714, which primarily included $2,751,309 in cash, $19,642,337 in accounts receivable, $8,864,972 in advances to suppliers, $13,280 in due from related parties, and $95,992 in other current assets. Our total current liabilities were $12,827,546 as of June 30, 2023, which primarily included $5,130,115 in short-term bank loans, $4,327,182 in tax payable, $2,697,089 in accounts payable, $215,042 in accrued liabilities and other payables, $65,115 in operating lease liability-current, and $393,003 in deferred revenue.

 

As of June 30, 2022, our total current assets amounted to $50,831,524, which primarily included $14,396,032 in cash, $26,278,634 in accounts receivable, $9,351,431 in advances to suppliers, and $805,427 in other current assets. Our total current liabilities were $10,091,351 as of June 30, 2022, which primarily included $3,433,810 in short-term bank loans, $4,697,267 in tax payable, $966,822 in accounts payable, $358,311 in current portion of long-term loans, $149,296 in due to a related party, $229,209 in accrued liabilities and other payables, $208,926 in operating lease liability-current, and $47,710 in deferred revenue.

 

94


 

Cash and cash equivalent

 

As of June 30, 2023, we had cash of $2,751,309, a decrease of $11,644,723 from $14,396,032 as of June 30, 2022, mainly from financing activities.

 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021:  

  

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30  
    2023     2022     2021  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ (5,962,481 )   $ (11,376,196 )   $ (4,037,332 )
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (6,166,096 )     (8,791,583 )     -  
Net cash provided by financing activities     683,277       33,058,932       3,950,823  
Effect of exchange rate fluctuation on cash     (199,423 )     184,902       47,349  
Net increase (decrease) in cash   $ (11,644,723 )   $ 13,076,055     $ (39,160 )

 

Cash flow used in operating activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $5,962,481 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, compared with net cash used in operating activities was $11,376,196 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, and net cash used in operating activities of $4,037,332 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, net cash used in operating activities was $5,962,481, mainly derived from the net loss of $25,257,696, a decrease in other non-current assets of $8,024,450, a decrease in accounts receivable, net of $2,034,125, and an increase in accounts payable of $1,881,259.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, net cash used in operating activities was $11,376,196, mainly derived from an increase in other non-current assets of $2,061,939, an increase in advance to suppliers of $7,542,591, an increase in taxes payable of $295,333, and a decrease in deferred revenue of $1,599,990.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, net cash used in operating activities was $4,037,332, mainly derived from an increase in accounts receivable of $9,259,862 in line with the increase of revenue and the negative influence of the COVID-19 pandemic, offset by a net income of $4,267,542, an increase of taxes payable of $1,592,715 due to delayed payment in income tax payable, and a decrease in advances to suppliers in the amount of $1,440,794 because the PRC operating entities reduced investment in new online programs as the existing programs were expected to bring sustained revenue stream for a long period of time.

 

Cash flow used in investing activities

  

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, net cash used in investing activities was $6,166,096, which consisted of advance paid for agent licenses, property and equipment purchases, and investment in films.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, net cash used in investing activities was $8,791,583, which consisted of purchasing property and equipment, prepayment for intangible items, and equity method investments.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, there was no cash flow used in investing activities.

 

Cash flow provided by financing activities

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, net cash provided by financing activities was $683,277, consisting of proceeds from bank loans in the amount of $4,141,736 and repayment for bank loans of $3,307,636.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, net cash provided by financing activities was $33,058,932, consisting of proceeds from bank loans in the amount of $3,188,019, contribution from shareholders in the amount of $33,630,162, and payment for deferred offering costs of $1,197,380, offset by the repayments of bank loans in the amount of $4,956,629.

 

95


 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, net cash provided by financing activities was $3,950,823, consisting of proceeds from bank loans in the amount of $8,153,651, offset by the repayments of bank loans in the amount of $3,472,851, and payment for deferred offering costs of $729,977.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Lease Commitments

 

The PRC operating entities entered into one lease for office spaces located at Xiamen and Shenzhen City in China, and the amortization of right-of-use assets charged to operations under operating lease for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, amounted to $57,153 and $84,552, respectively.

 

As of June 30, 2023, the future minimum rent payable under the non-cancelable operating lease were:

 

For the fiscal years ended June 30,   Rental amount  
2024   $ 64,646  
2025     46,556  
Thereafter     -  
Total lease payments   $ 111,202  

  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of June 30, 2023 and 2022, we had not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties.

 

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

 

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Intellectual Property.”

 

D. Trend Information

 

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments, or events for the period from July 1, 2022 to June 30, 2023 that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our net revenue, income, profitability, liquidity, or capital resources, or that caused the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial condition.

 

E. Critical Accounting Estimates

 

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements. These financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of our assets and liabilities and revenue and expenses, to disclose contingent assets and liabilities on the date of the consolidated financial statements, and to disclose the reported amounts of revenue and expenses incurred during the financial reporting period. The most significant estimates and assumptions include the collection of accounts receivable, the useful lives and impairment of our long-lived assets, and the provisions for income taxes. We continue to evaluate these estimates and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We rely on these evaluations as the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. We believe critical accounting policies as disclosed in this report reflect the more significant judgments and estimates used in preparation of our consolidated financial statements. We believe there have been no material changes to our critical accounting policies and estimates.

 

96


 

The following critical accounting policies rely upon assumptions and estimates and were used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

  

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make judgments, assumptions, and estimates that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the reporting date and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates and assumptions. Significant accounting estimates reflected in our consolidated financial statements include the allowances for doubtful accounts. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Accounts Receivable, net

 

Accounts receivable represent the amounts that we have an unconditional right to consideration when we have satisfied our performance obligation. We do not have any contract assets since revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred and the payment from customers is not contingent on a future event. We maintain allowance for potential credit losses on accounts receivable. Management reviews the composition of accounts receivable and analyzes historical bad debt, customer concentrations, customer credit worthiness, current economic trends, and changes in customer payment patterns to estimate the allowance. Past due accounts are generally written off against the allowance for bad debts only after all collection attempts have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

 

Property and equipment, net

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Cost represents the purchase price of the asset and other costs incurred to bring the asset into its existing use. The cost of repairs and maintenance is expensed as incurred; major replacements and improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gains or losses are included in income/loss in the year of disposition. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

    Estimated Useful Life
Office equipment   3 - 5 Years
Building   20 Years
Motor vehicles   10 Years
Leasehold improvement   Shorter of useful life or lease term

 

Intangible asset, net

 

Intangible asset is stated at cost less accumulated amortization and amortized in a method which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are expected to be consumed or otherwise used up. The balance of intangible asset represents a software that we purchased externally and is amortized straight-line over 10 years in accordance with the way we estimate to generate economic benefits from such software.

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

In accordance with ASC Topic 360, we review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable, or at least annually. We recognize an impairment loss when the sum of expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. The amount of impairment is measured as the difference between the asset’s estimated fair value and its book value. We recorded the impairment charge of $1.1 million, nil, and nil for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021.

 

97


 

Revenue Recognition

 

We early adopted the new revenue standard Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, starting July 1, 2017 using the modified retrospective method for contracts that were not completed as of June 30, 2017. The adoption of this ASC 606 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

ASC 606 establishes principles for reporting information about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from our contracts to provide services to customers. The core principle of ASC 606 is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The following five steps are applied to achieve that core principle:

 

Step 1: Identify the contract with the customer;

Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

Step 3: Determine the transaction price;

Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

Step 5: Recognize revenue when the company satisfies a performance obligation.

 

The PRC operating entities mainly generate revenue from event hosting, event planning and execution, and marketing, which includes brand promotion and other services.

 

Event hosting - The PRC operating entities regularly host live concerts and hip-hop events, and operate hip-hop related online programs. The portfolio of hip-hop events includes a stage play, dance competitions, cultural and musical festivals, and promotional parties. The PRC operating entities started to operate online hip-hop programs since 2020. The portfolio of online hip-hop programs includes street dance tutorial programs, collections of street dance performances videos, and collections of short music videos on trendy shoes and clothes related to hip-hop culture. The PRC operating entities generate revenue from concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs by providing sponsorship packages to advertisers in exchange for sponsorship fees or by selling tickets for those concerts.

 

Event planning and execution - The PRC operating entities provide customized event planning and execution services upon requests from their customers, which services generally entail design, logistics, layout of events, and coordination and supervision of the actual event set-up and implementation, and generate revenue through service fees.

 

Brand promotion - The PRC operating entities provide brand promotion services, including online marketing and promotion, trademark and logo design, visual identity system design, brand positioning, brand personality design, and digital solutions for service fees.

 

Other services - The PRC operating entities sell digital collections, provide music recording services to a corporate client and SaaS software services to hip-hop dance training institutions for service fees, and distribute advertisements for corporate customers for service fees.

 

The PRC operating entities account for a contract of event hosting, event planning and execution, or brand promotion when they have legally enforceable rights and obligations and collectability of consideration is probable. Each contract typically contains one single performance obligation, which is to deliver a successful event, activity, qualified online program or video, or brand solution, and the contract price is fixed. Contract terms typically include a customary requirement for payment within 180 days after the PRC operating entities successfully provide services, which is indicated by the customer’s signed acknowledgement of completion on such event, activity, online program, or brand solution by providing the PRC operating entities with completion confirmation forms.

 

For event hosting, event planning and execution, and brand promotion, revenue is recognized at a point of time when services are successfully provided (e.g., upon successful carryout of an event), which is indicated by the customer’s acknowledgement of completion on such event, activity, online program or video, or brand solution, as the customer neither simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the PRC operating entities’ performance nor controls an increasingly enhanced asset or an asset with an alternative use to the customer as the PRC operating entities perform. Event hosting, event planning and execution, and brand promotion projects are generally short term, which usually take less than three months.

 

98


 

For digital collections, the PRC operating entities sell digital collections through its own digital collection sales platform. After the customer purchases the digital collection issued on the platform and the digital collection is delivered to the customer, the revenue is recognized.

 

For music recording service, revenue is recognized at a point of time when services are successfully provided which is indicated by customer’s acknowledgement of completion on the recording.

 

For SaaS software services, revenue is recognized after the completion of the service provision. The PRC operating entities reach an annual framework service contract with the customer and charges a one-time service fee. Revenue is recognized on a monthly average basis within the service period.

 

For distribution of advertisements, the PRC operating entities satisfy their performance obligation over time by measuring the progress based on time elapsed, as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit of service provided, during the period of time when the advertisement is displayed. Payment is usually required within 180 days after the completion of distribution.

 

We report revenue on a gross basis for event hosting, event planning and execution, brand promotion, and other services (except for advertisement distribution), as the PRC operating entities take risk and control of the event, activities, online program, or brand solution before they are transferred to customers. While in terms of advertisement distribution, we report revenue on a net basis since it only arranges the distribution of advertisements, instead of taking the risk and control of the distribution resources.

 

We apply a practical expedient to make no adjustment for the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component as we expect, at contract inception, that the period between when the PRC operating entities transfer a promised service to a customer and when the customer pays for that service will be one year or less. 

 

Income Taxes

 

We account for income taxes under ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

The provisions of ASC 740-10-25, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. Deferred Tax Assets for fiscal 2023 was not recognized. We do not believe that there was any uncertain tax position as of June 30, 2023 and 2022.

 

99


 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

 

In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-08, “Codification Improvements to Subtopic 310-20, Receivables—Non-refundable Fees and Other Costs.” The amendments in this Update represent changes to clarify the Codification. The amendments make the Codification easier to understand and easier to apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing clarifications. ASU 2020-08 is effective for the Company for annual and interim reporting periods beginning July 1, 2021. All entities should apply the amendments in this ASU on a prospective basis as of the beginning of the period of adoption for existing or newly purchased callable debt securities. These amendments do not change the effective dates for Update 2017-08. The adoption of this new standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-10, “Codification Improvements.” The amendments in this Update represent changes to clarify the Codification or correct unintended application of guidance that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. The amendments in this Update affect a wide variety of Topics in the Codification and apply to all reporting entities within the scope of the affected accounting guidance. ASU 2020-10 is effective for annual periods beginning after July 1, 2021 for public business entities. The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively. The adoption of this new standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

In November 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-10, Government Assistance (Topic 832): Disclosures by Business Entities about Government Assistance. The amendments in this ASU require disclosures about transactions with a government that have been accounted for by analogizing to a grant or contribution accounting model to increase transparency about (1) the types of transactions, (2) the accounting for the transactions, and (3) the effect of the transactions on an entity’s financial statements. The amendments are effective for all entities within their scope, which excludes not-for-profit entities and employee benefit plans, for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early application of the amendment is permitted. We adopted ASU No. 2021-10 effective January 1, 2022. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

On June 30, 2022, FASB issued ASU No. 2022-03, Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions. ASU 2022-03 clarifies that a contractual sale restriction prohibiting the sale of an equity security is a characteristic of the reporting entity holding the equity security and is not included in the equity security’s unit of account. The new standard is effective for our Company for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2024, with early adoption permitted.

 

On March 28, 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-01, Leases (Topic 842): Common Control Arrangements. The amendments in ASU 2023-01 improve current GAAP by clarifying the accounting for leasehold improvements associated with common control leases, thereby reducing diversity in practice. Additionally, the amendments provide investors and other allocators of capital with financial information that better reflects the economics of those transactions. The new standard is effective for our Company for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2024, with early adoption permitted.

 

Recently issued ASUs by the FASB, except for the ones mentioned above, are not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position. Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements upon adoption. We do not discuss recent pronouncements that are not anticipated to have an impact on or are unrelated to our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, or disclosures.

 

100


 

Item 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

A. Directors and Senior Management

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this annual report. The business address of all of our directors and executive officers is 3rd Floor, No. 168, Fengqi Road, Jimei District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province, the PRC.

 

Name   Age   Position(s)
Zhuoqin Huang   45   Chief Executive Officer, Director, and Chairman of the Board of Directors
Weiyi Lin   46   Vice President and Director
Renrong Zhu   45   Chief Financial Officer

 

Note: Mr. Douglas Menelly resigned from his position as a member of board of directors due to personal reasons on September 4, 2023, and Mr. Christopher Kohler and Ms. Xiaolin Hu resigned from their positions as members of board of directors due to personal reasons on September 6, 2023. As of the date of this report, we are still looking for director candidates to fill in the vacancies created by the resignation of Mr. Menelly, Mr. Kohler, and Ms. Hu.

 

The following is a brief biography of each of our executive officers and directors:

 

Mr. Zhuoqin Huang has been our chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors since May 6, 2020 and director since January 3, 2020. Mr. Huang has served as the chairman of Xiamen Pop Culture since May 2016 and its chief executive officer since August 2008. From March 2005 to August 2008, Mr. Huang served as the chief executive officer of Fujian Zhongtian Chuanxun Advertising Co., Ltd. Xiamen Branch Office, an advertising company. From August 2002 to March 2005, Mr. Huang worked as a brand manager of Swire Coca-Cola Beverages Xiamen Ltd., a manufacturer of non-alcohol beverages. Mr. Huang received his bachelor’s degree in Tourism Economic Management from Huaqiao University in 2002.

 

Mr. Weiyi Lin has been our vice president since May 6, 2020 and our director since June 2021. Mr. Lin has served as the vice president, manager of marketing center, and director of Xiamen Pop Culture since January 2015. Prior to joining Xiamen Pop Culture, Mr. Lin served as the director of operation and management of Zhengzhou Synear Food Co., Ltd., a manufacturer and distributor frozen food products, from March 2012 to December 2014, and as the vice president for marketing of Hubei Daohuaxiang Group Green Food Co., Ltd., a producer of green food, from July 2010 to July 2011. From July 1998 to July 2010, Mr. Lin worked as a business manager at various companies, including Swire Coca-Cola Beverages Xiamen Ltd., Xiamen Yinlu Foods Group Co., Ltd., and CAV Warner Home Entertainment Co., Ltd. Mr. Lin received his junior college degree in E-Commerce from Xiamen University of Technology in 2007.

 

Ms. Renrong Zhu has been our chief financial officer since December 2021. Prior to joining our Company, Mr. Zhu served as the chief financial officer, secretary, and vice president of Xiamen For-Win Technology Co., Ltd. (NEEQ: 836460), a Chinese company engaged in intellectual property-related services, from July 2015 to November 2021, the general manager of Xiamen Macquarie Investment Management Co., Ltd. from January 2013 to June 2015, and the assistant general manager and General Manager of Shanghai Meilai Investment Management Co., Ltd. from June 2009 to December 2012. Mr. Zhu is a member of the Chinese Institute of Certified Public Accountants and received his bachelor’s degree in Taxation from Jimei University in 2001.

  

101


 

Board Diversity

 

The table below provides certain information regarding the diversity of our board of directors as of the date of this annual report.

 

Board Diversity Matrix
Country of Principal Executive Offices: China
Foreign Private Issuer Yes
Disclosure Prohibited under Home Country Law No
Total Number of Directors 2
  Female Male

Non-

Binary

Did Not

Disclose

Gender

Part I: Gender Identity  
Directors 0 2 0 0
Part II: Demographic Background  
Underrepresented Individual in Home Country Jurisdiction 0
LGBTQ+ 0
Did Not Disclose Demographic Background 0

 

102


 

Family Relationships

 

None of our directors or executive officers has a family relationship as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K.

  

Controlled Company

 

Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, our chief executive officer, director, and chairman, currently beneficially own approximately 68.81% of the aggregate voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq listing rules. As a controlled company, we are permitted to elect to rely on certain exemptions from the obligations to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

  the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;
     
  the requirement that our director nominees be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and
     
  the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee that are composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the purposes and responsibilities of the committees.

 

Although we do not intend to rely on the controlled company exemptions under the Nasdaq listing rules even if we are a controlled company, we could elect to rely on these exemptions in the future, and if so, you would not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.

 

B. Compensation

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, we paid an aggregate of $0.3 million as compensation to our executive officers and directors. None of our non-employee directors have any service contracts with us that provide for benefits upon termination of employment. We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement, or other similar benefits to our directors and executive officers. Our PRC subsidiaries and the PRC operating entities are required by law to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee’s salary for his or her pension insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, and other statutory benefits and a housing provident fund.

 

C. Board Practices

 

Pursuant to our amended and restated articles of association, the minimum number of directors shall consist of not less than one person unless otherwise determined by the shareholders in a general meeting. Unless removed or re-appointed, each director shall be appointed for a term expiring at the next annual general meeting, if any is held. At any annual general meeting held, our directors will be elected by a majority vote of shareholders eligible to vote at that meeting. At each annual general meeting, each director so elected shall hold office for a one-year term and until the election of their respective successors in office or removed.

 

Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors consists of two directors.

  

103


 

Duties of Directors

 

Under Cayman Islands law, all of our directors owe three types of duties to us: (i) statutory duties, (ii) fiduciary duties, and (iii) common law duties. The Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands imposes a number of statutory duties on a director. A Cayman Islands director’s fiduciary duties are not codified, however, the courts of the Cayman Islands have held that a director owes the following fiduciary duties: (a) a duty to act in what the director bona fide considers to be in the best interests of the company, (b) a duty to exercise their powers for the purposes they were conferred, (c) a duty to avoid fettering his or her discretion in the future and (d) a duty to avoid conflicts of interest and of duty. The common law duties owed by a director are those to act with skill, care and diligence that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and, also, to act with the skill, care and diligence in keeping with a standard of care commensurate with any particular skill they have which enables them to meet a higher standard than a director without those skills. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our amended and restated articles of association. We have the right to seek damages if a duty owed by any of our directors is breached.

 

The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:

 

  appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers;
     
  exercising the borrowing powers of the company and mortgaging the property of the company; and
     
  maintaining or registering a register of mortgages, charges, or other encumbrances of the company.

 

Terms of Directors and Executive Officers

 

Each of our directors holds office until a successor has been duly elected and qualified unless the director was appointed by the board of directors, in which case such director holds office until the next following annual meeting of shareholders at which time such director is eligible for re-election. All of our executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of our board of directors.

 

Qualification

 

There is currently no shareholding qualification for directors, although a shareholding qualification for directors may be fixed by our shareholders by ordinary resolution.

 

Employment Agreements

 

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Pursuant to these employment agreements, we agree to employ each of our executive officers for a specified time period, which may be renewed upon both parties’ agreement 30 days before the end of the current employment term. We may terminate the employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the executive officer, including but not limited to, the commitments of any serious or persistent breach or non-observance of the terms and conditions of the employment, conviction of a criminal offense, willful disobedience of a lawful and reasonable order, fraud or dishonesty, receipt of bribery, or severe neglect of his or her duties. An executive officer may terminate his or her employment at any time with a one-month prior written notice. Each executive officer agrees to hold, both during and after the employment agreement expires, in strict confidence and not to use or disclose to any person, corporation or other entity without written consent, any confidential information.

 

Insider Participation Concerning Executive Compensation

 

Our director, Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, was making all determinations regarding executive officer compensation from the inception of the Company until our Compensation Committee was set up in June 2021.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

We have established three committees under the board of directors: an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee after filling in the vacancies created by the resignation of Mr. Menelly, Mr. Kohler, and Ms. Hu. Our independent directors will serve on each of the committees and the charters we have adopted for each of the three committees will still apply. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

 

104


 

Audit Committee. Our audit committee will consist of three independent directors. We will select independent directors who satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act. Our board will select an independent director who qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the SEC rules or possesses financial sophistication within the meaning of the Nasdaq listing rules. The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

  appointing the independent auditors and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent auditors;

 

  reviewing with the independent auditors any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;
     
  discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditors;
     
  reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures;
     
  reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions;
     
  meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent auditors; and
     
  monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance.

  

Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee will consist of three independent directors. The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

  reviewing and approving the total compensation package for our most senior executive officers;
     
  approving and overseeing the total compensation package for our executives other than the most senior executive officers;
     
  reviewing periodically and approving any long-term incentive compensation or equity plans;
     
  selecting compensation consultants, legal counsel or other advisors after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management; and
     
  reviewing programs or similar arrangements, annual bonuses, employee pension and welfare benefit plans.

 

105


 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of three independent directors. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board of directors in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

  identifying and recommending nominees for election or re-election to our board of directors or for appointment to fill any vacancy;
     
  reviewing annually with our board of directors its current composition in light of the characteristics of independence, age, skills, experience and availability of service to us;
     
  identifying and recommending to our board the directors to serve as members of committees;
     
  advising the board periodically with respect to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and making recommendations to our board of directors on all matters of corporate governance and on any corrective action to be taken; and
     
  monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, which is applicable to all of our directors, officers, and employees. Our code of business conduct and ethics is publicly available on our website.

 

D. Employees

 

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Employees.”

  

E. Share Ownership

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership, within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of our Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares as of the date of this annual report for:

 

  each of our directors and executive officers; and
     
  each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares.

 

Beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Except as indicated below, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Percentage of beneficial ownership of each listed person is based on 1,828,693 Class A Ordinary Shares and 576,308 Class B Ordinary Shares outstanding as of the date of this annual report.

 

106


 

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer, or beneficial owner of 5% or more of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally requires that such person have voting or investment power with respect to securities. In computing the number of Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by a person listed below and the percentage ownership of such person, Class A Ordinary Shares underlying options, warrants, or convertible securities, including Class B Ordinary Shares, held by each such person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this annual report are deemed outstanding, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

   

Class A

Ordinary Shares

Beneficially Owned

   

Class B

Ordinary Shares

Beneficially Owned

    Voting Power*  
    Number     %     Number     %     %  
Directors and Executive Officers(1):                              
Zhuoqin Huang(2)                 576,308       100 %     68.81 %
Weiyi Lin(3)     23,300       1.27 %                 0.40 %
Renrong Zhu                              
All directors and executive officers as a group (three individuals):     23,300       1.27 %     576,308       100 %     69.21 %
                                         
5% Shareholders:                                        
Joya Enterprises Limited(2)                 576,308       100 %     68.81 %
China Young Group Limited(4)     218,000       11.92 %                 3.72 %
Bofeng Holdings Limited(5)     100,770       5.51 %                 1.72 %
Sense Venture International Limited(6)     100,770       5.51 %                 1.72 %
Lingyun Wu(7)     93,693       5.12 %                 1.60 %

 

* Represents the voting power with respect to all of our Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares, voting as a single class. Each holder of Class A Ordinary Shares is entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share and each holder of Class B Ordinary Shares is entitled to seven votes per one Class B Ordinary Share.

 

(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is 3rd Floor, No. 168, Fengqi Road, Jimei District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province, the PRC.
   
(2) Represents 576,308 Class B Ordinary Shares held by Joya Enterprises Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Zhuoqin Huang. The registered address of Joya Enterprises Limited is Mandar House, 3rd Floor, P.O. Box 2196, Johnson’s Ghut, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands.
   
(3) Represents 23,300 Class A Ordinary Shares held by Victory Quest Industries Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Weiyi Lin. The registered address of Victory Quest Industries Limited is OMC Chambers, Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
   
(4) Represents 218,000 Class A Ordinary Shares held by China Young Group Limited, a Hong Kong company, which is 100% owned by Jianfeng Liu, as reported in a Schedule 13G jointly filed by China Young Group Limited and Jianfeng Liu on February 11, 2022. The registered address of China Young Group Limited is Unit 04, 7/F, Bright Way Tower, No. 33 Mong Kok Road, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
   
(5) Represents 100,770 Class A Ordinary Shares held by Bofeng Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Chunxiao Cui, as reported in a Schedule 13G jointly filed by Bofeng Holdings Limited and Chunxiao Cui on February 11, 2022. The registered address of Bofeng Holdings Limited is OMC Chambers, Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
   
(6) Represents 100,770 Class A Ordinary Shares held by Sense Venture International Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Xiayu Cui, as reported in a Schedule 13G jointly filed by Sense Venture International Limited and Xiayu Cui on February 11, 2022. The registered address of Sense Venture International Limited is OMC Chambers, Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
   
(7) Represents the Class A Ordinary Shares held by Lingyun Wu, as reported in a Schedule 13G filed by Lingyun Wu on February 11, 2022.

 

As of the date of this annual report, approximately 97.63% of our issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares are held in the United States by one record holder (Cede and Company) and none of our issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares are held by record holders in the United States.

 

We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our Company.

 

F. Disclosure of a Registrant’s Action to Recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation See “Item 6.

 

Not applicable.

 

107


 

Item 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A. Major Shareholders

 

Directors, Senior Management and Employees—E. Share Ownership.”

 

B. Related Party Transactions

 

The VIE Agreements

 

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company—The VIE Agreements.”

 

Employment Agreements

 

See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—Employment Agreements.”

 

Material Transactions with Related Parties

 

The relationship and the nature of related party transactions are summarized as follow:

 

Name of Related Party   Relationship to Us
Zhuoqin Huang   Our chief executive officer, director, and chairman of the board of directors
Shenzhen HipHopJust Information Technology Co., Ltd.   Minority shareholder of Shenzhen Jam Box
Rongdi Zhang   Our former chief financial officer
Weiyi Lin   Our director

 

Trademark Licensing

 

Our chief executive officer, Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, has licensed two trademarks, “CBC” and “潮圣,” to Xiamen Pop Culture for a term from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2029 for free. The licensing contract will be automatically renewed for 10 years unless Mr. Huang and Xiamen Pop Culture terminated the agreement by mutual consent.

 

108


 

Intellectual Property Transfer

 

On January 19, 2022, Shenzhen HipHopJust Information Technology Co., Ltd. transferred its all software, applets, program source code, and trademarks required to operate the JamBox system indefinitely to Shenzhen Jam Box for the amount of RMB1,000,000 (equivalent to $154,909). The software transferred included JamBox store management system, JAMYO software on Android platform mobile phones, and Hip Dance Jam software on Android platform mobile phones.

 

Other Related Party Transactions

 

As of June 30, 2021, we had $225,000 due to our then chief financial officer, Ms. Rongdi Zhang, which was temporarily borrowed for working capital use and was short term in nature, non-interest bearing, and payable upon demand. It was repaid in full on November 1, 2021.

 

In February, March, April, and June of 2023, Shuzhi Sports paid RMB96,300 (equivalent to $13,280) in total to Weiyi Lin, vice president and director of the Company, for live broadcasting projects.  

 

Shenzhen Jam Box repaid the loan RMB1,000,000 (approximately $143,810) to Shenzhen HipHopJust Information Technology Co., Ltd. in November, 2022.

 

Mr. Zhuoqin Huang provided guarantees in connection with certain loans the PRC operating entities borrowed during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022. See “Note 10—Bank Loans” of our consolidated financial statements.

 

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

  

Item 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

We have appended consolidated financial statements filed as part of this annual report. See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

 

109


 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we may become a party to various legal or administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business, including actions with respect to intellectual property infringement, violation of third-party licenses or other rights, breach of contract, and labor and employment claims. Except as disclosed below, we are currently not a party to, and we are not aware of any threat of, any legal or administrative proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have any material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flow, or results of operations.

 

Zhongpu Shuyuan and Jieshi (Tianjin) Comic Co. Ltd (“Shijie Tianjin”) had a copyright dispute. In April 2022, Zhongpu Shuyuan and Jieshi Tianjin signed a contract, pursuant to which Jieshi Tianjin authorized and delegated Zhongpu Shuyuan to develop a series of digital art products. However, Zhongpu Shuyuan did not deliver the digital art products. Zhongpu Shuyuan sued Jieshi Tianjin on April 6, 2023, pledging to terminate the contract and request Jieshi Tianjin to return the advance earning shares of RMB220,000 (approximately $30,072). Jieshi Tianjin counter-sued Zhongpu Shuyuan, claiming for compasation for its loss as a result of Zhongpu Shuyuan’s breach of contract. On July 3, 2023, the People’s Court of Jimei District, Xiamen, issued a judgement, terminating the contract between the two parties. As of the date of this report, this case has been appealed and the trial is pending.

 

Dividend Policy

 

Asset Transfers Between our Company, our Subsidiaries, and the VIE

 

As of the date of this annual report, our Company, our subsidiaries, and the VIE have not distributed any earnings or settled any amounts owed under the VIE Agreements. Our Company, our subsidiaries, and the VIE do not have any plan to distribute earnings or settle amounts owed under the VIE Agreements in the foreseeable future.

 

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, cash transfers and transfers of other assets between our Company, our subsidiaries, and the VIE were as follows: in July 2020, Pop Culture Group transferred approximately $600,000 to Pop Culture HK, which in turn transferred approximately $599,000 to Heliheng; in July 2021, Pop Culture Group transferred approximately $7,081,000 of the net proceeds from our initial public offering to Pop Culture HK, which in turn transferred approximately $7,050,000 to Heliheng; in May and June 2022, Pop Culture Group transferred approximately $3,019,000 to Pop Culture HK, which in turn transferred approximately $3,008,400 to Heliheng; and in September 2022 and January 2023, Pop Culture Group transferred approximately $3,807,000 to Pop Culture HK. In September 2022, October 2022, November 2022, December 2022, February 2023, and April 2023, Heliheng transferred approximately $1,766,000 to Xiamen Pop Culture.

 

Dividends or Distributions Made to our Company and U.S. Investors and Tax Consequences

 

As of the date of this annual report, none of our subsidiaries or the VIE have made any dividends or distributions to our Company and our Company has not made any dividends or distributions to our shareholders. We intend to keep any future earnings to finance the expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate that any cash dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future. Subject to the PFIC rules, the gross amount of distributions we make to investors with respect to our Class A Ordinary Shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will be taxable as a dividend, to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles.

 

Under Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend on its shares out of either profit or share premium amount, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business.

 

Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to Pop Culture HK only out of their respective accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of our PRC subsidiaries and the PRC operating entities in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital.

 

The PRC government also imposes controls on the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of the PRC. For instance, the Circular on Promoting the Reform of Foreign Exchange Management and Improving Authenticity and Compliance Review, or “SAFE Circular 3,” issued on January 26, 2017, provides that banks shall, when dealing with dividend remittance transactions from a domestic enterprise to its offshore shareholders of more than $50,000, review the relevant board resolutions, original tax filing form, and audited financial statements of such domestic enterprise based on the principal of genuine transaction. Furthermore, if our PRC subsidiaries and the PRC operating entities incur debt on their own in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments. If we or our PRC subsidiaries are unable to receive all of the revenue from our operations, we may be unable to pay dividends on our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares.

 

Cash dividends, if any, on our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares will be paid in U.S. dollars. Pop Culture HK may be considered a non-resident enterprise for tax purposes, so that any dividends Heliheng pays to Pop Culture HK may be regarded as China-sourced income and as a result may be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. See “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—People’s Republic of China Enterprise Taxation.”

 

110


 

If we determine to pay dividends on any of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares in the future, as a holding company, we will be dependent on receipt of funds from our Hong Kong subsidiary, Pop Culture HK, and our subsidiary in California, Pop Culture Global Operations Inc. Pop Culture HK will rely on the distribution of payments as dividends from (i) Shuzi Sports, (ii) Pop Investment, and (iii) Heliheng, which will rely on payments from Xiamen Pop Culture pursuant to the VIE Agreements. If Xiamen Pop Culture or its subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalves in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us.

 

Pursuant to the Arrangement between Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, the 10% withholding tax rate may be lowered to 5% if a Hong Kong resident enterprise owns no less than 25% of a PRC project. The 5% withholding tax rate, however, does not automatically apply and certain requirements must be satisfied, including without limitation that (a) the Hong Kong project must be the beneficial owner of the relevant dividends; and (b) the Hong Kong project must directly hold no less than 25% share ownership in the PRC project during the 12 consecutive months preceding its receipt of the dividends. In current practice, a Hong Kong project must obtain a tax resident certificate from the Hong Kong tax authority to apply for the 5% lower PRC withholding tax rate. As the Hong Kong tax authority will issue such a tax resident certificate on a case-by-case basis, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the tax resident certificate from the relevant Hong Kong tax authority and enjoy the preferential withholding tax rate of 5% under the Double Taxation Arrangement with respect to any dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries to its immediate holding company, Pop Culture HK. As of the date of this annual report, we have not applied for the tax resident certificate from the relevant Hong Kong tax authority. Pop Culture HK intends to apply for the tax resident certificate if and when Heliheng plans to declare and pay dividends to Pop Culture HK. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—There are significant uncertainties under the EIT Law relating to the withholding tax liabilities of our PRC subsidiaries, and dividends payable by our PRC subsidiaries to our offshore subsidiaries may not qualify to enjoy certain treaty benefits.”

 

Our Company’s ability to settle amounts owed under the VIE Agreements relies upon payments made from Xiamen Pop Culture to Heliheng in accordance with the VIE Agreements. For services rendered to Xiamen Pop Culture by Heliheng under the Exclusive Services Agreement, Heliheng is entitled to collect a service fee equal to 100% of the net income of Xiamen Pop Culture. Pursuant to the Exclusive Option Agreement, Heliheng may at any time under any circumstances, purchase or have its designee purchase, at its discretion, to the extent permitted under PRC law, all or part of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders’ shares in Xiamen Pop Culture. For restrictions and limitations on our ability to settle amounts owed under the VIE Agreements, please see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure—The VIE Agreements may not be effective in providing control over Xiamen Pop Culture” and “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure—If the PRC government determines that the VIE Agreements do not comply with PRC regulatory restrictions on foreign investment in the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.”

 

B. Significant Changes

 

Except as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, we have not experienced any significant changes since the date of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.

 

111


 

Item 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

A. Offer and Listing Details.

 

Our Class A Ordinary Shares have been listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market since May 18, 2023, and prior to that were listed on the Nasdaq Global Market from June 30, 2021 to May 17, 2023, both under the symbol “CPOP.”

 

B. Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Markets

 

Our Class A Ordinary Shares have been listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market since May 18, 2023, and prior to that were listed on the Nasdaq Global Market from June 30, 2021 to May 17, 2023, both under the symbol “CPOP.”

 

D. Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

E. Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

F. Expenses of the Issue

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

A. Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

We incorporate by reference into this annual report the description of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, and the description of differences in corporate laws contained in our registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-253777), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 2, 2021.

 

C. Material Contracts

 

We have not entered into any material contracts other than in the ordinary course of business and other than those described in “Item 4. Information on the Company” or elsewhere in this annual report.

 

D. Exchange Controls

 

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulations—Regulations Related to Foreign Exchange” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulations—Regulations Related to Foreign Exchange Registration of Offshore Investment by PRC Residents.”

 

112


 

E. Taxation

 

People’s Republic of China Enterprise Taxation

 

The following brief description of Chinese enterprise income taxation is designed to highlight the enterprise-level taxation on our earnings, which will affect the amount of dividends, if any, we are ultimately able to pay to our shareholders. See “Item 8. Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Dividend Policy.”

 

According to the EIT Law, which was promulgated by the SCNPC on March 16, 2007, became effective on January 1, 2008, and was then last amended on December 29, 2018, and the Implementation Rules of the EIT Law, which were promulgated by the State Council on December 6, 2007, and became effective on January 1, 2008, enterprises are divided into resident enterprises and non-resident enterprises. Resident enterprises pay enterprise income tax on their incomes obtained in and outside the PRC at the rate of 25%. Non-resident enterprises setting up institutions in the PRC pay enterprise income tax on the incomes obtained by such institutions in and outside the PRC at the rate of 25%. Non-resident enterprises with no institutions in the PRC, and non-resident enterprises with income having no substantial connection with their institutions in the PRC, pay enterprise income tax on their income obtained in the PRC at a reduced rate of 10%.

 

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and we gain substantial income by way of dividends paid to us from our PRC subsidiaries. The EIT Law and its implementation rules provide that China-sourced income of foreign enterprises, such as dividends paid by PRC subsidiaries to their equity holders that are non-resident enterprises, will normally be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of 10%, unless any such foreign investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a preferential tax rate or a tax exemption.

 

Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of China with a “de facto management body” within China is considered a “resident enterprise,” which means that it is treated in a manner similar to a Chinese enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes. Although the implementation rules of the EIT Law define “de facto management body” as a managing body that actually, comprehensively manage and control the production and operation, staff, accounting, property, and other aspects of an enterprise, the only official guidance for this definition currently available is set forth in SAT Notice 82, which provides guidance on the determination of the tax residence status of a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise, defined as an enterprise that is incorporated under the laws of a foreign country or territory and that has a PRC enterprise or enterprise group as its primary controlling shareholder. Although Pop Culture Group does not have a PRC enterprise or enterprise group as our primary controlling shareholder and is therefore not a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise within the meaning of SAT Notice 82, in the absence of guidance specifically applicable to us, we have applied the guidance set forth in SAT Notice 82 to evaluate the tax residence status of Pop Culture Group and its subsidiaries organized outside the PRC.

 

According to SAT Notice 82, a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having a “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its worldwide income only if all of the following criteria are met: (i) the places where senior management and senior management departments that are responsible for daily production, operation and management of the enterprise perform their duties are mainly located within the territory of China; (ii) financial decisions (such as money borrowing, lending, financing and financial risk management) and personnel decisions (such as appointment, dismissal and salary and wages) are decided or need to be decided by organizations or persons located within the territory of China; (iii) main property, accounting books, corporate seal, the board of directors and files of the minutes of shareholders’ meetings of the enterprise are located or preserved within the territory of China; and (iv) one half (or more) of the directors or senior management staff having the right to vote habitually reside within the territory of China.

 

We believe that we do not meet some of the conditions outlined in the immediately preceding paragraph. For example, as a holding company, the key assets and records of Pop Culture Group, including the resolutions and meeting minutes of our board of directors and the resolutions and meeting minutes of our shareholders, are located and maintained outside the PRC. In addition, we are not aware of any offshore holding companies with a corporate structure similar to ours that has been deemed a PRC “resident enterprise” by the PRC tax authorities. Accordingly, we believe that Pop Culture Group and its offshore subsidiaries should not be treated as a “resident enterprise” for PRC tax purposes if the criteria for “de facto management body” as set forth in SAT Notice 82 were deemed applicable to us. However, as the tax residency status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body” as applicable to our offshore entities, we will continue to monitor our tax status.

  

113


 

The implementation rules of the EIT Law provide that, (i) if the enterprise that distributes dividends is domiciled in the PRC or (ii) if gains are realized from transferring equity interests of enterprises domiciled in the PRC, then such dividends or gains are treated as China-sourced income. It is not clear how “domicile” may be interpreted under the EIT Law, and it may be interpreted as the jurisdiction where the enterprise is a tax resident. Therefore, if we are considered as a PRC tax resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes, any dividends we pay to our overseas shareholders which are non-resident enterprises as well as gains realized by such shareholders from the transfer of our shares may be regarded as China-sourced income and as a result become subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. Our PRC counsel is unable to provide a “will” opinion because it believes that it is more likely than not that we and our offshore subsidiaries would be treated as non-resident enterprises for PRC tax purposes because we do not meet some of the conditions outlined in SAT Notice 82. In addition, our PRC counsel is not aware of any offshore holding companies with a corporate structure similar to ours that has been deemed a PRC “resident enterprise” by the PRC tax authorities as of the date of the annual report. Therefore, our PRC counsel believes that it is possible but highly unlikely that the income received by our overseas shareholders will be regarded as China-sourced income.

 

See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be classified as a PRC ‘resident enterprise’ for PRC enterprise income tax purposes. Such classification would likely result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.”

 

Currently, as resident enterprises in the PRC, Heliheng and its subsidiaries as well as Xiamen Pop Culture and its subsidiaries in PRC are subject to the enterprise income tax at the rate of 25%, except that once an enterprise meets certain requirements and is identified as a small-scale minimal profit enterprise, the part of its taxable income not more than RMB1 million is subject to a reduced rate of 2.5% and the part between RMB1 million and 3 million is subject to a reduced rate of 5%. The EIT is calculated based on the entity’s global income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards. If the PRC tax authorities determine that Pop Culture Group is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders may be subject to a 10% PRC withholding tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. It is unclear whether our non-PRC individual shareholders would be subject to any PRC tax on dividends or gains obtained by such non-PRC individual shareholders in the event we are determined to be a PRC resident enterprise. If any PRC tax were to apply to dividends or gains realized by non-PRC individuals, it would generally apply at a rate of 20% unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. However, it is also unclear whether our non-PRC shareholders would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. There is no guidance from the PRC government to indicate whether or not any tax treaties between the PRC and other countries would apply in circumstances where a non-PRC company was deemed to be a PRC tax resident, and thus there is no basis for expecting how tax treaty between the PRC and other countries may impact non-resident enterprises.

  

Hong Kong Taxation

 

Entities incorporated in Hong Kong are subject to profits tax in Hong Kong at the rate of 16.5%.

 

Cayman Islands Taxation

 

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains, or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or, after execution, brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. No stamp duty is payable in the Cayman Islands on the issue of shares by, or any transfers of shares of, Cayman Islands companies (except those which hold interests in land in the Cayman Islands). There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

 

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares, as the case may be, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

  

114


 

United States Federal Income Taxation

 

The following does not address the tax consequences to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations such as:

 

  banks;
     
  financial institutions;
     
  insurance companies;
     
  regulated investment companies;
     
  real estate investment trusts;
     
  broker-dealers;

  

  persons that elect to mark their securities to market;
     
  U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the U.S.;
     
  governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;
     
  tax-exempt entities;
     
  persons liable for alternative minimum tax;
     
  persons holding our Class A Ordinary Shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction;
     
  persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting power or value (including by reason of owning our Class A Ordinary Shares);
     
  persons who acquired our Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation;
     
  persons holding our Class A Ordinary Shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities;
     
  beneficiaries of a Trust holding our Class A Ordinary Shares; or
     
  persons holding our Class A Ordinary Shares through a trust.

 

The discussion set forth below is addressed only to U.S. Holders that purchase Class A Ordinary Shares. Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisors about the application of the U.S. federal income tax rules to their particular circumstances as well as the state, local, foreign, and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

115


 

Material Tax Consequences Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Class A Ordinary Shares

 

The following sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax consequences related to the ownership and disposition of our Class A Ordinary Shares. It is directed to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of our Class A Ordinary Shares and is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this annual report, all of which are subject to change. This description does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to ownership and disposition of our Class A Ordinary Shares or U.S. tax laws, other than the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as the tax consequences under non-U.S. tax laws, state, local, and other tax laws. 

 

The following brief description applies only to U.S. Holders that hold Class A Ordinary Shares as capital assets and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This brief description is based on the federal income tax laws of the United States in effect as of the date of this annual report and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this annual report, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

 

The brief description below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of Class A Ordinary Shares and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

 

  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
     
  a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
     
  an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
     
  a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

If a partnership (or other entities treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our Class A Ordinary Shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and partners of a partnership holding our Class A Ordinary Shares are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on Our Class A Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by us to you with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt by you, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). With respect to corporate U.S. Holders, the dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

 

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will be taxed at the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (1) the Class A Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or we are eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program, (2) we are not a PFIC for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Because there is no income tax treaty between the United States and the Cayman Islands, clause (1) above can be satisfied only if the Class A Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, Class A Ordinary Shares are considered for purpose of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on certain exchanges, which presently include the NYSE and the Nasdaq Stock Market. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our Class A Ordinary Shares, including the effects of any change in law after the date of this annual report.

 

116


 

Dividends will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to our Class A Ordinary Shares will constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute “general category income.”

 

To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your Class A Ordinary Shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

 

Taxation of Dispositions of Class A Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of a share equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the share and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the Class A Ordinary Shares. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the Class A Ordinary Shares for more than one year, you will generally be eligible for reduced tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as United States source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes which will generally limit the availability of foreign tax credits.

 

PFIC Consequences

 

A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC, as defined in Section 1297(a) of the US Internal Revenue Code, for any taxable year if either:

 

  at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year is passive income; or
     
  at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”).

 

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets. We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock. In determining the value and composition of our assets for purposes of the PFIC asset test, (1) the cash we raise in our offerings will generally be considered to be held for the production of passive income and (2) the value of our assets must be determined based on the market value of our Class A Ordinary Shares from time to time, which could cause the value of our non-passive assets to be less than 50% of the value of all of our assets on any particular quarterly testing date for purposes of the asset test.

  

Based on our operations and the composition of our assets we do not expect to be treated as a PFIC under the current PFIC rules. We must make a separate determination each year as to whether we are a PFIC, however, and there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year. Depending on the amount of cash and any other assets held for the production of passive income, it is possible that, for our current taxable year or for any subsequent taxable year, more than 50% of our assets may be assets held for the production of passive income. We will make this determination following the end of any particular tax year. Although the law in this regard is unclear, we are treating the VIE as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we control their management decisions, but also because we are entitled to the economic benefits associated with the VIE, and as a result, we are treating the VIE as our wholly-owned subsidiary for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are not treated as owning the VIE for United States federal income tax purposes, we would likely be treated as a PFIC. In addition, because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined based on the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and because cash is generally considered to be an asset held for the production of passive income, our PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and the amount of cash we raise in our offerings. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the Class A Ordinary Shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects and the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in our offerings. We are under no obligation to take steps to reduce the risk of our being classified as a PFIC, and as stated above, the determination of our ownership of the VIE, and the determination of the value of our assets will depend upon material facts (including the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares from time to time and the amount of cash we raise in our offerings) that may not be within our control. If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold Class A Ordinary Shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold Class A Ordinary Shares. If we cease to be a PFIC and you did not previously make a timely “mark-to-market” election as described below, however, you may avoid some of the adverse effects of the PFIC regime by making a “purging election” (as described below) with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

117


 

If we are a PFIC for your taxable year(s) during which you hold Class A Ordinary Shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” that you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the Class A Ordinary Shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the Class A Ordinary Shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

 

  the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the Class A Ordinary Shares;
     
  the amount allocated to your current taxable year, and any amount allocated to any of your taxable year(s) prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and
     
  the amount allocated to each of your other taxable year(s) will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

  

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the Class A Ordinary Shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the Class A Ordinary Shares as capital assets.

 

A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election under Section 1296 of the US Internal Revenue Code for such stock to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for first taxable year which you hold (or are deemed to hold) Class A Ordinary Shares and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, you will include in your income each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Class A Ordinary Shares as of the close of such taxable year over your adjusted basis in such Class A Ordinary Shares, which excess will be treated as ordinary income and not capital gain. You are allowed an ordinary loss for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the Class A Ordinary Shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. Such ordinary loss, however, is allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the Class A Ordinary Shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the Class A Ordinary Shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the Class A Ordinary Shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such Class A Ordinary Shares. Your basis in the Class A Ordinary Shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations which are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except that the lower applicable capital gains rate for qualified dividend income discussed above under “—Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Class A Ordinary Shares” generally would not apply.

 

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market (as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations), including the Nasdaq Capital Market. If the Class A Ordinary Shares are regularly traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market and if you are a holder of Class A Ordinary Shares, the mark-to-market election would be available to you were we to be or become a PFIC.

 

118


 

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election under Section 1295(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code with respect to such PFIC to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. A U.S. Holder who makes a valid qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in gross income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s earnings and profits for the taxable year. The qualified electing fund election, however, is available only if such PFIC provides such U.S. Holder with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election. If you hold Class A Ordinary Shares in any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, you will be required to file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 in each such year and provide certain annual information regarding such Class A Ordinary Shares, including regarding distributions received on the Class A Ordinary Shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

If you do not make a timely “mark-to-market” election (as described above), and if we were a PFIC at any time during the period you hold our Class A Ordinary Shares, then such Class A Ordinary Shares will continue to be treated as stock of a PFIC with respect to you even if we cease to be a PFIC in a future year, unless you make a “purging election” for the year we cease to be a PFIC. A “purging election” creates a deemed sale of such Class A Ordinary Shares at their fair market value on the last day of the last year in which we are treated as a PFIC. The gain recognized by the purging election will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of the purging election, you will have a new basis (equal to the fair market value of the Class A Ordinary Shares on the last day of the last year in which we are treated as a PFIC) and holding period (which new holding period will begin the day after such last day) in your Class A Ordinary Shares for tax purposes.

 

IRC Section 1014(a) provides for a step-up in basis to the fair market value for our Class A Ordinary Shares when inherited from a decedent that was previously a holder of our Class A Ordinary Shares. However, if we are determined to be a PFIC and a decedent that was a U.S. Holder did not make either a timely qualified electing fund election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) our Class A Ordinary Shares, or a mark-to-market election and ownership of those Class A Ordinary Shares are inherited, a special provision in IRC Section 1291(e) provides that the new U.S. Holder’s basis should be reduced by an amount equal to the Section 1014 basis minus the decedent’s adjusted basis just before death. As such if we are determined to be a PFIC at any time prior to a decedent’s passing, the PFIC rules will cause any new U.S. Holder that inherits our Class A Ordinary Shares from a U.S. Holder to not get a step-up in basis under Section 1014 and instead will receive a carryover basis in those Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares and the elections discussed above.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Dividend payments with respect to our Class A Ordinary Shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange, or redemption of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding under Section 3406 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code with at a current flat rate of 24%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

  

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information. We do not intend to withhold taxes for individual shareholders. Transactions effected through certain brokers or other intermediaries, however, may be subject to withholding taxes (including backup withholding), and such brokers or intermediaries may be required by law to withhold such taxes.

 

119


 

Under the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, certain U.S. Holders are required to report information relating to our Class A Ordinary Shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for Class A Ordinary Shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions), by attaching a complete Internal Revenue Service Form 8938, Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets, with their tax return for each year in which they hold Class A Ordinary Shares. Failure to report such information could result in substantial penalties. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your obligation to file a Form 8938.

 

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

G. Statement by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

H. Documents on Display

 

We are subject to the periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Under the Exchange Act, we are required to file reports and other information with the SEC. Specifically, we are required to file annually a Form 20-F within four months after the end of each fiscal year. The public may obtain information regarding the Washington, D.C. Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing, among other things, the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

  

I. Subsidiary Information

 

For a listing of our subsidiaries, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company.”

 

J. Annual Report to Security Holders

 

If we are required to provide an annual report to security holders in response to the requirements of Form 6-K, we will submit the annual report to security holders in electronic format in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual.

 

Item 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Foreign Exchange Risk

 

Our business is conducted in the PRC by the PRC operating entities, and the PRC operating entities’ books and records are maintained in RMB. The financial statements that we file with the SEC and provide to our shareholders are presented in U.S. dollars. Changes in the exchange rates between the RMB and U.S. dollar affect the value of the PRC operating entities’ assets and results of operations, when presented in U.S. dollars.

  

The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in the PRC’s political and economic conditions and perceived changes in the economy of the PRC and the United States. Any significant revaluation of the RMB may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenue, and financial condition. Further, our Class A Ordinary Shares offered in the U.S. are offered in U.S. dollars, and we need to convert the net proceeds we receive into RMB in order to use the funds for the PRC operating entities’ business. Changes in the conversion rate among the U.S. dollar and the RMB will affect the amount of proceeds we will have available for the PRC operating entities’ business.

 

120


 

Very limited hedging options are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into more hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited and we may not be able to adequately hedge our exposure or at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currency. As a result, fluctuations in exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on your investment.

 

Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash. As of June 30, 2023 and 2022, $724,437 and $5,281,823 of our cash was maintained with state-owned banks within the PRC, respectively. Per PRC regulations, the maximum insured bank deposit amount is approximately $76,500 (RMB500,000) for each financial institution. According to press release of China Securities Times and China News on July 13, 2023, Hong Kong Monetary Authority proposed that the upper limit of deposit protection in Hong Kong be enhanced to HK$800,000 from HK$500,000. While management believes that these financial institutions are of high credit quality, it also continually monitors their credit worthiness.

 

Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and derived from revenue earned from customers, thereby exposed to credit risk. The risk is mitigated by our assessment of its customers’ creditworthiness and its ongoing monitoring of outstanding balances.

  

Interest Rate Risk

 

We have not used derivative financial instruments to hedge interest risk. Interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. We have not been exposed, nor do we anticipate being exposed to material risks due to changes in market interest rates. However, our future interest income may fall short of expectations due to changes in market interest rates.

 

Inflation Risk

 

In recent years, inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operations. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the consumer price index in China increased by 0.4%, 0.9%, and 2.5%, in first three quarters of 2023, and calendar years of 2022 and 2021, respectively. Although we have not in the past been materially affected by inflation since our inception, we can provide no assurance that we will not be affected in the future by higher rates of inflation in China. If inflation rises, it may materially and adversely affect our business.

 

Item 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

 

A. Debt Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Warrants and Rights

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Other Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

D. American Depositary Shares

 

Not applicable.

 

121


 

Part II

 

Item 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

 

None.

 

Item 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

 

See “Item 10. Additional Information” for a description of the rights of securities holders, which remain unchanged.

 

Use of Proceeds

 

The following “Use of Proceeds” information relates to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File Number 333-253777) for our initial public offering, which was declared effective by the SEC on June 29, 2021. In July 2021, we completed our initial public offering in which we issued and sold an aggregate of 6,200,000 Class A Ordinary Shares, at a price of $6.00 per share for $37.2 million. Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. was the representative of the underwriters of our initial public offering.

 

We incurred approximately $2,360,602 in expenses in connection with our initial public offering, which included approximately $1,524,000 in underwriting discounts, approximately $414,783 in expenses paid to or for underwriters, and approximately $421,819 in other expenses. None of the transaction expenses included payments to directors or officers of our company or their associates, persons owning more than 10% or more of our equity securities or our affiliates. None of the net proceeds we received from the initial public offering were paid, directly or indirectly, to any of our directors or officers or their associates, persons owning 10% or more of our equity securities or our affiliates. The net proceeds raised from the initial public offering were $34,839,398 after deducting underwriting discounts and the offering expenses payable by us. As of September 30, 2023, we had used approximately $10.8 million for the online content development and operation, $5.9 million for creating works of hip-hop intellectual property, $7.4 million for hip-hop training, and $4.4 million for hip-hop events promotion. We intend to use the remaining proceeds from our initial public offering in the manner disclosed in our registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File Number 333-253777).

 

Item 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, which is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act, as of June 30, 2023.

 

Based on that evaluation, our management has concluded that, due to the material weaknesses described below, as of June 30, 2023, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective. Our conclusion is based on the fact that we do not have sufficient in-house personnel in our accounting department with sufficient knowledge of the U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting rules. Our management is currently in the process of evaluating the steps necessary to remediate the ineffectiveness, such as (i) hiring more qualified accounting personnel with relevant U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting experience and qualifications to strengthen the financial reporting function and to set up a financial and system control framework, and (ii) implementing regular and continuous U.S. GAAP accounting and financial reporting training programs for our accounting and financial reporting personnel.

  

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2023. The assessment was based on criteria established in the framework Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013), issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of June 30, 2023. Our management identified the material weakness(es) in our internal control over financial reporting as insufficient in-house personnel in our accounting department with sufficient knowledge of the U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting rules.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

 

122


 

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

This annual report on Form 20-F does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by our registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the SEC where domestic and foreign registrants that are non-accelerated filers, which we are, and “emerging growth companies,” which we also are, are not required to provide the auditor attestation report.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report on Form 20-F that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 16. [RESERVED]

 

Item 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

 

Mr. Christopher Kohler qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F. Mr. Christopher Kohler satisfies the “independence” requirements of Section 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules as well as the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

Item 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

 

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, which is applicable to all of our directors, officers, and employees. Our code of business conduct and ethics is publicly available on our website.

 

Item 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees by categories specified below in connection with certain professional services rendered and billed by WWC, P.C., our independent registered public accounting firm since April 5, 2022, and Friedman LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm before April 5, 2022, for the periods indicated. 

 

  

    For the Fiscal Years Ended
June 30,
 
    2023     2022  
Audit fees (1)   $ 145,000     $ 307,400  
Audit-Related fees             -  
Tax fees             -  
All other fees             -  
Total   $ 145,000     $ 307,400  

 

(1)

Audit fees include the aggregate fees billed for each of the fiscal years for professional services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm for the audit of our annual financial statements or for the audits of our financial statements.

 

The policy of our audit committee is to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm, including audit services, audit-related services, tax services, and other services as described above.

  

123


 

Item 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

 

None.

 

Item 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

 

There has been no change in independent accountants for our Company during the two most recent fiscal years or any subsequent interim period except as previously reported in our Form 6-K filed with the SEC on April 8, 2022. There have been no disagreements of the type required to be disclosed by Item 16F(b).

 

Item 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

As a Cayman Islands company listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are subject to the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. Nasdaq rules, however, permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards.

 

Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635 generally provides that shareholder approval is required of U.S. domestic companies listed on Nasdaq prior to issuance (or potential issuance) of securities (i) equaling 20% or more of the company’s common stock or voting power for less than the greater of market or book value (ii) resulting in a change of control of the company; and (iii) which is being issued pursuant to a stock option or purchase plan to be established or materially amended or other equity compensation arrangement made or materially amended. Notwithstanding this general requirement, Nasdaq Listing Rule 5615(a)(3)(A) permits foreign private issuers to follow their home country practice rather than these shareholder approval requirements. The Cayman Islands do not require shareholder approval prior to any of the foregoing types of issuances. We, therefore, are not required to obtain such shareholder approval prior to entering into a transaction with the potential to issue securities as described above. Specifically, our board of directors has elected to follow our home country rules and be exempt from the requirements to obtain shareholder approval for (1) shareholder approval for the issuance of securities in connection with the acquisition of the stock or assets of another company under the Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(a), (2) the issuance of securities when the issuance or potential issuance will result in a change of control of our Company under Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(b), (3) shareholder approval for share incentive plans under the Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c), and (4) the issuance of 20% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares under Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(d).

  

Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(b)(1) requires listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of its board members be independent. As a foreign private issuer, however, we are permitted to, and we may follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements. The corporate governance practice in our home country, the Cayman Islands, does not require a majority of our board to consist of independent directors. Currently, a majority of our board members are independent. However, if we change our board composition such that independent directors do not constitute a majority of our board of directors, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they would otherwise enjoy under Nasdaq’s corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Class A Ordinary Shares and the Trading Market—Because we are a foreign private issuer and intend to take advantage of exemptions from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, you will have less protection than you would have if we were a domestic issuer.”

 

Other than those described above, there are no significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those followed by U.S. domestic companies under Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards.

 

Item 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16I. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16J. INSIDER TRADING POLICIES

 

We have adopted insider trading policies governing the purchase, sale, and other dispositions of our securities by directors, senior management, and employees. A copy of the insider trading policies is filed as an exhibit to this annual report.

 

Item 16K. CYBERSECURITY

 

Pursuant to the applicable SEC transition guidance, the disclosure required by Item 16K will be applicable to the Company from the fiscal year ending June 30, 2024.

 

 

124


 

Part III

 

Item 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

We have elected to provide financial statements pursuant to Item 18.

 

Item 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Pop Culture Group, and its operating entities are included at the end of this annual report.

 

Item 19. EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.   Description
1.1   Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
1.2   Amended and Restated Articles of Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
2.1   Specimen Certificate for Class A Ordinary Shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
2.2   Form of Underwriter’s Warrants (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1/A (file No. 333-253777) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 13, 2021)
2.3   Description of Securities (incorporate by reference to Exhibit 2.3 of our Annual Report on Form 20-F (file No. 001-40543) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 10, 2021)
4.1   Form of Employment Agreement by and between executive officers and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
4.2   Form of Director Offer Letter between the Registrant and its directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
4.3   The Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement between Heliheng and Xiamen Pop Culture dated February 19, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
4.4   The form of Amended and Restated Powers of Attorney granted by shareholders of Xiamen Pop Culture, as currently in effect, and a schedule of all executed Powers of Attorney adopting the same form (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
4.5   The Power of Attorney granted by Junlong He dated February 19, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
4.6   The Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement among Heliheng, Xiamen Pop Culture, and shareholders of Xiamen Pop Culture dated February 19, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
4.7   The Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement among Heliheng, Xiamen Pop Culture, and shareholders of Xiamen Pop Culture dated February 19, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
4.8   The form of Amended and Restated Spousal Consent granted by the spouse of each individual shareholder of Xiamen Pop Culture, as currently in effect, and a schedule of all executed Spousal Consents adopting the same form (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
4.9   The Spousal Consent granted by the spouse of Junlong He dated February 19, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
4.10   English Translation of Trademark Licensing Contract between Xiamen Pop Culture and Zhuoqin Huang dated December 25, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
4.11*  

English Translation of Credit Facility Agreement between Xiamen Pop Culture and Xiamen Bank Co., Ltd. dated June 20, 2023

 

125


 

4.12   English Translation of Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract between Xiamen Pop Culture and Bank of China Co., Ltd. dated December 10, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
4.13   English Translation of Loan Contract between Guangzhou Shuzhi and Bank of China Co., Ltd. dated November 23, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
4.14   English Translation of Working Capital Loan Contract between Guangzhou Shuzhi and Bank of China Co., Ltd. dated December 10, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
4.15   English Translation of Credit Facility Agreement between Xiamen Pop Culture and Xiamen Bank Co., Ltd. dated June 15, 2021 (incorporate by reference to Exhibit 4.19 of our Annual Report on Form 20-F (file No. 001-40543) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 10, 2021)
4.16*  

English Translation of Short-Term Working Capital Loan Agreement between Guangzhou Shuzhi and Bank of China Co., Ltd. Guangzhou Panyu Branch Office dated May 31, 2022

4.17   Employment Agreement dated December 1, 2021 by and between Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd and Renrong Zhu (incorporate by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K (file No. 001-40543) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 6, 2022)
4.18*  

English Translation of Working Capital Loan Contract between Xiamen Pop Culture and The Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Xiamen Branch Office effective on December 8, 2022

4.19*   English Translation of Working Capital Loan Contract between Xiamen Pop Culture and The Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Xiamen Branch Office dated December 9, 2022
4.20  

English Translation of Occupancy Service Agreement between Xiamen Pop Culture and Qingwa Incubator Co., Ltd. dated January 25, 2022 (incorporate by reference to Exhibit 4.19 of our Annual Report on Form 20-F (file No. 001-40543) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 28, 2022)

4.21  

English Translation of Intellectual Property Rights Transfer Agreement dated January 10, 2022 by and between Shenzhen Jam Box and Shenzhen HipHopJust Information Technology Co., Ltd. (incorporate by reference to Exhibit 4.20 of our Annual Report on Form 20-F (file No. 001-40543) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 28, 2022)

4.22*   English Translation of Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract dated September 20, 2022 by and between Xiamen Pop Culture and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited Guangzhou Fangcun Branch
4.23*   English Translation of Loan Agreement dated September 23, 2022 by and between Guangzhou Shuzhi and the Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Guangzhou Fangcun Branch Office
4.24*  

English Translation of Letter of Entrustment and Guarantee Commitment by Guangzhou Shuzhi made to Guangzhou Financing Reguarantee Co., LTD. dated September 21, 2022.

4.25*   English Translation of Loan Contract by and between Guangzhou Shuzhi and China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd Guangzhou Branch dated on March 30, 2023
4.26*   English Translation of Maximum Amount of Irrevocable Guarantee by and between Guangzhou Shuzhi and China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd Guangzhou Branch dated March 30, 2023
4.27*   English Translation of Policy Consulting Services Agreement by and between Guangzhou Shuzhi and Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., LTD dated February 28, 2022
4.28*  

English Translation of Brand Authorization, Commission and Agency Agreement by and between Pop Culture Group and WANYEE TRADING COMPANY LIMITED signed on June 23, 2022

4.29*   English Translation of Brand Authorization, Commission and Agency Agreement by and between Pop Culture Group and LIHE TRADING LIMITED dated July 28, 2021
4.30*   English Translation of Yang Zongwei 2022 Individual Performance Contract by and between Pop Culture Group and BO JIE GUO JI YU LE YOU XIAN GONG SI dated March 15, 2022
4.31*   Technology Development Service Contract by and between Pop Culture Group and New Continental Technology Inc. dated February 8, 2022
4.32*   Copyright Licensing Agreement by and between Pop Culture Group and World Trade Technology LLC dated March 5, 2022
4.33*   Design and Development Contract by and between Pop Culture Group and China-America Culture Media. Inc dated April 10, 2022
4.34*   English Translation of the Lease Agreement dated March 21, 2023 by and between Pop Digital and an Independent Third Party
4.35*   English Translation of the Lease Agreement dated January 20, 2023 by and between Xiamen Pop Culture and an independent third party

 

126


 

4.36*   English Translation of the Lease Agreement dated March 21, 2023 by and between Pop Network and an Independent Third Party
4.37*  

English Translation of the Housing Sales Agreement dated October 21, 2022 by and between Guangzhou Shuzhi and an Independent Third Party

4.38*   English Translation of the Lease Agreement dated March 9, 2022 by and between Shenzhen Pop and an Independent Third Party
4.39*   English Translation of Equity Transfer Agreement by and between Shenzhen Pop Digital Industry Development Co., Ltd. and Wanquan Yi dated on December 1, 2022
4.40*   English translation of Integrated Marketing and Promotion Service Contract by and between Guangzhou Shuzhi and Zhejiang Liangxiao Culture Media Co., Ltd dated September 1, 2022
4.41*   English translation of Content Introduction Contract by and between Guangdong Shuzhi and Guangdong Hongshi Digital Media Co., Ltd. dated January 1, 2023
4.42*   English translation of Network Promotion Service Contract by and between Xiamen Pop Digital and Xiamen Jiuzhou Yuanqi Media Co., LTD dated December 30, 2022.
4.43*   English translation of Network Promotion Service Contract by and between Xiamen Pop Culture and Xiamen Jingsi Network Technology Co., LTD dated November 1, 2022.
4.44*   English translation of Information Technology Service Contract by and between Xiamen Pop Digital and Sang (Xiamen) Network Technology dated January 1, 2023
8.1*  

List of subsidiaries of the Registrant

11.1   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file No. 333-253777) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021)
11.2*   Insider Trading Policies adopted February 26, 2021
12.1*   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
12.2*   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.1*   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.2*   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
15.1*   Consent of WWC, P.C.
15.2*   Consent of Friedman LLP
15.3*   Consent of AllBright Law Offices (Xiamen)
101.INS*   Inline XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*   Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*   Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*   Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*   Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*   Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104*   Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

 

* Filed with this annual report on Form 20-F
** Furnished with this annual report on Form 20-F

 

127


 

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

  Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd
     
  By: /s/ Zhuoqin Huang
    Zhuoqin Huang
    Chief Executive Officer, Director, and
    Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
Date: October 31, 2023    

 

128


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CONTENTS   PAGE(S)
     
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    
     
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (PCAOB ID: 1171)   F-2
     
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (PCAOB ID: 711)   F-3
     
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF JUNE 30, 2023 AND 2022   F-4
     
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME(LOSS) FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2023, 2022, AND 2021   F-5
     
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2023, 2022, AND 2021   F-6
     
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2023, 2022, AND 2021   F-7
     
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   F-8

 

F-1


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

To: The Board of Directors and Shareholders
  Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd and its subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) as of June 30, 2023 and 2022, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income(loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Emphasis of Matter

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has an accumulated deficit that raise doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ WWC, P.C.

WWC, P.C.

Certified Public Accountants

PCAOB ID No.1171

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since April 2022.

San Mateo, California

 

October 31, 2023

 

 

F-2


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd and subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) for the year ended June 30, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended June 30, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Friedman LLP

 

We had served as the Company’s auditor since 2019 through 2022.

 

New York, New York

November 10, 2021

 

 

F-3


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
ASSETS            
CURRENT ASSETS:            
Cash   $ 2,751,309     $ 14,396,032  

Investment in film

    885,824      
-
 
Accounts receivable, net     19,642,337       26,278,634  
Advance to suppliers     8,864,972       9,351,431  
Due from related parties     13,280      
-
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     95,992       805,427  
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS     32,253,714       50,831,524  
Property and equipment, net     844,614       71,763  
Intangible asset, net     119,519       2,204,411  
Operating right-of-use asset     84,892       461,399  
Prepaid Taxes     621,990       332,022  
Deferred tax assets    
-
      457,649  
Other non-current assets     5,120,599       10,009,200  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 39,045,328     $ 64,367,968  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                
Short-term bank loans   $ 3,971,702     $ 3,433,810  
Long-term bank loans -current portion     1,158,413       358,311  
Accounts payable     2,697,089       966,822  
Deferred revenue     393,003       47,710  
Taxes payable     4,327,182       4,697,267  
Due to a related party     -       149,296  
Accrued liabilities and other payables     215,042       229,209  
Operating lease liability - current     65,115       208,926  
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES     12,827,546       10,091,351  
Long-term bank loans     -       1,254,087  
Operating lease liability - non-current     39,634       250,178  
TOTAL LIABILITIES     12,867,180       11,595,616  
                 
Commitments and contingencies    
 
     
 
 
                 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                

Ordinary shares (par value $0.01 per share; 4,400,000 Class A ordinary shares authorized; 1,828,693 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2022 and 2023, respectively; 600,000 Class B ordinary shares authorized, 576,308 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2022 and 2023)  *

    24,050       24,050  
Subscription receivable     (15,441 )     (15,441 )
Additional paid-in capital     40,174,260       40,158,643  
Statutory reserve     1,537,228       1,499,369  
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)     (13,339,929 )     11,028,345  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     (1,644,872 )     69,019  
TOTAL POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY     26,735,296       52,763,985  
Non-controlling interests     (557,148 )     8,367  
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY     26,178,148       52,772,352  
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 39,045,328     $ 64,367,968  

 

*

Retroactively restated to reflect 1-for-10 share consolidation effective on October 26, 2023

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME(LOSS)

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

    For the fiscal years ended June 30,  
    2023     2022     2021  
Event hosting   $ 4,348,303     $ 14,711,787     $ 14,978,643  
Event planning and execution     4,132,477       8,420,328       9,196,773  
Brand promotion     9,650,274       8,733,764       750,315  
Other services     412,189       415,664       600,826  
REVENUE, NET   $ 18,543,243     $ 32,281,543     $ 25,526,557  
Cost of revenue     22,206,058       26,036,011       18,302,494  
GROSS PROFIT(LOSS)     (3,662,815 )     6,245,532       7,224,063  
                         
Selling and marketing expenses     4,646,875       380,723       133,387  
General and administrative expenses     6,308,898       4,448,342       1,258,750  
Impairment loss     1,109,194       -       -  
Research and development expenses     8,694,836       -       -  
Total operating expenses     20,759,803       4,829,065       1,392,137  
                         
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS     (24,422,618 )     1,416,467       5,831,926  
                         
Other income (expenses):                        
Interest expenses, net     (216,558 )     (235,327 )     (243,458 )
Other income (expenses), net     56,044       377,979       95,946  
Total other income (expenses), net     (160,514 )     142,652       (147,512 )
      -                  
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION     (24,583,132 )     1,559,119       5,684,414  
                         
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     674,564       871,231       1,416,872  
      -                  
NET INCOME (LOSS)     (25,257,696 )     687,888       4,267,542  
Less: net income(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests     (927,281 )     (100,070 )     -  
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD SHAREHOLDERS     (24,330,415 )     787,958       4,267,542  
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss):                        
Foreign currency translation adjustment     (1,674,640 )     (873,803 )     1,335,757  
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)     (26,932,336 )     (185,915 )     5,603,299  
Less: comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interest     (888,030 )     (100,070 )     -  
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD SHAREHOLDERS   $ (26,044,306 )   $ (85,845 )   $ 5,603,299  
                         
Net income per share                        
Basic and diluted   $ (10.1 )   $ 0.4     $ 2.5  
                         
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per share*                        
Basic and diluted     2,405,001       2,095,000       1,722,870  

 

*

Retroactively restated to reflect 1-for-10 share consolidation effective on October 26, 2023

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

 

F-5


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

    Ordinary shares     Subscription     Additional
paid-in
    Retained     Statutory     Accumulated
other
comprehensive
    Total Pop
Culture
Group Co.,
Ltd’s
Shareholders’
    Non-
Controlling
    Total
shareholders’
 
    Shares*     Amount     receivable     capital     earnings     reserve     (loss) income     Equity     Interests     Equity  
Balance as of June 30, 2020     1,678,492       16,785       (15,441 )     5,813,745       6,693,120       779,094       (367,581 )     12,919,722       805,084       13,724,806  
                                                                                 
Shares issued for acquisition of non-controlling interests    

106,509

      1,065       -       829,373       -       -       (25,354 )     805,084       (805,084 )     -  
Net income for the period     -       -       -       -       4,267,542       -       -       4,267,542       -       4,267,542  
Appropriation of statutory reserve     -       -       -       -       (462,479 )     462,479       -       -       -       -  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       -       -       -       -       1,335,757       1,335,757       -       1,335,757  
Balance as of June 30, 2021     1,785,001       17,850       (15,441 )     6,643,118       10,498,183       1,241,573       942,822       19,328,105       -       19,328,105  
Capital contribution from shareholders     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       108,437       108,437  
Issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares     620,000       6,200       -       33,515,525       -       -       -       33,521,725       -       33,521,725  
Net income for the period     -       -       -       -       787,958       -       -       787,958       (100,070 )     687,888  
Appropriation of statutory reserve     -       -       -       -       (257,796 )     257,796       -       -       -       -  
Foreign currency translation loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       (873,803 )     (873,803 )     -       (873,803 )
Balance as of June 30, 2022   $ 2,405,001     $ 24,050     $ (15,441 )   $ 40,158,643     $ 11,028,345     $ 1,499,369     $ 69,019     $ 52,763,985     $ 8,367     $ 52,772,352  
Capital contribution from shareholders     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       338,132       338,132  
Acquisition of Non-controlling interests     -       -       -       15,617       -       -       -       15,617       (15,617 )     -  
Net income for the period     -       -       -       -       (24,330,415 )     -       -       (24,330,415 )     (927,281 )     (25,257,696 )
Appropriation of statutory reserve     -       -       -       -       (37,859 )     37,859       -       -       -       -  
Foreign currency translation loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       (1,713,891 )     (1,713,891 )     39,251       (1,674,640 )
Balance June 30, 2023   $ 2,405,001     $ 24,050     $ (15,441 )   $ 40,174,260     $ (13,339,929 )   $ 1,537,228     $ (1,644,872 )   $ 26,735,296     $ (557,148 )   $ 26,178,148  

 

* Retroactively restated to reflect 1-for-10 share consolidation effective on October 26, 2023

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In U.S. dollars)

 

    For the fiscal years ended June 30,  
    2023     2022     2021  
Cash flows from operating activities:                  
Net Income   $ (25,257,696 )   $ 687,888     $ 4,267,542  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash  used in operating activities:                        
Allowance for doubtful accounts     2,795,662       1,307,518       195,187  
Impairment loss     1,109,194       -       -  
Depreciation and amortization     2,140,976       310,343       243,905  
Deferred tax benefit     440,832       (334,045 )     (47,802 )
Non-cash lease expenses     120,261       84,552       107,139  
Loss/(gain) from disposal of property and equipment     -       (1,237 )     -  
Changes in assets and liabilities:                        
Accounts receivable     2,034,125       (3,001,954 )     (9,259,862 )
Advance to suppliers     148,432       (7,542,591 )     1,440,794  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     8,334,953       1,533,471       (1,504,345 )
Other non-current assets     36,432         (2,061,939 )     268,433  
Accounts payable     1,881,259       (898,452 )     (1,130,593 )
Deferred revenue     363,871       (1,599,990 )     (275,888 )
Taxes payable     -       295,333       1,592,715  
Accrued liabilities and other payables     (13,439 )     156,840       (52,007 )
Due to a related party     -       (225,000 )     225,000  
Operating lease liability     (97,343 )     (86,933     (107,550 )
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     (5,962,481 )     (11,376,196 )     (4,037,332 )
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                        
Purchase of property and equipment     (623,280 )     (82,733 )     -  
Prepayment for intangible items    
 
      (7,988,850 )    
 
 
Advance paid for brand authorization     (4,600,000 )     -       -  
Investment in film, net     (885,824 )     -       -  
Lending to related party     (13,849 )     -       -  
Investment of equity method investments     (43,143 )     (720,000 )     -  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (6,166,096 )     (8,791,583 )     -  
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                        
Proceeds from short-term bank loans     4,141,736       3,433,810       6,341,729  
Repayments of short-term bank loans     (3,307,636 )     (4,956,629 )     (3,472,851 )
Proceeds from long-term bank loans     -       (245,791 )     1,811,922  
Repayments of long-term bank loans     (345,145   )     -       -  
Contribution from shareholders     338,132       33,630,162       -  
Repayments of related party loan     (143,810 )     -       -  
Payment for deferred offering costs     -       1,197,380       (729,977 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     683,277       33,058,932       3,950,823  
                         
Effect of exchange rate changes     (199,423 )     184,902       47,349  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash     (11,644,723 )     13,076,055       (39,160 )
Cash at beginning of year     14,396,032       1,319,977       1,359,137  
Cash at end of year   $ 2,751,309     $ 14,396,032     $ 1,319,977  
                         
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:                        
Income tax paid   $ 389,732     $ 398,370     $ 34,765  
Interest expenses paid   $ 226,296     $ 56,733     $ 235,361  
Non-cash investing and financing activities:                        
Payment for R&D services received in the current period, funded through a prior period deposit designated as an investment.   $ 7,988,018     $     $  

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

 

Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd (“Pop Culture” or the “VIE”) was incorporated in Xiamen on March 29, 2007 under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”). Pop Culture hosts entertainment events and provides event planning and execution services and brand promotion services to corporate clients.

 

Pop Culture has seven wholly-owned subsidiaries in the PRC as follows:

 

Shanghai Pupu Sibo Sports Technology Development Co., Ltd. (formerly known as Shanghai Pudu Culture Communication Co., Ltd, “Pupu Sibo”), a company incorporated on March 30, 2017 in Shanghai, China;

 

Xiamen Pop Network Technology Co., Ltd. (“Pop Network”), a company incorporated on June 6, 2017 in Xiamen, China;

 

Guangzhou Shuzhi Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (formerly known as Zhongjing Pop (Guangzhou) Culture Media Co., Ltd., “Guangzhou Shuzhi”), a company incorporated on December 19, 2018 in Guangzhou, China;

 

Shenzhen Pop Digital Industry Development Co., Ltd. (formerly known as Shenzhen Pop Culture Co., Ltd., “Shenzhen Pop”), a company incorporated on January 17, 2020 in Shenzhen, China;

 

  Hualiu Digital Entertainment (Beijing) International Culture Media Co., Ltd. (“Hualiu Digital”), a company incorporated on April 14, 2022 in Beijing, China;

 

  Xiamen Pupu Digital Technology Co., Ltd. (“Pupu Digital”), a company incorporated on June 20, 2022 in Xiamen, China; and

 

  Xiamen Pop Shuzhi Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (“Xiamen Shuzhi”), a company incorporated on May 16, 2022 in Xiamen, China.

  

Reorganization

 

On January 3, 2020, Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (“Pop Group” or the “Company”) was incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

On January 20, 2020, Pop Culture (HK) Holding Limited (“Pop HK”) was established as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pop Group formed in accordance with laws and regulations of Hong Kong. Pop HK is a holding company and holds all the equity interests of Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd. (“WFOE”), which was established in the PRC on March 13, 2020.

 

On March 30, 2020, WFOE entered into a series of agreements with Pop Culture and the shareholders of Pop Culture who collectively held 93.55% of the shares in Pop Culture, including an Exclusive Services Agreement, an Exclusive Option Agreement, a Share Pledge Agreement, Powers of Attorney, and Spousal Consents (collectively the “VIE Agreements”). The VIE Agreements are designed to provide WFOE with the power, rights, and obligations with respect to Pop Culture as set forth under the VIE Agreements. The VIE Agreements obligate WFOE to absorb a majority of the risk of loss from business activities of Pop Culture and entitle WFOE to receive a majority of Pop Culture’s residual returns. Therefore, the Company believes that Pop Culture should be considered as a Variable Interest Entity under the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810 “Consolidation.”

 

Between February and May 2020, the Company and its shareholders undertook a series of corporate actions, including share issuances in February 2020, re-designation of ordinary shares of the Company into Class A and Class B ordinary shares in April 2020, and share issuances and transfers in May 2020. See “Note 14—Ordinary Shares.”

 

The above-mentioned transactions, including the incorporation of Pop Group, Pop HK, and WFOE, the entry into the VIE Agreements, the share issuances, share re-designation, and share transfers, were considered a reorganization of the Company (the “Reorganization”). After the Reorganization, Pop Group ultimately owns 100% equity interests of Pop HK and WFOE, and, for accounting purposes, controls and receives the economic benefits of the business operations of Pop Culture and its subsidiaries through the VIE Agreements, which enables Pop Group to consolidate the financial results of Pop Culture and its subsidiaries in its consolidated financial statements under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

 

In accordance with ASC 805-50-25, the Reorganization has been accounted for as a recapitalization among entities under common control since the same controlling shareholder controls all these entities before and after the Reorganization. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries and the VIE have been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, ASC 805-50-45-5 indicates that the financial statements and financial information presented for prior years shall also be retrospectively adjusted to furnish comparative information.

 

F-8


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES-Continued

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interest in the VIE

 

On February 9, 2021, the Company issued 1,065,089 Class A ordinary shares to non-controlling shareholders of Pop Culture to acquire their 6.45% non-controlling interests in Pop Culture. See “Note 14—Ordinary Shares.” On February 19, 2021, the VIE Agreements were amended and restated, through which WFOE is entitled to 100% of the net income of Pop Culture. WFOE is obliged to absorb all risk of loss from business activities of Pop Culture and entitled to receive all its residual returns. Upon the above transactions, the Company consummated the acquisition of non-controlling interest in Pop Culture, and Pop Culture does not have any non-controlling interests anymore.

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company included the following entities:

 

    Date of 
incorporation
  Place of 
incorporation
  Percentage 
of ownership
  Principal activities
The Company   January 3, 2020   Cayman 
Islands
  100%   Parent Holding
Wholly owned subsidiaries                
Pop HK   January 20, 2020   Hong Kong   100%   Investment holding
WFOE   March 13, 2020   PRC   100%   WFOE, consultancy and information technology support
Pop Culture Global Operations Inc.   December 3, 2021   California   100%  

Overseas hip-hop resource integration and business development

Xiamen Pop Investment Co., Ltd.   January 25, 2022   PRC  

60% owned by Heliheng; 40% owned by the VIE

  Cross-border funds management
Fujian Pupu Shuzhi Sports Industry Development Co., Ltd. (“Shuzhi Sports”)   July 21, 2022   PRC   100%   Holding sports performance activities
VIE                
Pop Culture   March 29, 2007   PRC   VIE   Event planning, execution, and hosting
VIE’s subsidiaries                
Pupu Sibo   March 30, 2017   PRC   100% owned by VIE   Event planning and execution
Pop Network   June 6, 2017   PRC   100% owned by VIE   Marketing
Guangzhou Shuzhi   December 19, 2018   PRC   100% owned by VIE   Event planning and execution
Shenzhen Pop   January 17, 2020   PRC   100% owned by VIE   Event planning and execution
Xiamen Pop Sikai Interactive Technology Co., Ltd (“Pop Sikai”)   August 18, 2020   PRC   51% owned by VIE   Event planning and execution
Pupu Digital   June 20, 2022   PRC  

100% owned by the VIE

  Cultural technology
Hualiu Digital   April 14, 2022   PRC  

100% owned by the VIE

 

Acting broker and self-branding development

Zhongpu Shuyuan (Xiamen) Digital Technology Co., Ltd.   March 30, 2022   PRC  

51% owned by the VIE

  Digital collection and Metaverse
Xiamen Qiqin Technology Co., Ltd.   April 12, 2022   PRC  

51% owned by the VIE

  IPC License
Shenzhen Jam Box Technology Co., Ltd. (“Shenzhen Jam box”)   November 18, 2021   PRC  

56% owned by the VIE

  Event planning and execution
Xiamen Pop Shuzhi Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   May 16, 2022   PRC  

100% owned by the VIE

 

Online and offline advertising marketing and exhibitions

Fujian Shuzhi Fuxin Exhibition Co., Ltd. (“Fujian Shuzhi”)   May 18, 2022   PRC  

51% owned by the VIE

 

Online and offline advertising marketing and exhibitions

 

F-9


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES-Continued

 

Risks in relation to the VIE structure

 

The Company believes that the VIE Agreements are in compliance with PRC laws and regulations and are legally enforceable. However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Company’s ability to enforce the VIE Agreements. If the legal structure and the VIE Agreements were found to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations, the PRC government could:

 

  revoke the business and operating licenses of WFOE and the VIE;
     
  discontinue or restrict the operations of any related-party transactions between WFOE and the VIE;
     
  limit the Company’s business expansion in China by way of entering into contractual arrangements;
     
  impose fines or other requirements with which WFOE and the VIE may not be able to comply;
     
  require the Company or WFOE and the VIE to restructure the relevant ownership structure or operations; or
     
  restrict or prohibit the Company’s use of the proceeds of the additional public offering to finance.

 

The following financial statement amounts and balances of the VIE and its subsidiaries were included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements after elimination of intercompany transactions:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
             
Total assets   $ 16,775,802     $ 30,147,583  
Total liabilities   $ 12,336,610     $ 11,110,127  

 

    For the fiscal years ended June 30,  
    2023     2022     2021  
                   
Total revenue   $ 18,286,074     $ 24,761,112     $ 24,871,302  
Net income (loss)   $ (14,053,844 )   $ 1,882,512     $ 4,571,795  
                         
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (2,672,557 )   $ 4,365,662     $ (3,310,074 )
Net cash used in investing activities   $ (680,272 )   $ (589,351 )   $ -  
Net cash provided by financing activities   $ 683,277     $ (1,679,374

)

  $ 4,378,228  

 

The Company believes that there are no assets in Pop Culture that can be used only to settle specific obligations of Pop Culture except for the registered capital of Pop Culture and non-distributable statutory reserves. As Pop Culture is incorporated as a limited liability company under the PRC Company Law, creditors of Pop Culture do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company for any of the liabilities of Pop Culture. There are no terms in any arrangements, explicitly or implicitly, requiring the Company or its subsidiaries to provide financial support to Pop Culture. However, if Pop Culture were ever to need financial support, the Company may, at its discretion and subject to statutory limits and restrictions, provide financial support to Pop Culture through loans.

 

F-10


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

  

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

(a) Basis of presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiaries, the VIE, and subsidiaries of the VIE. All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

(b) Use of estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period and accompanying notes, including allowance for doubtful accounts, the useful lives of property and equipment and intangible asset, impairment of long-lived assets, deferred cost, and valuation for deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

(c) Going Concern and Management’s Plan

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company incurred operating loss of $24.42 million and generated negative operating cash flows of $5.96 million for fiscal year ended June 30, 2023.

 

The Company has developed plans and implemented measures to address the going concern issue. The Company’s management is diligently overseeing its operating costs and capital needs, and is fully dedicated to exploring new customer and business opportunities In fiscal years 2022 and 2023, the Company's management has taken significant steps to control and reduce expenses. These measures include implementing more rigorous approval processes for various expenditures, establishing new performance appraisal standards, terminating underperforming employees, eliminating certain positions, and renegotiating contracts with specific vendors. In addition, the Company has dissolved unprofitable subsidiaries to curtail operating losses and cash depletion. Notably, the Company secured a $200 million financing facility in November 2022. Simultaneously, the company will continue to pursue and secure bank loans to support its ongoing operations.

 

However, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in securing sufficient funds to sustain or grow its operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. These financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effect on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that may result from the outcome of these uncertainties. Management believes that the actions presently being taken to obtain additional funding and implement its strategic plan provides the opportunity for the Company to continue as a going concern.

 

(d) Fair value measurements

 

The Company applies ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands financial statement disclosure requirements for fair value measurements.

 

ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) on the measurement date in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability.

 

ASC Topic 820 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques, which is based on whether the inputs into the valuation technique are observable or unobservable. The hierarchy is as follows:

 

Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

 

Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value. Unobservable inputs are valuation technique inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

Management of the Company is responsible for considering the carrying amount of cash, accounts receivable, advance to suppliers, prepaid expenses and other current assets, short-term bank loans, accounts payable, deferred revenue, taxes payable, and accrued liabilities and other payables based on the short-term maturity of these instruments to approximate their fair values because of their short-term nature. 

 

F-11


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

  

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES-Continued

 

(e) Cash

 

Cash consists of cash on hand and cash in banks. The Company maintains cash with various financial institutions in China. As of June 30, 2022 and 2023, cash balances were $14,396,032 and $2,751,309, respectively. The Company has not experienced any losses in bank accounts and believes it is not exposed to any risks on its cash in bank accounts.

 

(f) Accounts receivable, net

 

Accounts receivables are stated at the historical carrying amount net of allowance for expected credit losses. The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” on January 1, 2021 using a modified retrospective approach. The Company also adopted this guidance to notes receivable, advance to suppliers, other receivables and long-term prepayments. To estimate expected credit losses, the Company has identified the relevant risk characteristics of its customers and the related receivables. The Company considers the past collection experience, current economic conditions, future economic conditions (external data and macroeconomic factors) and changes in the Company’s customer collection trends. The allowance for credit losses and corresponding receivables were written off when they are determined to be uncollectible.

 

(g) Advance to suppliers

 

Advance to suppliers primarily consists of the prepayments to the service and materials suppliers for the Company’s event hosting, planning, and execution. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to state prepayments at their estimated realizable value based on a variety of factors, including the possibility of releasing the prepayments into services and materials, significant one-time events, and historical experience.

 

(h) Property and equipment, net

 

Property and equipment comprise office building, equipment, and motor vehicles. They are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Cost represents the purchase price of the asset and other costs incurred to bring the asset into its existing use. The cost of repairs and maintenance is expensed as incurred; major replacements and improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gains or losses are included in income/loss in the year of disposition. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

 

    Estimated Useful Life
Building   20 Years
Office equipment   3 to 5 Years
Motor vehicles   10 Years
Leasehold improvement   Shorter of useful life or lease term

 

(i) Intangible asset, net

 

Intangible asset is stated at cost less accumulated amortization and amortized in a method which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are expected to be consumed or otherwise used up. The balance of intangible asset represents a software that the Company purchased externally and is amortized straight-line over 10 years in accordance with the way the Company estimates to generate economic benefits from such software.

 

F-12


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

  

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES-Continued

 

(j) Impairment of long-lived assets

 

In accordance with ASC Topic 360, the Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable, or at least annually. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the sum of expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. The amount of impairment is measured as the difference between the asset’s estimated fair value and its book value. The Company recorded the impairment charge of nil, nil, and $1.1 million for intangible assets for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2022, and 2023, respectively.

 

(k) Right-of-use assets

  

The Company has 5 operating lease for office, including an option to renew which is not at the Company’s sole discretion. The renewal to extend the lease term is not included in the Company’s right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liability as they are not reasonably certain of exercise. The Company regularly evaluates the renewal option, and, when it is reasonably certain of exercise, the Company will include the renewal period in its lease term. New lease modifications result in re-measurement of the ROU assets and lease liability. The Company’s lease agreement does not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

 

Effective July 1, 2017, the Company adopted ASC 842, Leases using a modified retrospective transition method. In addition, the Company elected the package of practical expedients, which allowed the Company to not reassess whether any existing contracts contain a lease, to not reassess historical lease classification as operating or finance leases, and to not reassess initial direct costs. The Company has not elected the practical expedient to use hindsight to determine the lease term for its leases at transition. Adoption of ASC 842 resulted in the recording of operating lease ROU assets and corresponding operating lease liability as disclosed in “Note 13—Lease” and had no impact on accumulated profit as of July 1, 2017. ROU assets and related lease obligation are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of remaining lease payments over the lease term.

 

The Company’s lease is classified as operating lease for the office space. Operating lease ROU assets are presented within non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheet and the operating lease liability is classified as current and non-current on the consolidated balance sheet. 

 

(l) Value added tax (“VAT”)

 

The Company’s affiliated entities in the PRC, including WFOE, Pop Culture, and subsidiaries of Pop Culture, are subject to PRC VAT for providing services. The applicable VAT rate for these companies was 6% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021.

 

The amount of VAT liability is determined by applying the applicable tax rates to the invoiced amount of services provided (output VAT) less VAT paid on purchases made with the relevant supporting invoices (input VAT). The Company reports revenue net of PRC VAT for all the periods presented in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

(m) Operating lease liability

 

Lease where substantially all the reward and risk of ownership of asset remain with the leasing company is accounted for as operating lease. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease period.

 

(n) Revenue recognition

 

On July 1, 2017, the Company adopted ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, using the modified retrospective approach. The adoption of ASC 606 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

  

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES-Continued

 

(n) Revenue recognition-continued

 

ASC 606 establishes principles for reporting information about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from the Company’s contracts to provide services to customers. The core principle of ASC 606 is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The following five steps are applied to achieve that core principle:

 

Step 1: Identify the contract with the customer;

Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

Step 3: Determine the transaction price;

Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

Step 5: Recognize revenue when the company satisfies a performance obligation.

 

The Company mainly generates revenue from event hosting, event planning and execution, and brand promotion, and other services.

 

Event hosting - The Company regularly hosts live concerts and hip-hop events, and operates hip-hop related online programs. The portfolio of hip-hop events includes a stage play, dance competitions, cultural and musical festivals, and promotional parties. The Company started to operate online hip-hop programs since 2020. The portfolio of online hip-hop programs includes street dance tutorial programs, collections of street dance performances videos, and collections of short music videos on trendy shoes and clothes related to hip-hop culture. The Company generates revenue from concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs by providing sponsorship packages to advertisers in exchange for sponsorship fees or by selling tickets for those concerts.

 

Event planning and execution - The Company provides customized event planning and execution services upon requests from its customers, including design, logistics, layout of events, and coordination and supervision of the actual event set-up and implementation, and generates revenue through service fees.

 

Brand promotion - The Company provides brand promotion services, including online marketing and promotion, trademark and logo design, visual identity system design, brand positioning, brand personality design, and digital solutions for service fees.

 

Other services - The Company sells digital collections to individual collectors, provides music recording services to a corporate client and Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) software services to hip-hop dance training institutions for service fees, and distributes advertisements for corporate customers for service fees.

 

The Company accounts for a contract of event hosting, event planning and execution, or brand promotion when it has legally enforceable rights and obligations and collectability of consideration is probable. Each contract typically contains one single performance obligation, which is to deliver a successful event, activity, qualified online program or video, or brand solution, and the contract price is fixed. Contract terms typically include a customary requirement for payment within 180 days after the Company successfully provides services, which is indicated by the customer’s signed acknowledgement of completion on such event, activity, online program, or brand solution by providing the Company with completion confirmation forms.

 

F-14


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

  

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES-Continued

 

(n) Revenue recognition-continued

 

For event hosting, event planning and execution, and brand promotion, revenue is recognized at a point of time when services are successfully provided (e.g., upon successful carryout of an event), which is indicated by the customer’s acknowledgement of completion on such event, activity, online program or video, or brand solution, as the customer neither simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Company’s performance nor controls an increasingly enhanced asset or an asset with an alternative use to the customer as the Company performs. Event hosting, event planning and execution, and brand promotion projects are generally short term, which usually take less than three months.

 

For digital collections, the PRC operating entities sell digital collections through its own digital collection sales platform. After the customer purchases the digital collection issued on the platform and the digital collection is delivered to the customer, the revenue is recognized.

 

For music recording service, revenue is recognized at a point of time when services are successfully provided which is indicated by the customer’s acknowledgement of completion on the recording.

 

For SaaS software services, revenue is recognized after the completion of the service provision. The PRC operating entities reach an annual framework service contract with the customer and charge a one-time service fee. Revenue is recognized on a monthly average basis within the service period.

 

For distribution of advertisements, the Company satisfies its performance obligation over time by measuring the progress based on time elapsed, as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit of service provided, during the period of time when the advertisement is displayed. Payment is usually required within 180 days after the completion of distribution.

 

The Company reports revenue on a gross basis for event hosting, event planning and execution, brand promotion, and other services (except for advertisement distribution), as the Company takes risk and control of the event, activities, online program, or brand solution before they are transferred to customers. While in terms of advertisement distribution, the Company reports revenue on a net basis since it only arranges the distribution of advertisements, instead of taking the risk and control of the distribution resources.

 

The Company applies a practical expedient to make no adjustment for the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component as the Company expects, at contract inception, that the period between when the Company transfers a promised service to a customer and when the customer pays for that service will be one year or less.

 

The following table identifies the disaggregation of the Company’s revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021 respectively:

 

    For the fiscal years ended June 30,  
    2023     2022     2021  
Revenue from operations:                  
Event hosting   $ 4,348,303     $ 14,711,787     $ 14,978,643  
Brand promotion     9,650,274       8,733,764       750,315  
Event planning and execution     4,132,477       8,420,328       9,196,773  
Other services     412,189       415,664       600,826  
Total revenue   $ 18,543,243     $ 32,281,543     $ 25,526,557  

 

F-15


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

  

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES-Continued

 

(n) Revenue recognition-continued

 

Deferred revenue  

 

The Company presents the consideration that a customer pays before the Company transfers a service to the customer as a contract liability (deferred revenue) when the payment is made. Deferred revenue is the Company’s obligation to transfer services to a customer for which the Company has received consideration from the customer. As of June 30, 2022 and 2023, the balance of deferred revenue amounted to $47,710 and $393,003, respectively, and the movement of deferred revenue was as below. 

 

    Amount  
June 30, 2020   $ 1,764,608  
Addition     8,070,036  
Recognized as revenue within the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021     (8,185,797 )
June 30, 2021     1,648,847  
Addition     47,710  
Recognized as revenue within the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022     (1,648,847 )
June 30, 2022     47,710  
Addition     393,003  
Recognized as revenue within the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023     (47,710 )
June 30, 2023   $ 393,003  

 

The Company applies a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred for costs to obtain a contract with a customer when the amortization period would have been one year or less. The Company has no material incremental costs of obtaining contracts with customers that the Company expects the benefit of those costs to be longer than one year which need to be recognized as assets.

 

(o) Cost of revenue

 

Cost of revenue consists primarily of event design costs, online program production costs, salary and benefits expenses, materials costs, and other related expenses.

 

(p) Selling and marketing expenses

 

All expenses related to selling and marketing are expensed as incurred. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2022, and 2023, selling and marketing costs amounted to $133,387, $380,723, and $4,646,875, respectively. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2022, and 2023, advertising expenses amounted to $51,170, $48,716, and $1,518,981, respectively.

 

(q) Income taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

The provisions of ASC 740-10-25, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. The Company does not believe that there was any uncertain tax position as of June 30, 2022 and 2023.

  

The Company’s affiliated entities in the PRC are subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities. According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent. The statute of limitations is extended to five years under special circumstances, where the underpayment of taxes is more than RMB100,000 (approximately $14,381). In the case of transfer pricing issues, the statute of limitation is 10 years. There is no statute of limitation in the case of tax evasion. As of June 30, 2023,  the tax years ended December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2022 for the Company’s affiliated entities in the PRC remain open for statutory examination by PRC tax authorities.

 

F-16


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES-Continued

 

(r) Foreign currency translation

 

The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar (“USD”). The functional currency of the Company’s affiliated entities located in China is the Renminbi (“RMB”). For the entities whose functional currency is RMB, results of operations and cash flows are translated at average exchange rates during the period, assets and liabilities are translated at the unified exchange rate at the end of the period, and equity is translated at historical exchange rates. As a result, amounts relating to assets and liabilities reported on the statements of cash flows may not necessarily agree with the changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheets. Translation adjustments resulting from the process of translating the local currency financial statements into USD are included in determining comprehensive income/loss. Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date with any transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in the results of operations as incurred.

 

The consolidated balance sheet amounts, with the exception of equity, at June 30, 2023 and 2022 were translated at RMB7.2513 to $1.00 and at RMB6.6981 to $1.00, respectively. Equity accounts were stated at their historical rates. The average translation rates applied to consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021 were RMB6.9534 to $1.00, RMB6.4554 to $1.00, and RMB6.6228 to $1.00, respectively.

 

(s) Earnings per share

 

The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share” (“ASC 260”). ASC 260 requires companies with complex capital structures to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as net income divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is similar to basic EPS but presents the dilutive effect on a per share basis of potential common shares (for example, convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. The Company had no dilutive securities as of and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2022, and 2023.

 

(t) Comprehensive income

 

Comprehensive income consists of two components, net income and other comprehensive income (loss). The foreign currency translation gain or loss resulting from translation of the financial statements expressed in RMB to USD is reported in other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

 

(u) Commitments and contingencies

 

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business, which cover a wide range of matters. Liabilities for contingencies are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment can be reasonably estimated.

 

If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss is incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability is accrued in the Company’s financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a potentially material loss contingency is not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss, if determinable and material, would be disclosed.

 

Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless they involve guarantees, in which case the nature of the guarantee would be disclosed.

 

F-17


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES-Continued

 

(v) Concentration and credit risk

 

Substantially all of the Company’s operating activities are transacted in RMB, which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions take place either through the People’s Bank of China or other banks authorized to buy and sell foreign currencies at the exchange rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China. Approval of foreign currency payments by the People’s Bank of China or other regulatory institutions require submitting a payment application form together with suppliers’ invoices, shipping documents, and signed contracts.

 

The Company maintains certain bank accounts in the PRC, where under the Deposit Insurance System in China, Hong Kong, and Cayman Islands. In China, a company’s deposits at one bank are insured for a maximum of RMB500,000  in the event of bank failure. According to press release of China Securities Times and China News on July 13, 2023, Hong Kong Monetary Authority proposed that the upper limit of deposit protection in Hong Kong be enhanced to HK$800,000 from HK$500,000. In Cayman Islands, deposits are not insured by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance or other insurance. As of June 30, 2022 and 2023, $5,281,823 and $724,437 of the Company’s cash were on deposit at financial institutions in the PRC, respectively, and $9,113,548 and $2,026,858 of the Company’s cash were on deposit at financial institutions in Hong Kong, respectively.

 

Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and derived from revenue earned from customers, thereby exposed to credit risk. The risk is mitigated by the Company’s assessment of its customers’ creditworthiness and its ongoing monitoring of outstanding balances.

 

The Company’s sales are made to customers that are located primarily in China. The Company has a concentration of its revenue and accounts receivable with specific customers. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, three major customers accounted for approximately 23%, 12%, and 8% of the Company’s total revenue, respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, three major customers accounted for approximately 30%, 13%, and 7% of the Company’s total revenue, respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, three major customers accounted for approximately 10%, 10%, and 9% of the Company’s total revenue, respectively. As of June 30, 2022, the top five customers accounted for 72% of net accounts receivable as of June 30, 2022, with each customer representing 35%, 14%, 9%, 7%, and 7% of the net accounts receivable balance, respectively. As of June 30, 2023, the top five customers accounted for 68% of net accounts receivable as of June 30, 2023, with each customer representing 31%, 19%, 7%, 6%, and 5% of the net accounts receivable balance, respectively.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, the Company purchased approximately 16.56%, 12.91%, and 10.61% of its services from three major suppliers, respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, the Company purchased approximately 8.59%, 7.88%, and 5.63% of its services from three major suppliers, respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, the Company purchased approximately 14%, 13%, and 12% of its services from three major suppliers, respectively.

 

(w) Segment reporting

 

The Company uses the management approach to determine operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) for making decisions, allocating resources, and assessing performance. The Company’s CODM has been identified as the chief executive officer, who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Company.

 

The Company’s CODM reviews the consolidated financial results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing the performance of the Company as a whole and hence, the Company has only one reportable segment. The Company operates and manages its business as a single segment. As the Company’s long-lived assets are substantially all located in the PRC and substantially all of the Company’s revenue is derived from within the PRC, no geographical segments are presented.

 

F-18


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES-Continued

 

(x) Related parties

 

Parties are considered to be related to the Company if the parties, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, control, are controlled by, or are under common control with the Company. Related parties also include principal owners of the Company, its management, members of the immediate families of principal owners of the Company and its management, and other parties with which the Company may deal with if one party controls or can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the other to an extent that one of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests. The Company discloses all significant related party transactions in “Note 11—Related Party Transactions.”

 

(y) Non-controlling interests

 

A non-controlling interest in the VIE represents the portion of the equity (net assets) in the VIE that has not been pledged to WFOE, consequently not directly or indirectly attributable to the Company. Non-controlling interests are presented as a separate component of equity on the consolidated balance sheet and net income and other comprehensive income are attributed to controlling and non-controlling interests respectively.

 

On February 9, 2021, the Company issued 1,065,089 Class A ordinary shares to non-controlling shareholders of Pop Culture to acquire their 6.45% non-controlling interests in Pop Culture. See “Note 14—Ordinary Shares.” On February 19, 2021, the VIE Agreements were amended and restated, through which WFOE is entitled to 100% of the net income of Pop Culture. Upon this transaction, the Company consummated the acquisition of non-controlling interest in Pop Culture.

 

On August 18, 2020, Pop Sikai was incorporated, 49% of which represented a non-controlling interest. Pop Sikai was dissolved and deregistered on June 27, 2023. Since Pop Sikai had no profit or loss during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, no net income or net loss was allocated to non-controlling interest.

 

On May 18, 2022, Fujian Shuzhi was incorporate. As of June 30, 2023, Fuzhou Xinsiyu Culture Communication Co., Ltd., an unrelated third party, holds 49% of the equity interests in this entity.

 

(z) Recent accounting pronouncements

 

In June 2016, the FASB amended guidance related to impairment of financial instruments as part of ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The guidance replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology with an expected credit loss model for which a company recognizes an allowance based on the estimate of expected credit loss. The ASU is effective for public company for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. For all other entities including emerging growth companies, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. Early application is permitted for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company has adopted ASU 2016-13 since July 1, 2021, the impact of which on the Company’s consolidated financial statements was immaterial.

 

Recently issued ASUs by the FASB, except for the ones mentioned above, are not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position. Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements upon adoption. The Company does not discuss recent pronouncements that are not anticipated to have an impact on or are unrelated to its consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, or disclosures.

 

F-19


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

3. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

As of June 30, 2023 and 2022, accounts receivable consisted of the following:

 

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
Accounts receivable   $ 24,000,374     $ 28,094,299  
                 
Less: allowance for credit losses     (4,358,037 )     (1,815,665 )
Accounts receivable, net   $ 19,642,337     $ 26,278,634  

 

An analysis of the allowance for credit losses was as follows:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
Balance at beginning of the year   $ 1,815,665     $ 563,789  
Additional provision charged to expense     2,795,662       1,319,925  
Foreign exchange     (253,290 )     (68,049 )
Balance at the end of the year   $ 4,358,037     $ 1,815,665  

 

The Company recorded bad debt expenses of $180,408, $1,319,925, and $2,795,662 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021,2022, and 2023, respectively.

 

4. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

As of June 30, 2023 and 2022, prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
Deferred costs (1)   $ 683     $ 783,798  
Deferred offering costs    
-
     
-
 
Other receivables     109,100       36,559  
      109,783       820,357  
Allowance for credit losses (2)     (13,791 )     (14,930 )
    $ 95,992     $ 805,427  

 

An analysis of the allowance for credit losses was as follows:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
Balance at beginning of the year   $ 14,930     $ 27,887  
Reverse    
-
      (12,407 )
Foreign exchange     (1,139 )     (550 )
Balance at the end of the year   $ 13,791     $ 14,930  

 

(1)

Deferred costs represent the costs incurred to fulfill a contract with a customer which relates directly to a contract that the Company can specifically identify, generate, or enhance resources of the Company that will be used in satisfying performance obligations in the future as well as are expected to be recovered.

 

As of June 30, 2022, deferred costs primarily consisted of costs paid by the Company in advance to various vendors for the events and performances to be carried out subsequently in July and December 2022.

 

As of June 30, 2023, deferred costs primarily consisted of costs paid by the Company in advance to various vendors for the events and performances to be carried out subsequently in July and December 2023.

 

(2) The Company recorded bad debt expenses of $27,887, negative $12,407, and nil for other receivables for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2022, and 2023, respectively.

 

F-20


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

  5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

As of June 30, 2023 and 2022, property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
Leasehold improvement   $ 939,825     $ 17,394  
Building     456,748      
-
 
Office equipment     115,314       85,939  
      1,511,887       103,333  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (667,273 )     (31,570 )
    $ 844,614     $ 71,763  

 

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2022, and 2023, depreciation expenses amounted to $28,902, $60,600, and $665,431, respectively.

 

6. INTANGIBLE ASSET, NET

 

As of June 30, 2023 and 2022, intangible assets, net consisted of the following:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
Copyright licenses   $ 1,963,676     $ 2,845,857  
SaaS     137,906       149,296  
      2,101,582       2,995,153  
Less: accumulated amortization     (918,405 )     (790,742 )
Less: impairment for production copyright     (1,063,658 )    
-
 
    $ 119,519     $ 2,204,411  

 

Copyright Licenses of Move it

 

Acquired intangible assets are recognized based on their cost to the Company, which generally includes the transaction costs of the asset acquisition. These assets are amortized over their useful lives if the assets are deemed to have a finite life and they are reviewed for impairment by testing for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. The fair value of an intangible asset is the amount that would be determined if the entity used the assumptions that market participants would use if they were pricing the intangible asset. The useful life of the Company’s intangible assets is 10 years, which is determined by using the time period that an intangible is estimated to contribute directly or indirectly to the Company’s future cash flows.

 

Currently the MOVE IT project is losing money, the carrying value of the amortizable intangible asset could not be recoverable due to the poor financial performance, including declining customer numbers. The Company recognized a $1.1 million impairment loss for the production copyright.

 

SaaS Software

 

The SaaS software is used for the administration of hip-hop dance training institutions. The SaaS software was purchased from a related party, Shenzhen HipHopJust Information Technology Co., Ltd., in January 2022 for a total cash consideration of RMB1,000,000 (equivalent to $154,909).

 

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2022, and 2023, amortization expense amounted to $215,003, $249,743, and $915,155, respectively. The following is a schedule, by fiscal years, of amortization amount of intangible asset as of June 30, 2023:

 

2024   $ 13,791  
2025     13,791  
2026     13,791  
2027     13,791  
2028     13,791  
Thereafter     50,564  
Total   $ 119,519  

  

F-21


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

7. OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
Prepayment of developing a metaverse platform    
-
      4,597,232  
Prepayment of developing non-fungible tokens (“NFTs”)    
-
      2,800,000  
Prepayment of brand authorization     4,600,000      
-
 
Prepaid consulting fees     462,967       925,933  
Prepaid renovation expenses    
-
      886,367  
Prepayment of copyright licenses    
-
      580,000  
Prepaid royalties    
-
      95,798  
Security deposit     16,260       55,425  
Others     41,372       68,445  
Total   $ 5,120,599     $ 10,009,200  

 

 

As of June 30, 2023, other non-current assets mainly consisted of the prepayment for brand authorization in the amount of $4,600,000. It included the payment to Wanyee Trading Company Limited and Lihe Trading Limited for negotiating with the brand owner of “Stussy” and “fear of god” for acting as an agent  for these brands in mainland China.

 

As of June 30, 2022, other non-current assets also consisted of the prepayment for the development of a metaverse platform including the service of platform planning, design, platform framework and related system development from February 8, 2022 to December 31, 2022 for a total cash consideration of $4,600,000. The development of NFTs includes the service of planning, designing, and developing no less than 30 NFT products and no less than five metaverse battle scenes with the theme of martial arts and street dance from April 10, 2022 to April 9, 2023 for a total cash consideration of $4,000,000. Due to the uncertainties of revenue generation from the two projects, the management of the Company decided to expense the two items in the Research and Development account.

 

8. ACCRUED LIABILITIES AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

As of June 30, 2023 and 2022, accrued liabilities and other payables consisted of the following:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
Payroll payables   $ 92,856     $ 126,336  
Other payables     122,186       102,873  
    $ 215,042     $ 229,209  

 

F-22


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

9. TAXES PAYABLE

 

As of June 30, 2023 and 2022, taxes payable consisted of the following:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
Corporate income tax   $ 3,495,646     $ 3,946,227  
Value-added tax (“VAT”)     828,488       746,975  
Related surcharges on VAT payable     108       2,224  
IIT     702       1,841  
Other tax     2,238       -  
    $ 4,327,182     $ 4,697,267  

 

10. BANK LOANS

 

Bank loans represent the amounts due to various banks. As of June 30, 2023 and 2022, short-term and current portion of long-term bank loans consisted of the following:

 

a) Summary of short-term bank loans is as follows:

 

   

Annual

Interest

        As of June 30,  
    Rate     Maturities   2023     2022  
Short-term loans:                      
Xiamen Bank (1)       5.22 %   June 16, 2023     -       447,888  
Xiamen Bank (1)       5.22 %   June 16, 2023     -       298,592  
Bank of China Ltd. (3)       4.25 %   May 24, 2024     979,135       -  
Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. (2)       4.80 %   December 20, 2022     -       1,492,960  
Bank of China Ltd. (3)       4.70 %   June 1, 2023     -       1,194,370  
Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.     4.80 %   December 7, 2023     1,379,063       -  
China Merchants Bank (4)       4.93 %   March 29, 2024     372,347       -  
Xiamen Bank (1)     4 %   June 25,2024     551,625       -  
Industrial and Commercial Bank (5)       3.65 %   September 23, 2023     689,532       -  
Subtotal                 3,971,702       3,433,810  
Long-term loans-current portion:                            
Bank of China Ltd. (3)       3.80 %   November 26, 2023     330,975       89,579  
Bank of China Ltd. (3)       4.15 %   December 29,2023     772,275       209,014  
Bank of China Ltd. (3)       5.10 %   April 15, 2024     55,163       59,718  
Subtotal               $ 1,158,413     $ 358,311  

 

F-23


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

10. BANK LOANS-Continued

 

b) Summary of long-term bank loans is as follows:

 

   

Annual

Interest

        As of June 30,  
    Rate     Maturities   2023     2022  
Long-term loans:                      
Bank of China Ltd. (3)     3.80 %   November 26, 2023   $     -     $ 313,522  
Bank of China Ltd. (3)     4.15 %   December 29, 2023     -       731,551  
Bank of China Ltd. (3)     5.10 %   April 15, 2024     -       209,014  
Total               $ -     $ 1,254,087  

 

The weighted average interest rate on short-term bank loans outstanding as of June 30, 2022 and 2023 was 4.86% and 4.53%, respectively. The effective interest rate for bank loans was approximately 6.26%, 4.87%, and 4.60% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2022, and 2023, respectively. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2022, and 2023, interest expenses related to bank loans amounted to $228,806, $266,126, and $226,296, respectively.

 

(1) Loans from Xiamen Bank and Xiamen International Bank were personally guaranteed by Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, the chief executive officer of the Company, and his spouse.

 

(2) On February 4, 2021, Pop Culture entered into a factoring agreement with Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. and received a total of RMB10,000,000 (equivalent to $1,548,491) on February 4, 2021 by factoring the receivables due from customers of RMB13,000,000 (equivalent to $2,013,038), for which Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. had the right of recourse to Pop Culture. The factoring was guaranteed by Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, the chief executive office of the Company. Subsequently, the loans from Industrial Bank Co., Ltd were repaid on September 17, 2021 with the collections of receivables due from customers.

 

(3) Loans from Bank of China were jointly guaranteed by Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, the chief executive officer of the Company and Pop Culture.

 

(4) The loan was guaranteed by Mr. Zhuoqin Huang.

 

(5) The loan was guaranteed by Pop Culture.

 

As of June 30, 2023, the Company’s future long-term loan obligations according to the terms of the loan agreement are as follows:

 

    USD  
2024     1,158,413  

 

11. RELATED PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS

 

On January 19, 2022, Shenzhen HipHopJust Information Technology Co., Ltd. transferred its all software, applets, program source code, and trademarks required to operate the JamBox system indefinitely to Shenzhen Jam Box for the amount of RMB1,000,000 (equivalent to $154,909). The software transferred included JamBox store management system, JAMYO software on Android platform mobile phones, and Hip Dance Jam software on Android platform mobile phones.

 

In February, March, April, and June of 2023, Shuzhi Sports paid RMB96,300 (equivalent to $13,280) in total to Weiyi Lin, vice president and director of the Company, for live broadcasting projects.

 

In February, March, April, and May of 2023, the Company paid $95,993 in total to Weiyi Lin for petty cash and project borrowings.

 

Shenzhen Jam Box repaid the loan RMB1,000,000 (approximately $143,810) to Shenzhen HipHopJust Information Technology Co., Ltd. in November 2022.

 

Loan guarantees for the Company provided by Mr. Zhuoqin Huang and his spouse, please refer to “Note 10—Bank Loans.”

 

12. INCOME TAXES

 

Cayman Islands

 

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to income or capital gains taxes. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to withholdings tax in the Cayman Islands.

 

F-24


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

12. INCOME TAXES-Continued

 

Hong Kong

 

On March 21, 2018, the Hong Kong Legislative Council passed The Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No. 7) Bill 2017 (the “Bill”) which introduces the two-tiered profits tax rates regime. The Bill was signed into law on March 28, 2018 and was announced on the following day. Under the two-tiered profits tax rates regime, the first 2 million Hong Kong Dollar (“HKD”) of profits of the qualifying group entity will be taxed at 8.25%, and profits above HKD2 million will be taxed at 16.5%.

 

PRC

 

Generally, WFOE, Pop Culture, Pupu Sibo, Pop Network, Guangzhou Shuzhi, Shenzhen Pop, and Pop Sikai, which were incorporated in PRC, are subject to enterprise income tax on their taxable income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards at a rate of 25%.

 

According to Taxation 2019 No. 13, which was effective from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2021, an enterprise is recognized as a small-scale and low-profit enterprise when its taxable income is less than RMB3 million. A small-scale and low-profit enterprise receives a tax preference including a preferential tax rate of 5% on its taxable income below RMB1 million and another preferential tax rate of 10% on its taxable income between RMB1 million and RMB3 million. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, WFOE, Pupu Sibo, and Shenzhen Pop were qualified as small-scale and low-profit enterprises. The impact of the tax holidays noted above decreased current income taxes by $nil for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2023. The benefit of the tax holidays on net income per share (basic and diluted) was $nil for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2023.

 

i) The components of the income tax provision were as follows:

 

    For the fiscal years ended June 30,  
    2023     2022     2021  
Current income tax provision   $ 218,962     $ 1,205,276     $ 1,464,674  
Deferred income tax benefit     455,602       (334,045 )     (47,802 )
Total   $ 674,564     $ 871,231     $ 1,416,872  

 

The following table reconciles the statutory rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021:

 

    For the fiscal years ended June 30,  
    2023     2022     2021  
China Statutory income tax rate     25.00 %     25.00 %     25.00 %
Temporary difference     (4.76 )%     21.04       -  
Permanent difference     (0.01 )%     1.03 %     0.71 %
Effect of different tax jurisdiction     (10.10 )%     8.81       -  
Effect of favorable tax rates on small-scale and low-profit entities     0.41 %     - %     (0.79 )%
Change in valuation allowance     (13.28 )%     - %     - %
Effective tax rate     (2.74 )%     55.88 %     24.92  %

  

F-25


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

12. INCOME TAXES-Continued

 

The tax effect of temporary difference under ASC 740 “Accounting for Income Taxes” that gives rise to deferred tax asset as of June 30, 2023 and 2022 was as follows: 

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
Deferred tax assets:            
Net operating loss carry forwards   $ 3,266,711     $
-
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts     1,092,957       457,649  
Total deferred tax assets     4,359,668       457,649  
Valuation allowance     (4,359,668 )    
-
 
Total deferred tax assets, net   $
-
    $ 457,649  

 

13. LEASE

 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to the operating lease was as follows:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
Right-of-use assets   $ 84,892     $ 461,399  
                 
Operating lease liabilities - current   $ 65,115     $ 208,926  
Operating lease liabilities - non-current     39,634       250,178  
Total operating lease liabilities   $ 104,749     $ 459,104  

 

Our principal executive offices are located in Xiamen, Fujian, China, where Xiamen Pop Culture leases an office in Xiamen from an independent third party with an area of approximately 434 square meters, with a lease term of one year from January 20, 2023 to January 19, 2024 and a monthly rent of RMB12,154 (approximately $1,676).

 

Guangzhou Shuzhi leases an office in Guangzhou from an independent third party with an area of approximately 71 square meters, with a lease term of two years from August 1, 2022 to August 1, 2024 and a monthly rent of RMB5000 (approximately $690). Guangzhou Shuzhi purchased the building in October 2022, and terminated the lease agreement.

 

Guangzhou Shuzhi leases an office in Guangzhou from an independent third party with an area of approximately 68 square meters, with a lease term of one and half years from January 1, 2022 to July 31, 2023. The monthly rent from January 1, 2022 to July 31, 2022 was RMB10,976 (approximately $1,514), and RMB11,628 (approximately $1,604) from August 1, 2022 to July 31, 2023. On February 1, 2023, the monthly rent was changed to RMB9,113 (approximately $1,257).

 

Guangzhou Shuzhi leased an office in Guangzhou from an independent third party with an area of approximately 284 square meters, with a lease term of one and half years from January 1, 2022 to July 31, 2023. The monthly rent from January 1, 2022 to July 31, 2022 was RMB44,012 (approximately $6,070), and RMB46,635 (approximately $6,431) from August 1, 2022 to July 31, 2023. The lease agreement was terminated on February 1, 2023.

 

Pop Network leases an office in Xiamen from an independent third party with an area of approximately 501 square meters, with a lease term of one year from March 21, 2023 to March 20, 2024 and a monthly rent of RMB12,523 (approximately $1,727).

 

Xiamen Pop Culture leases offices from an independent third party with an area of approximately 22,227 square meters, with a lease term from March 1, 2022 to February 28, 2025 and a monthly rent of RMB50,000 (approximately $6,952) and an increase in the monthly rent every year. The lease agreement was terminated on December 31, 2022.

 

Shenzhen Pop leases an office in Shenzhen from an independent third party with an area of approximately 294 square meters, with a lease term of one year from March 9, 2022 to March 8, 2025 and a monthly rent of RMB38,408 (approximately $5,297).

 

 

F-26


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

13. LEASE-Continued

 

Pupu Digital leases an office in Xiamen from an independent third party with an area of approximately 930 square meter, with a lease term of one year from March 21, 2023 to March 20, 2024 and a monthly rent of RMB27,888 (approximately $3,846).

 

The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for the operating lease of Shenzhen Pop as of June 30, 2023 were as follows:

 

Remaining lease term and discount rate:  

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)     2.15  
Weighted average discount rate     6.92 %

 

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2022, and 2023, the Company incurred total operating lease expenses of $107,139, $84,552, and $84,627, respectively.

 

As of June 30, 2023, the future minimum rent payable under the non-cancelable operating lease for fiscal years ended June 30 were:

 

2024   $ 64,646  
2025     49,556  
Thereafter    
-
 
Total lease payments     111,202  
Less: imputed interest     (6,453 )
Present value of lease liabilities   $ 104,749  

 

14. ORDINARY SHARES

 

On January 3, 2020, 9,165,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, were held by Joya Enterprises Limited. On February 22, 2020, the Company issued 3,760,911 ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, to certain founding shareholders, and 2,015,400 ordinary shares to two new shareholders who made the capital injection of $2,557,654 in October 2019.

 

On April 28, 2020, shareholders of the Company approved the re-designation of 5,763,077 of the Company’s issued ordinary shares held by Joya Enterprises Limited into 5,763,077 Class B ordinary shares and an aggregate of 9,178,234 of the Company’s issued ordinary shares held by Joya Enterprises Limited and certain other shareholders into 9,178,234 Class A ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights except for voting and conversion rights. In respect of matters requiring a shareholder vote, each holder of Class A ordinary shares will be entitled to one vote per one Class A ordinary share and each holder of Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to seven votes per one Class B ordinary share. The Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into shares of any other class. The Class B ordinary shares are convertible into Class A ordinary shares at any time after issuance at the option of the holder on a one-to-one basis.

 

On May 30, 2020, the Company issued 500,000 Class A ordinary shares to two original shareholders of Pop Culture for a nominal cash consideration of $500 as part of the Reorganization. The shares and per share data as of June 30, 2019 are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the above share issuances and re-designation.

 

On May 30, 2020, the Company also issued an aggregate of 1,343,600 Class A ordinary shares to five new investors for a cash consideration of $1,707,893 pursuant to certain share purchase agreements entered into on September 30, 2019. This share issuance is presented on a prospective basis.

 

F-27


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

14. ORDINARY SHARES-Continued

 

On February 9, 2021, the Company issued 1,065,089 Class A ordinary shares to non-controlling shareholders of Pop Culture to acquire their 6.45% non-controlling interests in Pop Culture, which resulted in Pop Culture becoming a VIE fully controlled by the Company. The Company has accounted this acquisition of non-controlling interest as an equity transaction with no gain or loss recognized in accordance with ASC 810-10-45.  

 

The subscription receivable presents the receivable for the issuance of ordinary shares of the Company and is reported as a deduction of equity. Subscription receivable has no payment terms nor any interest receivable accrual.

 

On July 2, 2021, the Company closed its initial public offering of 6,200,000 Class A ordinary shares. The Class A ordinary shares were priced at $6.00 per share, and the offering was conducted on a firm commitment basis. The Company received an aggregate amount of $34,839,398 representing payment in full to the Company of the purchase price for 6,200,000 shares in the aggregate amount of $37,200,000 less underwriting discounts and expenses pursuant to the underwriting agreement dated June 30, 2021.

 

On October 9, 2023, the Company held an extraordinary meeting of shareholders, during which the shareholders approved a proposal to effect a share consolidation of each 10 ordinary shares with par value of US$0.001 each in the Company’s issued and unissued share capital into one ordinary share with par value of US$0.01 each. Consolidation became effective on October 26, 2023, and the Class A Ordinary Shares began trading on a post-Share Consolidation basis on the Nasdaq Capital Market when the market opened on October 27, 2023 under the same symbol “CPOP.” No fractional shares were issued in connection with the Share Consolidation. All fractional shares were rounded up to the whole number of shares. Each 10 pre-split ordinary shares outstanding automatically combined and converted to one issued and outstanding ordinary share without any action on the part of the shareholders. The Company has retroactively restated all share and per share data for all of the periods presented pursuant to ASC 260 to reflect the Share Consolidation.

 

15. STATUTORY RESERVE

 

WFOE, Pop Culture, Pupu Sibo, Pop Network, Guangzhou Shuzhi, Shenzhen Pop, and Pop Sikai are required to reserve 10% of their net profit after income tax, as determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations. Appropriation to the statutory reserve by the Company is based on profit arrived at under PRC accounting standards for business enterprises for each year. The profit arrived at must be set off against any accumulated losses sustained by the Company in prior years, before allocation is made to the statutory reserve. Appropriation to the statutory reserve must be made before distribution of dividends to shareholders. The appropriation is required until the statutory reserve reaches 50% of the registered capital, which was $2,200,124 and $2,207,933 as of June 30, 2022 and 2023, respectively. This statutory reserve is not distributable in the form of cash dividends.

 

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the Company provided statutory reserve as follows: 

 

Balance - June 30, 2020   $ 779,094  
Appropriation to statutory reserve     462,479  
Balance - June 30, 2021     1,241,573  
Appropriation to statutory reserve     257,796  
Balance - June 30, 2022     1,499,369  
Appropriation to statutory reserve     37,859  
Balance - June 30, 2023   $ 1,537,228  

 

F-28


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

16. RESTRICTED NET ASSETS

 

Relevant PRC laws and regulations restrict WFOE, Pop Culture, and subsidiaries of Pop Culture from transferring a portion of their net assets, equivalent to the balance of their paid-in-capital, additional paid-in-capital and statutory reserves to the Company in the form of loans, advances, or cash dividends. Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit the payments of dividends by WFOE, Pop Culture, and subsidiaries of Pop Culture from their respective retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. As of June 30, 2022 and 2023, the balance of restricted net assets was $16,791,325 and $16,378,052, respectively.  

 

17. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company has evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date of June 30, 2023 through October 31, 2023, the date on which the consolidated financial statements were issued.

 

Fujian Shuzhi Fuxin Exhibition Co., Ltd. was dissolved on October 7, 2023.

 

18. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The Company performed a test on the restricted net assets of its consolidated subsidiaries, the VIE, and the VIE’s subsidiaries in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Rule 4-08 (e)(3), “General Notes to Financial Statements” and concluded that it was applicable for the Company to disclose the financial information for the parent company only.

 

The subsidiaries did not pay any dividend to the Company for the years presented. Certain information and footnote disclosures generally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed and omitted. The footnote disclosures contain supplemental information relating to the operations of the Company, as such, these statements should be read in conjunction with the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

 

As of June 30, 2023, the Company did not have significant capital commitments and other significant commitments, or guarantees, except for those which have been separately disclosed in the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29


  

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

    As of June 30,  
    2023     2022  
ASSETS            
CURRENT ASSETS            
Cash   $ 1,095,007     $ 9,085,082  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     4,179,826       4,250,071  
Due from subsidiaries and the VIE     2,607,402       -  
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS     7,882,235       13,335,153  
Intangible asset, net     -       696,000  
Other non-current assets     5,062,966       8,903,166  
Investments in subsidiaries, consolidated VIE, and VIE’s subsidiaries     13,821,695       29,919,831  
TOTAL ASSETS     26,766,896       52,854,150  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Other Payable   $ 31,600     $ 90,165  
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES   $ 31,600     $ 90,165  
TOTAL LIABILITIES     31,600       90,165  
                 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Ordinary shares (par value $0.01 per share; 4,400,000 Class A ordinary shares authorized,  1,828,693 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2022 and 2023, respectively; 600,000 Class B ordinary shares authorized, 576,308 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2022 and 2023)*     24,050       24,050  
Subscription receivable     (15,441 )     (15,441 )
Additional paid-in capital     40,174,260       40,158,643  
Retained earnings     (11,802,701 )     12,527,714  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     (1,644,872 )     69,019  
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY     26,735,296       52,763,985  
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 26,766,896     $ 52,854,150  

 

* Retroactively restated to reflect 1-for-10 share consolidation effective on October 26, 2023

 

F-30


 

Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

    For the fiscal years ended June 30,  
    2023     2022     2021  
Revenue   $ 257,169     $
-
    $
-
 
Cost of Revenue     150,000      
-
     
-
 
Gross profit   $ 107,169      
-
    $
-
 
Selling expenses     125,000      
-
     
-
 
General and administrative expenses   $ 1,128,970     $ 1,594,856     $ 330,734  
Financial expenses (income)     (1,452 )     (11,094 )    
-
 
Research and development expenses     8,671,107      
-
     
-
 
Income (Loss) from operation     (9,816,456 )     (1,583,762 )     (330,734 )
Other income (loss)     (114,097 )                
Share of income (loss) of subsidiaries, consolidated VIE, and VIE’s subsidiaries     (14,399,862 )     2,371,720       4,598,276  
                         
Income (loss) before income tax expenses     (24,330,415 )     787,958       4,267,542  
Income tax expenses    
-
     
-
     
-
 
Net income (loss)   $ (24,330,415 )   $ 787,958     $ 4,267,542  
Other Comprehensive income (loss)                        
Foreign currency translation income (loss)     (1,713,891 )     (873,803 )     1,335,757
Total comprehensive income (loss)   $ (26,044,306 )   $ (85,845 )   $ 5,603,299  

 

F-31


 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

    For the fiscal years ended June 30,  
    2023     2022     2021  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                        
Net income (loss)   $ (24,330,415 )   $ (8,226,043 )   $ (75,805 )
Depreciation and amortization     696,000      
-
     
-
 
Equity loss (income) of subsidiaries     14,399,862      
-
     
-
 
Other current assets     70,245      
-
     
-
 
Other payable     (58,565 )    
-
     
-
 
Due from subsidiaries and the VIE     (2,607,402 )    
-
     
-
 
Other non-current assets     8,440,200      
-
     
-
 
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (3,390,075 )   $ (8,226,043 )   $ (75,805 )
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                        
Investment in a subsidiary    
-
      (11,050,252 )     (600,000 )
Purchase of intangible assets    
-
      (720,000 )    
-
 
Advance paid for agent license     (4,600,000 )    
-
     
-
 
Net cash used in investing activities     (4,600,000 )     (11,770,252 )     (600,000 )
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                        
Proceeds from issuance of shares    
-
      33,521,725      
-
 
Payment for deferred offering costs    
-
      (3,570,805 )     (459,164 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities    
-
      29,950,920       (459,164 )
                         
Effect of exchange rate changes    
-
      (873,803 )    
-
 
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash     (7,990,075 )     9,080,822       (1,134,969 )
Cash at beginning of period     9,085,082       4,260       1,139,229  
Cash at end of period   $ 1,095,007     $ 9,085,082     $ 4,260  

 

 

F-32

 

 

86-592 5968189 10.1 0.4 2.5 1722870 2095000 2405001 false FY 00000 00000 0001807389 0001807389 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 dei:BusinessContactMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 2023-06-30 0001807389 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:RelatedPartyMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:RelatedPartyMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:EventHostingMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:EventHostingMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:EventHostingMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:EventPlanningAndExecutionMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:EventPlanningAndExecutionMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:EventPlanningAndExecutionMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BrandPromotionMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BrandPromotionMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BrandPromotionMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:OtherServicesMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:OtherServicesMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:OtherServicesMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2020-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:SubscriptionReceivableMember 2020-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:StatutoryReserveMember 2020-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2020-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:TotalPopCultureGroupCoLtdsShareholdersEquityMember 2020-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:NoncontrollingInterestMember 2020-06-30 0001807389 2020-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:SubscriptionReceivableMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:StatutoryReserveMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:TotalPopCultureGroupCoLtdsShareholdersEquityMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:NoncontrollingInterestMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:SubscriptionReceivableMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:StatutoryReserveMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:TotalPopCultureGroupCoLtdsShareholdersEquityMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:NoncontrollingInterestMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 2021-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:SubscriptionReceivableMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:StatutoryReserveMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:TotalPopCultureGroupCoLtdsShareholdersEquityMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:NoncontrollingInterestMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:SubscriptionReceivableMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:StatutoryReserveMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:TotalPopCultureGroupCoLtdsShareholdersEquityMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:NoncontrollingInterestMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:SubscriptionReceivableMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:StatutoryReserveMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:TotalPopCultureGroupCoLtdsShareholdersEquityMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:NoncontrollingInterestMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:SubscriptionReceivableMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:StatutoryReserveMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:TotalPopCultureGroupCoLtdsShareholdersEquityMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:NoncontrollingInterestMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:ExclusiveServicesAgreementMember 2020-03-30 0001807389 pcgcl:OwnershipMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:ClassAOrdinarySharesMember 2021-02-09 0001807389 pcgcl:OwnershipMember 2021-02-09 0001807389 2021-02-19 0001807389 pcgcl:PopHKMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:WFOEMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:PopCultureGlobalOperationsIncMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:XiamenPopInvestmentCoLtdMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:FujianPupuShuzhiSportsIndustryDevelopmentCoLtdMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:PopCultureMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:PupuSiboMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:PopNetworkMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:GuangzhouShuzhiMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:ShenzhenPopMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:PopSikaiMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:PupuDigitalMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:HualiuDigitalMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:ZhongpuShuyuanXiamenDigitalTechnologyCoLtdMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:XiamenQiqinTechnologyCoLtdMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:ShenzhenJamBoxTechnologyCoLtdShenzhenJamBoxMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:XiamenPopShuzhiCultureCommunicationCoLtdMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:FujianShuzhiFuxinExhibitionCoLtdMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:VIEAndSubsidiariesMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:VIEAndSubsidiariesMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:VIEAndSubsidiariesMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:VIEAndSubsidiariesMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:VIEAndSubsidiariesMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:GoingConcernAndManagementsPlanMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 srt:MinimumMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 srt:MaximumMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerOneMember pcgcl:GuangzhouTaijiAdvertisingCoLtdMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerTwoMember pcgcl:FujianMaiboCultureCommunicationCoLtdMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerThreeMember pcgcl:XiamenManyIdeaInteractiveCoLtdMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerOneMember pcgcl:XiamenManyIdeaInteractiveCoLtdMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerTwoMember pcgcl:FuzhouNewCivicCultureCommunicationCoMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerThreeMember pcgcl:HenganChinaPaperIndustryCompanyLtdMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerOneMember pcgcl:HenganChinaPaperIndustryCompanyLtdMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerTwoMember pcgcl:XiamenManyIdeaInteractiveCoLtdMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerThreeMember pcgcl:HenganChinaPaperIndustryCompanyLtdMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerOneMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerTwoMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerThreeMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerFourMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerFiveMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerOneMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerTwoMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerThreeMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerFourMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:CustomerFiveMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:SuppliersOneMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:SuppliersTwoMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:SuppliersThreeMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-02-09 0001807389 2021-02-09 0001807389 2020-08-18 0001807389 us-gaap:BuildingMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 srt:MinimumMember us-gaap:OfficeEquipmentMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 srt:MaximumMember us-gaap:OfficeEquipmentMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:VehiclesMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:BuildingMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:OfficeEquipmentMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:OfficeEquipmentMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:ShenzhenHipHopJustInformationTechnologyCoLtdMember 2022-01-31 0001807389 2022-12-31 0001807389 2023-04-09 0001807389 us-gaap:ShortTermDebtMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:ShortTermDebtMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:ShortTermDebtMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankLoansMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankLoansMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankLoansMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 2021-02-04 2021-02-04 0001807389 2021-02-04 0001807389 pcgcl:XiamenBankMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:XiamenBankMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:XiamenBankMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:XiamenBankOneMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:XiamenBankOneMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:XiamenBankOneMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:IndustrialBankCoLtdMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:IndustrialBankCoLtdMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:IndustrialBankCoLtdMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdOneMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdOneMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdOneMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:IndustrialBankCoLtdOneMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:IndustrialBankCoLtdOneMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:IndustrialBankCoLtdOneMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:ChinaMerchantsBankMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:ChinaMerchantsBankMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:ChinaMerchantsBankMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:XiamenBankTwoMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:XiamenBankTwoMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:XiamenBankTwoMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:IndustrialAndCommercialBankMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:IndustrialAndCommercialBankMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:IndustrialAndCommercialBankMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdTwoMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdTwoMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdTwoMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdThreeMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdThreeMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdThreeMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdFourMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdFourMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdFourMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdFiveMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdFiveMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdFiveMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdSixMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdSixMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdSixMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdSevenMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdSevenMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:BankOfChinaLtdSevenMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 2022-01-11 2022-01-19 0001807389 2023-02-01 2023-02-28 0001807389 2023-03-01 2023-03-31 0001807389 2023-04-01 2023-04-30 0001807389 2023-06-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 2023-05-01 2023-05-31 0001807389 2023-10-01 2023-10-31 0001807389 2018-03-16 2018-03-21 0001807389 2018-03-21 0001807389 us-gaap:DomesticCountryMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:DomesticCountryMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 us-gaap:DomesticCountryMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 srt:ScenarioForecastMember pcgcl:XiamenPopCultureMember 2024-01-19 0001807389 pcgcl:XiamenPopCultureMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:GuangzhouShuzhiMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 pcgcl:GuangzhouShuzhiMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 srt:ScenarioForecastMember pcgcl:GuangzhouShuzhiMember 2024-07-31 0001807389 pcgcl:GuangzhouShuzhiMember 2022-01-01 2022-07-31 0001807389 pcgcl:GuangzhouShuzhiMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 2023-02-01 2023-02-01 0001807389 us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember 2023-07-31 0001807389 2022-01-01 2022-07-31 0001807389 2023-02-24 0001807389 srt:ScenarioForecastMember 2023-03-21 2024-03-20 0001807389 srt:ScenarioForecastMember 2025-02-28 0001807389 pcgcl:XiamenPopCultureMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 srt:ScenarioForecastMember pcgcl:ShenzhenPopMember 2025-03-08 0001807389 srt:ScenarioForecastMember pcgcl:ShenzhenPopMember 2022-03-09 2025-03-08 0001807389 srt:ScenarioForecastMember pcgcl:PopNetworkMember 2024-03-20 0001807389 srt:ScenarioForecastMember pcgcl:PopNetworkMember 2023-03-21 2024-03-20 0001807389 pcgcl:JoyaEnterprisesLimitedMember 2020-01-03 0001807389 pcgcl:JoyaEnterprisesLimitedMember 2020-01-01 2020-01-03 0001807389 2020-02-22 0001807389 2020-02-01 2020-02-22 0001807389 2019-10-31 0001807389 2019-10-01 2019-10-31 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2020-05-30 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2020-05-01 2020-05-30 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-02-01 2021-02-09 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember us-gaap:IPOMember 2021-07-02 0001807389 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember us-gaap:IPOMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 srt:ScenarioForecastMember 2023-10-09 0001807389 srt:ParentCompanyMember 2022-07-01 2023-06-30 0001807389 srt:ParentCompanyMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 srt:ParentCompanyMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 srt:ParentCompanyMember us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 srt:ParentCompanyMember us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 srt:ParentCompanyMember us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2023-06-30 0001807389 srt:ParentCompanyMember us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2022-06-30 0001807389 srt:ParentCompanyMember 2021-07-01 2022-06-30 0001807389 srt:ParentCompanyMember 2020-07-01 2021-06-30 0001807389 srt:ParentCompanyMember 2021-06-30 0001807389 srt:ParentCompanyMember 2020-06-30 xbrli:shares iso4217:USD iso4217:USD xbrli:shares xbrli:pure iso4217:CNY iso4217:HKD utr:sqm
EX-4.11 2 f20f2023ex4-11_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT BETWEEN XIAMEN POP CULTURE AND XIAMEN BANK CO., LTD. DATED JUNE 20, 2023

Exhibit 4.11

 

No.: DGSX2023062962

 

 

 

 

 

Bank of Xiamen

Xiamen Bank

Credit line agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

addressee: Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd., Huang Zhuoqin, Wei Liya

 

 

 

Credit Grantor: Bank of Xiamen Co., Ltd __________________________

 


 

In accordance with the Commercial Banking Law of the People's Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations, both parties are equal, voluntary and in good faith

 

Principles, upon consensus, this agreement is hereby entered into and observed by.

 

Part I, General Terms

 

Article 1 Scope and classification of credit granting business

 

1.1 Scope of credit granting business

 

The credit recipient under this Agreement may apply to the credit Grantor for the working capital loan, fixed asset loan, bank acceptance bill and letter of guarantee

 

Business, trade financing, commercial acceptance bill guarantee post, valet derivatives trading and other individual credit granting business (including but not limited to

 

factoring business). The single credit business under this Agreement includes both a single credit business and a quota credit business.

 

(1) The working capital loan business under this Agreement refers to the week issued by the credit provider to the recipient for the daily production and operation week of the recipient

 

Transfer local and foreign currency loans.

 

(2) The fixed assets loan business under this Agreement refers to the fixed assets investment issued by the credit Grantor to the recipient for the purchase of commercial property, machinery and renovation of machinery or plant, renovation of the business site or other fixed assets investment accepted by the Grantor

 

Local and foreign currency borrowing.

 

(3) The bank acceptance bill business under this Agreement means that if the bill is issued by the recipient opening a deposit account at the credit granting person, applies to the credit granting person and accepts by the credit granting person for acceptance, the determined amount is unconditionally paid to the holder on the specified date

 

The bill financing.

 

(4) The letter of guarantee under this Agreement refers to the application of the trusted person to the credit granting person, whose financing, bidding and contract performance in the form of issuing bank guarantee, issuing guarantee commitment, signing of guarantee contract, etc

 

To provide a joint and several guaranty.

 

(5) this agreement refers to the trade financing business apply to the credit person, credit for credit to provide open international letter of credit (i. e., irrevocable documentary l / c) business, open a domestic credit / standby credit business, open guarantee, package loan business, export escort business, import escort business, import payment business, domestic payment business, export business, OA accounts receivable financing business, domestic credit seller escort business, domestic letter of credit buyer escort business

 

And one or more of the other international or domestic trade financing businesses.

 

(6) The commercial acceptance bill mentioned in this agreement points between the recipient and the holder of the bill: the holder of the credit provider refers to the credit provider within a certain period and limit

 

Promise to discount the credit granting business for the required commercial acceptance bills held by the recipient.

 

(7) The transaction of the derivative means the recipient as the client; the derivative is a financial contract whose value depends on one or more underlying assets or indexes, and the basic types include forwards, swaps (swaps), options and the above one

 

Structured-derived tools of species or multiple features.

 

1.2 Classification of credit granting services

 

(1) Loan financing business: working capital loan business under this Agreement, fixed asset loan business, trade financing, package loan business, export escort business, import escort business, import payment business and domestic payment business

 

Service and export OA accounts receivable financing business, domestic letter of credit seller escort business, domestic letter of credit buyer escort business The inafter referred to as loan financing business.

 

2


 

 

(2) Bank credit business: Bank acceptance bill business and letter of guarantee business under this Agreement, as well as international letter of credit business, domestic letter of credit business, letter of guarantee / standby letter of credit business, are hereinafter collectively referred to as

 

Bank credit business.

 

Article 2 Line of credit

 

2.1 The amount of the credit line that the credit provider agrees to provide to the recipient under this Agreement is specified in Article 22 hereof. This agreement

 

When the credit is granted in multiple currencies, the amount stipulated in Article 22 of this Agreement is the total amount of local and foreign currencies.

 

Article 3 Term of use of the credit line

 

3.1 The term of the credit line under this Agreement is specified in Article 23 hereof. The credit recipient shall apply for a single credit granting business under the credit line within the term of the credit line. If the application applies to the credit granting person beyond the term of the credit line, the credit granting person shall have the right to refuse.

 

3.2 Upon the expiration of the term of the credit line agreed herein, if the credit Grantor agrees to continue to provide the credit line to the recipient through negotiation, both parties shall sign a separate written agreement.

 

3.3 The expiration of the term of the credit line shall not affect the legal effect of this Agreement and shall not constitute the cause for termination of this Agreement. Both parties shall continue to perform the single credit granting business already conducted in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the relevant individual credit granting documents, and the existing rights and obligations shall be fulfilled.

 

Article 4

 

4.1 Use of the credit line

 

Any agreement in this Agreement and in the single credit extension documents hereunder does not indicate that the credit Grantor must actually grant credit to the recipient according to the agreed amount, and the credit Grantor has the right to adjust the credit line according to the actual situation.

 

4.2 The credit recipient irrevocably agrees and confirms that: if the credit recipient applies during the term of the credit line of this Agreement, the credit Grantor shall have the right to follow the actual internal and external conditions (including but not limited to external regulatory requirements, internal credit policies of the credit Grantor, approval opinions, the implementation of guarantee conditions or the credit granting capital

 

4.3 Gold liquidity and other factors) to approve whether to be issued.

 

4.4 As of the effective date of this Agreement, based on the previously valid

 

Credit Line Agreement or similar Agreement and the individual credit granting documents, the credit balance incurred by the Credit Grantor shall be combined as the credit granted under this Agreement and granted under this Agreement

 

Article 5

 

The credit line, falling under the circumstances specified in Article 4.3 of this Agreement, does not occupy the credit line under this Agreement.

 

Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the recipient and the third party deposit, deposit (must be opened in the credit place), structured deposit financial products or structured deposit products as a pledge guarantee the corresponding credit amount does not occupy the credit line under this agreement, but this part of the credit is still bound by this agreement, and the corresponding signed credit documents still belong to the single credit under this agreement

 

Form an integral part of this Agreement.

 

In the event of multiple joint liabilities under this Agreement, either recipient may apply for individual credit granting business under this Agreement without notice or consent of the other recipient; any credit granting under this Agreement

 

The balance shall be included in the total balance of the credit under this Agreement, and all believers shall be jointly and severally liable for the total balance of the credit.

 

3


 

Documents required to be signed for an individual credit granting business

 

If the recipient applies to the credit Grantor to conduct the single credit granting business under this Agreement, it shall submit the corresponding application form and / or loan to the credit Grantor

 

Deans and / or sign corresponding contracts / agreements with the credit Grantor (collectively referred to as individual credit granting documents). The above individual credit documents are this

 

The attachments hereto shall constitute an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal effect as this Agreement.

 

5.2 Individual credit granting documents shall have all or part of the following contents, and shall not be limited to this:

 

(1) Type, credit granting amount, term and purpose of a single credit granting business;

 

(2) Loan interest rate, interest rate adjustment mode and interest settlement method of a single credit granting business;

 

(3) The payment method of the loan funds for a single credit granting business;

 

(4) the fees and payment methods to be paid for a single credit business; (5) the repayment method of a single credit business;

 

(6) Opening and manage the bank account of the recipient;

 

(7) Other contents that shall be provided for by national laws and regulations.

 

5.3 In the case of any inconsistency in the specific contents of the loan financing business under this Agreement in different individual credit granting documents, the agreement of the loan IOU (if there is no loan IOU for the specific bank credit business, then the specific business application, the same below) shall prevail.

 

Article 6 The premise for conducting a single credit granting business

 

6.1 If the credit recipient undertakes a single credit granting business, the following conditions shall be met in accordance with the requirements of the credit granting person:

 

(1) This Agreement has come into force;

 

(2) Reserve the company documents, documents, seals and relevant personnel names related to the signing of this Agreement and individual credit granting documents

 

Single, signature sample, and fill in the relevant vouchers;

 

(3) Open an account necessary for conducting an individual credit granting business as required by the credit granting provider;

 

4


 

(4) If the credit provider requires the guarantee (including the security deposit), the guarantee contract shall remain valid and complete the statutory approval, registration and delivery

 

Or record procedures;

 

(5) Submit the single credit extension documents and the relevant supporting documents of the credit extension use to the credit extension provider before the withdrawal, and go through the relevant withdrawal procedures;

 

(6) Other prerequisites for conducting the business as agreed upon in the single credit granting documents;

 

(7) Other conditions under which the credit Grantor considers that the recipient shall be satisfied.

 

The establishment of the above conditions does not mean that the credit provider must have the obligation to lend money or provide bank credit when the above conditions are met. But the above article

 

If the demand is not met, the credit Grantor has the right to refuse the recipient's application for withdrawal, except where the credit Grantor agrees to make the loan.

 

6.2 The application date of the first single credit granting business under this Agreement shall not exceed three months after the signing date of this Agreement, otherwise

 

The credit provider has the right to refuse to grant and cancel all the credit line.

 

Article 7 Interest calculation and collection and interest rate adjustment (applicable to loan financing business)

 

7.1 The interest rate, interest rate adjustment and interest settlement method of the specific loan financing business under hereunder shall be agreed in a single credit granting document.

 

7.1.1  (Applicable to RMB loan) The interest rate of RMB loan under this Agreement is based on the actual loan date (excluding the day)

 

The market quoted rate (LPR) plus / minus the corresponding basis points.

 

The latest corresponding term and type of interest rate plus / minus the corresponding basis points.

 

5


 

7.2 Interest calculation

 

Unless otherwise agreed by both parties, the interest on the loan under this Agreement shall be transferred from the loan funds to the loan collection account agreed in the single credit granting document

 

From date, according to the actual amount and the number of days. The interest shall be calculated on the date of interest settlement and included in the current period. Interest calculation formula: interest = actual days of principal daily interest rate.

 

The calculation base of daily interest rate is 360 days a year, and the conversion formula is: daily interest rate = annual interest rate

 

Rate / 360 (exception: Hong Kong dollar, Singapore dollar and pound sterling daily borrowing rate = annual interest rate / 365).

 

7.3 Type of borrowing interest rate adjustment method

 

7.3.1  Fixed interest rate refers to the execution interest rate that is not affected by the adjustment of the legal interest rate and the market interest rate that may occur during the debt performance period.

 

7.3.2  Floating interest rate refers to the change of the executive interest rate by the possible adjustment of the legal interest rate and the market interest rate during the debt performance period, but about

 

The interest rate calculated according to the original execution interest rate before the fixed adjustment date shall not be readjusted.

 

(1) In the adjustment of the RMB loan by floating interest rate, the adjustment date is the corresponding date; the last day of the month is the corresponding date; if the adjustment date is the quarterly month, January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1; for the monthly adjustment, the adjustment date is the 1st day of each month. On the adjustment date, the credit Grantor shall follow the market quoted interest rate (LPR) of the corresponding loan term before the adjustment date (excluding the date) and the addition / subtraction points agreed in the individual credit granting documents hereunder

 

The new borrowing rate is determined without further notice to the recipient.

 

(2) If the foreign currency loan under this Agreement is adjusted by floating rate, the adjustment date shall be per year

 

December 21; quarterly, March 21, June 21, September 21; monthly, December 21. On the adjustment date, the Credit Grantor shall, on the basis of the latest interest of the same term and the type of the same interest rate applicable to the date obtained from Reuters before 9:00 in the individual credit granting documents under this Agreement

 

The rate and the same add / minus point value will be readjusted to determine the new borrowing rate without further notice to the recipient

 

Or according to the latest loan interest rate of the same currency and the same term of the same term corresponding to the provisions of the single credit granting documents

 

The bank will readjust to determine the new borrowing rate without further notice to the recipient.

 

7.4 Penalty and interest

 

7.4.1  If the recipient fails to pay the principal and interest of the loan when due (including the early maturity announced by the credit provider), the credit Grantor shall have the right to press from the overdue date

 

The interest rate of the loan actually executed by a single credit granting business (the domestic agency service fee rate, the same below) shall be increased by 50% until the date when the recipient pays off the principal and interest of the loan. If the recipient fails to use the loan funds according to the agreed purpose, the credit provider shall have the right to collect a penalty interest on the amount of the loan in the contract and the loan interest rate actually executed by the credit business shall rise by 100% until the date when the recipient pays off the principal and interest of the loan. The borrowing interest rate actually executed by the Agreement is based on this Agreement and the individual credit granting documents

 

If the agreed adjustment, the penalty interest rate shall be adjusted accordingly. For both overdue and misappropriated loans, the penalty interest shall be calculated according to the higher penalty interest rate.

 

7.4.2  For the interest and penalty interest not payable by the recipient on time, the penalty interest interest as stipulated in Clause 7.4.1 hereof shall be made from the date of delay

 

Rate to recover profits.

 

Article 8 Payment of loan funds (applicable to loan financing business)

 

8.1 Type of payment methods of loan funds

 

8.1.1  Entrusted payment by the credit Grantor, that is, the credit Grantor shall pass the loan funds through the trusted account according to the withdrawal application and payment entrustment of the recipient

 

The account pays to the transaction object of the recipient who meets the agreed purpose of the single credit extension document.

 

6


 

8.1.2  Independent payment by the recipient, that is, after the credit provider issues the loan funds to the account of the recipient

 

The person shall independently pay the transaction to the trusted object conforming to the purpose agreed in the contract. After applying for withdrawal, if the recipient pays the foreign payment,

 

If the credit rating and other conditions change, the credit provider shall have the right to change the payment method of the loan funds.

 

8.1.3  The trusted person changes the amount of the external payment, the payment object and the purpose of the loan under the changed payment method or the entrusted payment method

  

The credit extension provider shall be provided with written change application instructions, re-apply for withdrawal and submit relevant transaction materials to prove the purpose of the funds.

 

8.2 Payment standard of loan funds

 

If the single payment amount of working capital loan business and trade financing business under this Agreement exceeds RMB 10 million, the entrusted payment method shall be adopted; if the single payment amount of fixed asset loan business exceeds 5% of the total investment of the project or exceeds RMB five million, the entrusted payment method shall be adopted. Within the scope of the above entrusted payment standard, the credit Grantor has the right to propose a stricter entrusted payment standard when the recipient applies for a single credit granting business. If the credit granting person considers that the payment method of the loan funds chosen by the recipient in the withdrawal application does not meet the requirements, it shall have the right to change the payment method or stop the issuance and payment of the borrowed funds. The payment method of the borrowed funds hereunder shall be stipulated by the relevant individual credit granting documents. No payment subject to the entrusted not Have to pay independently.

 

8.3 Specific requirements for the entrusted payment of borrowed funds

 

8.3.1  If the entrusted payment is made by the credit granting person, the recipient shall provide the entrustment documents of the power of attorney, that is, the authorization and the credit granting person

 

After the borrowed funds are transferred to the account of the designated recipient, the borrowed funds are directly paid to the purposes agreed upon in the single credit granting documents

 

The transaction object account designated by the recipient.

 

8.3.2  If the payment is made by the credit Grantor, the recipient shall provide the credit Grantor with the loan account and the account information of the transaction object at the time of withdrawal

 

The payment amount and the proof materials proving that the withdrawal conforms to the purpose agreed in the single credit extension documents. The Entee shall guarantee that all the information provided to the Grantor is true, complete and valid. If the entrusted payment obligation of the Credit Grantor fails to be completed in time due to the untrue, inaccurate and incomplete transaction information provided by the grantee, the Credit Grantor shall not assume any responsibility and the grantee is herein this Agreement

 

The repayment obligations under the paragraph will not be affected.

 

7


 

8.3.3 Execution of the entrusted payment

 

(1) If the entrusted payment is made by the credit provider, the credit provider shall submit the power of attorney and the relevant transaction materials after the submission After that, the borrowed funds will be paid to the recipient through the recipient's account.

 

(2) If the credit Grantor finds that after examination, the relevant transaction materials provided by the recipient do not conform to the provisions of this Agreement or have other defects, it shall have the right to require the recipient to supplement, replace, explain or resubmit the relevant materials, which shall be submitted by the recipient The credit Grantor shall have the right to refuse the issuance and payment of the relevant transaction materials that the believer considers qualified.

 

(3) In case of the refund of the account bank of the transaction object, so that the credit Grantor cannot timely pay the loan funds to the transaction object as entrusted by the trustee, the Grantor shall not assume any responsibility and the repayment meaning already generated by the trustee under this Agreement

 

The business will not be affected. The money returned by the account of the transaction object shall be frozen by the trusted person.

 

In such case, the recipient shall resubmit relevant transaction materials such as payment entrustment and use certificate materials.

 

(4) The trusted person shall not avoid the entrusted payment by the credit granting person by breaking it up into pieces.

 

8.4 After the issuance of the loan funds, the recipient shall, according to the requirements of the credit provider, timely provide the record of the use of the loan funds and the purpose of the loan, including but not limited to the transaction evidence such as the purchase and sale contract, evidence of operating costs and expenses, and other evidence of other operating turnover expenses.

 

8


 

8.5 In any of the following circumstances, the credit Grantor shall have the right to redefine the issuance and payment conditions of the loan, or stop the issuance and payment of the loan funds:

 

(1) The recipient violates this Agreement and avoids the entrusted payment by the credit Grantor by breaking it into pieces;

 

(2) The credit status of the recipient is decreased or the profitability of the main business is not strong;

 

(3) abnormal use of borrowing funds;

 

(4) The credit recipient fails to timely provide the records and materials of the use of the loan funds as required by the credit provider;

 

(5) The recipient pays the loan funds in violation of this Treaty.

 

9


 

Article 9 Repayment (applicable for loan and financing business)

 

9.1 Repayment method

 

9.1.1  The repayment methods of the loan financing business under hereunder include but are not limited to the following four types. The repayment methods of the specific business shall be stipulated in a single credit granting document:

 

(1) Pay interest on schedule: the repayment date is the maturity date of the loan, and the interest payment date is the interest settlement date agreed in the single credit extension document, the recipient shall pay the interest on the loan on schedule, and repay the loan principal and remaining interest in a lump sum at the maturity.

 

(2) Profit with this clearing method: the date of repayment and interest payment is the maturity date of the loan, and the recipient shall repay the principal and interest of the loan in a lump sum.

 

(3) The same reduction method: the recipient shall return the loan principal in equal installments, and the current day and the interest payment date shall be the settlement agreed in the single credit granting documents

 

On the day of the coupon, the recipient shall pay the principal and interest of the first loan. The first repayment date, see the specific business application form, the last period

 

For the due date of the loan, the recipient shall pay the remaining principal and interest.computational formula:

 

Amount of principal and interest repayment in each period = loan principal / total number of repayment period + monthly interest rate of loan balance

 

(4) The principal and interest method of equal amount: the principal and interest of the loan shall be equal, and the loan shall be repaid in the period. The repayment date and the interest payment date are the interest settlement date agreed in the single credit documents, and the recipient shall pay the principal and interest of the first phase of the loan. The first repayment date is shown in the specific business application. The last installment is the maturity date of the loan, and the recipient will pay the remaining principal and interest.computational formula:

 

 

 

10


 

9.1.2  The trusted person shall deposit the interest, principal and other amounts payable in the current amount in the repayment account opened on the repayment date and the interest payment date. The credit Grantor shall have the right to transfer the interest on the repayment date and the interest payment date, or require the recipient to cooperate in the relevant transfer procedures.

 

9.2 Repayment account

 

The repayment account information is agreed upon by the single credit granting document.

 

9.3 Order of loan repayment

 

Unless otherwise agreed by both parties, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to decide the order of principal repayment or interest when the recipient defaults on the loan principal and interest; In installment repayment, if there are multiple due or overdue loans under the relevant business application and other legal documents, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to decide the order of repayment of the recipient; and the deposit between the recipient and the Credit Grantor

 

In the case of multiple maturing loan agreements, the credit Grantor shall have the right to determine the order of the agreements performed by each repayment of the recipient.

 

9.4 Supervision of fund withdrawal accounts

 

The recipient shall open a fund withdrawal account in the name of the account, and the recipient shall enter the account. The trusted person shall provide the fund inflow and exit of the account in time. The credit Grantor shall have the right to request the recipient to explain the large amount and abnormal capital inflow and outflow in the fund withdrawal account and supervise the account. The fund withdrawal account information of the recipient shall be agreed upon by a single credit granting document.

 

11


 

9.5 Prepayment

 

If the recipient needs to repay the loan in advance, he shall submit a written application to the credit provider 15 working days in advance. After the approval and approval of the credit granting person, the advance repayment procedures shall be handled. The credit provider has the right to decide the order in which the amount of repayment in advance shall be used to repay the loan, and the interest collected according to the original agreement shall not be refunded. If part of the loan is repaid in advance, the repayment principal and interest shall be determined from the date of the remaining principal.

 

If the credit granting person agrees to repay the payment in advance, the liquidated damages standard shall be stipulated in the single credit granting document.

 

12


 

Article 10 Advance interest (applicable to bank credit business)

 

10.1  Pay to the credit Grantor before the expiration of the bank payment business or the payment of the beneficiary to the credit Grantor

 

The Credit Letter shall deposit the full amount of payment or deposit for the credit Grantor's external payment, and the Credit Grantor shall also have the right to debit the foreign currency or RMB account of the Credit Grantor as provision for external payment. If the credit Grantor advances the external payment due to insufficient payment or security deposit, the recipient shall pay off the above advance payment. From the date of advance payment, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to pay the advance payment amount on a daily basis

 

The advance interest shall be calculated at 50000, and the compound interest shall be calculated according to the advance rate agreed in this paragraph.

 

Article 11 Guarantee

 

11.1  The trusted tee shall provide guarantee as required by the credit tor. A separate guarantee contract shall be signed separately between the credit Grantor and the guarantor for the specific guarantee method.

 

11.2  Margin guarantee

 

11.2.1  When a single credit granting business is actually conducted under this Agreement, the credit Grantor may collect part of the funds from the recipient as a security deposit according to the specific circumstances. The recipient shall open a margin account at the credit Grantor and deposit the margin required by the credit Grantor into the margin account,

 

The deposit amount and the margin account information shall be agreed upon by the single credit extension document.

 

11.2.2  The deposit funds will be frozen after entering the deposit account and will be deemed to be in possession of the credit person. The recipient shall not request to withdraw the credit debt guaranteed by the deposit before it is fully paid off. The funds in the margin account and the deposit interest generated shall be used as the pledge guarantee provided by the recipient to the credit provider under this Agreement.

 

13


 

11.2.3  The guarantee scope of the aforementioned deposit pledge includes the guaranteed debt principal and the interest (including possible penalty interest, compound interest, debt interest during the delay in performance) and expenses (including but not limited to liquidated damages, damages, notary fees, attorney's fees and the credit fees paid for the realization of the creditor's rights), etc.

 

11.2.4  If the Licentee fails to pay the debts due under the Master Contract or the debts declared to be due in advance, or in violation of any provision of this Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to directly deduct the deposit in the above deposit account for repayment without notice to the Licentee.

 

Article 12. Statements and Commitments

 

12.1 The recipient declares as follows:

 

(1) The trusted person is registered and legally existing according to law, and has the full capacity for civil rights and acts required for the signing and performance of this Agreement ability;

 

(2) The signing and performance of this Agreement is based on the true intention of the recipient, which has obtained legal and valid authorization as required by the articles of Association or other internal management documents, and will not violate any agreement, contract and other legal documents binding on the recipient; the recipient has or will obtain all relevant approvals and permits required for the signing and performance of this Agreement

 

May be filed or registered;

 

(3) The transaction background of the application to the credit provider for business is true and legal, and it is not used for illegal purposes such as money laundering;

 

(4) The recipient does not conceal from the credit provider the events that may affect the financial position and performance capacity of it and the guarantor;

 

(5) The trusted person and any of its shareholders and affiliated companies are not involved in any liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, merger (merger), division,

 

Reorganization, dissolution, capital reduction or similar legal proceedings, without any circumstances that may lead to such legal proceedings;

 

(6) The recipient is not involved in any economic, civil, criminal or administrative proceedings or proceedings that may have a material adverse impact thereon

 

No similar arbitration proceedings occur that may involve them in such proceedings or similar arbitration proceedings;

 

(7) Any important assets of the recipient do not involve any enforcement, seizure, seizure, freezing, detention, supervision measures,

 

14


 

Neither were there any circumstances that could lead to such measures being involved.

 

12.2 The recipient undertakes as follows:

 

(1) Timely perform the responsibility of payment and repayment to the credit Grantor;

 

(2) In accordance with the requirements of credit extension, submit financial statements (including but unlimited annual reports, reports and monthly statements) and other relevant materials with the credit extension; the recipient shall ensure that it continuously meets the financial indicators required by the credit provider;

 

(3) The loan project of the recipient and the loan items hereunder shall comply with the requirements of laws and regulations;

 

(4) If the appointee has or will enter into a countersecurity agreement or similar agreement with the guarantor, the Association

 

The Agreement will not prejudice any rights of the Credit Grantor under this Agreement;

 

(5) Accept the credit inspection and supervision of the credit provider, and give sufficient assistance and cooperation; if the recipient pays independently, it shall press

 

Collect and report the payment and use of the loan funds regularly according to the requirements of the credit granting person;

 

(6) if the occurrence may affect the recipient or the guarantor financial condition and performance ability, including but not limited to the merger, division, capital, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing, material assets and creditor's rights transfer and other matters may adversely affect the solvency of the recipient, must obtain credit with meaning;

 

(7) The recipient shall promptly notify the Credit Grantor of the following circumstances:

 

a. Change of the articles of association, business scope, registered capital and legal representative of the recipient or the guarantor;

 

15


 

b. Conduct any form of joint venture, joint venture, cooperation with foreign investors, contracted operation, restructuring, restructuring, planned listing, etc Change of operation mode;

 

c. Involin a major litigation or arbitration case, or property or security is seized, seized or supervised, or on the security Set up the new guarantees;

 

d. Closing, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of business for rectification, cancellation, revocation of business license, (being) application for bankruptcy, etc.;

 

e. Shareholders, directors and current senior management personnel are suspected of major cases or economic disputes;

 

f. Event of breach of contract of the recipient under other contracts;

 

g. Business difficulties and deterioration of financial conditions occur.

 

(8) All documents, financial statements, vouchers and other materials provided by the Belientee to the Credit Grantor under this Agreement are true

 

Complete, accurate, and effective;

 

The Credit Grantor has the right to recover the loan in advance according to the withdrawal of funds of the recipient;

 

(10) In the event of the export tax rebate pledge loan business under this Agreement, the credit Grantor shall have the right to enter the export tax rebate into the export tax rebate quality

 

The account shall be deducted immediately to pay off the loan debts pledged by export tax rebate under this Agreement;

 

(11)  Matters not agreed upon in this Agreement and the single credit granting documents shall be handled in accordance with the relevant provisions and business practices of the credit granting person texture.

 

Article 13 Disclosure of related party transactions within the group of the recipient

 

13.1  If the recipient is a customer of the Group determined by the credit Grantor in accordance with the Guidelines on the Risk Management of the Credit Extension Business of Commercial Bank Group Customers, it shall be accepted

 

The Letter shall timely report to the Credit Grantor the situation of related transactions of more than 10% of the net assets, including the related relationship of the parties to the transaction, the transaction items and the nature of the transaction, the amount or the corresponding proportion of the transaction, and the pricing policy (including the payment of no amount or only a symbolic amount easy).

 

13.2  Under any of the following circumstances, the credit granting person shall have the right to unilaterally decide to stop the unused credit extension of the credit recipient and recover the part in advance

 

16


 

Or all the used but outstanding credit, or require 100% margin: take the bank funds or credit; in major merger, acquisition and reorganization, the credit provider thinks that it may affect the security of the loan; intentionally escape through related transactions

 

Waste bank claims; other circumstances stipulated in Article 18 of the Risk Management Guidelines for Credit Extension Business of Commercial Bank Group Customers.

 

Article 14 Event of breach of contract and handling

 

14.1 One of the following shall constitute or be deemed an event of default of the recipient hereunder:

 

(1) The recipient fails to perform the payment and repayment obligations to the credit Grantor according to the provisions hereof;

 

(2) The Trentee fails to use the borrowed funds in the manner agreed herein or does not use the obtained funds for the purposes agreed herein road;

 

(3) The statements made by the Trentee in this Agreement are untrue or in breach of its commitments made in this Agreement;

 

(4) In the event of Sub-Clause 12.2.6 of this Agreement, the Grantor may affect the financial status of the Belientee or the Guarantor

 

Situation and performance capacity, but the recipient fails to provide a new guarantee or replace the guarantor as required by the credit provider;

 

(5) The credit status of the recipient decreases, or the profitability, solvency, operating capacity and cash flow of the recipient decrease

 

The deterioration of the service indicators, breaking through the indicators constraints or other financial agreements agreed herein;

 

(6) The agreement between the recipient and its affiliates and the Credit Grantor or other institutions of Bank of Xiamen Co., Ltd

 

Event of default; event of default under the agreement between the recipient and its affiliates and other financial institutions;

 

(7) The guarantor violates the provisions of the guarantee contract or between the credit provider or other institutions of Bank of Xiamen Co., Ltd

 

Event of breach of contract under other contracts of;

 

(8) Due to collateral loss, damage or value reduction for various reasons (including but not limited to demolition, expropriation, natural disasters, accidents, market changes, etc.), the recipient shall not provide new guarantee as required by the credit granting person, and shall not be repaid in advance

 

The loan amount of the equivalent impairment value of the collateral; Has experienced or may affect the performance of its obligations hereunder;Fast hair to,

 

17


 

(9)  The termination of business or dissolution, cancellation or bankruptcy;

 

(10)  The recipient is involved in or may be involved in major economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or his assets are sealed up, detained or enforced, or is investigated by judicial organs or tax, industrial and commercial administrative organs or take punitive measures according to law,

 

 

Personal freedom, which has been, or may affect the performance of its obligations hereunder;

 

(12)  When the credit Grantor examines the financial situation and performance ability of the recipient, it finds that it may affect the recipient or bear the responsibility

 

The financial condition and performance capacity of the guarantor;

 

(13)  There is a large amount and abnormal capital inflow and outflow in the designated capital withdrawal account, and the recipient cannot provide the approval of the credit provider

 

Interpretation of the materials;

 

(14)  According to the reasonable judgment of the Credit Grantor, it may substantially damage the rights and interests of the Credit Grantor under the single credit granting business

 

Other events and have a substantial adverse impact on the continued performance of the business, including but are not limited to: the market (exchange rate, interest rate, industry, and related derivatives market), policy and regulation, monetary, finance, industry, regional development, financial situation of other countries and other force majeure events; the performance ability of other parties in the individual business Generate significant adverse changes.

 

18


 

14.2 In case of the default event specified in the preceding paragraph, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to take the following measures separately or at the same time according to the specific circumstances:

 

(1) Ask the recipient and the guarantor to correct their breach within a time limit;

 

(2) Announce that all or part of the principal, interest and other amounts payable of the loan financing business under this Agreement shall expire immediately;

 

(3) Regardless of whether the performance conditions of the bank credit business under this Agreement expire or achieve, the recipient is required to grant credit in advance

 

The request of the full deposit;

 

(4) Terminate or rescind this Agreement, or terminate other contracts between the recipient and the credit Grantor in whole or in part;

 

(5) Request the recipient to compensate for the losses caused to the credit provider caused by its breach of contract;

 

(6) the recipient in the credit and Xiamen bank co., LTD., other institutions to open the account money (including but not limited to current deposits, time deposits, structured deposits, certificates of deposit, financial funds, etc., the same below) deduction to pay off the recipient under this agreement to the credit person borne by all or part of the debt, and no need to notify the recipient in advance. The outstanding amount in the account shall be deemed to be due in advance, and the losses arising therefrom shall be borne by the appointee himself. If the currency of the account is different from the valuation currency of the credit granting business, it shall be converted according to the foreign exchange rate applicable to the credit granting person at the time of deduction, and the exchange rate risk shall be affected

 

The letter shall bear;

 

(7) Ask the recipient to provide new guarantees and / or replace the guarantor

 

(8) Exercise of the real right of security;

 

(9) Ask the guarantor to bear the guaranty liability;

 

19


 

(10) To calculate and collect penalty interest, advance interest and compound interest from the recipient as agreed herein;

 

(11) Other measures deemed necessary and possible by the Credit Grantor.

 

14.3 If this Agreement contains multiple recipients, either recipient fails to perform its obligations hereunder or occurs

 

In case of any specified breach, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to take any remedy measures for breach as agreed to all the recipients.

 

Article 15 Reserves of rights

 

15.1 If either Party fails to exercise part or all of its rights under this Agreement, or fails to require the other Party to perform or assume part or all of its obligations and responsibilities

 

It does not constitute a waiver of such right or an exemption from such obligation and liability.

 

15.2 Any tolerance, extension or delay of the exercise of the rights under this Agreement by either party to the other party shall not affect its rights under this Agreement and

 

Any right enjoyed by laws or regulations shall not be deemed as a waiver of such right.

 

Article 16 Effectiveness, alteration and rescission of the agreement

 

16.1This Agreement shall come into force upon signing by the legal representatives (responsible persons) or their authorized agents of both parties or affix the seals of both parties.

 

16.2 This Agreement may be modified or modified in writing upon mutual agreement of both parties, and any modification or modification shall constitute this Agreement

 

Components of the segmentation.

 

16.3Unless otherwise provided by laws and regulations or by the parties, this Agreement shall not be fulfilled until all the rights and obligations are fulfilled

 

stop.

 

16.4The credit granting person is unable to perform the agreement or act according to the changes of laws, regulations, regulatory provisions or the requirements of the regulatory authorities

 

In case, the credit Grantor shall have the right to terminate or perform this Agreement in accordance with laws, regulations or changes required by regulatory authorities. If the termination or change of this Agreement leads to the credit Granunable to perform according to this agreement, the credit Grantor shall be exempted from liability

 

Ren.

 

20


 

Article 17 Application of law and dispute resolution

 

17.1  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People's Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Region).

 

17.2  The jurisdiction and settlement of the dispute shall be subject to the provisions of Article 26 of hereof. During the dispute period, the parties shall continue to perform the undisputed clauses.

 

17.3  The legal fee (or arbitration fee), reasonable attorney fee and other expenses (including but not limited to property preservation fee, security fee, appraisal fee, travel fee, notarization fee, translation fee, appraisal auction fee, execution fee, etc.) shall be borne by the breaching party. The expenses incurred by any relief measures such as objection, administrative reconsideration, report and criminal report to the competent authority shall be borne by the breaching party.

 

Article 18 Other provisions

 

18.1 The valid vouchers of the creditor's rights of the Credit Grantor under this Agreement shall be subject to the accounting vouchers issued and recorded by the credit Grantor in accordance with its own business provisions.

 

18.2 Except for other provisions of this Agreement or the supplementary agreement signed between the Credit Grantor and the recipient, the Credit Grantor and the recipient shall have the contrary

 

The assignment of the claims of the Credit Grantor hereunder is confirmed as follows: The recipient agrees that the Credit Grantor shall have the right to unilaterally decide to transfer the claims under this Agreement in whole or in part to any third party; The notice of the assignment of the creditor's rights of the credit granting person to the recipient shall be effective to the recipient as of the date of issuance; The Tragentee hereby irrevocably agrees that the credit Grantor has the right to unilaterally accept the entrustment of the creditor's right to continue to manage the creditor's rights and the corresponding security rights against the grantee, Management matters include but are not limited to the withholding of the account funds of the recipient and the guarantor to pay the amount payable under this Agreement, On behalf of the trusted person and the guarantor to Sue and preserve the collection measures. If the credit Grantor deducthe due payment as an agent, the credit Refetor agrees that the credit Grantor shall have the right to directly deduct the amount from any repayment account or other accounts opened by the trustee and the guarantor at the Credit Grantor and its branches for payment

 

The Trentee and Guarantor shall pay the principal and interest and other amounts due without notice to the Trentee and Guarantor.

 

21


 

18.3 Without the written consent of the credit Grantor, the recipient shall not assign any rights or obligations under this Agreement to a third party.

 

18.4 If the credit Grantor shall entrust other institutions of Bank of Xiamen Co., Ltd. to perform its rights and obligations under this Agreement, or

 

The business under this Agreement shall be undertaken and managed by other institutions of Bank of Xiamen Co., Ltd., and the recipient agrees. Other institutions authorized by Bank of Xiamen Co., Ltd. by the Credit Grantor, or other institutions of Bank of Xiamen Co., Ltd. undertaking the business hereunder shall have the right to exercise all the rights hereunder and submit the rights to this Agreement in the name of the dispute under this Agreement

 

The agreed arbitration commission shall apply for arbitration or file a lawsuit or apply for enforcement in the court with jurisdiction in the place where the agency is located.

 

18.5 Except for the expenses to be borne by the Credit Grantor as clearly stipulated by laws and regulations, any other expenses under this Agreement shall be borne by the recipient.

 

18.6  Without affecting any other provisions hereof, this Agreement shall affect both parties and their respective successors and assigns

 

legally binding force.

 

18.7 If a provision of or part of this Agreement is now or future invalid, such invalid provision or invalid part does not

 

Affect the validity of this Agreement and other provisions hereof or other contents thereof.

 

18.8 The Credit Grantor has the right to provide information related to this Agreement and other relevant information of the recipient in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and regulatory provisions

 

It shall be provided with the credit investigation system of the People's Bank of China and other credit information databases established according to law for institutions or individuals with appropriate qualifications to inquire and use according to law. The Credit Grantor shall also have the right to go through the credit investigation system of the People's Bank of China for the purpose of the conclusion and performance of this Agreement

 

And other legally established credit information database to query the relevant information of the recipient.

 

18.9 The Trentee agrees that the Credit Grantor will have attached business related to this Agreement (including but not limited to the credit Grantor system development, maintenance and reconciliation

 

Printing and mailing of documents and other relevant documents, arrears collection, property assessment and other outsourced operations allowed by laws and regulations, etc.)

 

Entrust a third party to handle the matter in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations, and the recipient agrees to provide the relevant information of the recipient under this Agreement The data shall be submitted to the above third party for the handling of the entrusted matters.

 

22


 

 

18.10 If the credit Grantor deems it necessary, the recipient shall complete the notarization of this Agreement. Such notarization shall have enforcement effect, and the recipient undertakes that the recipient is willing to accept compulsory execution according to law if the recipient fails to perform or does not fully perform its obligations.

 

18.11 In case of any inconsistency between the second part of this Agreement and the general provisions of Part I, the provisions of Part II shall prevail.

 

Part II is a part of the special terms for credit granting business

 

Article 19 Special terms for fixed assets loan business

 

19.1 The application for a fixed asset loan shall meet the following conditions in addition to the preconditions stipulated in Article 6 of this Agreement:

 

(1) The recipient has submitted the project feasibility study report, project approval and other necessary to the credit provider according to law Proto-document;

 

(2) The trusted person has submitted to the credit Grantor the current valid business license, the articles of association of the company, and the recent financial statements of the withdrawal date;

 

(3) The capital in the same proportion as the loan to be issued has been in full, and the actual progress of the project has matched the amount of the investment;

 

(4) If the amount of a single payment exceeds 5% of the total investment of the project, or the amount exceeds RMB 5 million yuan (including, or equivalent foreign currency), the credit Grantor shall have the right to require the recipient to provide the confirmation project signed by the tripartite institutions including supervision, evaluation and quality inspection

 

Written documentation of progress and quality.

 

23


 

Article 20 Special terms for bank acceptance bills

 

20.1 Contents of the bank acceptance bill

 

(1) The contents of the bank acceptance bill under a single credit extension service shall be agreed upon in the single credit extension document.

 

(2) The acceptance agreement number in the single credit granting document refers to the "acceptance" recorded on the face face of the bank acceptance bill issued by the credit granting person

 

The content of the "agreement number" is not the same content as the "number" content of the single credit extension document.

 

20.2 Before applying for a bank acceptance bill, the recipient shall meet the following conditions in addition to the preconditions stipulated in Article 6 of this Agreement:

 

(1) The recipient has provided the principal and copy of the transaction contract verified by the credit provider and the relevant trade background transaction materials;

 

(2) The trusted person has provided the deposit pledge according to the requirements of the single credit granting document;

 

(3) The recipient has paid the exposure management fee in a lump sum in accordance with the provisions of the credit Grantor;

 

(4) Other conditions that the Credit Grantor considers that the recipient should be satisfied.

 

20.3 Rate and penalty interest

 

(1) When the recipient applies to the credit Grantor for the acceptance bill, it shall pay the formalities equivalent to 5% of the face amount fee.

 

(2) When the credit recipient applies for the acceptance bill to the Credit Grantor, it shall pay the exposure management fee to the Credit Grantor in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Credit Grantor. The exposure management fee is calculated according to the difference between the acceptance amount of the single application and the amount of the deposit and the deposit

 

The rate shall be agreed by the single credit document, and the recipient shall pay it once before acceptance.

 

(3) If the recipient fails to make up the bill in full at the maturity of the bank acceptance bill, no matter whether the holder makes payment or not, the credit Grantor has the bank acceptance bill advance, which occupies the credit funds of the credit Grantor or the bank acceptance bill

 

The date of the advance is the next day after the maturity date specified in the bank acceptance bill.

 

24


 

Article 21 Special terms for the letter of guarantee business

 

21.1 Letter of guarantee opening and commission charge

 

(1) If the credit Grantor accepts the application of the recipient and opens a letter of guarantee or provides any other form of bank guarantee as required by the recipient, the details of the guarantee or other form of bank guarantee shall be the letter of guarantee issued by the credit Grantor or any other bank

 

The provisions of the guarantee document shall prevail. For the contents of the document, please refer to the sample draft of the Guarantee Document attached to the single credit granting document.

 

(2) The credit recipient shall pay the handling fee for issuing the letter of guarantee to the credit granting person on time, and the basis, standard and method of the fee shall be calculated and collected in accordance with the relevant provisions of the credit granting person. The specific payment amount and method of the handling fee shall be agreed upon by the single credit granting document. For the expenses that should be borne by the trusted person after signing the letter of guarantee, the trusted person will

 

Pay to the Credit Grantor according to the amount and method required by the Credit Grantor.

 

21.2 Modification of the content of the guarantee

 

(1) If the recipient needs to modify the letter of guarantee, it shall submit a written application to the credit provider (using the credit provider to the recipient Provided format).

 

(2) When the modification of the letter of guarantee involves the amount, currency, interest rate, term or other terms that the credit provider deems necessary to add the guarantee,

 

The credit Grantor shall have the right to request the recipient to increase the deposit and / or require the recipient to obtain the counterguarantor in the written application

 

Signed consent, and / or provide other security, otherwise the Credit Grantor has the right to refuse to accept the recipient's application for modification.

 

(3) If the recipient needs to modify the relevant text of the guarantee, he / she shall pay the modification fee of RMB 300 to the credit provider in a lump sum.

 

25


 

(4) The modification of the letter of guarantee does not change the other rights and obligations of the recipient in the single credit extension document.

 

21.3 External payment and interest

 

The recipient agrees that when the claim occurs in the guarantee business under the single credit extension document, the beneficiary claim document is audited by the credit provider

 

If agreed in the letter of guarantee, the credit Grantor shall have the right to make payment to the outside world directly without the consent of the recipient.

 

21.4 Supplementary commitment of the recipient

 

(1) Any commitment, any limitation of rights or any expenses made by the credit Grantor in the relevant text of the guarantee

 

All losses shall be made at the request of the recipient, and any losses suffered by the credit provider shall be borne by the recipient. The credit provider shall have the right to directly deduct them from the account opened by the recipient in Bank of Xiamen Co., Ltd

 

To offset it, without advance notice to the recipient;

 

(2) If the letter of Guarantee is entrusted to the transfer / transfer by other banks, the recipient agrees to undertake the right of the credit Grantor under the transfer / transfer guarantee

 

All risks and responsibilities of the transfer / transfer line;

 

(3) The guarantee liability of the grantor is affected by the execution and termination of the basic contract on which the guarantee is issued

 

In any case, the recipient shall immediately notify the credit Grantor;

 

(4) Without the written consent of the credit provider, the recipient shall not modify the content of the basic contract on which the letter of guarantee is issued;

 

(5) The trusted person shall cooperate with the credit provider to handle the relevant procedures for the performance under the external guarantee;

 

(6) Letters and documents under the opening letter of guarantee are lost in the process of mail, telecommunications transmission or other transmission

 

The risks of delay, error, damage and the risks generated by the credit provider using the third-party services shall be borne by the recipient.

 

21.5 Issue a letter of guarantee with a supplementary agreement (For the following special terms, say "" in □ and "" for not applicable)

 

The credit Grantor only handles documents or certificates, and shall not be responsible for any disputes arising from the underlying contract, and the credit Grantor is responsible

 

When handling documents or certificates, they shall not be responsible for their authenticity, delay or loss during mailing.

 

26


 

Part III, Special Terms

 

 

Article 22 The amount of the credit line and the maximum amount of the claims

 

22.1 The line of credit (principal) provided by the Credit Grantor to the recipient hereunder is:

 

Currency: RMB ________________________________

 

Amount : (in words) four million yuan only _______________________________

 

22.2 The maximum amount of claims under this Agreement means the principal, interest, compound interest, penalty interest, liquidated damages and damages

 

Gold, interest on debts during the delayed performance period, related losses arising from changes in exchange rates, and other payments payable by the recipient

 

(Including but not limited to the relevant handling fees, telecommunications fees, miscellaneous fees and other expenses), the realization of creditor's rights or the realization of security property rights

 

Fee (including but not limited to collection fees, legal costs or arbitration fees, storage security fees, preservation fees, execution fees,

 

Announcement fee, evaluation fee, auction fee, taxes, transfer fee, attorney's fee, travel fee, notary fee and other expenses), etc.

 

All claims are:

 

currency: ___________________________

 

Amount: (in words). ____________________________

 

Article 23 Term of use of the credit line

 

The term of the credit line determined in this Agreement shall be from 20 June 2023 to ______On June 20,2026.

 

Article 24 Annual examination of credit line

 

Is the credit line under this Agreement subject to annual review:

 

☑ Yes, every year annual audit. During the annual examination of the credit line, the credit provider shall have the right to re-examine the production and operation of the recipient, financial status, credit status, performance ability and guarantee conditions of the recipient, etc. After the annual review, the recipient shall continue to propose the quota to the credit provider

 

Single credit granting service application.

 

Figure no.

 

27


 

Article 25 Joint liabilities (applicable to two parties or more)

 

Are all obligations incurred hereunder as joint liabilities:

☑ yes;

 

Zone No.

 

Article 26 Any dispute arising from or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by both parties through negotiation, both parties shall agree

 

Into take the following methods:

 

☑ Bring a lawsuit to the people's court in the place where the credit provider is located.

 

The district shall submit the dispute to the arbitration commission for arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in effect of the commission at the time of the arbitration application. The place of arbitration is the place of the credit provider, L. The arbitral award shall be final and binding on both parties. When submitting to arbitration, both parties agree to choose the summary procedure 27.1 Notice, letters, data messages, etc. sent to the recipient shall be sent to the following address, contact person and / or electricity

 

The order is tried.

 

28


 

Article 27 Agreement on service

 

 

Sub-communication terminal. If the recipient changes its name, address, contact person or communication terminal, it shall timely notify the credit provider in writing within three days after the change. The service of the credit Grantor before actually receiving the change notice shall still be valid service. Electronic service is the same as written service

 

Such legal effect.

 

Contact person: Xiamen general general Article spend Stock portion have limit state-owned Tel.: 0592-5968189

 

Address: Unit 836, No.5, Muuo Road, Huli District, DCity: - 001000

 

The recipient (☑ agrees) accepts electronic service and the electronic terminal information is as follows:

 

Mobile phone calls / SMS: pass portraiture: ______/_______

 

WeChat ID:  /  mail box: afc@cpop.cn

 

Contact person: Huang Zhuoqin (ID No.: [*]) Tel:1359951865(

 

Contact address:Xiamen City lake In the area reverent lay Road no. 5 8 3 6 one firstzip code:361000

 

The recipient (☑ agrees) accepts electronic service and the electronic terminal information is as follows:

 

Mobile phone calls / SMS: 13599518650 portraiture: ____________________

 

WeChat ID: ________/________mail box: afc@cpop.cn

 

Contact person: Velia (ID No.: [*]) Contact number: 1359951865

 

Contact address: Xiamen market lake In the area reverent lay road 5 Number 8 3 6 one Yuan zip code:361000 Client (☑ agrees The District does not agree) to accept the electronic service, and the electronic terminal information is as follows:

 

Mobile phone calls / SMS: 13599518650 portraiture:__________________

 

Micro signal: Email address: afc @ cpop. The cr (if this Agreement has more than two recipients and inconsistent service address, contact person and / or electronic communication terminals, may be found in " its He agrees " terms, additional pages or in other written form in reference to the corresponding service address, contact person and / Or an electronic communication terminal)

 

29


 

 

27.2 The previous agreed address, contact person and / or electronic communication terminal are also the recipient work contact, document exchange and notarization

 

Authority and dispute resolution of the people's court and / or arbitration institutions of all relevant documents (including but not limited to the exchanges, compulsory execution notarization, claims transfer, first instance, second instance, retrial, execution procedures, application for payment, realize the special procedure of security and arbitration process correspondence, notification, claims, complaint, arbitration application, evidence materials, transmission, ticket, notification, letter, notice, hearing, judgment, award, orders, conciliation letter, deadline performance notice, petition, execution, etc.) of the service address. Those sent by express delivery or registered mail shall be delivered on the third day after the delivery of mail; for those sent by SMS / fax / WeChat / E-mail, the aforementioned electronic documents shall be accurately copied by the sender for the electronic terminal information and the recipient data electronic receiving system has not been returned by the system

 

In the case, it shall be deemed to be served.

 

27.3 The terms of service and dispute settlement of this Agreement are independent terms and are not subject to changes in the validity of the Agreement or other terms sound.

 

30


 

Article 28 Other provisions

 

1. Event of default and handling of the credit Grantor

 

1.1 If the recipient has evidence to prove that the credit Grantor violates the provisions of laws and regulations or the parties agree to handle its information, it shall have the right to raise objections and request them

 

Seek the credit provider to take measures such as correction and remedy in time.

 

1.2 If the recipient finds that the staff of the credit Grantor collects fees illegally, he has the right to call the customer service hotline of the credit Grantor

 

400-858-8888 for Complaints made.

 

2. The recipient illegally increased the local government hidden debt and dealt with it

 

The recipients are not allowed to illegally the hidden debts of local governments. If the recipient is found to increase the hidden debts of the local government, the credit provider shall have the right to take the following measures: (1) unilaterally terminate the financing to the recipient and declare all or part of the financing business hereunder

 

Due immediately; (2) terminate the withdrawal of the signed financing contract; (3) timely report the relevant situation to the relevant regulatory authorities.

 

3. Agreement on relevant liquidated damages and expenses

 

3.1 Liquidated damages paid in advance

 

If the recipient applies for the repayment in advance and meets the classification standards of small and micro enterprises identified by the current effective laws and regulations, the recipient shall report to it

 

If the credit Grantor applies for and provides relevant certification materials, the credit Grantor shall be exempted from the liquidated damages for repayment in advance after approval.

 

31


 

3.2 Management fee for bank acceptance bill exposure

 

From November 26,2021, if the recipient complies with the laws and regulations in force when dealing with the bank acceptance bill business

 

The credit provider is exempted from the exposure management fee for small and micro enterprises.

 

3.3 Mortgage appraisal fee

 

3.3.1 The residential mortgaged property of the credit Grantor and the valuation of the parking space in some areas has been evaluated online, if the mortgaged property under this Agreement is used online

 

The evaluation and evaluation expenses shall be borne by the credit provider.

 

3.3.2 If online appraisal cannot be used, the relevant appraisal fee and charges for "the above date after the bank loan application date of the small and micro enterprises"

 

The product evaluation fee shall be borne by the credit provider. If the state and regulatory authorities have the update requirements, the latest regulatory requirements shall be implemented.

 

3.3.3 If the appointee (the mortgagor) entrusts the appraisal but complies with Article 3.3.2, the credit Grantee shall bear the assessment fee, and the appointee (the mortgage

 

Person) can apply for expense reimbursement to the credit extension person by ticket.

 

3.3.4 If the online appraisal cannot be used and it does not comply with the provisions of Article 3.3.2, the relevant appraisal fee and the collateral appraisal fee shall be trusted

 

Person (mortgagor) shall bear it.

 

3.4 Insurance premium

 

3.4.1 Mortgaged property insurance

 

(1) If the credit provider is used as the first beneficiary (or the claimant) of the mortgaged property insurance, the insurance fee shall be paid by the credit provider and the recipient

 

The believer (mortgagor) shall jointly bear in the proportion of 2:8.

 

(2) If the trustee (mortgagor) is the first beneficiary (or the claimant) of the mortgaged property insurance, the insurance fee shall be given by

 

32


 

The recipient (mortgagor) shall bear the burden.

 

3.4.2 If the credit Grantor is the first beneficiary of the accident insurance of the recipient, the insurance expenses shall be borne by the credit Grantor.

 

3.4.3 If the appointee agrees to insure the performance guarantee insurance in accordance with the relevant institutional requirements of the credit Grantor, the insurance cost shall be borne by the appointee.

 

3.4.4 Its he a place difficult of access a surname make an appointment fix : L

 

3.5 Notary fee

 

For the financing business of small and micro enterprises that really need to handle compulsory notarization in accordance with the relevant system of the credit granting person, the notarization fee shall be jointly borne by both parties Bear, the credit provider shall bear /%. If the trusted person entrusts the compulsory notarization by himself, the trusted person may call the credit granting person with the invoice

 

Please share the expense for reimbursement.

 

3.6 Guarantee modification fee

 

If the recipient needs to modify the relevant text of the guarantee, the modification fee standard and payment of the guarantee shall be agreed by the single credit document.

 

3.7 Bank acceptance bill handling fee

 

When the recipient applies for the acceptance bill from the credit granting person, the standard of handling fee and payment shall be stipulated by the single credit granting document.

 

3.8 Its he fee need make an appointment fix /

 

4. Other supplementary provisions

 

4.1 The credit funds shall not be misappropriated for the purchase. If the credit funds are found to be misappropriated for the real estate field, the credit provider has the right to terminate the contract,

 

Collect the credit funds in advance, and investigate the corresponding legal responsibility.

 

33


 

4.2 The recipient has fully understood: (1) the relevant policies of the credit enhancement fund, Recognition that the credit enhancement fund has played a role in reducing the quasi-loan conditions or increasing the financing amount, Voluntary application for credit enhancement fund financing and credit enhancement service; (2) Credit enhancement object understands the charging principles and standards of credit enhancement fund, Voluntary pay of the credit enhancement service fee to the credit enhancement fund; And recognized that after the approval of the credit enhancement financing quota, The credit enhancement service of the credit enhancement fund is over immediately; (3) If the credit extension under the main contract of the credit enhancement fund is overdue, Regardless of whether the credit Grantor receives the risk compensation of the credit enhancement fund, Does not affect the right of the credit Grantor to the credit, the co-borrower and the guarantor to recover all debts under the main contract, The credit extension target, the co-borrower and the guarantor shall not receive the risk supplement of the credit extension fund as the credit enhancement fund

 

To claim the debt under the master contract.

 

Article 29 The text of the agreement

 

Copy, which shall have the same legal effect.

 

The terms of this Agreement are provided

 

[No text below on this page]

 

34


 

[This page is the signing page of the Credit Line Agreement of Bank of Xiamen Co., Ltd.]

 

The Licentee confirms that the Licentee has carefully read all the terms and conditions of this Agreement and that the relevant person of the Credit Grantor has reminded the Licentee that he may require the relevant person of the Credit Grantor to fully explain and explain any terms and address the relevant terms prior to signing this Agreement

 

The questions and information raised are fully explained and explained. The Enditee is now fully aware of the meaning of all the terms and conditions of this Agreement.follow

 

After careful consideration, the recipient agreed to accept all the terms and conditions.

 

This Agreement is provided by the following parties in. _______     Signed on the day.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35


 

addressee

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized signatories:

 

  

 

 

 

affix one's seal:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

accrediting party

 

 

 

 

Authorized signatories:

 

 

 

Address: No.101, Hubin North Road, Siming District, Xiamen city

 

 

 

 

contact number: 0592-5036121

 

 

 

Bank signature:_______________________

 

 

Witness signed:

 

36


 

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

EX-4.16 3 f20f2023ex4-16_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF SHORT-TERM WORKING CAPITAL LOAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN GUANGZHOU SHUZHI AND BANK OF CHINA CO., LTD. GUANGZHOU PANYU BRANCH OFFICE DATED MAY 31, 2022

Exhibit 4.16

 

Guangzhou Digital Communication Culture Co., Ltd. -GDK476780120220306

 

Working capital loan contract

(Suitable for “BOC Relay Tongbao” products)

 

No.: GDK476780120220306

 

borrower: Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD

 

Unified social credit code: [*]

 

Legal representative / responsible person: Huang tall and erect diligent

 

Address: Room 1101, No.156, South Zhou Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou City (office only)Post wan. 510000                                                         71857394862

 

Financial institutions and account number: Bank of China, Luoxi Branch, Panyu, Guangzhou 71857393486

 

telephone: 13599518650 Fax:

 

lender: Bank of China Limited, Guangzhou Panyu Sub-branch

 

Legal representative / Person in charge: Xu Jianye

 

Address: No.338, Qinghe East Road, Qiao Town, Panyu City Postcode:

 

Tel.: 020-84696493. Fax: 1

 

The borrower and the lender shall, through equal consultation, reach an agreement on the issuance of working capital loans to the borrower

 

This contract.

 

Article 1. Amount of the loan

 

Currency borrowed: RMB

Amount of loan: (in words) Eight million yuan only;

(the ordinary form of a Chinese numeral)¥8,000,000.00

 

Article 2 Term of the loan

 

Term of loan: 12 months, starting from the actual date of withdrawal.

 

Article 3 Purpose of the loan

 

Purpose of loan: to repay the outstanding principal under the Short-term Working

 

Capital Loan Line Contract No. GDKED 476780120210089 signed by the Borrower and the Lender and the Withdrawal Application No. GDKED 476780120210089

 

Amount (for the amount determined in Article 1). 

 

Without the written consent of the lender, the borrower shall not change the borrowing purpose, including but not limited to the borrower shall not be used for fixed assets, equity investment, shall not be used for any laws, regulations, regulations, the state prohibited production and management areas and purposes, shall not be used for credit or buy other financial products arbitrage, shall not be used for illegal new local government recessive debt, to

 

And other purposes prohibited by bank loans.

 

 

 

 


 

Guangzhou Digital Communication Culture Co., LTD. -GDK476780120220306 R ef: 220530-104551-560

 

Article 5 Conditions for withdrawal

 

The borrower’s withdrawal shall meet the following conditions:

 

1. This Contract and its annexes have taken effect;

 

2. The borrower has provided the guarantee according to the requirements of the loan entry, and the guarantee contract has taken effect and completed the legal examination and approval, registration or filing procedures;

 

3. The Borrower has reserved to the Lender the documents, documents, seals and personnel related to the conclusion and performance of this Contract

 

List, signature samples, and fill in the relevant vouchers;

 

4. The Borrower has opened an account necessary for the performance of this Contract as required by the Lender;

 

5. The bank within 5 working days before the withdrawal shall submit a written withdrawal application to the lender and fill in the need to repay the original loan

 

Relevant vouchers (such as: transfer check, wire transfer, domestic remittance application, entry bill, etc.), handle the relevant withdrawal procedures;

 

6. The Borrower has submitted to the Lender the resolution of the Board of Directors or other competent departments agreeing to sign and perform this Contract Power book;

 

7. Other withdrawal conditions stipulated by law and agreed upon by both parties Z.

 

If the above withdrawal conditions are not met, the lender has the right to refuse the borrower’s withdrawal application, except where the lender agrees to make the loan.

 

Article 6 Time and method of withdrawal

 

The borrower should be in 2022 __ Daily one-time withdrawal.

 

Article 7 Payment of the loan funds

 

1. Payment method of borrowing funds

 

The borrower shall submit the withdrawal application to the lender, and the lender shall issue the loan funds after examining and approving the borrower’s withdrawal application. The Borrower hereby authorizes: the Lender to directly use the borrowed funds to repay the outstanding principal balance of the borrower as stipulated in Article 3 of this Contract; or after the lender issues the borrowed funds to the settlement account opened by the Borrower in the Lender, the lender shall directly deduct the outstanding principal balance of the Borrower as stipulated in Article 3 hereof.

 

 

 

2


 

2. Specific requirements for the payment of borrowed funds

 

(1) Supply of transaction information. The borrower shall, at the time of withdrawal, provide the lender with its repayment account and the supporting materials proving that the withdrawal conforms to the purpose agreed in the loan contract. The Borrower shall guarantee that all information provided to the Lender is true, complete and valid. If the lender’s payment obligation fails to reach due to the untrue, inaccurate and incomplete transaction information provided by the borrower, the lender shall not bear any liability, and the borrower shall bear the interest, penalty interest and other liabilities for breach of contract arising from the delay of the original loan.

 

(2) If the Lender finds that the relevant transaction materials provided by the borrower are not in conformity with this Contract or have other defects, it shall have the right to require the borrower to supplement, replace, explain or resubmit the relevant materials to be submitted by the borrower

 

The Lender has the right to refuse the issuance and payment of the relevant funds before the relevant transaction materials that the lender considers qualified.

 

3. In any of the following circumstances, the lender shall have the right to redetermine the issuance of the loan or stop the issuance of the loan funds:

 

(1) The borrower fails to implement the conditions for credit approval;

 

(2) The borrower fails to repay the interest payable on the original loan;

 

(3) Enterprises where the borrower is blacklisted by our bank or enterprises notified by the regulatory authorities of significant risk factors;

 

(4) The borrower or the actual controller has outstanding overdue records in the basic database of financial credit information;

 

 

 

 

3


 

Guangzhou Digital Communication Culture Co., LTD. -GDK476780120220306 Ref: 220530-104551-560

 

(5) Bad records caused by the malicious behavior of the borrower in the “Information Inquiry of Persons executed in the National Court” system; Cancellation or release, or the borrower, the guarantor financial condition deterioration or involved in a major litigation or arbitration cases, or the borrower, bear, guarantor account is sealed, or for other reasons may affect its performance ability, or the guarantor in the guarantee contract or between the lender, other contract default, or collateral depreciation, damage, loss, seizure, the guarantee value weakened or loss, lost, the lender has the right to request, and the borrower has the obligation to provide new guarantee, replace the guarantor to guarantee the debt under this contract

affair.

 

Article 10. Statement and commitment

 

1. The Borrower represents as follows:

 

(1) The borrower shall be legally registered and legally existing, and shall have the full civil rights capacity required for the signing and performance of this Contract capacity for action;

 

(2) The signing and performance of this Contract is based on the true intention of the Borrower, and has obtained legal and effective authorization in accordance with the requirements of its articles of association or other internal management documents, and will not violate any agreement, contract and other legal documents binding on the Borrower; The Borrower has or will obtain all relevant approval, permission, filing or registration required for the signing and performance of this Contract;

 

(3) All the documents, financial statements, vouchers and other materials provided by the Borrower to the Lender under this Contract are true

 

Solid, complete, accurate and effective;

 

(4) The transaction background of the borrower’s application for the narrative business with the lender is true and legal, and does not involve money laundering, terrorist financing, proliferation financing of weapons of mass destruction, tax evasion, fraud and other illegal purposes, and the transaction does not involve the violation of the United Nations, China or other activities Sanctions that the lender considers necessary to apply;

 

(5) The Borrower does not conceal from the Lender any events that may affect the financial position and performance capacity of the Borrower and the guarantor;

 

(6) The borrower and the loan project meet the national environmental protection standards, and the energy consumption and pollution announced and identified by the relevant national departments

 

For enterprises and projects with outstanding problems and ineffective rectification, there is no energy consumption and pollution risk;

 

(7) Other matters stated by the Borrower:

 

2. The Borrower undertakes to be as follows:

 

(1) Regularly or timely submit the financial statements (including but not limited to the annual, quarterly and monthly statements) and other relevant information to the lender as required by the lender; the Borrower shall ensure that it continuously meets the following financial indicators: negative assets of the Borrower

 

Debt ratio is not higher than 90%;

 

(2) If the Borrower has or will enter into a countersecurity agreement or similar agreement with the Contract guarantor for its warranty obligations, such The Agreement will not prejudice any rights of the Lender under this Contract;

 

 

 

4


 

Guangzhou Digital Communication Culture Co., LTD. -GDK476780120220306 Ref: 220530-104551-560

 

 

(3) Accept the credit inspection and supervision of the lender and provide sufficient assistance and cooperation; the borrower shall follow the lender

 

Make a regular summary report on the payment and use of loan funds. The specific summary report time is: monthly

 

(4) In the event of merger, division, capital reduction, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing, transfer of material assets and creditor’s rights, and other matters that may adversely affect the solvency of the borrower, it shall be obtained in advance

 

Written consent of the Lender;

 

The Borrower shall promptly notify the Lender of the following circumstances:

 

A. Change of the articles of association, business scope, registered capital and legal representative of the borrower or the guarantor company;

 

B. Conduct any form of joint venture, joint venture with foreign investors, cooperation, contracted operation, restructuring, restructuring, planned listing and other modes of operation change;

 

C. Involin a major litigation or arbitration case, or the property or security is seized, seized or supervised, or set up new security on the security;

 

1. The Borrower fails to perform the payment and repayment obligations to the Lender as agreed herein;

 

2. The borrower fails to use the loan funds in the manner agreed herein, and the fund or does not use the obtained funds for the purposes agreed herein

 

Way; or the borrower uses the loan funds for lending or buying other financial products arbitrage;

 

3. The statement made by the Borrower in this Contract is untrue or violates its commitment made in this Contract;

 

4. In the case of Item (4) of Article 10, the lender considers that the financial situation may affect the financial position and performance ability of the borrower or the guarantor, and the borrower fails to provide a new guarantee or replace the guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Contract;

 

5. The borrower’s credit status declines, or the borrower’s profitability, solvency, operating capacity, cash flow and other financial resources The indicators deteriorate, breaking through the index constraints or other financial agreements agreed herein;

 

 

 

5


 

Guangzhou Digital Communication Culture Co., Ltd. -GDK476780120220306Ref:220530-104551-560

 

 

6. The Borrower defaults under other contracts with the Lender or other institutions of Bank of China Limited

 

Event: Event of default under the credit extension contract between the borrower and other financial institutions;

 

7. The guarantor violates the provisions of the guarantee contract or between the lender or other institutions of Bank of China Limited

 

Event of default under other contracts;

 

8. The Borrower terminates business or has dissolution, cancellation or bankruptcy.

 

9. The borrower is involved in or may involve in major economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or its assets are sealed up, detained or enforced, or is investigated by judicial authorities or tax authorities or take punitive measures according to law, or may Can affect the performance of its obligations under this Contract;

 

10. Abnormal changes, disappearance or disappearance of the main investors and key management personnel of the borrower or investigation by judicial authorities according to law

 

Personal freedom has been, or may affect the performance of its obligations under this Contract;

 

11. The financial position and performance capacity of the Borrower of the Lender in each quarter (i. e., the second quarter from the effective date of this Contract)

 

During the audit, it is found that it may affect the financial condition and performance ability of the borrower or the guarantor;

 

12. The large amount and abnormal capital inflow and outflow occur in the designated fund withdrawal account, and the borrower cannot provide the approval of the lender

 

The explanatory materials;

 

13. The borrower directly or indirectly participates in the illegal act of usury;

 

14. The borrower refused to cooperate with the lender to carry out due diligence, or the borrower is included in the United Nations, China or other lenders think the applicable sanctions, the lender found the borrower transaction illegal or violation of the aforementioned sanctions, or the lender has reasonable reason to suspect that the borrower or its related transactions / counterparties suspected of money laundering, terrorist or terrorist financing;

 

15. The borrower breaches other provisions in this contract on the rights and obligations of the parties.

 

In the event of the event of default specified in the preceding paragraph, the lender shall have the right to take the following measures separately or at the same time according to the specific circumstances: 1. Ask the borrower and the guarantor to correct the default within a time limit;

 

2. Reduce, suspend, cancel or terminate the credit line to the borrower;

 

3. Fully or partially suspend or terminate the application of the Borrower’s withdrawals under other contracts between this Contract and the Borrower and the Lender; completely, partially suspend or cancel the outstanding loans and trade financing Stop distribution, payment and handling;

 

4. Announces the outstanding loan / trade financing amount under this Contract and other contracts between the Borrower and the Lender Interest and other amounts payable in all or in part are due immediately; 5. Terminate or rescind this Contract, and terminate or terminate other contracts between the borrower and the Lender in whole and in part;

 

 

 

6


 

Guangzhou Digital Communication Culture Co., Ltd. -GDK476780120220306Ref:220530-104551-560

 

 

6. Request the borrower to compensate for the losses caused to the lender due to its default, including but not limited to the loss of legal costs, attorney fees, notary fees, execution fees and other related expenses caused by the realization of the creditor’s rights;

 

7. Deducting the accounts of the borrower in the Lender and other institutions of Bank of China Limited

 

2. If the Lender shall entrust any other institution of Bank of China Limited to perform the rights under this Contract due to business needs

 

Obligations, or the loan business under this contract to other institutions of Bank of China Limited to undertake and manage, the borrower

 

This expresses recognition. Other institutions authorized by Bank of China authorized by the Lender, or undertake the loan business under this Contract

 

Other institutions of Bank of China Limited shall have the right to exercise all rights hereunder and disputes over disputes hereunder

 

In the name of the agency, it shall file a lawsuit in the court, submit it to the arbitration institution for adjudication or apply for enforcement.

 

3. Under any circumstances without affecting other provisions herein, this Contract affects both parties and their respective successors and assigns

 

Both are legally binding.

 

4. Unless otherwise agreed, both parties specify the domicile place specified in this contract as the communication and contact address, and the valid service address confirmed by both parties. The scope of application includes the service of various notices, contracts and other documents of the parties during the performance of the contract and the service of relevant documents and legal documents in case of the dispute, and the first instance and second instance after the dispute goes into arbitration and civil proceedings

 

Procedure for trial, retrial and execution.

 

In case of any change in the above address, the changing party shall inform the other party of the changed address in writing 15 working days in advance. In arbitration and civil proceedings, either party shall change its address and perform the obligation of serving the change of address to the arbitration institution or the court. If either party fails to perform the notice obligation in the aforesaid way, the service address confirmed herein shall still be deemed as the valid place of service location.

 

If the legal document is not actually received by one party due to the inaccurate service address provided or confirmed by one party, the failure to inform the other party and the court of the time after the change of service address, the document shall be served by mail

 

The date of return shall be deemed to be the date of service; in the case of direct service, the date of service receipt shall be regarded as the date of service.

 

5. The transactions under this Contract shall be based on their own independent interests. If according to the relevant laws, regulations and regulatory requirements, trading other

 

Each party constitutes a related party or related person of the Lender, and neither party shall seek to use such related relationship to affect the fairness of the transaction.

 

 

 

7


 

6. The title and business name in this Contract shall be used only for the convenience of reference and shall not be used for the contents of the terms and the rights of the parties

 

Interpretation of interest obligations.

 

7. The Lender has the right to provide the relevant information related to the relevant laws and regulations of the Contract and other relevant information of the borrower to the basic financial credit information database and other legally established credit information database for institutions or individuals with appropriate qualifications to inquire and use according to law. The Lender also has the right to conduct financial credit information for the purpose of the conclusion and performance of this Contract

 

The basic database and other lawfully established credit information database shall inquire about the relevant information of the borrower.

 

8. In case of statutory holidays, the withdrawal date and repayment date will be postponed to the first working day after the holidays.

 

9. If the Lender fails to perform the Agreement or fails to perform the Agreement due to changes in laws, regulations, regulatory provisions or the requirements of the regulatory authorities, the Lender has the right to terminate or change the performance of this Agreement and the individual agreements under the requirements of laws, regulations, regulatory provisions or required by the regulatory authorities. The termination or change of the Agreement due to such reason prevents the lender from performing or fails to comply with the agreement

In case of performance, the lender shall be exempted from liability.

 

10. The Borrower may consult with this Contract and the business and charges hereunder through the telephone number of the lender listed herein Inquiry and complaint.

 

Article 18: The contract comes into force

 

This contract shall be signed by the legal representative (responsible person) of both parties or their authorized signatories and affixed with the official seal or special use of the contract

 

Effective from the date of the chapter.

 

This contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy and each copy having the same legal effect.

 

 

 

8


 

Guangzhou Digital Communication Culture Co., Ltd. -GDK 476780120220306 Ref :220530-104551-560

 

Annex 1:

 

Application for withdrawal

 

(Suitable for “BOC Relay Tongbao” products)

No.: GDK476780120220306

 

To: Bank of China Limited, Guangzhou Panyu Sub-branch

 

According to the working Capital Loan contract numbered GDK 476780120220306 signed by us with your bank (applicable to”

 

Silver Relay Tongbao “Product) (hereinafter referred to as” Loan Contract “), we hereby apply to your bank for follows:

 

1. We apply for a one-time withdrawal under the loan contract:

 

The total amount of withdrawal is: RMB (currency);

 

Eight million Yuan only (in words):

 

RMB 8,000,000.00 (in figures).

 

2. According to the provisions of the loan contract, the loan shall be paid as follows:

 

We authorize and entrust your bank to pay the loan directly in accordance with the purposes agreed in the loan contract, that is, the loan is used to repay the GDKED 476780120210089 Short-term Working Capital Loan Line Contract signed by the borrower and the lender____________________________________________

 

And the outstanding principal balance under the Application for Withdrawal numbered GDKED 476780120210089 (confirmed in Article 1

Fixed amount).

 

3. We would like to confirm to your bank that:

 

1. The loan will be used for the purposes agreed upon in the loan contract.

 

2. All representations, warranties and commitments made by us in the loan contract shall remain from the date of issuing the application to the date of withdrawal

 

True, accurate, complete, and effective.

 

3. As of the date of issuing this application, our production, operation and financial credit status have not changed significantly and adversely.

 

4. As of the date of this application, there is no breach or expected violation under the loan contract or in connection with the loan contract

 

Event, we further confirm that no event of default will occur or survive on the withdrawal date.

 

5. We shall provide your bank with valid payment vouchers that meet your requirements.

 

6. This application for withdrawal is irrevocable. We guarantee that all the withdrawal provisions in the loan contract have been met Article; This withdrawal, once issued, will constitute our liability to your Bank under the above loan contract.

 

  Applicant (seal): Guangzhou Digital
   
  Communication Culture Co., LTD
   
  Authorized signatory:                       
   
 

 

 

9

 

EX-4.18 4 f20f2023ex4-18_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF WORKING CAPITAL LOAN CONTRACT BETWEEN XIAMEN POP CULTURE AND THE INDUSTRIAL BANK CO., LTD. XIAMEN BRANCH OFFICE EFFECTIVE ON DECEMBER 8, 2022

Exhibit 4.18

 

The December, 2021, edition

 

Working capital loan contract

 

No.: Xingyin XiBranch 20225028

 

Lender: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd Xiamen branch

 

dwelling place: Xingye Building, No.78, Hubin North Road, Xiamen city

 

Legal representative / Person in charge:

 

borrower: Xiamen Pupu Culture Co., Ltd

 

  dwelling place:  
     
  836, No. 5 mucuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen city  

 

Legal representative / Person in charge: Summer fall into the pit one, You and your company have the right to sign this contract, you have fully authorized the processing of their personal information, and you have obtained the processing of their personal information

 

Place of contract signing: Siming District, Xiamen City

Signing important tips

 

1


 

To protect your rights and interests, please read this contract carefully and check and confirm before signing the following:

 

 

two, You and your company have carefully read and fully understood the terms of the contract, and paid special attention to the content of the responsibility, exemption or reduction of the responsibility of Industrial Bank and personal interest treatment, as well as the content of the black font part;

 

three, You and your company have fully understood the meaning of the contract terms and the corresponding legal consequences, and are willing to accept these terms; VII:

 

four, You and your company have taken special note of the provisions that you and your company should use the credit funds according to the purposes agreed in the contract, and shall not misappropriate the value loan funds (including but not limited to the purchase or investment of Youloan funds in real estate, etc.), And the requirement to issue a letter of commitment to Industrial Bank, And you and your company have fully known and understood, Industrial Bank will take measures such as misappropriation of credit funds, collecting loans in advance, stopping issuing the unissued loans / financing under this Contract, stopping the payment of the unpaid loans / financing under this Contract ■ reducing or stopping the credit granting, and investigate you and your company for legal liability;

 

five, By signing this contract, you and relevant individuals agree and authorize Industrial Bank to process the personal information of you and relevant individuals and keep it within the time limit stipulated by Industrial Bank; You and the relevant individuals have become aware of the right to know, the right to know, the right of decision, the right to withdraw consent, the right to restrict or reject the right of the third party, Industrial Bank has provided informed, decision and other services for personal information processing in a variety of ways (including but not limited to on-site notification); If you and related individuals intend to withdraw, restrict or deny the authorization to process personal information, It may be handled in accordance with this contract or the management procedures of Industrial Bank;:

 

six, The contract text provided by Industrial Bank is only a model text, and blank lines are left after the relevant terms of the contract, and “supplementary terms” are added at the end of the contract for all parties to modify, supplement or delete the contract;

 

seven, If you and your company have any questions about this contract, or you and your company find that the contract and business charges under the contract are illegal, please call industrial Bank or directly to the Industrial Bank branch complaint or consultation, contact number:.*5561                             .

 

2


 

Upon the application of the borrower, the lender agrees to grant the working capital loan to the borrower. In order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties and abide by the credit, the parties hereby enter into this Contract in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China and through equal consultation.

 

The borrower and the Borrower confirm that the loan under this Contract falls under the following conditions (II):

 

(I) This contract is purchased from the payer and the borrower from Year / month / day 1-Signed number For                      /                     “Line credit valley with” (i. e., the general contract) of the sub-contract, this loan

 

The amount shall be included in the credit line under the Credit Line Contract. Among them, the amount of foreign currency loan shall be based on this contract, and the central parity published by the lender on the day of signing shall be converted into adult residential currency and included into the credit line.

 

(II) This Contract is an independent legal text signed by the Lender and the Borrower.

 

Article 1: Definition and Interpretation

 

Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, the following terms shall be defined and interpreted as follows:

 

one, “Working capital image” means that the borrower applies to the lender for the borrower’s daily use Local and foreign currency loans for production and operation turnover.

 

two, “Creditor’s right” or principal creditor’s right refers to the borrower (debtor) to the money seeker (creditor)

 

For the application, the creditor’s rights (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, expenses for the realization of the creditor, etc.) formed by the financing provided to the borrower under this contract. The debt ‘rights of the Lender against the Borrower under this Contract shall be the same as the Borrower’s debt to the Lender under this Contract.

 

“The es for realizing the creditor’s right” refers to the litigation (arbitration) fee, attorney’s fee, travel fee, execution fee, preservation fee and other expenses for realizing the realization of the creditor’s right by the lender by means of litigation, arbitration, and the creditor’s right.

 

three, The following words of Article 5 are defined and explained as follows:

 

“Fixed rate” means the interest rate that remains unchanged during the term of the loan, such as the split loan, means the interest rate between the actual issue of 0 and the maturity date of the loan is unchanged

 

“Floating rate” means the interest rate which varies during the term of the loan at the period and range agreed by the parties.

 

“Floating cycle” refers to the frequency of the interest rate agreed by the borrower. In a floating cycle, the borrowing rate is calculated and determined by the new pricing benchmark interest rate according to the pricing method agreed in the contract, and the borrowing rate remains unchanged during the floating cycle; when one floating cycle expires, the next borrowing rate is calculated by the pricing method agreed in the floating cycle, and the borrowing rate remains unchanged during the floating cycle.

 

3


 

“Pricing benchmark rate” refers to the interest rate standard used to determine the loan rate of this Contract, including but not limited to the quoted interest rate published by China or relevant countries, regions and markets, such as LPR, SHIBOR, SOFR, SOFR term rate, € STR, SONIA, TSRR, TONA, SARON.HIBOR、SIBOR. Central bank RMB deposit benchmark interest rate, etc

 

“LPR” means the quoted rate in the loan market calculated and published by the People’s Bank of China authorized the National Interbank Lending Center. In accordance with banking practice, the parties agree to determine the pricing benchmark rate rule under this contract as “1 0 lpr, of which, aThe r is the day the borrowing rate is set, and the ” T-i’is the working day before the day%”

 

“SHIBOR” refers to the Shanghai interbank offered rate announced by the National Interbank Lending Center and applicable on the same day.

 

“SOFR” means the guaranteed overnight financing rate in US dollars. In accordance with banking practices, the parties agree to determine the pricing benchmark under this contract as “5 0 SOFR, in which” T ” is borrowed < The interest rate is determined on the day,      %5 ” is the day of five working days.

 

“SOFR Term Rate” refers to the CME forward mortgage financing rate in the US dollar currency.

 

In accordance with banking practice, the parties agree to determine the pricing benchmark interest rate rule under this contract as “2 days” SOFR term rate, year; “T” is the day the borrowing rate is determined, ” T.2 ” is for the first two working days of the day The second season yarn C finish T’

 

“€ STR” refers to the euro short-term interest rate and the euro currency. In accordance with banking practice, the parties agree to determine the pricing benchmark interest rate rule of this contract card as “5 0 eSTR, in which the borrowing rate is determined and the” T-5 ” is the first five working days of the day.

 

“SONIA” refers to the overnight average index of sterling, and the page sample is sterling. According to banking practice, both sides have one:

 

To set the benchmark interest rate under this contract as “5 days SONIA, in which, on the day of determining the interest rate of borrowed * *,” 5 ” is the working day before the meeting.

 

“TSRR” refers to the overnight average, ito, term rate in sterling. In accordance with banking practices, both parties agree to determine the priceless benchmark interest rate rule under this contract as the T-2 day TSRR term rate, in which “T” is the day when the borrowing rate is determined, ” T.2 ” for the first two jobs of the day

 

TONA ” refers to the average overnight interest rate in Tokyo in the Japanese yen. According to the banking practice, both parties agree to determine the position and the current pricing benchmark interest rate rule as “5 days TONA, in which T is the borrowing interest rate is determined when the negative seeker * 5” is the first five working days of the day.

 

“SARON” refers to the Swiss overnight rate in currency. In accordance with banking practices, both parties agree to determine the pricing benchmark interest rate rule under this contract as “5 days SARON, in which” T “is the day when the borrowing rate is determined, and” 5 ” is the working day of the tea on that day

 

“HIBOR” means the interbank Hong Kong dollar lending rate in the Hong Kong financial markets. In accordance with banking practices, both parties agree to determine the pricing participation rate rule under this contract as T-2 day HIBOR, in which “T” is the day when the borrowing rate is determined, ” the first two tasks of item 2 ♦ 0.

 

“SIBOR” means the Singapore dollar only. According to banking practice, both parties agree that the pricing benchmark interest rate rule under the contract is ” 2 days SIBOR, in which, uTnOn the day the borrowing rate was set, “ T.2 ” is for the first two working days of the day.

 

4


 

The benchmark interest rate of RMB deposits refers to the benchmark interest rate announced by the People’s Bank of China and applicable on the same day.

 

Among them, the currencies and specific values of “LPR”, “SHIBOR”, “SOFR” term rate “,” SOFR “,” € STR “,” SONIA “,” TSRR “,” TONA “,” SARON “,” “HIBOR” and “SIBOR” determined according to the applicable pricing benchmark interest rate rules under this Contract shall be subject to the query results of the core system of Industrial Bank. The determination date of the loan rate may be the actual issuance date, the contract signing date or the date of repricing.

 

“Loan rate” means the parties to the contract. According to the pricing formula of the loan interest rate of the contract, the contract interest rate is formed on the basis of the benchmark interest rate on the determination date of the loan interest rate of the contract

 

IV. “Major Transaction” stipulated in Article 13 hereof means (including but without limitation I); any transaction determined to occur or potentially affect the basic structure of the borrower, the change of the shareholders, contingent liabilities, cash flow, profitability, core trade secrets, core competitiveness of the Company, major assets and debts, the ability to perform the Contract, or the Lender and / Or other transactions that the loan proceeds may consider to constitute a significant transaction.

 

V: “Major events” means (including but not limited to, as stipulated in Article 13): any certain or potential event will seriously affect the ability of the senior managers of the borrower to perform their duties and engage in the approval of the company, Heart business staff employment and termination, the company’s core trade secrets, the company’s core competitiveness, basic frame, structure, shareholder change, contingent liabilities, the company existence, the legitimacy of the company engaged in business, the company, the company, stability, company development, profitability, company debt repayment ability, the company ability to perform this contract, And other events that the Lender and / or the Borrower consider to constitute material events.” from

 

Vi. “Working days” in this Contract refers to working days outside the statutory holidays and weekends in China (excluding Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan).“Business Day” in this Contract refers to the business day of the Lender’s bank. During the performance of this contract, if a withdrawal and repayment date is a non-business day, it shall be postponed to the next business day.

 

Article 2 Amount of the loan:

 

The lender agrees to lend to the borrower (in currency) RMB (amount in words) five million yuan whole 0

 

Article 3 Purpose of the loan.

 

This loan is used for Payment service fee, etc, Without loan

 

With the written consent of the payee, the borrower shall not use the loan for other purposes.

 

Article 4 Term of the loan The borrower shall apply to the Lender for handling three working days before each withdrawal or other times required by the lender printing plate.

 

one, The term of the loan is twelve months, 12/08/2022 - 12/07/2023.

 

two, In case of a one-time loan, the loan date shall be the actual issuance date recorded in the IOU and the loan voucher. If the actual issuance date is later than the issuance date of the loan recorded in the preceding paragraph, the maturity date of the loan shall be extended accordingly.

 

5


 

 

 

If the borrower withdraws the loan according to the above agreed partial use term and amount, the lender has the right to require the borrower to pay _____ of the loan amount that should be withdrawn in the current period as liquidated damages. If the borrower is a small and micro enterprise that complies with the provisions of the national system and policies, it shall not charge this liquidated damages.

 

four, Under the conditions of withdrawal stipulated in Article 6 hereof, the Lender shall comply with Article VII of this Contract

 

The treaty has decided to pay for the borrowing funds.

 

five, The lender has the right to adjust the loan use plan according to the factors that the loan meets the provisions of relevant laws, regulations and policies, the preconditions for the withdrawal, the payment conditions of the loan funds, the time of signing the guarantee contract and the guarantee procedures, and other factors deemed necessary by the Lender.

 

six, If the loan is used in different times, the loan date shall be subject to the actual issuance date recorded in the loan IOU and the loan voucher, and the same maturity date shall be implemented, that is, the loan maturity date determined by the first loan IOU or the loan voucher is the same maturity a.

 

seven, If the lender receives the loan in advance according to the circumstances agreed herein, the maturity date of the loan shall be deemed to be in advance accordingly.

 

6


 

Article 5 Interest rate of loan and interest charge 2 *;

 

1. Loan interest rate (refers to the annual interest rate calculated by single interest method, the same below)

 

(-) Pricing benchmark interest rate press; column first (one) Type of agreement execution:

 

(I) LPR (year; the limit grade.

 

(two) SHIBOR / Term grade.

 

(Volume) SOFR: Su Su

 

(4) SOFR term interest rate / maturity level.

 

(five) €STRo

 

(six) SONIA.

 

(Dyeing) TSRR / Term grade.

 

(eight) TONA。

 

(nine) SARON.

 

(ten) HIBOR/ Term of years f:

 

(eleven)SIBOR Term grade.

 

(XII) The benchmark interest rate of RMB deposits of the central bank / ― Term level.

 

Among them, the RMB fixed-rate loans should choose LPR as the pricing benchmark interest rate. The pricing benchmark interest rate shall be used in accordance with the currency range defined by the pricing benchmark interest rate in Article 1 “Definition and Interpretation”.

 

(two) Borrowing rate pricing formula: borrowing rate = pricing benchmark rate + / ” $% or: _ / 1%.

 

(3) The loan group shall be executed in accordance with the following (I) -type agreement: “an ancient type of spoon’

 

(I) Fixed interest rate. The interest rate is listed below A-Method of determination:

 

A. ‘The loan interest rate shall be determined according to the benchmark pricing rate and pricing formula of the actual issuance date, and the interest rate shall remain unchanged between the actual issuance of each loan and the maturity date of the loan under this contract.

 

B. According to the pricing benchmark interest rate and the pricing formula of the contract signing date, the fixed interest rate of the loan is the annualized interest rate /%. In case of the adjustment of the pricing benchmark interest rate on the actual issuing date, the addition or decrease point value in the pricing formula shall be adjusted accordingly, and the above annualized interest rate agreed in this contract shall remain unchanged.

 

7


 

(II) Floating interest rate. The borrowing rate is determined according to the benchmark pricing rate and pricing formula of the actual issuing date and repricing date, and the interest is calculated in stages. Repricing date is listed below at / How to execute:

 

A 、 The floating cycle is/ One (month / quarter / half a year/year), each full from the actual date of loan

 

The corresponding date of the cycle is the contract repricing date, and no corresponding date of the month is the most corresponding date of the jackal.

 

B 、 For those using SOFR, € STR, SONIA, TONA and SARON as the pricing benchmark interest rates, each interest rate day (i. e., each natural day of the loan period) shall be regarded as the combined blood heavy pricing date.

 

(Dstch) Other interest rates:                      /                           .

 

(four) The pricing benchmark interest rate for the loan used under this Contract shall be set on the actual issuance date (or as the repricing date, if any). During the loan period, unless otherwise agreed in the contract, if the loan interest rate is adjusted in accordance with the contract, the borrower shall not be notified.

 

(five) Loan under this contract, in case of our country or relevant countries / regions to cancel the pricing benchmark interest rate under this contract, or the market is no longer published pricing benchmark interest rate, or regulatory requirements, the lender has the right according to the same period or relevant countries / regions interest rate policy, according to the principle of fairness and good faith, and refer to industry practices, interest rate status, to determine the borrowing rate after notice sorry. If the borrower has any objection, it shall negotiate with the lender. If the negotiation fails within five working days from the date when the lender issues the notice, the lender shall have the right to collect the loan in advance, and the borrower shall immediately pay off the remaining principal and interest of the loan. If at that time the loan

 

If the person requests or the national and regulatory policies require the borrower to sign a supplementary agreement on the relevant matters, the borrower shall cooperate Coinage will '

 

two, Loan interest repayment method

 

(one) Calculation of borrowing interest. The interest of the principal of the local and foreign currency loans shall start from the date when the lender transfers it to the borrower’s account as agreed herein. Daily accrued interest of borrowing = x day interest rate of the balance of loan on that day. The conversion of daily interest rate and annual interest rate shall be conducted in accordance with the regulations of the People’s Bank of China and international practice

 

(two) The repayment method of loan interest shall be implemented in accordance with the following provisions (I) agreement:

 

(I) The loan herein is agreed on the 21st day of the month of the month (month / month / month of the year). The borrower shall pay the interest of the current loan to the lender on the interest payment date and settle the remaining principal and interest when the loan is due.

 

(II) The corresponding date of each full date (month / quarter / half a year / year) from the actual issuance date of the loan (when In the case of no corresponding date in the month, the corresponding date is the last day of the month) is the interest payment 0 for each period. The borrower shall pay the current loan Ang J interest to the lender at the interest payment 0, and settle the remaining principal and interest when the loan is due.

 

() For the first time pay 0 / year / month / day, since the first in, interest date, every full L- (month / quarter / six months / year) of the corresponding day (no corresponding day to the last day of the month for the corresponding day) for each period, coupon, the borrower should pay the current loan interest to the lender, settle the remaining principal and interest.

 

8


 

(4) Other means of repayment: :________________

 

Three, penalty interest and compound interest                     :                                        

 

(_) If the borrower fails to use the loan according to the purpose agreed herein, the lender shall have the right from the date of misappropriation

 

The penalty rate shall be RMB 1000 per day as agreed herein. If the same loan is overdue and not used for the purpose agreed in the contract, the penalty interest rate shall be calculated according to the upper person A total of lu

 

(two) If the borrowing rate adopts fixed rate, the penalty interest rate is also fixed rate; if the borrowing rate adopts floating rate, the penalty interest rate is also floating rate, and the floating cycle is consistent with the floating cycle of the borrowing rate.

 

(three) The calculation and collection method of penalty interest and compound interest shall be implemented in accordance with the loan interest repayment method agreed herein.

 

Article 6 Prerequisites for the withdrawal cloud’

 

1. The Borrower shall apply to the Lender for the issuance of Rainbow V after meeting the following requirements required by the Lender

 

(1) The Borrower has served the Lender the following documents stated herein are unchanged and valid, or the Borrower has explained the changes to the satisfaction of the Lender:

 

1. The main contents of the loan application form include but are not limited to: the name, amount, purpose and term of the loan project Limit, repayment plan and repayment source; impetuous

 

2. The borrower’s legal and valid business license, articles of association, loan card and password / credit code, in the industry and commerce Administrative department registration for the record of the legal representative and the board of directors and the principal head, finance, single and signature sample, the legal representative or its authorized representative of the valid identity documents, the legal representative or its, authorized representative and the relevant natural person agree to the lender to collect its personal information of written documents, the lender deemed necessary other company documents;

 

3. The borrower in accordance with the legal procedures, and a quorum of directors or shareholders voted, true, legal and effective about agreed to apply to the lender under this contract and clear loan purpose and accept the requirements of the lender of the board of directors or the shareholders’ committee resolution or the lender deemed necessary other documents;

 

4. The annual report of the recent three years recognized by the lender (with the audit report and notes), the financial statements of the latest period and the same period of the previous year, the borrower with less than a competitive year, and submit the annual statements since its establishment;

 

5. Associated enterprise information V

 

6.

 

9


 

In applying for temporary working capital loan, the purchase contract, order contract, debt certificate and other phases shall be provided Close the contract certificate or data; ’ 7. If it intends to adopt the method of offset / pledge guarantee, the certification materials of offset / pledge and appraisal value report shall be provided, The credit / pledge registration procedures that should be handled in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations have been properly handled, and the original ownership, certification documents and registration documents have been submitted to the lender; the third party guarantee according to items 2 to 4 above, and the guarantee contract has become effective; the above guarantee shall be valid; take: wide subcutaneous ulcer;N

 

8. If the event requests the Lender to insure the offset / pledge, the insurance procedures of the Lender as the first beneficiary have been completed and the original policy has been submitted to the Lender for deposit; and the insurance remains valid; if the Borrower provides the offset / pledge, the Borrower hereby transfers the insurance claim to the Lender due to the occurrence of the insurance event;

 

9. Enterprises in special industries shall provide the production and operation license or enterprises issued by the competent department to approve the industry Industry Qualification level certificate;          

 

10. If either party to this contract requires to handle the notarization and other procedures, the relevant notarization procedures have been completed;

 

11. The Borrower has opened an account with the Lender as required by the Lender and voluntarily accepts the lender credit supervisor Supervision and payment and settlement supervision; ’

 

12. When applying for foreign exchange loan, the borrower shall provide valid proof of the purpose of foreign exchange loan and the approval of the relevant authorities, and comply with the relevant foreign exchange administration policies;

 

13. VAT, business tax and income tax returns required by the Lender;

 

14. The borrower has issued a letter of commitment for the purpose of the credit funds as required by the lender;

 

15. The borrower and the relevant natural person have issued a written document approving the Lender to handle its personal information as required by the Lender;

 

15. Other documents, statements, vouchers and other materials required by the lender.

 

(two) The borrower is established in accordance with the law, the production and operation are legal and compliant, has the ability to continue the operation, and has a legal source of repayment;

 

(3) The purpose of the loan is clear, legal and compliant;          

 

(four) Article 11 hereof, the representations and commitments made by the Borrower shall remain true and valid; no event of default or potential event of default on the date of application; (five) The borrower has filled out the [previous document or loan certificate related to the loan.

 

10


 

The IOU or loan certificate are an integral part of this Contract and have the same legal effect as this Contract. In case the amount of the loan, the term of the loan and the interest rate of the loan are inconsistent with the IOU or the loan evidence, the record of the IOU or the loan certificate shall prevail;

 

(six) The borrower’s credit status is good and has no material bad record; if the borrower is a new person, the controlling shareholder shall have good credit status (the borrower shall provide the letter that the natural person controlling shareholder agrees with the lender to collect and process his personal information) and have no major bad record;

 

(7) Other prerequisites for withdrawal required by the loan dog.one”

 

two, The performance of the Lender’s obligations under this Contract is based on the satisfaction of the withdrawal conditions stipulated in this Treaty, the lender has the right to unilaterally decide to reduce or waive the preconditions of the withdrawal, and the Borrower or the guarantor shall not take the technical conditions as the defense of the Lender.

 

three, The lender has the right to adjust the loan issuance according to whether the financing project meets the provisions of relevant laws, regulations and policies, the preconditions required by the lender, the signing of the guarantee contract and the time of the guarantee procedures

 

four, The Borrower hereby agrees that: after the signing of this Contract, if the withdrawal of the Borrower does not meet the conditions for the payment of the loan funds agreed herein, the Lender has the right to stop the loan, pay the loan funds or terminate the loan Contract, and the liabilities or losses arising therefrom shall be borne by the Borrower. The lender shall notify the borrower of the termination of the contract. The objection period of the borrower shall be five working days, starting from the date when the termination notice is delivered to the borrower as agreed herein. If the borrower does not raise any objection, the contract shall be automatically terminated after the objection term. If the borrower has any objection but the two parties still fail to negotiate within five working days after the expiration of the objection period, the lender shall have the right to collect the loan in advance as agreed herein.

 

five, If the borrower, examined by the lender, meets the preconditions for withdrawal with the agreed provisions, the lender shall pay the loan funds in accordance with Article 7 of hereof.

 

Article 7 Account monitoring and payment of borrowed funds

 

I. Account monitoring loyal)

 

In accordance with the requirements of relevant national laws and regulations and regulatory system, the borrower promises to meet the withdrawal preconditions stipulated in the contract before applying for the loan, and accepts the lender to supervise the use of the loan funds according to the agreed purpose. The lender shall have the right to account for the basic deposit account, general deposit account and special deposit account opened by the borrower Household monitoring, and supervise and control the issuance, payment and repayment of borrowed funds according to the way agreed in the contract. Wide piece”

 

11


 

The Borrower specifies the following accounts as a special fund withdrawal account and timely provides the fund inflow and exit of the account:

 

Account name: Xiamen Pupu Culture Co., Ltd.                                              

 

bank of deposit: Industrial Bank Xiamen Branch business Department The lender may, according to the borrower’s credit status and financing situation, negotiate and sign another account management agreement with the borrower, and clearly agree on the management of the inflow and exit of the collected funds from the designated account. The lender has the right to recover the loan in advance according to the withdrawal of the borrower’s funds.

 

Ii. Payment of the loan funds                                   

 

(1) The lender has the right to manage the payment of the borrowed funds under the Korean system by using the parties entrusted by the lender or the independent made by the borrower.

 

1. “Entrusted payment” by the lender means that the Borrower authorizes the lender to pay the borrowed funds to the borrower With the borrower’s counterparties for the agreed purpose.      '

 

If the entrusted payment method is adopted by the lender, the borrower shall provide the relevant transaction materials in accordance with the purposes agreed herein and approved by the lender before the issuance of the loan funds, and promptly pay the loan funds to the borrower and the borrower’s counterparties through the borrower’s account.         

 

If the entrusted payment method of the lender is adopted, after the loan funds are paid to the counterparty of the borrower, if the loan funds are returned due to the cancellation, dissolution or invalidation of the basic transaction contract, the lender shall have the right to collect the returned loan funds in advance in accordance with Article 12 of this Contract.

 

2. The borrower’s “independent payment” means that the borrower independently pays the borrower to the borrower and the agreed purpose after issuing the loan funds to the borrower’s account.

 

If the borrower’s independent payment method is adopted, the borrower shall report the payment of the loan funds to the lender regularly, and the lender has the right to check whether the loan payment conforms to the agreed purpose by means of account analysis, voucher inspection, on-site adjustment, etc.

 

(-) Entrusted payment                                   %

 

Entrusted payment of the lender shall be used in any of the following circumstances:

 

1. The newly established credit business relationship between the borrower and the lender and the internal rating of the borrower at the lender is below B3 (inclusive), “newly established credit business relationship” means the first established credit business relationship with the borrower for the first time or no credit business relationship within 2 years; (3) in the process of loan issuance and payment, the borrower in the following circumstances, should be required according to the lender supplementary loan issuance and payment conditions, the lender has the right to adopt more strict loan issuance and payment conditions, and have the right to stop the loan funds and payment, according to the second paragraph of article 14 of this contract to adopt the corresponding measures:

 

2. Working capital borrowing used for replacement;

 

3. The payment object is clear or the single payment amount exceeds                              RMB 10 million yuan (inclusive) (for foreign currency loans, it shall be converted at the central parity rate published by the lender on the date of payment);

 

4.                                                     other:                         /             .

 

12


 

 

1. Credit status declines;

 

2. The profitability of the main business is not strong;

 

3. The use of the borrowing funds is abnormal;

 

4. Other circumstances of the lender.

 

Article 8 Repayment of the principal and interest of the loan(

 

1. The loan principal under this contract shall be repaid as follows in Article

 

(II):

 

(I) To repay the loan principal in installments, the amount and date of repayment are as follows:

 

 

If the lender adjusts the loan use plan and the installment repayment date and amount of the loan agreed in this clause remain unchanged, the borrower shall repay the loan principal on schedule.

 

(2) the loan to repay the loan principal.

 

(Yes) Other ways to repay the principal: /                                                    

1 Force                                                                  

 

Iii. The borrower shall repay the principal and interest of the loan hereunder in full and on time on the repayment date and interest payment date agreed herein.

 

three, If the repayment date is the business day of the non-lender, the repayment shall be postponed to the next business day of the lender, which shall be included in the actual occupancy amount of the loan. When the borrower repays the principal of the last loan, the interest shall be paid along with the principal and shall not be bound by the south interest payment date stipulated in Article 5 of this contract.

 

four, If the borrower fails to repay the loan under the loan contract on time and needs to extend the repayment, it shall submit a written application for loan extension to the lender on the day of one hundred days before the maturity date of the loan. If the loan is examined and agreed by the lender, both parties shall sign the Loan Extension Contract as a supplementary contract to this contract.

 

13


 

five,          prepayment

 

The borrower shall repay the loan principal and interest according to the date agreed herein.

 

If the borrower requests to repay the principal and interest of the loan in part or entirely in advance, it shall notify the lender in writing in advance and obtain the written consent of the lender. With the written consent of the lender, after the borrower returns part of the principal and interest of the loan in advance, it shall negotiate with the lender to determine the subsequent repayment period number, repayment time and repayment amount. The loan principal returned in advance shall be calculated and charged according to the actual use term and the loan interest rate agreed herein. 0 The lender will not adjust the loan interest calculated and collected before the repayment in advance.

 

If the borrower requests repayment in advance, the lender shall have the right to require the borrower to pay liquidated damages at /% of the amount repaid in advance. If the borrower is a small and micro enterprise that complies with the provisions of the national system and policies, it shall not charge this liquidated damages.

 

Six, if the borrower did not fulfill its obligations as agreed in this contract, the borrower here irrevocably authorized the lender without judicial procedures can open directly from the borrower in the lender and industrial bank all branches and subsidiaries of any account deductions, including but not limited to the loan principal and interest (including the principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest), liquidated damages, damages, the lender implementation of creditor’s rights, etc. The borrower agrees to the lender has the right to decide the specific deduction order, if the account of money and loan currency inconsistent, loan, the person has the right to deduct the day of the lender announced the parity into the loan currency, this paragraph agreed on, what account if involves financial products or structured deposits and other products, the borrower in this countless, the authorization, the lender has the right to directly for related product redemption application or take other necessary measures to ensure that the lender smoothly deduct the above payments, the borrower shall provide all necessary cooperation.

 

14


 

Article 9 Guarantee

 

I. The guarantee contract includes but is not limited to the following contracts:

 

(one) No. 20215013 “Maximum amount Guarantee contract” (contract Name), and the guarantee method is provided for                       warrandice                                       , security

 

For                               Huang Zhuoqin                                      ;

 

(two) number                     /                         and so on 《                                     》 (agreement Name), and the guarantee method is provided for / For                                    ;, security

 

(Three shuo number    /                              and so on 《                  L                             》(agreement Name), and the guarantee method is provided for                   L                  , security

 

For                          /                 」                              ;

 

(four)                  number                        and so on 《                     L 》 (agreement Name), and the guarantee method is provided for                                      L              , security

 

For                            :                 /                                          ;

 

(five) number / and so on 《 / 》 (agreement Name), and the guarantee method is provided for / , security (VI) No / and so on « / »(agreement Name), and the guarantee method is provided for , security

 

15


 

For                                          L                                              ;

 

 

For                                    L                                      ;

 

two, In addition to the above signed guarantee contract, in the event of exchange rate fluctuations or any other event in the opinion of the lender that may affect the performance capacity of the Borrower or the guarantor, the Lender has the right to require the Borrower to supplement the deposit or provide new guarantee and sign the relevant guarantee contract, and the Borrower shall cooperate as required by the Lender.

 

three, The Lender has the right to temporarily refuse to perform the loan and other obligations under this Contract before the signing of the guarantee contract and the guarantee procedures.

 

Article 10 The rights and obligations of both parties

 

1. Rights and obligations of the lender

 

(1) The lender has a nuclear tillage”                         

 

i. Have the right to require the borrower to provide real information, including personal information

 

2. Have the right to ask the borrower to repay the principal and interest of the loan on schedule;

 

3. Have the right to require the borrower to provide various information related to the loan;

 

4. Have the right to know the borrower’s production, operation and financial status;

 

It has the right to supervise the borrower to use the loan according to the purposes agreed herein;

 

6. Have the right to supervise the use of loans and put forward Nie Qiu;’

 

7. Where the borrower bears the same types of debts to the lender, and the borrower’s payment is insufficient or may be insufficient to pay off all the debts, the lender shall decide the specific order of repayment or deduction at the time of repayment;

 

8. It has the right to open directly from the borrower with the lender and Industrial Bank without judicial procedures

 

In any account, the principal and interest (including principal, interest, interest, penalty interest, compound interest), liquidated damages, damages for damages, the expenses for realizing the claims of the lender, The borrower agrees that the lender has the right to determine the specific order of deduction, If the currency of the money in the account is inconsistent with the currency borrowed, The lender shall have the right to convert into the currency of the loan according to the central parity published by the lender on the day of deduction; Any account agreed in this paragraph involves financial products or structured deposit products, The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the lender to have the right to directly initiate the relevant product redemption application or take other necessary measures, To ensure that the lender smoothly deduct the above payments; 10.

 

9. The Lender shall have the right to transfer all the claims and security interest hereunder to a third party at any time without the consent of the Borrower. If the Lender transfers the loan and security interest hereunder, the Borrower shall still assume all obligations hereunder;

 

16


 

If the borrower fails to repay the principal and interest of the loan according to the contract, or fails to repay the principal and interest, or violates any obligation herein, the lender shall have the right to report the information of the borrower’s breach to the People’s Bank of China and the credit investigation agency and credit investigation system established or approved, or the banking association, banking supervision institution or other administrative / Judicial / supervisory departments and its established or approved information management system or the news media to submit and cloak, dew, and take collection, notarization, litigation, arbitration or apply to perform the legal measures such as theft, with, can take or combined with other banking financial institutions to take cut or stop credit, stop open a new settlement account, stop the borrower’s legal representative / borrower new credit card league valley dishonest disciplinary rights measures;

 

11. Have the right to unilaterally decide to collect the loan in advance according to the withdrawal of the borrower’s funds;

 

12. In the event that the creditor thinks it may affect the security of his creditor’s rights, the debtor has Obligate to supplement the pledge guarantee as required by the creditor, or implement other risk mitigation measures approved by the creditor;   

 

13. Right to enjoy other rights stipulated by laws, regulations and rules or agreed herein.

 

(2) Obligations of the lender:.’

 

1. Issue and pay the loan funds as agreed in this contract;

 

2. The ayer of the Borrower: Finance, production and operation confidential, except in the following circumstances:

 

(1) Laws and regulations to regulate electricity;            

 

(2) Regulatory authority regulations or requirements;

 

(3) Disclosure of the partners to the lender, etc.

 

2. The rights and obligations of the borrower           ”

 

1 I) The Borrower has the following rights:

 

L has the right to withdraw and use all the loan as agreed herein;    

 

2. Have the right to require the lender to keep confidential the materials provided by it in accordance with the provisions herein.

 

(2) the obligations of the borrower

 

1. It shall truthfully provide the documents required by the lender, including all the opening banks, account numbers, the balance of deposits and loans, as well as relevant personal information, and cooperate with the lender’s investigation, examination and inspection; 2. To accept the supervision or inspection of the lender’s use of credit funds and its production and operation and financial activities, and timely take reasonable measures for the suggestions or requirements of the lender.;”’

 

17


 

 

3. The loan shall be used according to the purpose agreed herein, and shall not be used for other purposes, and it shall not be used for fixation assets brought into a business; Do not borrow money to engage in equity investment; Not to be used for areas and purposes where the state is prohibited; Do not borrow money to buy speculation or invest in stocks, securities, futures, financial products and other financial products; Do not borrow money to buy real estate or engage in / invest in the real estate sector; Do not borrow money to engage in mutual lending activities between enterprises or between enterprises and individuals; No use of borrowing money to seek illegal income; Do not obtain credit funds through illegal means, Do not occupy or misappropriate the loans by other means; Do not borrow money to engage in other illegal activities or other areas in violation of national laws and policies; And areas that regulators prohibit bank credit funds; 5. The principal and interest of the loan shall be repaid on time as agreed herein;

 

4. According to article 7 of this contract, accept the account monitoring of the borrower and the payment management of the loan funds;

 

18


 

 

6. Without the written consent of the lender, the debts here hereunder shall not be transferred in whole or in part to a third party;

 

7. No registered capital reduction in any way; the subscription period of registered capital shall not be extended without the written consent of the Lender;

 

8. Before the borrower shall notify the lender in writing, division, equity transfer and obtain the written consent of the lender, and actively implement the guarantee measures for the repayment of the principal and interest of the loan hereunder in full and on time as required by the lender. The above important matters include, but are not limited to:,

 

(1) Applying for loans or liabilities from a bank or other third party, or providing loans to a third party, or providing guarantee for the debt of a third party, or other material increases in debt financing, affecting or may affect the repayment of the principal and interest of the loan;

 

(2) Make major changes in property rights and adjustment of operation mode (including but not limited to joint venture and cooperation contracts with foreign businessmen, Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan businessmen; cancellation, closure, suspension, production and production; division, merger, merger and merger; reorganization, establishment or reconstruction into joint-stock company; foreign investment; fixed assets, trademarks and patents. Proprietary technology, land use right and other intangible assets are widely invested or invested in the joint-stock company or investment xi company ” property rights, management rights by leasing, contracting, joint venture, trusteeship and other ways);

 

(3) Equity change reaches / -% (including but not limited to equity transfer, custody, escrow, The sier).                

 

9. The Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing within 7 working days from the date or possible occurrence of the following circumstances, and actively implement the guarantee measures for the repayment of the principal and interest of the loan in full on time as required by the Lender:

 

(1) Major financial losses, loss of assets or other financial crisis occur; (3) The normal management of its controlling shareholders and other affiliated companies is affected by the current major crisis

 

(2) Business suspension, revocation or cancellation of business license, application for or application for bankruptcy, dissolution and other circumstances;

 

19


 

 

(4) : The legal representative, director or senior management personnel shall affect their normal operation

 

(5) The guarantor’s equity has been changed to achieve % ~ (Including but not limited to equity transfer, custody, Esccrow, pledge, etc.); Three inserted’

 

(6) A major related party transaction between the borrower and its controlling shareholder and its affiliated companies will affect it Normal operation;

 

(7) Any litigation, arbitration or criminal action with material adverse consequences on its operation or property conditions A administrative penalty;

 

(8) Other major events that can affect its solvency occur.

 

10. At the request of the Lender (as required by giving prior notice to the Borrower in a reasonable manner, unless due to default Event of events or potential event of default or due to specific circumstances), allow the representative of the Lender to conduct the following activities during normal office hours:

 

(1) Visit the place where the borrower conducts its business activities;

 

(2) Check the borrower’s premises, facilities, factories and equipment;

 

(3) Query the borrower’s account book records and all other records;

 

(4) Ask the employees, agents of the Borrower who know or may know the relevant information required by the Lender Contractors, Subcontractors. Ding

 

11. The Borrower guarantees that during the loan period, the financial position of the current assets, net assets and liabilities, the current ratio of assets and assets are maintained within the following scope required by the lender:            o

 

12. A collection letter or collection document sent or otherwise delivered to the Lender to the Borrower by the Borrower Must be signed and will be returned by the lender. Article 11 Loan entry statement and commitment . wealth The Borrower voluntarily makes the following statements and commitments and is liable for the authenticity of its contents:

 

one, The borrower is a legal unit established and effectively existing in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China and has full capacity for civil conduct. The Borrower warrants to provide relevant certificates, licenses, certificates and other documents required by the Lender as required by the Lender.

 

two, The Borrower has sufficient capacity to perform all its obligations and responsibilities under this Contract and is not responsible What order, the change of financial position, any agreement with any unit to reduce or exempt its liability for liquidation. electricity

 

three, The Borrower has full authorization and legal rights to sign this contract, the Borrower has obtained and completed the signing and performance of all its internal approval and authorization and other relevant procedures, and has, obtained and perform the necessary performance of any government department or other authority of approval, registration, authorization, consent, permission or other related procedures., And all the approval, registration, consent, license, authorization and other relevant procedures required for the signing of this Contract shall be kept full, legal and valid.

 

four, The signing of this contract by the Borrower is fully in accordance with the relevant articles of association, internal decisions and the shareholders’ meeting.

 

20


 

The resolutions of the board of directors and promise that such internal decisions, the meeting of shareholders and the resolutions of the board of directors shall fully comply with the provisions of national laws and regulations and the articles of association of the company, and shall not be invalid, invalid or revocable. This Contract shall not conflict or be contrary to any of the articles of association, internal decisions, resolutions of the Board of Directors, and the policies of the Borrower.

 

five, The signing and performance of this contract is the true intention of the borrower. The loan financing complies with the requirements of laws and regulations, and the signing and performance of this Contract does not violate any laws, regulations, regulations or contract provisions binding on the Borrower. This Contract is legal, valid and enforceable. If this Contract is invalid due to defects in the rights of the Borrower in the signing and performance of this Contract, the Borrower will immediately and unconditionally compensate the Lender for all losses.

 

six, All documents, financial statements and other materials provided by the Borrower to the Lender under this Contract are true, complete, accurate and effective, and continuously maintain all financial indicators required by the Lender.

 

seven, The Borrower agrees that the borrowing business under this Contract is to be bound by the provisions, practices and practices of the Lender. The lender has the right to recover the loan in advance according to the withdrawal of the borrower’s funds.

 

eight, Where the borrower bears the same types of debts to the lender, and the borrower is insufficient to pay or may be insufficient to pay off all the debts, the lender shall decide the specific order of repayment or deduction.

 

nine, If the Borrower fails to perform its obligations as agreed herein, the Borrower does not need to authorize the lender here.

 

The judicial procedure can be directly from the borrower to open in the loan entry and industrial bank all branches and subsidiaries, any account for loan principal and interest (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest), liquidated damages, damages, the lender of the cost of creditor’s rights, etc., the borrower agrees to the lender has the right to decide the specific deduction order. If the account of money and loan currency, the lender has the right to deduct the lender on the day, the central price converted into borrowing money, this agreed any account involving financial products or structural products, deposit, the borrower here irrevocably authorized lender organic directly to initiate related production, product redemption application or other necessary measures to ensure that the lender deduct the above payment, the borrower should provide-W, to cooperate                               

 

Ten, no theory before or after signing this contract, such as borrowing 7 ^ will any documents about the specific transaction submitted to the lender, the borrower guarantee the authenticity of all the documents, the lender will only decide the surface of the transaction documents, the lender to the borrower engaged in specific transaction essence neither participate nor know, do not bear any responsibility.                      

 

21


 

Xi. The Borrower confirms that, except for the circumstances disclosed to the Lender, the Borrower has not concealed any of the following events that have occurred or will occur that may make the Lender disagree to issue the loan under this Contract:     e' from                                   

 

(one) Debt or contingent liabilities borne by beans, including, but not limited to, the assets or earnings of the borrower. Any mortgage, pledge, lien and other liabilities that are not disclosed to the Lender;

 

(two) With the borrower or the main management personnel of the borrower involved in the south major violation of discipline, illegal or claims The event mast Envy yi

 

(three) The borrower breaches the debt contract between the borrower and any other creditor piece;                 

 

(four) The Borrower has not committed or has any litigation, arbitration or administrative penalty that may occur against or to the knowledge of the Borrower or its property, whether voluntarily or by a third party without any water calculation or closure or other similar proceedings against the Borrower;

 

(five) Other possible shadow roar borrower financial situation and solvency situation.

 

Xii. The Borrower undertakes to use the loan for the purpose as agreed herein, and will not use it for other purposes or for any other purpose as agreed herein. Accept and cooperate with the lender to conduct loan payment management at any time Post-loan management and related inspection, cooperate with the lender in the supervision, inspection and inventory of the borrower’s use of the loan funds, the borrower’s production and operation, financial activities, material inventory, assets and liabilities, bank deposits, cash inventory, etc., or other requirements deemed necessary or appropriate.

 

22


 

Xiii. Provide full, valid or other acceptable guarantees as approved by the Lender. If the security under this contract involves the real estate mortgage, When the borrower knows the information that the mortgaged house will be demolished, To perform the obligation of informing the lender in time; Where the mortgaged house are demolished, In the form of limited exchange of property rights, The lender has the right to demand for the borrower to pay off the debts in advance, Or reset the mortgage and enter into a new mortgage agreement, Before the loss of the original mortgaged real estate and the new mortgage registration has not been handled, The guarantee party with the guarantee conditions shall be provided; For the demolition of real estate compensated by way of compensation, The borrower is responsible for requiring the mortgagor to open the compensation for demolition through the form of special deposit accounts or certificates of deposit, Continue to be the main, the claims to provide security.

 

The borrower shall not reduce its registered capital in any way. It shall not be transferred in part or in whole to a third party without the prior written consent of the Lender. Without the written consent of the debts under this Contract, any debts of the Borrower and other creditors shall not be paid off in advance (without the exception of other branches of Industrial Bank). one

 

15. Timely notify the lender of major adverse matters affecting the borrower’s solvency, and obtain written consent from the lender before undertaking such major matters as merger, division, equity transfer, foreign investment and substantial increase in debt financing.

 

16, if the lender engages in the litigation or arbitration or other dispute between the Borrower or any third party related to the Borrower, resulting in the Lender’s dispute between the Borrower and any third party, the Lender shall pay the litigation or arbitration fees, attorney fees and other fees, shall be borne by the Borrower. Zv

 

17. Due to the settlement business under this contract, each borrower shall approve the existing loan. The settlement account opened by the payee.

 

23


 

18. The borrower promises that the information published in the National Enterprise Credit Information Publicity System is actually complete, complete, legal and effective, and promises to continue to allow the lender to inquire the information that the enterprise chooses to publicize or not to publicize in the system. If the lender requires the capital verification, the borrower agrees to conduct the capital verification according to the requirements of the lender and provide the capital verification report issued by a professional institution., visitor’

 

19. the borrower in this statement and authorization: the loan shall have the right to according to national laws and regulations and relevant policies for the credit situation of the borrower, including the national financial credit information base, according to the credit information of the borrower, and according to the people’s bank of the construction enterprise and personal credit work, the need of the relevant credit information to the national financial credit information database submitted, and this allows the relevant information within the scope of authorization is legal inquiries.

 

20. The Borrower hereby declares and authorizes that the Lender has the right to follow the administrative / judicial / supervisory departments, etc.

 

The banking regulatory authorities, banking associations shall submit the information about this Contract and other relevant information to the above-mentioned departments, institutions and the information management system established or recognized, and hereby allow the relevant information to be inquired legally.”

 

21. If the Borrower breaches under this Contract or has circumstances that may endanger the realization of the Lender, the Lender shall have the right to require the subscription obligations of the Borrower to be maturity, and the Borrower undertakes that its shareholders shall subscribe capital in time as required by the Lender. The lender has the right to demand from the borrower and its shareholders not to pay dividends.

 

22. The Borrower promises that the transaction background of the loan business is true and legal, and that it is not used for illegal purposes such as money laundering.                     

 

23. the borrower in this commitment for breach of any obligations under this contract, the lender can be the borrower default breach information to the people’s bank and established or approved credit bureaus and credit system, or banking association, banking supervision institutions or other administrative / judicial / supervisory departments and established or approved information management system or the news media shall be submitted and disclosed.

 

At the same time, the borrower irrevocably authorizes the relevant banking association to share the borrower’s trust-breaking information among the banking financial institutions and even publicize it to the society in an appropriate way.

 

Borrower know the lender has the right to take various measures according to this contract, and the lender has the right to adopt or lenders banking financial institutions have the right to jointly reduce or stop credit, stop opening new, settlement account, stop the borrower’s legal representative / borrower new credit card joint disciplinary rights measures.

 

24. Other matters of the Statement and commitment of the Borrower:                   .

 

 

24


 

Article 12 Collect loans in advance 1. During the loan, the borrower play the guarantor (including but not limited to the guarantor or mortgagor or the pledgor, similarly hereinafter) in one of the following circumstances, the lender has the right to unilaterally decide to stop pay the loan into the unused loan, and recover part or all of the loan principal and interest, installment repayment of loan, the lender to a certain loan according to the contract, other unexpired loan as early maturity:

 

(.1) Providing false materials or concealing important business financial facts, any certificates and documents submitted to the lender and any statements and commitments made in Article 11 hereof are proved to be untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or intentionally misleading;

 

(two) Without the written consent of the lender, changing the original purpose of the loan, misappropriating the loan or using the loan to engage in illegal or illegal transactions;

 

(three) Taking advantage of a false contract with related parties to show the lender with the creditor’s rights such as notes receivable and accounts receivable without actual trade background to obtain the funds or credit of the lender;

 

(four) Refusing to accept the supervision and inspection of the use of the credit funds and related business financial activities;

 

(five) The merger, division, acquisition, reorganization, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase Debt financing and other major matters, the lender thinks that it may affect the safety of the loan;

 

(six) intentionally evading or abolishing the creditor’s rights of the lender through related party transactions;

 

(seven) Deterdeterioration ening credit status, solvency (including contingent liabilities) weakened;

 

(eight) The borrower or the borrower’s affiliated enterprise and the guarantor or the guarantor’s affiliated enterprises appear together.

 

The case of cross-breach as agreed upon in Article 15; , falling-rising tone

 

(nine) The borrower fails to repay the principal and interest of the loan under this contract on schedule;

 

(10) The borrower stops to repay its debts, or it can or indicates that it is unable to repay the debts due;

 

(11) The borrower is closed, closed, declared bankrupt, bankrupt, dissolved, business license revoked, revoked, financial condition deteriorated, etc.;

 

(12) The borrower fails to perform the obligations agreed upon in Article 10 and Article 13 of this contract and the other obligations agreed upon, or the guarantor fails to perform the obligations agreed upon in the guarantee contract;                

 

(13) The value of the mortgaged property or pledged property used for security has been or may be significantly reduced, or the right to pledge must be cashed before the maturity of the loan;                     

 

(14) Abnormal change or disappearance of the legal representative of the borrower or the guarantor, major investors, directors, supervisors and senior managers or investigation or restriction by judicial authorities according to law has or may affect the performance of obligations hereunder;

 

(15) If the borrower / guarantor or the controlling shareholder of the borrower / guarantee dog, the actual controller or its affiliates are involved in major litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or its material assets are sealed up, frozen, withheld, enforced or taken by other measures with similar effect, which may endanger or damage the rights and interests of the Lender; two, In case of the above situation of loan collection in advance, the lender shall unilaterally decide whether to grant a certain grace period to the borrower according to the borrower’s production and operation, financial position and capital withdrawal.

 

(XVI) Events otherwise agreed herein, or according to the withdrawal of the borrower’s funds, or other events that endanger or endanger or may endanger or damage the rights and interests of the Lender.

 

25


 

If the lender gives the grace period to the borrower, if the Borrower still fails to take remedial measures within the grace period or the remedial measures do not meet the requirements of the Lender, the lender shall have the right to unilaterally decide to collect the loan in advance; the Lender may also directly decide to collect the loan in advance without giving the grace period to the borrower.

 

three, When receiving the loan in advance, the lender shall have the right to take the loan accordingly in accordance with paragraph 2 of Article 14 hereof measure.                        

 

Article 13 The obligations of the borrower to disclose major transactions and major events to the lender

 

one, The Borrower shall promptly report in writing to the Lender on the major transactions and major events occurred by the Borrower.

 

two, If the Borrower is a Group Customer, the Borrower shall promptly report to the lender related transactions of more than 10% of the net assets, including but not limited to:

 

(one) The association of the parties to the transaction;

 

(two) Transaction items and the nature of the transaction;

 

(three) The amount or the corresponding proportion of the transaction;

 

(four) Pricing policy (including transactions with no amounts or only a nominal amount).

 

26


 

3. If the basic conditions of the contract have a major change that is unforeseen at the signing of the contract and need to be renegotiated, the lender shall be timely notified within days after the occurrence of the change.

 

Article 14 Liability for breach of contract                  

 

one, After this Contract comes into force, both the borrower and the Lender shall perform the obligations agreed herein. If either party fails to perform or does not fully perform the obligations agreed herein, it shall bear the corresponding liabilities for breach of contract.

 

two, The borrower fails to use the loan according to the purpose agreed herein and fails to support the loan funds in the agreed way. In case of failure to comply with the statement and commitments, the distortion of the loan application documents, the agreed financial indicators, the occurrence, major cross-default event and other failure to perform any provision of this contract, the lender has the right to take one or more of the following measures: ,

 

(1) the requirements of breach of contract;      

 

(–) Stop the issuance of outstanding loans under this Contract, and stop paying the outstanding loan funds under this Contract;

 

(’3) require the borrower to provide supplementary loan issuance and payment conditions that meet the requirements of the lender or cancel the use of the loan by “independent payment”; i, financial

 

(four) Unilateral decision on the early maturity of all or part of the debt;

 

(five) To unilaterally terminate or rescind this Contract, requiring the Borrower to pay off the due or outstanding loan principal and interest, and to pay or compensate for the relevant damage;”

 

(six) If the loan is overdue, the borrower is required to pay the overdue interest; if the borrower misappropriate the loan. The borrower pays the misappropriation penalty interest; requires the borrower to pay the unpaid interest (including the interest before and after the maturity of the loan, misappropriation penalty and overdue penalty interest); (8) Under any guarantee for the realization of the loan;

 

(seven) Request the borrower to add or replace the guarantor, collateral, pledge / pledge rights;

 

27


 

 

(9) It does not need to deduct money directly from any account of the Borrower opened with the Lender and all branches and subsidiaries of Industrial Bank, Or entrust the borrower’s account opening bank to deduct the money from its account, Including but not limited to the principal and interest of the loan (including principal, interest, penalty interest and compound interest), liquidated damages, damages, expenses for the lender to realize the creditor’s right, etc., The borrower agrees that the lender has the right to determine the specific order of deduction, If the currency of the money in the account is inconsistent with the currency borrowed, The lender shall have the right to convert into the currency of the loan according to the central parity published by the lender on the day of deduction; Any account agreed in this paragraph involves financial products or structured deposit products, The lender has the right to directly initiate the relevant product redemption application or take other necessary measures, To ensure that the lender smoothly deduct the above payments;

 

(10) Filing a lawsuit, arbitration or applying to a notary office for the issuance of an execution certificate to require the borrower to pay off the principal and interest of the loan, and the expenses for the realization of the creditor’s right shall be borne by the borrower;

 

(11) The lender has the right to seize or lien or other measures deemed appropriate to borrow any personal or real estate, tangible or intangible property of the Sioux under the control and possession of the lender;

 

(12) the lender shall have the right to the borrower default breach information to the people’s bank of China and established or approved credit bureaus and credit reporting system, or banking association, banking supervision institutions or other administrative / judicial / supervisory departments and establish or approved information management system or the news media to submit and disclose, at the same time, adopt or jointly with other banking financial institutions to reduce or stop credit, stop opening a new settlement account, stop the borrower’s legal representative / borrower new credit card joint disciplinary protection measures;

 

(13) Other measures as stipulated by laws and regulations or agreed herein or deemed appropriate by the Lender.

 

three, The lender does not meet the conditions for withdrawal and payment of the borrowed funds, If the borrower is borrowed in accordance with the agreed date and amount and causes the loss, the borrower shall compensate the borrower for the direct economic losses caused thereby. ” But, in any case, the lender shall not be liable for the foreseeable or unforeseeable indirect losses incurred by the Borrower. ’

 

four, During the performance of this Contract, the Lender shall not be liable for the wrong entrusted payment, delayed payment of the Lender due to the untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or other defects, and the borrower violates the contract for independent payment or other losses.

 

five, ¥ The payer shall not be liable for any loan or payment disputes or other losses caused by the frozen loan payment account or payment object account agreed herein or other reasons.

 

six, For the guarantor (guarantor, i. e., mortgagor and pledgor), the Lender has the right to take measures in accordance with paragraph 2 of this Article:

 

(one) The guarantor fails to perform the provisions of the guaranty contract, or its credit standing deteriorates, or any other guarantee ability weakens;

 

(two) The mortgagor fails to perform the provisions of the mortgage contract, or intentionally damages the mortgaged property, or the value of the mortgaged property may or has been significantly reduced, or other events to the mortgage right of the lender;

 

(three) The pledgor fails to perform the provisions of the pledge contract, or the value of the pledge has or may be significantly reduced, or the right of pledge must be cashed before the repayment of the loan, or other events that damage to the pledge right of the lender.

 

Article 15 Cross-over-breach of contract (four) Failure or imminent to repay due debt or due borrowing / financing;

 

Any of the following circumstances of the borrower or the affiliated enterprise of the borrower or the affiliated enterprise of the guarantor or the guarantor shall be deemed as the simultaneous breach of this contract by the borrower, and the lender shall have the right to collect the loan in advance according to Article 12 hereof and require the borrower to bear the liability for breach of contract in accordance with Article 14 hereof:

 

(one) Any borrowing, financing or debt that occurs or may default or is declared to mature prematurely;

 

28


 

(two) Any security or similar obligations are not performed, or the possibility of such failure exists;

 

(three) Failure to perform or breach of legal documents or contracts concerning the debt guarantee and other similar obligations, or the possibility of nonperformance or breach;

 

 

(five) Be declared or about to be declared bankrupt after legal proceedings;

 

(6) transferring its assets or property to other           

 

(seven) Other circumstances that endanger the safety of the principal and interest of the loan under this contract.

 

Article 16 Continuity of the obligations

 

All obligations of the Borrower under this Contract shall be continuous and fully and equally binding on its successors, agents, receiver, assigns and their subjects after merger, reorganization and name change, etc.

 

Article 17: accelerated maturity of principal and interest

 

The Borrower agrees that, once the borrower fails to perform the article 11 statement and commitments, or the borrower fails to perform any of the obligations under the contract, the lender shall have the right to decide the borrower for the other term, any obligations under the loan due and the full principal and interest (including penalty interest and compound interest) will expire.

 

Article 18 Day-day subrogation right pierce through ”,

 

The Borrower hereby specifically states that, Whether the lender’s claim is due or not, The borrower’s claim or related to the limitation of action or the failure to declare the bankruptcy claim in time, Or if the borrower defaults or the borrower fails to repay the lender of the advance (including but not limited to the principal, interest and expenses, etc.), which affect the realization of the creditor’s rights of the lender, For any claims, accounts receivable and other property interests against third parties and slave rights relating to the above rights, Each lender has the right to exercise subrogation, Including but not limited to subrogation to the borrower to perform to the borrower, report to the bankruptcy administrator or do other necessary acts, The borrower waives all defense.

 

Article 19 Application of law, jurisdiction and dispute resolution

 

one, The conclusion, entry, effect, performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement of this Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (for the purpose of this Contract, excluding the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan).

 

two, Any dispute arising from this Contract shall be settled by the Borrower and the Lender through friendly negotiation, both parties agree to settle the case in the way (II) below:

 

(1) Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court in the place where the lender has his domicile.

 

(II) To Xiamen.one If the arbitration commission applies for arbitration, it shall apply

 

The arbitration rules in effect at the time of arbitration. Within the scope permitted by the arbitration rules, both parties agree to choose summary procedure for trial. The decision is final and binding on both parties. The venue of the arbitration tribunal is held in Xiamen ■

 

(Base) Other means: _____________.

 

Iii. During the period of the dispute, the provisions of this contract that do not involve the disputed part shall still be performed.

 

29


 

Article 20 Transactions, communications and notices of documents

 

I. The Borrower agrees and confirms that the following addresses shall be regarded as notices under this Contract and relevant litigation (arbitration), notarization and other legal documents in case of disputes (including but not limited to various notices and documents of the contracting parties; Court or the arbitration tribunal of the complaint (or arbitration application) and evidence, summons, notification, proof, hearing notice, payment, judgment (award), orders, conciliation statement, hold, notice, deadline performance notice of litigation or arbitration, realize the guarantee real right procedure and execution stage of legal documents; All kinds of notices and legal documents) served by the notary office, And further agree that the lender, notary offices, courts and other judicial organs and other notices and legal documents shall have the right to choose paper or electronic service, among, Electronic delivery means includes but is not limited to E-mail, China Trial Process Information Disclosure Network, national unified service platform, local or specialized court network service platform, electronic network platform and electronic APP of the recipients, etc.:

 

(one) Address of Borrower:

 

1. Name of borrower; Xiamen Pu Culture Co., LTD —; 

 

Address of Borrower: Unit 836, 5, Mushuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen City;

 

zip code: 361000;Contact number: [*];

 

contacts: Manager Chen __________。

 

2. Specify the recipient name (if any):__________

 

L                    ; 

 

Agent Address:_________ __________ L                    ; 

 

zip code:/                         ; contact number:                  L _________ –

 

(two) The Borrower agrees and confirms that any of the following electronic mailing addresses are also valid delivery addresses:

 

1. Fax received, No.: __________ L ________ ____;

 

2. ________________ Email, address ""______/    .0?)

 

wealth____________;

 

3. Mobile phone SMS, receiving number: [*] ____________;

 

4. Wechat, wechat number: ___________________;

 

5. QQ received, number: /____________________;

 

6. Other electronic mailing addresses: L____________。

 

two, The application period of the service address agreed in paragraph 1 of this Article shall include the non-litigation stage and the stages of the first instance, second instance, retrial, execution, the realization of the real right of security, the supervision procedure and the compulsory execution of notarization. If there is the change of the above service address, the borrower shall notify the lender in writing in advance (notify the arbitration tribunal or the court in writing in advance during the litigation or arbitration, and notify the original notary office in writing in case) to reconfirm the service address and obtain the return receipt. If there is no notice in advance, it shall be deemed that it has not been changed, and the corresponding legal consequences shall be borne by the borrower. The address of service agreed in paragraph 1 of this Article shall still be regarded as the valid service address.

 

three, Any document, communication, notice and legal document, provided that, in accordance with any of the provisions of paragraph 1 of this article.

 

30


 

The address shall be deemed to be served on the following dates (service to the designated receiver shall be deemed to be served on himself):

 

(one) Mail (including express mail, ordinary mail, registered mail),. The fifth working day of the date of mailing shall be deemed as the date of delivery;

 

(two) Fax, E-mail, mobile phone SMS, wechat, QQ or his electronic communication address, to

 

The date of delivery shall be regarded as the date of delivery; *

 

(three) Delivery by special person, the date of receipt of the recipient shall be regarded as the date of delivery. If the recipient refuses to accept the service, the sender may record the service process by means of photography and video recording, and leave the document in detention, which shall also be deemed to have been served.

 

four, Due to the inaccurate or untrue address of service provided or confirmed by the borrower, or the failure to timely notify the other party, the arbitration institution or the people’s court after the change of service address. If the notary office fails to actually deliver the service, the borrower shall bear the corresponding legal consequences and shall be deemed to have made a valid service:

 

(one) If served by mail, the date of return of the document shall be regarded as the date of service;

 

(two) The date of the service on which the person records the information on the spot is the date of service;

 

(three) For the case of delivery, the date of delivery shall be the date of delivery.             

 

five, The lender shall serve the address at the domicile of the contract. Where the lender sends a notice on the announcement of its website, online banking, telephone banking or branch, the date of the announcement shall be regarded as the date of service. In no event shall the Lender be liable for any transmission error, omission or delay in the mail, fax, telephone or any other communications system.

 

6. The parties agree that the official seals of the parties: office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receipt and receiving seal and credit business seal of the lender are all valid seals for the notice or contact of the parties, service of legal documents and correspondence. All the staff of the borrower unit shall have the right to sign for the document exchange, communication and notification.

 

Vii. This article is an independent clause in the contract and shall not be affected by the validity of the contract and other terms of the contract.

 

31


 

Article 211. Contract validity and other matters

 

one, This contract shall come into force on the date of signature or seal or application by both parties.

 

two, During the effective period of this contract, the lender to the borrower and the guarantor any tolerance, grace or delay the exercise of the rights and interests under this contract, do not damage, influence or limit the lender according to the relevant laws and all rights and rights, shall not be regarded as the lender rights and interests under this contract, does not affect any obligations of the borrower under this contract.

 

three, If the performance of the lending obligations as agreed herein does not comply with the laws, regulations or regulatory requirements due to the change of national laws, regulations or regulatory policies, the Lender has the right to unilaterally terminate the Contract and declare that all the loans already issued are due in advance, and the Borrower shall repay the loan immediately as required by the Lender. If the Lender is unable to perform or cannot perform according to the contract due to such reasons, the Lender shall not bear any legal liability.

 

four, Not delivered on time due to force majeure, communication or network failure, Lender system failure, etc.

 

If the loan is placed or paid, the lender shall not assume any responsibility, but shall promptly notify the borrower.

 

five, The lender shall have the right to authorize or entrust other branches of Industrial Bank to perform according to the needs of operation and management The rights and obligations under this Contract (including but not limited to authorize or entrusting other branches of Industrial Bank, relevant contracts, etc.), or the loan hereunder this Contract under the management of other branches of Industrial Bank, the borrower recognizes this, and the borrower shall not obtain the consent of the borrower.

 

six, The Borrower agrees that the lender has the right to unilaterally reduce or cancel the amount of the unused loan hereunder according to the borrower’s production and operation situation, repayment situation and other credit granting situation of financial institutions and other factors. If the lender decides to reduce or cancel, it shall notify the borrower five working days in advance, but the consent of the borrower is not obtained without the borrower.

 

seven, If at any time any provision of this contract is in any respect or becomes illegal and absent Effective or unenforceable, the legality, validity or enforceability of other provisions of this Contract shall not be affected or reduced          

 

eight, Lender has paid special attention to the borrower the contract “important sign” content, the borrower has all the rights and obligations of the contract terms and “signing important note” read and fully, fully and accurately understanding, the lender has at the applicant request to the relevant terms and personal information processing rules make full explanation and explanation, the two sides to the understanding of the terms of this contract, no objection to the contract content.

 

nine, The headheading of this Contract are added for convenience of reading only and shall not be used in the interpretation of this Contract or Any other purpose.                        

 

X. The appendix hereto is an integral part of this Contract and has the same law as the text of this Contract two Law effect.

 

X This contract is made in one copy, with the lender holding two copies and the borrower holding one copy, / Hold /; copies, with the same legal effect.

 

32


 

Article 22 Notarization and voluntary acceptance of compulsory execution one, If either party requests for notarization, the other party agrees to conduct notarization in the notary office stipulated by the state as required by the other party.

 

two, For the compulsory execution of the notarized contract has the enforcement effect, the borrower fails to perform or inappropriate debt or the laws and regulations, the lender of creditor’s rights, borrow, money who agree to apply to the notary office to issue a certificate of the execution, the borrower voluntarily accept the lender to the people’s court has the jurisdiction of the compulsory enforcement measures, aware of the corresponding legal consequences, the borrower promises not to raise any objection or defense.

 

three, The parties agree that: before the notary office issues the execution certificate, the notary office shall have the right to go to the “ documents as agreed herein Come, communication and notice ” clause, adopt mail, telephone, fax, E-mail, mobile phone SMS, wechat, QQ, special service and interview and other any one or more ways to the borrower fails to perform or inappropriate performance of the debt and other relevant default facts verification. For verification by telephone or interview, the interview or call is over It shall be deemed to be served; by mail, fax, email, SMS, WeChat, QQ, the provisions of the “document exchange, communication and notification” of the contract.

 

Iv. If the borrower has any objection to the fact of default verified by the above payment, it shall, within five working days from the date of service, provide written evidence to the notary office and provide sufficient evidence. If the borrower fails to provide evidence on time or the notary office considers that the evidence is insufficient to support its claim, it shall be deemed that the borrower confirms the relevant default facts such as failure or improper performance of the debt, and agrees that the notary office shall apply for the issuance of the execution certificate according to the lender. If the notary office has other provisions on the method of verification and the period of proof presentation, the provisions of the notary office shall be followed.

 

Article 23 Supplementary clause

 

 

 

33

 

 

EX-4.19 5 f20f2023ex4-19_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF WORKING CAPITAL LOAN CONTRACT BETWEEN XIAMEN POP CULTURE AND THE INDUSTRIAL BANK CO., LTD. XIAMEN BRANCH OFFICE DATED DECEMBER 9, 2022

Exhibit 4.19

 

The December, 2021, edition

 

 

Working capital loan contract

 

No.: Xingyin XiBranch 20225029

 

Lender: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Xiamen Branch

Address: Xingye Building, No.78, Hubin North Road, Xiamen City

Legal representative / Person in charge: You 5

 

Borrower: Xiamen Pupu Culture Co., LTD

 

dwelling place: Unit 836, No.5 mucuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen city

Legal representative / Person in charge: Huang Zhuoqin one, You and your company have the right to sign this contract, you and your company have obtained full authorization; in the processing of personal information, you and your company have obtained the personal information of the bank;’

Place of contract signing: Siming District, Xiamen City

 

1


 

Signing important tips

 

To protect your rights and interests, please read this contract carefully and check and confirm before signing the following:

 

 

two, You and your company have carefully read and fully understood the terms of the contract, and paid special attention to the content of the responsibility, exemption or reduction of Industrial Bank and personal information processing, as well as the content of the black font part;

 

three, You and your company have misinterpreted the meaning of the contract terms and the corresponding legal consequences, and are willing to accept these terms;

 

four, You and your company have taken special note of the provisions that you and your company should use credit funds for the purposes agreed in the contract, and the misappropriation of credit funds (including but not limited to the purchase or investment of real estate of credit funds, etc.), And the letter of commitment to Industrial Bank, And you and your company have fully known and understood, Industrial Bank will take such measures as the misappropriation of credit funds, such as collecting loans in advance, stopping issuing the unissued loans / financing under this Contract, stopping paying the unpaid loans / financing, reducing or stopping the credit granting, and investigate you and your company for their legal liabilities;

 

five, By signing this contract, you and relevant individuals agree and authorize Industrial Bank to handle the personal interest value of you and relevant individuals and keep it according to the time limit stipulated by Industrial Bank; You and the relevant individuals have become aware of the right to know, the right to know, the right of decision, the right to withdraw consent, the right to restrict or reject the right of the third party, Industrial Bank has provided informed, decision and other services for personal information processing in a variety of ways (including but not limited to on-site notification); If you and the relevant individuals intend to withdraw, restrict or refuse the processing of personal information, It may be handled in accordance with this contract or the management procedures of Industrial Bank;

 

six, The contract text provided by Industrial Bank is only a model text, and there are blank lines after the relevant terms of the contract, and “supplementary terms” are added at the end of the contract for all parties to modify, supplement or delete the contract; seven, If you and your company have any questions about this contract, or you and your company find that the contract and the business charges under the contract are illegal, please call the Industrial Bank or directly to the Industrial Bank branch to complain or consult, contact number: Ershu 61 -

 

2


 

 

Upon the application of the borrower, the lender agrees to grant the working capital loan to the borrower. In order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties and abide by the credit, the parties hereby enter into this Contract in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China and through equal consultation. seven •;

 

The Lender and the Borrower confirm that the loan under this Contract belongs to the following conditions:

 

(I) This contract is for the borrower and the borrower / Year / month / day A signed No For               /                The “quota credit contract” (i. e., the general contract) sub-contract, this loan

 

The amount shall be included in the credit line under the Credit Line Contract. Among them, the amount of foreign currency loan shall be converted into the central parity announced by the lender on the date of signing and included in the credit line.

 

(II) This Contract is an independent legal text signed by the Lender and the Borrower.

 

The first definition and interpretation

 

Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, the following terms shall be defined and interpreted as follows:

 

one, “Working capital loan” means that the borrower applies to the lender for the borrower’s daily use Local and foreign currency loans for production and operation turnover.

 

two, “Creditor’s right”, or principal creditor’s right, means that the borrower (debtor) proposes to the lender (creditor)

 

For the application, the creditor’s rights formed (including principal, interest making, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, expenses of the principal, penalty interest, etc.) by the financing of the creditor to the borrower. The creditor’s rights against the borrower owned by the Lender under this Contract shall be the same as the borrower’s debts to the Lender under this Contract. \ “The expenses for the creditor to realize the creditor’s right” refers to the litigation (arbitration) fee, attorney fee, travel fee, travel fee, execution fee, preservation fee and other expenses for the realization of the creditor’s right paid by the lender through litigation, arbitration, or application for the execution certificate three, Article 5 of this contract are defined and explained as follows:

 

3


 

 

“Fixed interest rate” means the interest rate that remains unchanged during the term of the loan, or the interest rate between the actual issuance of each loan and the maturity date of the loan under this Contract

 

“Floating rate” means the interest rate which varies during the term of the loan at the period and range agreed by the parties.

 

“Floating cycle” means the frequency of changes in the borrowing rate agreed upon between the borrower and the borrower. In a floating cycle, the borrowing rate is calculated and determined by the pricing benchmark interest rate according to the pricing method agreed in the contract, and the borrowing rate remains unchanged during the floating cycle; when one floating cycle expires and ■ enters the next floating cycle, the borrowing rate is calculated and determined by the pricing benchmark rate of the new floating cycle according to the pricing method agreed in the contract, and the borrowing rate remains unchanged during the floating cycle. ,* burden,

 

“Pricing benchmark interest rate” refers to the interest rate standard used to determine the loan interest rate of this Contract, including but not limited to the quoted interest rate published by China or relevant countries, regions and markets, such as LPR, SHIBOR, SOFR, SOFR term interest rate, € STR, SONIA, TSRR, TONA. SARON, HIBOR, SIBOR, the central bank’s RMB deposit benchmark interest rate, etc.

 

“LPR” means the quoted interest rate in the loan market calculated and published by the National Interbank Lending Center authorized by the People’s Bank of China. In accordance with banking practice, the parties agree to determine the pricing benchmark rate rule under this contract as “1 day LPR, in which is the day when the borrowing rate is determined and” TT is the working day before the day.

 

“SHIBOR” refers to the Shanghai interbank offered rate applicable to the National Interbank Offering Center on the same day. “

 

“SOFR” means the guaranteed overnight financing rate in US dollars. In accordance with banking practices, both parties agree to determine the pricing benchmark interest rate rule under this contract as “5 days SOFR, in which” T “is the day on which the borrowing rate is determined and” is the first five working days of the day.

 

4


 

“SOFR Term Rate” refers to the CME forward mortgage financing rate in the US dollar currency. In accordance with banking practice, the parties agree to determine the pricing benchmark interest rate rule under this contract as ” 2-day sofr term rate, in which, uThe r is the day the borrowing rate is determined, and the “2” is the first two working days of the day *

 

“€ STR” refers to the euro short-term interest rate and the euro currency. In accordance with banking practice, the parties agree to determine the pricing benchmark rate rule under this contract as T-5 B € STR, where the borrowing rate is determined; the first five jobs of the day

 

“SONIA” refers to the overnight average of sterling, the currency of sterling. According to banking practice, both parties one, {Hao Xiang will determine the pricing benchmark interest rate rule under this contract as T-5 0 SONIA, in which “T” is the day when the borrowing rate is determined, and “5” is the first working day of the day.

 

“TSRR” refers to the maturity rate of the sterling overnight average index in sterling. In accordance with banking practices, both parties agree to determine the pricing benchmark interest rate rule under this contract as “2 day TSRR term rate, in which” T “is the day when the borrowing rate is confirmed, and 2 noon” is the first two •’ on the day

 

“TONA” refers to the average overnight interest rate and the currency is yen. In accordance with the banking practice, the parties agree to determine the pricing benchmark rate rule under this contract as “5 0 TONA; in M,” T “is the day when the borrowing rate is determined and” “5” is the first five working days of the day.

 

“SARON” refers to the Swiss overnight rate in the Swiss franc currency. In accordance with banking practices, both parties agree to determine the pricing benchmark interest rate rule under this contract as “SARON on 5 days, in which” T “is the day when the borrowing rate is determined and” 5 ” is the first 4 working days of the day.

 

5


 

“HIBOR” means the interbank Hong Kong dollar lending rate in Hong Kong financial markets. In accordance with banking practices, both parties agree to determine the benchmark pricing rate under this contract as HIBOR on T-2, in which “T” is the day when the borrowing rate is determined and “2” is the first two working days of the day.

 

“SIBOR” means the Singapore interbank offered rate in the Singapore dollar only. According to banking practice, the Parties agree to determine the pricing benchmark rate rule under this Contract as T-day SIBOR 2, in which,UV is the day when the loan interest rate is determined, and “2” is the first two working days of the day.

 

The benchmark interest rate of RMB deposits refers to the benchmark interest rate announced by the People’s Bank of China and applicable on the same day.

 

According to the applicable pricing benchmark interest rate rules under the contract, the li “LPR”, “SHIBOR”, “SOFR”, “SOFR term interest rate”, “€ STR”, “SONIA”, “TS” TONA “,” HIBOR “,” SIBOR “and” RMB deposit benchmark interest rate ” shall be subject to the query results of the core system of Industrial Bank. The determination date of the loan rate may be the actual issuance date, the contract signing date or the date of repricing.                       

 

“Loan interest rate” refers to the contract execution interest rate ° formed by the floating number of points on the basis of the pricing benchmark interest rate on the determination date of the contract loan interest rate:

 

four, “Major transaction” stipulated in Article 13 of this contract means (including but not limited to): any certain to occur or potential will seriously affect the basic structure of the company of the borrower, shareholder changes, contingent liabilities, cash flow, profitability, company core trade secrets, core competitiveness, important assets, the company’s major debts, debt repayment ability, ability to perform the contract, or the lender and / or the borrower considers to constitute a major transaction.

 

five, Article 13 of this contract agreed “major event” refers to (including but not limited to): any certain or potential will seriously affect the borrower company senior management personnel to perform their duties, engaged in the core, heart business staff employment and termination, company core business secrets, company core competitive ability, basic frame, company, shareholders, company or liabilities, company existence, the legitimacy of the company engaged in the business,the company, the company development, company, company profitability, company repayment ability, the company ability to perform this contract, And other events q’i which the Lender and / or the Borrower considers to constitute a material event six, “Working days” in this Contract means the working days outside the statutory holidays and weekends in China (excluding Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan).“Business Day” in this Contract refers to the business day of the Lender’s bank.

 

6


 

During the performance of this contract, if a withdrawal and repayment date is a non-business day, it shall be postponed to the next business day.

 

Article 2 Amount of the loan -Admidia 3

 

The lender agrees to lend to the borrower (in currency) RMB (amount in words) five million yuan whole。

 

Article 3 Purpose of the loan

 

This loan is used for Payment service fee, etc , Without loan With the written consent of the payee, the borrower shall not divert the loan for other purposes.

 

Article 4 The term of the loan is wide’

 

one, The term of the loan is, one hundred and two months, from 1 to 2 in 2022.

 

two, In case of a one-time loan, the loan date shall be the actual issuance date recorded in the IOU and the loan voucher. If the actual issuance date is later than the issuance date of the loan recorded in the preceding paragraph, the maturity date of the loan shall be extended accordingly.

 

 

7


 

The borrower shall apply to the Lender for the withdrawal procedures within three working days before the withdrawal of each installment or at any other time required by the lender in writing.

 

If the borrower fails to withdraw the loan according to the above agreed partial use term and amount, the lender has the right to require the borrower to pay ‰ of the loan amount that should be withdrawn in the current period as liquidated damages. If the borrower belongs to the small and micro enterprises conforming to the provisions of the national systems and policies, it shall not receive the liquidated damages. / Xi, the lender shall pay the loan funds in accordance with Article 7 hereof under the conditions that the withdrawal is made as stipulated in Article 6 hereof.

 

five, The lender has the right to appropriately adjust the loan use plan according to whether the loan meets the provisions of relevant laws, regulations and policies, the preconditions for the withdrawal, the payment conditions of the loan funds, the signing of the guarantee procedures and other factors, and other factors deemed necessary by the Lender.

 

six, If the loan is used in different times, the date of each loan shall be subject to the actual issuance date recorded in the loan IOU and the loan voucher, and the same maturity date shall be implemented, that is, the loan issued separately shall have the maturity date determined by the loan IOU or the loan voucher as the same maturity date

 

seven, If the lender receives the loan in advance according to the circumstances agreed herein, the maturity date of the loan shall be deemed to be in advance accordingly.

 

Article 5 The interest rate and interest,

 

1. Loan rate (refers to the annualized interest rate, the same below)

 

(1) The pricing benchmark interest rate shall be implemented in accordance with the following provisions (I):

 

(I) LPR one-year term level.

(two)SHIBOR/                                Term grade.

( ) The SOFR.

 

(five)€STR.

(six)SONIAo

(Wood) TSRR /                               Term grade.

(eight) TONAo

 

8


 

(nine) SARON.

(ten)HIBOR/                               Term grade.

(eleven) SIBOR                               Term grade.

 

(XII) The benchmark interest rate of RMB deposits of the central bank / A term level.

 

Among them, the RMB fixed rate loan a remote LPR as the benchmark interest rate. The pricing benchmark interest rate shall be used in accordance with Article 1 ” Define and interpret the currency range defined by the medium pricing benchmark interest rate.

 

(two) Borrowing rate peer formula: borrowing rate = pricing benchmark rate + / industry% or /%.

 

(three) The loan rate shall be subject on the following (I):

 

(I) Fixed interest rate. The interest rate is listed below A-Method:

 

A 、 The loan interest rate shall be determined according to the benchmark pricing rate and pricing formula of the actual issuance date, and the interest rate shall remain unchanged between the actual issuance of each loan and the maturity date of the loan under this contract.

 

B 、 According to the pricing benchmark interest rate and the pricing formula, the fixed interest rate of borrowing is annualized profit Rate /%. In case of the adjustment of the pricing benchmark interest rate on the actual issuance date, the plus or minus point value in the pricing formula shall be adjusted accordingly, and the above annualized interest rate agreed in this contract shall remain unchanged. —

 

(II) Floating interest rate. The borrowing rate is determined according to the benchmark pricing rate and pricing formula of the actual issuing date and repricing date, and the interest is calculated in stages. The reset date shall be conducted in the following / -ways:

 

A 、 The floating period is / (Month / quarter / half a year / year), since the actual loan is issued for every full one The corresponding 0 of the cycle is the contract repricing date, and the no corresponding day of the month is the last day of the corresponding day of the month.

 

9


 

B 、 Use of SOFR, € STR. SONIA, TONA, SARON as the pricing benchmark interest rates on each interest date (i. e., each natural day during the loan period) as the contract repricing date.

 

(Volume) Other rate rates:                       /                       。

 

(four) The corresponding pricing benchmark interest rate for the loan used under this Contract shall be set on the actual issuance date (or as the repricing date, if any). During the loan period, unless otherwise agreed in the contract, if the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the contract, no M shall be notified to the borrower.

 

(five) Loan under this contract, in case of our country or the relevant countries / region cancel pricing benchmark interest rate under this contract, or the market no longer published pricing benchmark interest rate, or regulatory requirements, the lender has the right to China or the relevant national / regional interest rate policy in the same period, according to the principle of fairness and integrity, and refer to industry practices, interest rate status, to determine the borrowing interest rate to notify the borrower. If the borrower has any objection, it shall negotiate with the lender. If the negotiation fails within five working days from the date when the lender issues the notice, the lender shall have the right to collect the loan in advance, and the borrower shall immediately pay off the remaining principal and interest of the loan. If at that time the loan If the person requests or the national and regulatory policies require the borrower to sign a supplementary agreement on the relevant matters, the borrower shall cooperate.

 

10


 

 

2. Loan interest repayment method

 

(one) Calculation of borrowing interest. The interest of the principal of local and foreign currency loans shall start from the date when the lender transfers it to the borrower’s account as agreed herein. Loan daily accrued interest Zibo day loan balance X day interest rate. The conversion of daily interest rate and annual interest rate shall be implemented in accordance with the regulations of the People’s Bank of China and international practices.

 

(two) The repayment method of loan interest shall be implemented in accordance with the following provisions (I) provisions:

 

(I) The loan stipulates that the 21st day of each month (month / quarter end/ half month / end of the year) is the interest payment date. The borrower shall pay the interest of the current loan to the Yue payer on the interest payment date and settle the remaining principal and interest when the loan is due. individual:’

 

(II) From the interest payment date of each period of the actual full / (month / quarter / half year / year) (the last date of the corresponding date is the corresponding date of each month), the borrower shall pay the interest of the current loan to the lender on the interest payment day and settle the remaining principal and interest when the loan is due.

 

( ) The first # interest payment date is 1 / day / year / month, and the corresponding date of each full / (month / quarter / half year / year) (the last date is the corresponding date) is each period. The borrower shall pay the interest of the current loan to the lender on the interest payment date and settle the balance when the loan is due.

 

<(4) Other means of repayment: ___________________L_______________ 。

 

Three, penalty interest and compound interest “On eight (_) If the borrower does not use the loan according to the purpose agreed herein, From the date of the appropriation, The lender has the right to collect the penalty interest on the misappropriated loan, The penalty interest rate is the borrowing interest rate floating su _%; If the borrower fails to repay the payment and fails to reach an agreement with the lender on the extension, That is, if the loan is overdue, From the date of delay, The lender has the right to collect the penalty interest on the borrowing of steel, The penalty interest rate is 5_0-%; For interest not paid on time (including interest before the loan expires and after the loan expires, penalty interest and penalty interest), The Lender has the right to compound the interest rate for the loan agreed herein, If the same loan is overdue and not used for the purpose agreed in the contract, The penalty interest rate is calculated at the higher rate.

 

11


 

(two) If the borrowing interest rate adopts fixed interest rate, the W penalty interest rate is also fixed interest rate, the penalty interest rate is also floating interest rate. The dynamic period is consistent with the floating cycle of the borrowing rate.

 

(three) The calculation and collection method of penalty interest and compound interest shall be implemented in accordance with the loan interest repayment method agreed by the gu.

 

Article 6 Prerequisite for withdrawal

 

1. The Borrower shall not meet the following requirements of the Lender for the withdrawal under this Contract

 

(I) The Borrower has served the following documents by the depositor, and the circumstances specified in the documents are unchanged and valid, or the Borrower ^ has made an explanation and explanation of the change to the satisfaction of the Lender:

 

1. The main contents of the loan application form include but are not limited to: the name of the loan project, the amount, the purpose, the term, the repayment plan and the repayment source, etc.;

 

2. Borrower valid business license, the company’s articles of association, loan card and password / credit code, in the administrative department for industry and commerce registration of the legal representative and the members of the board and principal, finance director, single and signature sample, legal representative or its authorized representative of glass identification documents, legal representative or its, authorized representative and relevant natural person agree to collect its personal information written documents, the lender deemed necessary other company documents; 4. The annual report of the recent three years recognized by the lender (with the audit report and notes), the financial statements of the latest period and the same period of last year, the borrower established for less than three years, shall submit the annual statements since its establishment;

 

12


 

3. The borrower in accordance with the legal procedures, and a quorum of directors or shareholders voted, true, legal and effective about agreed to apply to the lender under this contract and clear loan purpose and accept the requirements of the lender of the board of directors or the shareholders’ committee resolution or the lender deemed necessary other documents;

 

 

5. Associated enterprise information;

 

6. In applying for temporary working capital loan, the relevant contract, vouchers or materials such as the purchase contract, order contract and debt certificate shall be provided;

 

7. The guarantee contract above shall be effective;

 

8. If the case requests the lender to cover the offset / pledge, the insurance procedures of the lender as the first beneficiary have been completed and the original policy has been submitted to the lender for deposit; and the insurance remains valid; if the borrower provides the offset / pledge, the borrower hereby transfers the insurance claim to the lender as a result of the insurance event;

 

9. Enterprises in special industries shall provide the production and operation license or enterprises issued by the competent department to approve the special industry Industry Qualification level certificate; Factory’ 1 wide

 

10. If either party to this contract requires to handle notarization and other procedures, the relevant notarization procedures have been completed;

 

11. The borrower has opened an account at the Lender as required by the Lender, and voluntarily accepts the credit supervision and the supervision of the Lender for payment and settlement; (two) The borrower shall be established in accordance with the law, and the production and operation are legal and compliant, with the ability of continuous operation and legal

 

12. When applying for foreign exchange loan, the borrower shall provide valid proof of the purpose of foreign exchange loan and the approval of the relevant authorities, and comply with the relevant foreign exchange administration policies;

 

13. VAT, business tax and income tax returns required by the Lender;

 

14. The borrower has issued a letter of commitment for the purpose of the credit funds as required by the lender;

 

13


 

15. The borrower and the relevant natural person have issued a written document approving the Lender to handle its personal information as required by the Lender;

 

15. Other documents, statements, vouchers and other materials required by the lender.

 

 

The source of repayment; c

 

(3) The purpose of the loan is clear, legal and compliant; 、’

 

(four) Article 11 hereof, the statements and commitments made by the Borrower shall remain true and valid; no event of default or potential event of default on the date of application;

 

(five) The borrower has completed the IOU or loan certificate related to the loan. The IOU or loan certificate is an integral part of this Contract and has the same legal effect as this Contract. If the loan amount, loan term, and loan interest rate under this Contract are inconsistent with the IOU or loan certificate, the record of the IOU or loan certificate shall prevail;

 

(six) The borrower has good credit status and no major bad record; if the borrower is a new person, its controlling shareholder shall have good credit status (the borrower shall provide the written document that the natural person controlling shareholder agrees with the lender to collect and process its personal information) and have no major bad record;

 

(seven). Other prerequisites for the withdrawal required by others.

 

II. The Lender’s performance of its obligations under this Contract is subject to the satisfaction of the withdrawal conditions stipulated in this Treaty. The apologist has the right to unilaterally decide to reduce or waive the partial withdrawal prerequisite, and the borrower or the guarantor shall not take such condition as a cause to defend the lender.

 

-III. The Lender has the right to adjust the loan issuance according to whether the financing project meets the provisions of relevant laws, regulations and policies, the withdrawal preconditions required by the lender, the signing of the guarantee contract and the handling time of the guarantee procedures.

 

14


 

four, The Borrower hereby agrees that: after the signing of this Contract, if the withdrawal of the Borrower does not meet the conditions for the payment of the loan funds agreed herein, the Lender has the right to stop the loan, pay the loan funds or terminate the loan Contract, and the liabilities or losses arising therefrom shall be borne by the Borrower. The lender shall notify the borrower of the termination of the contract. The objection period of the borrower shall be five working days, counting from the date when the termination notice is delivered to the borrower in the manner agreed herein. If the borrower fails to raise an objection, the contract shall be automatically terminated upon the expiration of the objection period. If the borrower has any objection but the two parties still fail to negotiate within five working days after the expiration of the objection period, the lender shall have the right to collect the loan in advance as agreed herein.

 

five, If the borrower meets the preconditions for the withdrawal as agreed herein, the lender shall pay the loan funds in accordance with Article 7 hereof “.

 

Article 7 Account monitoring and payment of borrowed funds

 

1. Account Monitoring by Ling *

 

In accordance with the requirements of relevant national laws and regulations and regulatory system, the borrower promises to meet the withdrawal preconditions stipulated in the contract before applying for the loan, and accepts the lender to supervise the use of the loan funds according to the agreed purpose. The lender shall have the right to account for the basic deposit account, general deposit account and special deposit account opened by the borrower Household monitoring, and supervise and control the issuance, payment and repayment of borrowed funds according to the way agreed in the contract

 

The Borrower specifies the following accounts as a special fund withdrawal account and timely provides the fund inflow and exit of the account:

 

Account name: Xiamen Pupu Culture Co., Ltd. [*]

 

bank of deposit: Industrial Bank Xiamen Branch business Department The lender may, according to the borrower’s credit status and financing situation, negotiate and sign another account management agreement with the borrower, and clearly agree on the management of the inflow and exit of the collected funds from the designated account. The lender has the right to recover the loan e ” in advance according to the withdrawal of the borrower’s funds 2. Payment of the borrowed funds

 

15


 

 

(one) The lender has the right to manage and control the payment of the loan funds by the party entrusted by the lender or independently paid by the borrower

 

1. “Entrusted Payment” by the Lender means that the borrower authorizes the lender to pay the borrowed funds to the borrower’s counterparty in accordance with the purposes agreed herein.

 

If the entrusted payment method is adopted by the lender, the borrower shall provide the relevant transaction materials conforming to the purpose agreed herein prior to the issuance of the loan funds, and promptly pay the loan funds to the borrower and the borrower’s counterparties through the borrower’s account.

 

If the entrusted payment method of the lender is adopted, after the loan funds are paid to the counterparty of the borrower, if the loan funds are returned due to the cancellation, dissolution or invalidation of the basic transaction contract, the lender shall have the right to collect the returned loan funds in advance in accordance with Article 12 of this Contract.

 

2. The borrower’s “independent payment” means that the borrower independently pays the borrower to the borrower’s counterparty after the lender issues the loan funds to the borrower’s account.

 

If the borrower’s independent payment method is adopted by the borrower, the borrower shall summarize and report the payment situation of the loan funds to the lender regularly, and the lender has the right to check whether the loan payment conforms to the agreed purpose by means of account analysis, voucher inspection and on-site investigation.

 

(two) Entrusted payment

 

Entrusted payment of the lender shall be used in any of the following circumstances:

 

1 The new credit business relationship between the borrower and the lender and the internal rating of the borrower at the lender is below B3 (inclusive), “Newly established credit R relationship” means the credit business relationship with the borrower for the first time or no credit business relationship within 2 years; (3) in the process of loan issuance and payment, the borrower in the following circumstances, should be required according to the lender supplementary loan issuance and payment conditions, the lender has the right to adopt more strict loan issuance and payment, piece, and have the right to stop the loan funds and payment, according to the second paragraph of article 14 of this contract to adopt the corresponding measures:

 

2. Working capital borrowing used for replacement;

 

3. The payment object is clear or the single payment amount exceeds RMB 10 million yuan (inclusive) (for foreign currency loans, it shall be converted at the central parity rate published by the lender on the date of payment);

 

16


 

4.                                                         other: _______________________________/o                       

 

 

1. Decline in credit status; ’

 

2. The profitability of the main business is not strong;

 

3. Abnormal use of borrowing funds;

 

4. Other circumstances considered by the lender.

 

Article 8 Repayment of the principal and interest of the loan, one

 

1. The loan CICC under this contract shall be repaid as follows in part (II): (I) To repay the loan principal in installments, the amount and date of repayment are as follows:

 

                               Return / year / month / day / Ten thousand yuan; / year / month / day repayment /          

 

_____________________________Wan Yuan;

Return / year / month / day / Ten thousand yuan: / year / month / day repayment                                                  

 

A _ turbulence”                                      Wan Yuan; . 5”

a surname Return / year / month / day / Ten thousand yuan: / year / month / day repayment /

 

——                        — Wan Yuan;

 

                                    Return / year / month / day /Ten thousand yuan; / year / month / day repayment /      

 

                                                                                         Wan Yuan;

 

If the lender adjusts the plan of the loan, the repayment period and amount of the loan agreed in this clause remain unchanged, the borrower shall return the loan principal on schedule. “

 

(II) On the loan day, the loan principal shall be repaid in a lump sum. 「, ( # ).

 

17


 

Other ways of repayment of the loan principal:

 

two, The Borrower shall repay the Contract in full and on time to the lender on the repayment date and coupon payment date agreed herein Principal and interest under loans. Qin 3

 

three, If the repayment date is the business day of the non-lender, the repayment shall be postponed to the next business day of the lender, and the business day of the non-lender shall be included in the actual occupied days of the loan. When the borrower repays the principal of the last loan, the interest shall be paid along with the principal and shall not be subject to the interest payment date stipulated in Article 5 hereof.

 

four, If the borrower fails to repay the loan under the loan contract on time and needs to extend the repayment, it shall submit a written application for the loan extension to the lender one hundred days before the maturity date of the loan. If the loan is examined and agreed by the lender, both parties shall separately sign the Loan Extension Contract as a supplementary contract to this contract.

 

five, prepayment

 

The borrower shall repay the loan principal and interest for the 0 period agreed in this contract.

 

If the borrower requests to repay the principal and interest of the loan in part or entirely in advance, it shall notify the lender in writing within working days in advance and obtain the written consent of the lender. With the written consent of the lender, after the borrower returns part of the principal and interest of the loan in advance, it shall negotiate with the lender to determine the subsequent repayment period number, repayment time and repayment amount. The loan principal returned in advance shall be calculated and charged according to the actual term of use and according to the loan interest rate agreed herein. The lender will not adjust the interest on the loan already collected before the prepayment.

 

If the borrower requests repayment in advance, the lender shall have the right to require the borrower to pay liquidated damages at /% of the amount repaid in advance.

 

18


 

If the borrower is a small and micro enterprise that complies with the provisions of the national system and policies, it shall not charge this liquidated damages Six, if the borrower did not fulfill its obligations as agreed in this contract, the borrower here irrevocably authorized the lender without judicial procedures can open directly from the borrower in the lender and industrial bank all branches and subsidiaries of any account deductions, including but not limited to the loan principal and interest (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest), liquidated damages, damages, the lender of creditor’s rights, etc. The borrower agrees to the lender has the right to decide the specific order, if the account of money and loan currency, loan, the money has the right to deduct the day of the lender announced the parity into loan currency, this agreed, what account if involved in financial products or structured deposits and other products, the borrower here irrevocably authorized, the lender has the right to directly for related product redemption application or take other necessary measures to ensure that the lender smoothly deduct the above payments, the borrower shall provide all necessary cooperation. “

 

Article 9 Guarantee

 

I. The guarantee contract includes but is not limited to the following contracts:

 

(1) Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract of XingyinBranch No.20215013 “” (Contract name), the guarantee method is                                                                   warrandice                                           , security For                       Huang Zhuoqin                        ;

 

(Two shuo number          L                              and so on 《            L                                》(agreement Name), and the guarantee method is provided for                                     L , security For                                              L                                                    ;

 

(three)                        number              /                                     and so on &             1                     “Ling with Name), and the guarantee method is provided for                                 L , security For                                       /                                                  ;

 

(four)                          number                                      and so on « _ L》(agreement Name), and the guarantee method is provided for                 /             ,   security For                                      L                                 ;

 

(five)                           number              /                                       and so on 《 / 》(agreement Name), and the guarantee method is provided for                               L , security For                                    L                                               ;

 

(VI) No / and so on 《 »(agreement Name), and the guarantee method is provided for , security For L ; three, The Lender has the right to temporarily not to perform the obligations under the contract and the guarantee procedures are completed.

 

19


 

two, In addition to the above signed guarantee contract, in the event of exchange rate fluctuations or any other event in the opinion of the lender that may affect the performance capacity of the Borrower or the guarantor, the Lender has the right to require the Borrower to supplement the deposit or provide new guarantee and sign the relevant guarantee contract, and the Borrower shall cooperate as required by the Lender.

 

 

Article 10 The rights and obligations of both parties

 

1. Rights and obligations of the lender

 

(I) The Lender’s rights:

 

1. Have the right to require the borrower to provide true information, including personal information, etc.;

 

2. The borrower has the right to repay the principal and interest of the loan on schedule;

 

3. Have the right to require the borrower to provide various information related to the loan?

 

4. Initial understanding of the borrower’s production and operation and financial conditions;: wide

 

The right to supervise the borrower’s use as agreed herein provide a loan;

 

6 . Have the right to supervise the use of loans and make requirements;

 

7. Where the borrower bears the same types of debts to the lender, and the borrower’s payment is insufficient or may be insufficient to pay off all the debts, the lender shall decide the specific order of repayment or deduction at the time of repayment;

 

8. The right to directly deduct the principal and interest (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest), penalty damages, damages, and expenses for the realization of the claims by the lender from any account opened by the lender and all branches and subsidiaries of Industrial Bank through judicial procedures, The borrower agrees that the lender has the right to determine the specific order of deduction, If the currency of the money in the account is inconsistent with the currency borrowed, The lender shall have the right to convert into the currency of the loan according to the central parity published by the lender on the day of deduction; Any account agreed in this paragraph involves financial products or structured deposit products, The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Lender to have the right to directly initiate the relevant product redemption application or take other necessary measures, To ensure that the lender smoothly deduct the above payments; 10.

 

20


 

9. The Lender shall have the right to transfer all the claims and security interest hereunder to a third party at any time without the consent of the Borrower. If the Lender transfers the loan and security interest hereunder, the Borrower shall still assume all obligations hereunder;

 

The borrower fails to repay the loan principal and interest in accordance with the contract, or fails to implement the servicing, or violation of any obligations, the lender has the right to the borrower default breach information to the people’s bank and the establishment or approval of the credit bureaus and credit reporting system, or the banking association, banking supervision institutions or other administrative / Judicial / supervisory departments and established or approved information management system or the news media shall be submitted and cloak, dew, and adopt, collection, litigation, arbitration or apply to notarization certificate and other legal measures, with, when can adopt or combined with other banking financial institutions to reduce or stop credit, stop opening a new settlement account, stop the borrower’s legal representative / borrower new credit card joint disciplinary rights measures;

 

11. Have the right to unilaterally decide to collect the loan in advance according to the withdrawal of the borrower’s funds;

 

12. In the event of exchange rate fluctuations that the creditor considers may affect the security of its creditor’s rights, the debtor has the obligation to supplement the pledge guarantees such as margin as required by the creditor, or implement other risk mitigation measures approved by the creditor;

 

13. Be entitled to other rights stipulated by laws, regulations and rules or agreed herein.

 

(II) Obligations of the Lender:

 

1 . Mai Shuang shall pay the loan funds according to this contract; 2. The financial, production and business conditions of the borrower shall be kept confidential, except in the following circumstances:

 

21


 

 

(1) Laws and regulations zhending; broad:q

 

(2) Regulatory authority regulations or requirements;

 

(3) Disclosure of the partners to the lender, etc

 

2. The rights and obligations of the borrower (one) The Borrower shall have the following rights:                                    -      <

 

1. Have the right to withdraw and use the loan from the Tsuen Department as agreed in this contract;

 

2. It shall have the right to require the lender to keep confidential the materials provided by it in accordance with the provisions herein.

 

(two) Borrower obligation                                                                           ’

 

1 . It shall truthfully provide the documents required by the lender, including all the opening banks, account numbers, the balance of deposits and loans, as well as the relevant personal information, and cooperate with the lender’s investigation, examination and inspection;

 

2. To accept the supervision or inspection of the lender’s use of credit funds and related production and operation and financial activities, and timely take reasonable measures for the lender’s suggestions or requirements;

 

3. To use the loan for the purposes agreed herein, Not being used for other purposes, And guarantee not to be used for fixed assets investment; Do not borrow money to engage in equity investment; Not to be used for areas and purposes where the state is prohibited; No borrowing to buy or invest in stocks or securities, Futures, financial products and other financial products; Do not borrow money to buy real estate or engage in / invest in the real estate sector; Do not borrow money to engage in mutual lending activities between enterprises or between enterprises and individuals; No use of borrowing money to seek illegal income; Do not obtain credit funds through illegal means, Do not occupy or misappropriate the loans by other means; Do not borrow money to engage in other illegal activities or other areas in violation of national laws and policies; And areas that regulators prohibit bank credit funds;

 

4. According to article 7 of this contract, accept the account monitoring of the borrower and the payment management of the loan funds;

 

5 The principal and interest of the loan shall be repaid on time as agreed herein;

 

6.

 

22


 

7. No registered capital reduction in any way; the subscription period of registered capital shall not be extended without the written consent of the Lender;

 

Without the written consent of the lender, the debts herehereunder shall not be transferred in whole or in part to a third party; 8. Before the borrower shall notify the lender in writing, division, equity transfer and obtain the written consent of the lender, and actively implement the guarantee measures for the repayment of the principal and interest of the loan hereunder in full and on time as required by the lender. The above major matters include but are not limited to: door <3”

 

(1) Applying for loans or liabilities from a bank or other third party, or providing loans to a third party, or providing guarantee for the debt of a third party, or other material increases in debt financing, affecting or may affect the repayment of the principal and interest of the loan;

 

(2) Make major changes in property rights and adjustment of operation mode (including but not limited to signing joint venture and cooperation contracts with foreign businessmen, Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan, cancellation, closure, production, production, division, merger, merger, merger, reorganization, establishment or reconstruction into joint-stock company; foreign investment; fixed assets, trademark, patent, proprietary technology, land use right by leasing, contracting, joint operation and custody);

 

(3) The equity change shall reach /% (including but not limited to equity transfer, custody, escrow, pledge, etc.).

 

9. The Borrower shall communicate in writing within 7 working days from the date or possible date of the following occurrence Know the lender and actively implement the guarantee measures for the repayment of the principal and interest of the loan under this contract in full and on schedule as required by the Lender:

 

For the wide soil

 

(1) Major financial; T loss, asset loss or other financial crisis;

 

(2) Business suspension, revocation or cancellation of business license, application for or application for bankruptcy, dissolution and other circumstances;

 

(3) The controlling shareholder and other affiliated companies have a major crisis in its operation or finance, which affects its normal operation; one core source

 

(4) Any personnel change of the legal representative, director or senior management personnel of the borrower shall affect its normal nature Business; two Times (5) The guarantor’s equity has been changed to achieve % (Including but not limited to equity transfer, custody, Esccrow, pledge, etc.); . frightened *’

 

23


 

 

(6) Major related party transactions between the borrower and its controlling shareholders and other affiliated companies shall affect it Normal operation;

 

(7) Any litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative penalty with significant adverse consequences on its operation or property invitation;

 

(8) The occurrence of other material matters that may affect its solvency.

 

10. At the request of the lender (such requirement requires advance notice to the borrower in a reasonable manner, unless due to default

 

Event of events or potential events of default or due to specific circumstances), allowing the representative of the Lender to perform the following activities during normal office hours:

 

(1) Visit the place where the borrower conducts its business activities;

 

(2) Check the borrower’s premises, facilities, factories and equipment;

 

(3) Query the borrower’s account book records and all other records;

 

(4) Ask the employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors of the Borrower who know or may know the relevant information required by the Lender.

 

11. The Borrower guarantees that during the loan period, the financial position of the current assets, net assets and liabilities, the current ratio of assets and assets are maintained within the following scope required by the lender:         。

 

12. For the collection letter or collection documents sent by the lender or otherwise delivered by the borrower, the borrower must sign for it and submit the receipt to the lender.

 

Article 11 Declaration and Commitment of the Borrower.

 

The Borrower voluntarily makes the following statements and commitments, and assumes legal liability for the truth of its content:

 

one, The borrower is a legal unit established and effectively existing in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China and has full capacity for civil conduct. The Borrower warrants to provide relevant certificates, licenses, certificates and other documents required by the Lender as required by the Lender.

 

24


 

two, The Borrower has sufficient capacity to perform all obligations and obligations under this Contract and does not responsible

 

What instructions, the change of financial position, any agreement with any single battle to reduce or exempt its liability for payment.

 

three, The Borrower has the full authorization and legal rights to sign this Contract, the Borrower has obtained and completed the approval and all of the internal approval and authorization of the Contract, and all necessary for the approval, authority, authorization, authorization, approval, approval, approval, approval, authorization, authorization and other procedures required to sign this Contract are fully legal and valid.

 

four, The signing of this contract by the Borrower is fully in accordance with the relevant articles of association, internal decisions and the shareholders’ meeting

 

The resolutions of the board of directors and promise that such internal decisions, the meeting of shareholders and the resolutions of the board of directors shall fully comply with the provisions of national laws and regulations and the articles of association of the company, and shall not be invalid, invalid or revocable. This Contract shall not conflict with or contrary to any of the articles of association, internal decisions, resolutions of the Board of Directors, and the policies of the Borrower. . The clay staff wide

 

five, Signing and performance of this contract is based on the borrower’s true intention. The loan financing complies with the requirements of laws and regulations, and the signing and performance of this Contract does not violate any laws, regulations, regulations or contract provisions binding on the Borrower. This Contract is legal, valid and enforceable. If this Contract is invalid due to defects in the rights of the Borrower in the signing and performance of this Contract, the Borrower shall immediately and unconditionally compensate the Lender for all losses eight, Where the borrower bears the same types of debts to the lender, and the borrower is insufficient to pay or may be insufficient to pay off all the debts, the lender shall decide the specific order of repayment or deduction.

 

25


 

six, All documents, financial statements and other materials provided by the Borrower to the Lender under this Contract are true, complete, accurate and effective, and continuously maintain all financial indicators required by the Lender.

 

seven, The Borrower agrees that the borrowing business under this Contract is to be bound by the provisions, practices and practices of the Lender. The lender has the right to recover the loan in advance according to the withdrawal of the borrower’s funds.

 

nine, If the borrower did not fulfill its obligations according to the provisions of this contract, the borrower authorized the lender without judicial procedures can open directly from the borrower in the lender and industrial bank all branches and subsidiaries, any account withholding loan principal and interest (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest), liquidated damages, damages, the lender of the lender of creditor’s rights, etc., the borrower agrees to the lender has the right to decide the specific order. If the account of money and loan currency, the lender has the right to deduct the lender on the day, the central price converted into borrowing money deduction, this agreement of any account involving financial products or structural products, deposits, the borrower this irrevocably authorized the lender to directly initiate the relevant production, product redemption application or take other necessary measures to ensure that the lender smoothly deduct the above payment, the borrower shall provide all necessary cooperation.

 

Ten, whether before or after signing this contract, such as the borrower will give any documents to the lender, the borrower guarantee the authenticity of all the documents, the lender will only to the transaction documents j surface authenticity decision, the lender to the borrower engaged in the specific transaction essence is neither involved nor know, ¥ does not bear any responsibility.

 

26


 

Xi. The Borrower confirms that, except for the circumstances disclosed in writing to the Lender, the Borrower has not concealed any of the following events that have occurred or will occur that may make the Lender refuse to grant the loan under this Contract:

 

(one) Debt and contingent liabilities assumed by the Borrower, including, but not limited to, any mortgage, pledge, liens and other debt encumbrance not disclosed to the Lender established on the assets or earnings of the Borrower;

 

(two) With the borrower or the main management of the borrower has a large violation of discipline, law or claim event

 

(three) The borrower bon the debt contract between the borrower and any other creditor piece;

 

(four)The Borrower has not incurred, nor has there been any pending litigation, arbitration or administrative penalty against him or the Borrower’s property, whether voluntarily or by a third party without any liquidation or closing or other similar proceedings against the Borrower;

 

(five) Other that may affect the borrower’s financial position and solvency. Xii. The Borrower undertakes to use the loan for the purpose as agreed herein, and will not use it for other purposes or for any other purpose as agreed herein. Accept and cooperate with the lender loan management and related inspection, cooperate with the lender to the borrower use the loan funds and the borrower production, camp, financial activities, material inventory, assets and liabilities, bank deposits, cash inventory, and so on and so forth of supervision, inspection and inventory or other lenders think necessary or appropriate requirements.falling-rising tone”

 

Xiii. Provide full, valid or other acceptable guarantees as approved by the Lender. If the security under this contract involves the real estate mortgage, When the borrower knows the information that the mortgaged house will be demolished, To perform the obligation of informing the lender in time; Where the mortgaged house are demolished, In the form of compensation for the exchange of property rights, The lender has the right to demand for the borrower to pay off the debts in advance, Or reset the mortgage and enter into a new mortgage agreement, Before the loss of the original mortgaged real estate and the new mortgage registration has not been handled, The guarantee party with the guarantee conditions shall be provided; For the demolition of real estate compensated by way of compensation, The borrower requires the mortgagor to make the compensation for demolition by opening a special deposit account or a certificate of deposit, Continue to be the main, the claims to provide security.

 

27


 

 

The borrower shall not reduce its registered capital in any way. It shall not be transferred in part or in whole to a third party without the prior written consent of the Lender. Without the written consent of the lender, no debt of the Borrower and other creditors (except other branches of Industrial Bank) shall be repaid before the lender is fully repaid.

 

15. Timely notify the lender of major adverse matters affecting the borrower’s solvency, and obtain written consent from the lender before undertaking such major matters as merger, division, equity transfer, foreign investment and substantial increase in debt financing.

 

Sixteen, such as the lender for performing the obligations under this contract and the borrower or the borrower between any third party litigation or arbitration or other disputes, cause the lender to be involved in disputes between the borrower and any third party, the lender therefore pay litigation or arbitration fees, fees and other fees, shall be borne by the borrower.”°

 

17. Due to the settlement business under this contract, the borrower shall be handled through the settlement account opened by the lender.prosperous”

 

18. The borrower promises that the information published in the National Enterprise Credit Information Publicity System is true, complete, legal and effective, and promises to continue to allow the lender to inquire the information that the enterprise chooses to publicize or not to publicize in the system. If the lender requires the capital verification, the borrower agrees to conduct the capital verification according to the requirements of the lender and provide the capital verification report issued by a professional institution.

 

19, the borrower in this statement and authorization: the lender has the right to according to national laws and regulations and relevant policies for the necessary investigation of the borrower, including the national financial credit information base, according to the library for the borrower’s credit information, and according to the people’s bank of construction enterprises and personal credit work, the need of the relevant credit information to the national financial credit information database submitted, and here allows the relevant information within the scope of authorization is legal inquiries.

 

28


 

Twenty, the borrower in this statement and authorization: the lender has the right to according to the administrative / judicial / supervision departments, banking regulators, banking association, the needs of the information management work, the information about this contract, and other relevant information to the department, institutions and its established or approved information management system submitted, and here allow relevant information is legal inquiries.

 

21. If the Borrower breaches under this Contract or has circumstances that may endanger the realization of the Lender, the Lender shall have the right to require the subscription obligations of the Borrower to be maturity, and the Borrower undertakes that its shareholders shall subscribe capital in time as required by the Lender. The lender has the right to demand from the borrower and its shareholders not to pay dividends.

 

22. The Borrower promises that the transaction background of the loan business is true and legal, and that it is not used for illegal purposes such as money laundering.

 

Twenty-three, the borrower in this irrevocably commitment for violation of any obligations of this contract, the lender can be the borrower breach information to the people’s bank of China and established or approval credit bureaus and credit reporting system, or banking association, banking supervision institutions or other administrative / judicial / supervisory departments and established or recognized information management system or the news media shall be submitted and such.

 

At the same time, the borrower irrevocably authorizes the relevant banking association to share the borrower’s trust-breaking information among the banking financial institutions and even publicize it to the society in an appropriate way.

 

Borrower know the lender has the right to take various measures according to this contract, and know the lender has the right to take or late lender banking financial institutions have the right to jointly reduce or stop credit, stop opening new, settlement account, stop the borrower’s legal representative / borrower new credit card joint disciplinary rights measures.

 

24.

 

29


 

Other matters of the Statement and commitment of the Borrower: O Article 12 Advance loan collection or r factory 1. During the loan, the borrower or the guarantor (including, but not limited to, the guarantor or the mortgagor or pledgor, similarly hereinafter) in one of the following circumstances, the lender has the right to unilaterally decided to pay the borrower has not yet used the loan, and recover part or all of the loan principal and interest, installment repayment of loan, the lender to a loan according to the contract, other unexpired loan as early maturity:

 

(one) Providing false materials or concealing important business financial facts, submitting any certificates and documents and any statements and commitments in article 11 hereof shall be proved to be untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or intentionally misleading;

 

(two) Without the written consent of the lender, changing the original purpose of the loan, misappropriating the loan or engaging in illegal or illegal transactions with the loan;

 

(three) Using false contracts with related parties to discount or charge the lender with the creditor’s rights such as notes receivable and accounts receivable without actual trade background to credit the lender;

 

(four) Refusing to accept the lender’s supervision and inspection of the use of its credit funds and related business and financial activities;

 

(five) The merger, division, acquisition, reorganization, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase

 

Debt financing and other major matters, the lender thinks that it may affect the safety of the loan; (seven) The credit status deteriorated and the repayment ability (including contingent liabilities) is significantly weakened;

 

30


 

(six) intentionally evading or abolishing the creditor’s rights of the lender through related party transactions;

 

 

(eight) The affiliated enterprise of the borrower or the borrower and the affiliated enterprise of the guarantor or the guarantor occur as stipulated in Article 15 hereof;

 

(nine) The borrower fails to repay the principal and interest of the loan under this contract on schedule;

 

(10) The borrower stops to repay its debts or fails or indicates that it is unable to repay them due;

 

(11) The borrower closes business, closes business, is declared bankrupt, dissolved, has its business license revoked, has its financial condition deteriorated, etc.;

 

(12) The borrower fails to perform the obligations agreed in Article 10 and Article 13 hereof and other obligations agreed herein, or the guarantor fails to perform the obligations agreed in the guarantee contract; 、

 

(13) The value of the mortgaged property or pledged property used for security has been or may be significantly reduced, or the right to pledge must be cashed before the maturity of the loan;

 

(14) Abnormal change or disappearance of the legal representative of the borrower or the guarantor, major investors, directors, supervisors or senior management personnel or being investigated or restricted by judicial authorities according to law has or may affect the performance of obligations hereunder;

 

(15) the borrower / guarantor or the controlling shareholder, actual controller of the borrower / guarantor or its affiliates are involved in major litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or its material assets are sealed up, frozen, withheld, enforced or taken other measures with similar effect, which may endanger or damage the rights and interests of the Lender; two, In case of the above loan collection in advance, the lender shall unilaterally decide whether to grant a certain grace period to the borrower according to the borrower’s production and operation, financial position and capital withdrawal.

 

(XVI) Events otherwise agreed herein, or according to the withdrawal of the borrower’s funds, or other events that endanger or endanger or may endanger or damage the rights and interests of the Lender.

 

31


 

If the lender gives the grace period to the borrower, if the borrower still fails to take remedial measures within the grace period or the remedial measures do not meet the requirements of the lender, the lender shall have the right to unilaterally decide to collect the loan in advance; the lender may also directly decide to collect the loan in advance without giving the grace period to the borrower.

 

three, When receiving the loan in advance, the lender shall have the right to take corresponding measures in accordance with paragraph 2 of Article 14 hereof.

 

Article 13 The obligations of the borrower to disclose major transactions and major events to the lender

 

one, The Borrower shall promptly report in writing to the Lender on the major transactions and major events occurred by the Borrower.

 

two, If the Borrower is a Group Customer, the Borrower shall promptly report to the lender related transactions of more than 10% of the net assets, including but not limited to:

 

(one) The association of the parties to the transaction;

 

(two) Transaction items and the nature of the transaction;

 

(three) The amount or the corresponding proportion of the transaction;

 

(four) Pricing policy (including transactions)• with no amount or only a nominal amount

 

3. If the basic conditions of the contract have a major change unforeseen at the signing of the contract and does not belong to the commercial risk, and need renegotiation, the lender shall be timely notified within three working days after the occurrence of the change.

 

Article 14 Liability for breach of contract Coinage’

 

one, After this Contract comes into force, both the borrower and the Lender shall perform the obligations agreed herein. If either party fails to perform or does not fully perform the obligations agreed herein, it shall bear the corresponding liabilities for breach of contract.

 

 

32


 

two, The borrower fails to use the loan according to the purpose agreed herein and fails to support the loan funds in the agreed way In case of the failure to comply with the statement and commitments, the distortion of the loan application documents, the agreed financial indicators, the occurrence, material cross-default event and other failure to perform any of the provisions of the contract, the lender has the right to take one or more of the following measures: Bo:”

 

(one) Request a time limit to the positive default;

 

(two) Stop the issuance of loans not issued under this contract, and stop the unpaid payment under this contract Loan funds;                           ,

 

(three) The borrower is required to provide supplementary payment and payment conditions of the loan in accordance with the requirements of the lender . Use loans by means of “independent payment”; f                              –

 

(four) Unilateral decision on the early maturity of all or part of the debt;

 

(five)To unilaterally terminate or rescind this Contract, require the borrower to pay off the principal and interest, and pay or compensate for the relevant losses;

 

(six) If the loan is overdue, the borrower is required to pay the overdue interest; if the borrower misapproprithe loan

 

The borrower pays the misappropriation penalty interest; requires the borrower to pay the unpaid interest (including the interest before and after the maturity of the loan, misappropriation penalty and overdue penalty interest); ;« ,

 

(seven) Request the borrower to add or replace the guarantor, collateral, pledge / pledge rights;

 

(eight) Implement or realize any right under a security for the loan;

 

(nine) Without the judicial proceedings to deduct money directly from any account of the borrower with the Lender and all branches and subsidiaries of Industrial Bank, Or entrust the borrower’s account opening bank to deduct the money from its account, Including but not limited to the principal and interest of the loan (including principal, interest, penalty interest and compound interest), liquidated damages, damages, expenses for the lender to realize the creditor’s right, etc., The borrower agrees that the lender has the right to determine the specific order of deduction, If the currency of the money in the account is inconsistent with the currency borrowed, The lender shall have the right to convert into the currency of the loan according to the central parity published by the lender on the day of deduction; Any account agreed in this paragraph involves financial products or structured deposit products, The lender has the right to directly initiate the relevant product redemption application or take other necessary measures, To ensure that the lender smoothly deduct the above payments;

 

(10) Filing a lawsuit, arbitration or applying to a notary office for the issuance of an execution certificate to require the borrower to pay off

 

The principal and interest of the loan, and the expenses for the realization of the creditor’s right shall be borne by the borrower;

 

(11) The lender has the right to seize or lien or other appropriate measures against any personal or real property, tangible property or intangible property under the control and possession of the lender or the lender;

 

(12) the lender shall have the right to the borrower default breach information to the people’s bank of China and established or approved credit bureaus and credit reporting system, or banking association, banking supervision institutions or other administrative / judicial / supervisory departments and establish or approved information management system or the news media to submit and disclose, at the same time, adopt or jointly with other banking financial institutions cut or stop credit, stop opening a new settlement account, stop the borrower’s legal representative / borrower new credit card joint disciplinary protection measures;

 

(13) Other measures as stipulated by laws and regulations or agreed herein or deemed appropriate by the Lender.

 

3. If the lender fails to provide the loan on the agreed date and amount under the preconditions and the payment of the loan funds agreed herein, thus causing the losses of the borrower, the lender shall compensate the borrower for the direct economic losses caused thereby. In any event, the Lender shall not be liable for any foreseeable or unforeseeable indirect loss thereby incurred by the Borrower.

 

33


 

Iv. During the performance of this Contract, the lender shall not be liable for the incorrect entrusted payment of the lender due to the untrue, inaccurate, incomplete materials provided by the borrower or other defects, or the borrower violates the contract or causes other losses.

 

five, The Lender shall not be liable for any loan or payment dispute or other losses caused by the freezing of the loan issuance account or payment object account agreed herein or other reasons.

 

six, The guarantor under this contract (i. e., guarantor, mortgagor, pledgor) has the following reasons

 

The payer shall have the right to take the measures in accordance with paragraph 2 of this article:                                ; 

 

(one)The guarantor fails to perform the provisions of the guaranty contract, or its credit standing deteriorates, or any other guarantee ability weakens;

 

(two)The mortgagor fails to perform the provisions of the mortgage contract, or intentionally damages the mortgaged property, or the value of the mortgaged property may or has been significantly reduced, or other events to the mortgage right of the lender;

 

(three) The pledgor fails to perform the provisions of the pledge contract, or the value of the pledge has or may be significantly reduced, or the right to pledge it must be cashed before the repayment of the loan, or other events that damage the pledge right of the lender.

 

Article 15 Cross–over–breach of contract (four)Failure or imminent to repay due debt or due borrowing / financing;

 

Any of the following circumstances of the borrower or the affiliated enterprise of the borrower or the affiliated enterprise of the guarantor or the guarantor shall be deemed as the simultaneous breach of this contract by the borrower, and the lender shall have the right to collect the loan in advance according to Article 12 hereof and require the borrower to bear the liability for breach of contract in accordance with Article 14 hereof:

 

(one) Any borrowing, financing or debt that occurs or may default or is declared to mature prematurely;

 

(two) Any security or similar obligations are not performed, or the possibility of such failure exists;

 

34


 

(three) Failure to perform or breach of legal documents or contracts concerning the debt guarantee and other similar obligations, or the possibility of nonperformance or breach;

 

 

(five)Be declared or about to be declared bankrupt after legal proceedings;

 

(six) Transfer of their assets or property to other creditors;

 

(seven) Other circumstances that endanger the safety of the principal and interest of the loan under this contract.

 

Article 16 Continuity of the obligations

 

All obligations of the Borrower under this Contract shall be continuous and fully and equally binding on its successors, agents, receiver, assigns and their subjects after merger, reorganization, and name change.

 

Article 17: accelerated maturity of principal and interest

 

The borrower agrees that, once the borrower fails to perform the article 11 of the statement and commitments, or the borrower fails to perform any of the obligations under the contract, the lender shall have the right to decide the borrower to the other lender, any obligation including under the loan due and not due all the principal and interest (including penalty and compound interest) repay the principal will expire.                                ’

 

Article 18 Subrogation right

 

The Borrower hereby specifically states that, Whether the lender’s claim is due or not, The borrower’s claim or related to the limitation of action or the failure to declare the bankruptcy claim in time, Or if the borrower defaults or the borrower fails to repay the advances of the lender (including but limited to the principal, interest and expenses, etc.) affecting the realization of the claims of the lender, For the Borrower: any claims, accounts receivable and other property interests against third parties and slave rights related to the aforementioned rights, Each lender has the right to exercise subrogation, Including but not limited to subrogation to the borrower to perform to the borrower, report to the bankruptcy administrator or do other necessary acts, The borrower waives all defenses.

 

Article 19 Application of law, jurisdiction and dispute resolution an ancient type of spoon,

 

one, The laws of the note, effect, performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement of the Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding the laws of Hong Kong Special Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Region).

 

two, Any dispute arising from this Contract shall be settled by the Borrower and the Lender through friendly negotiation, the parties agree to settle it in (1) Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court in which the lender has his domicile.

 

35


 

Section (II) below:

 

 

(II) To                                           If the arbitration commission applies for arbitration, it shall apply

 

The arbitration committee shall settle the dispute in effect at the time of arbitration. Within the scope permitted by the arbitration rules, both parties agree to choose summary procedure for trial. The decision is final, and the venue of the arbitration tribunal binding on both parties is chosen in Xiamen                                                                open a court session.

 

(Reference) Other methods:                                                               . three, During the period of the dispute, the provisions of this contract that do not involve the disputed part shall still be performed.

 

Article 20 Transactions, communications and notices of documents

 

I. The Borrower agrees and confirms the following addresses as notices under this Contract and relevant legal documents such as litigation (secondary planting) and notarization in case of dispute (including but not limited to various notices and documents of the contracting parties; the complaint (or application for arbitration) served by the court or arbitration tribunal, evidence, summons, notice of response

 

Notice of proof, Notice of hearing, order of payment, judgment (decision), order, conciliation statement, notice of execution, notice of execution of the deadline, and other litigation or arbitration proceedings, realization of the real right of security and legal documents of the execution stage; All kinds of notices and legal documents) served by the notary office, And further agree that the lender, notary offices, courts and other judicial organs and other notices and legal documents shall have the right to choose paper or electronic service, among, Electronic service methods include but are not limited to E-mail, China Trial Process Information Disclosure Network, national unified service platform, local or specialized court network service platform, electronic network platform of the delivery person, electronic APP, etc.:

 

36


 

(I) Address of the Borrower:

 

1. Name of Borrower: Xiamen Pupu Culture Co., Ltd

 

Address of Borrower: Unit 836, No.5 mucuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen city

 

:

 

zip code: 361000; contact number;’ [*];

 

contacts   Chen Xun” .

 

2.   Specify the recipient name (if any): L                ;  
       
Agent Address:   _ Adventitia __________________________  

 

zip code:/  ; contact number: / ________________________

 

(II) The Borrower agrees and confirms that any of the following electronic mailing addresses is also a valid service address:

 

1.   Fax received, number: –M2 L Z  
       
2. Email, Address:   / ___________________________________  
       
3.   Mobile phone SMS, receiving number:  
    [*] ___________________________;  
       
4.   Wechat, wechat number: / ;  
       
5. QQ received, number:   / __________________________________;  
       
6.   Other electronic mailing addresses:  
    / __________________________________o  

 

two, The application period of the service address agreed in paragraph 1 of this article shall include the non-litigation stage and all stages of the first trial, the second trial, the retrial, the execution, the realization of the real right of security, the supervision procedure and the notarization of the compulsory execution of the dispute after the litigation procedure. If there is any change of the above service address, the borrower shall notify the lender in writing in advance (it shall notify the arbitration tribunal or the court in writing in advance during the litigation or arbitration period, and notify the original notary office in writing) to re–confirm the service address and obtain the receipt. If there is no notice in advance, it shall be deemed that it has not been changed, and the corresponding legal consequences shall be borne by the borrower. The address of service agreed in paragraph 1 of this Article shall still be regarded as the valid service address.

 

37


 

Any document, communication, notice and legal document, provided, in accordance with any of the provisions of paragraph 1 of this article

  

The address shall be deemed to be served on the following dates (service to the designated receiver shall be deemed to be served on himself):

 

(one) Mail (including express mail, plain mail, registered mail) to the fifth place after the date of mailing

 

Working days shall be regarded as the date of delivery; .

  

(two) Fax, E–mail, mobile phone SMS, WeChat, QQ or other electronic communication address, the date of delivery shall be regarded as the date of delivery;

 

(three) Special delivery, the day of the recipient signed as the day of delivery. If the recipient refuses to accept the service, the recipient may record the service process by means of photos and video recordings, and detain the document, which shall also be deemed to have been served.

 

four, If the service address provided or confirmed by the borrower is inaccurate or untrue, or the change of the service address fails to timely notify the other party, the arbitration institution, the people’s court and the notary office, the borrower shall bear the consequences of the corresponding legal salary and shall be deemed to have been effectively served:

 

(one) In case of service by mail, the date of return of the document shall be regarded as the date of service;                   X

 

(two) If the special person delivers the law, the date on which the delivery person records the case on the service receipt on the spot shall be the date of service;

 

(three) In case of electronic delivery, the date of delivery shall be the date of delivery.

 

five, The lender shall serve at the address of the domicile specified in the contract. Where the Lender sends a notice on its website, online banking, telephone banking or branch, it shall be deemed to be served on the date of the announcement.

 

0. Under no circumstances shall the Lender bear any responsibility for any transmission error, omission or delay in the mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

six, The parties agree that the official seals of the party, office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receiving and receiving seal and the credit business seal of the lender are all valid seals for the notice or contact of the parties, service of legal documents and correspondence. All the staff of the borrower unit shall have the right to sign the document exchange, communication and notification.

 

38


 

seven, This treaty is an independent clause in the contract and shall not be subject to this contract and other provisions of the contract influence of.                           ’                                     

 

Article 21 Validity of contracts and other matters •

 

one, This contract shall come into force on the date of signature or seal by the parties.

 

two, During the term of this contract, the lender to the borrower and the guarantor any tolerance, grace or delay the exercise of the rights and interests under this contract, will not damage, influence or limit the lender according to the relevant laws and all rights and rights, shall not be regarded as the lender waiver of the rights and interests under this contract, also does not affect any obligations of the borrower under this contract.

 

three, If the performance of the lending obligations as agreed herein does not comply with the laws, regulations or regulatory requirements due to the change of national laws, regulations or regulatory policies, the Lender has the right to unilaterally terminate the Contract and declare that all the loans already issued are due in advance, and the Borrower shall repay the loan immediately as required by the Lender. If the Lender is unable to perform or cannot perform according to the contract due to such reasons, the Lender shall not bear any legal liability.

 

four, Not delivered on time due to force majeure, communication or network failure, Lender system failure, etc

 

For the loan or payment, the lender shall not assume any responsibility, but shall promptly notify the borrower.

 

five, The lender shall have the right to authorize according to the management needs or entrust other branch to perform the rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to authorized or entrust other branch, related contract, etc.), or the loan under this contract other branch to undertake management, the borrower, the lender without the consent of the borrower.

 

six, The Borrower agrees that the lender has the right to unilaterally reduce or cancel the unused amount of the loan hereunder according to the production and operation situation, repayment situation and other credit granting situation of financial institutions and other factors. If the lender decides to reduce or cancel, it shall notify the borrower five working days in advance, but the consent of the borrower is not obtained without the borrower seven, If, at any time, any provision of this Contract is in any respect or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Contract shall not be affected or impaired.

 

39


 

 

eight, Lender has paid special attention to the borrower signing the contract “important sign” content, the borrower has all the rights and obligations of the contract terms and “important sign” read and fully and fully, accurate understanding, the lender has to the applicant for relevant terms and personal information processing rules to fully explanation and explanation, the understanding of the terms of this contract, no objection to the contract content.

 

nine, The subheading of this Contract is added for ease of reading only and shall not be used for the interpretation of this Contract or for any other purpose.

 

X. The appendix hereto is an integral part of this Contract and shall have the same legal effect as the text of this Contract.

 

Xi. This contract is made in one copy, with the lender holding two copies and one copy held by the borrower,

 

/ Hold / copy, with the same legal effect.

 

Article 22 Notarization and voluntary acceptance of compulsory execution one, If either party of this contract requests notarization, the other party agrees to provide y certificate to the notary office stipulated by the state as required by the other party.

 

two, For the compulsory execution of the contract has the execution effect, the borrower fails to perform or inappropriate debt or the laws and regulations, the lender of creditor’s rights, borrow, money agreed to the lender to the notary public application for the execution certificate, the borrower voluntarily accept the lender with the execution certificate to the jurisdiction of the enforcement measures, aware of the corresponding legal consequences, the borrower promises not to raise any objection or defense.

 

three, The parties agree: before the execution certificate, shall have the right to according to the “file, communication and notice” terms of this contract, adopt, mail, telephone, fax, email, SMS, WeChat, QQ, personnel delivery and interview in any one or more ways to the borrower fails to perform or inappropriate performance of the debt related default facts. For verification by telephone or interview, the service shall be made by mail, fax, E-mail, mobile phone SMS, WeChat, QQ, and special person delivery, etc.: “Document exchange, communication and notification” on the date of delivery.

 

Iv. If the borrower has any objection to the fact of default verified by the above payment, it shall, within five working days from the date of service, provide written evidence to the notary office and provide sufficient evidence. If the borrower fails to provide evidence on time or the notary office considers that the evidence is insufficient to support its claim, it shall be deemed that the borrower confirms the relevant default facts such as failure or improper performance of the debt, and agrees that the notary office shall apply for the issuance of the execution certificate according to the lender. If the notary office has other provisions on the method of verification and the period of proof presentation, the provisions of the notary office shall be followed.

 

Article 23 Supplementary clause

 

On the

 

 

40


 

 

 

 41

 

EX-4.22 6 f20f2023ex4-22_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF MAXIMUM AMOUNT GUARANTEE CONTRACT DATED SEPTEMBER 20, 2022 BY AND BETWEEN XIAMEN POP CULTURE AND INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA LIMITED GUANGZHOU FANGCUN BRANCH

Exhibit 4.22

 

Contract No.: 0360200111-2022 Fangcun (Bao) Zi No.0153

 

Maximum amount guarantee contract

 

Important: This contract is concluded by all parties on the basis of equality and voluntary negotiation. All the terms of this contract are true expressions of the intention of both parties. In order to safeguard the legitimate rights and interests of the guarantor, the creditor hereby asks the guarantor to pay full attention to the bold part in the terms of the contract.

 

 


 

Creditors: Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, Guangzhou Fangcun Branch (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”)

 

Person in charge: Zhao Yong

 

Business address: 256 Sand, North of Huadi Avenue, Liwan District, Guangzhou city

 

Tel. and Fax: [*]

 

Guarantor: Xiamen Pupu Culture Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”)

 

Legal representative: Huang Zhuoqin

 

Business address or residence: 836, 5 mucuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen City.first

 

Postcode: 361006 Fax: Si Tel: [*]

 

Email: Si Contact person: Huang Zhuoqin Mobile phone number: [*]

 

[Party B must fill in the above information accurately and completely to ensure the timely delivery of relevant notices and legal documents]

 

In order to ensure the realization of Party A’s creditor’s rights, Party B voluntarily provides the guarantee guarantee (counter-guarantee) to Party A. In order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, party A and Party B conclude this Contract in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.

 

article one     The guaranteed principal debt

 

Article 1.1 The principal creditor’s right guaranteed by Party B shall be from September 20, 2022 to October 31, 2027

 

(Including the start date and the expiration date of the period), In RMB 5,000,000 yuan (in words: five million yuan only) (when the case is inconsistent, In capital), within the maximum balance, Party a on the basis of Guangzhou several wisdom spread culture right limit word (F said the debtor) of foreign currency loan contract, foreign exchange loan contract, bank acceptance agreement, credit agreement / contract, open a guarantee agreement, international and domestic trade financing agreement, forward settlement agreement and other financial derivatives agreement, precious metals (including gold, silver, gold and other precious metals varieties, The same below) the claims against the debtor enjoyed in the lease contract and other documents (hereinafter referred to as the master contract), Whether or not the claims are due at the expiration of the said period.

 

The maximum balance mentioned in Article 1.2 refers to the sum of the principal balance of the creditor’s right expressed in RMB on the date when the principal creditor’s right of Party B assumes the guarantee liability is determined.

 

Where the currency of the principal debt is foreign currency, the foreign exchange rate published by Party A shall be converted into RMB funds; for the precious metal lease, the principal of the precious metal lease debt in the precious metal lease contract is not converted for the purpose of this article (on the date of determination.

 

Contract serial number: 202209200360200409959524. Total of 2 new machines Article 2.

 

2


 

Method of guarantee

 

Party B shall assume the guaranty liability by the joint and several liability guarantee.

 

Article 3 Scope of guaranty

 

Where the principal claims secured under this Contract according to Article 1.1 and 1.2, The scope of party b guarantee includes the principal of the main creditor’s rights (including precious metals lease creditor’s rights principal and the amount of the precious metals lease contract), interest, precious metals lease, compound interest, penalty interest, liquidated damages, damages, precious metals lease weight overflow short, exchange rate loss (exchange rate changes related losses), the precious metal price changes, the lessor to exercise the corresponding rights according to the main contract of the transaction fees and realize the creditor’s rights (including but not limited to legal costs, legal fees, etc.).

 

Article 4 guaranty period

 

Article 4.1 if the main contract for loan contract or precious metals lease contract, the guarantee period under this contract is: the loan term under the independent contract or your gold domain three years after the expiration of the lease term: party a according to the provisions of the main contract announced loan or precious metals lease expires in advance, the guarantee period for loan or precious metals lease three years from the expiration date.

 

Article 4.2 If the main contract is a bank acceptance agreement, the guarantee period shall be three years from the next day of Party A’s external commitment.

 

Article 4.3 If the main contract is to open a guarantee agreement, the guarantee period shall be three years from the next day after Party A’s performance of the guarantee obligations.

 

Article 4.4 If the main contract is a credit issuing agreement / contract, the guarantee period shall be three years from the day after Party A pays the amount under the credit.

 

Article 4.5 If the main contract is another financing document, the claims determined in the independent contract during the guarantee period are due or advanced Three years from the next day.

 

3


 

Article 5 Party B represents and warrants

 

Party B makes the following representations and guarantees to Party A:

 

Article 5.1 Party A has the qualification of guarantor subject according to law and provides guarantee to Party A. It has obtained all necessary authorization or approval in accordance with the procedures and authority stipulated in the Articles of Association of the Company, and does not violate laws, regulations and other relevant provisions.

 

Article 5.2 If it is a listed company or a holding subsidiary of a listed company, it shall timely perform the obligation of information disclosure on the guarantee matters in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Law, the Stock Listing Rules of the Stock Exchange and other laws, regulations and rules.

 

Article 5.3 has sufficient capacity to assume the warranty liability and does not reduce or exempt the warranty liability by any instruction, any change of financial condition, any agreement with any third party.

 

Article 5.4 Full understanding of the purpose of the debt under the master Contract, the provision of guarantee for the debtor is entirely voluntary, and the intention under this Contract is completely true. For international and domestic trade financing, Party B acknowledges that the underlying transaction on which the financing is based is true and there is no fraud.

 

Article 5.5 The information or information provided to Party A is true, accurate and complete in all aspects, and there are no false records, material omissions or misleading statements.

 

Article 5.6 If the principal creditor’s right secured in this Contract is the international trade financing provided by Party A to the debtor, Party B shall accept and recognize the relevant international practices of the relevant business.

 

Article 5. 7 If Party B is a natural person, it also represents and warrants as follows:

 

A 、 Full capacity for civil rights and full capacity for civil conduct:

 

B 、 Having a legitimate source of income and adequate compensation capacity:

 

C 、 No malicious default of bank loan principal and interest, credit card malicious overdraft and other behaviors;
     
D 、 No bad behavior or criminal record, such as gambling or drug use;

 

E 、 The consent of the spouse has been obtained to provide the guarantee to Party A.

 

Contract serial number: 202209200360200409959524. Part 1, a total of 2 copies

 

4


 

Article 6 Commitment of Party B

 

Party B makes the following commitment to Party A:

 

Article 6.1 In any of the following circumstances, party A shall unconditionally perform the warranty liability hereunder according to the notice requirements of Party A:

 

A 、 The debtor fails to pay off the principal investigation right when it is due (including early maturity);
     
B 、 Party B or the debtor is filed for bankruptcy or closure, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of business for rectification, business license revoked or revoked.
     
C 、 Party B’s main assets are sealed, detained or frozen;

 

D 、 Party B, as the debtor or guarantor, defaults under other debts.

 

Article 6.2 For the existence of the security of party A’s principal right, whether the security is provided by the debtor or the third If providing provides, Party A has the right to require Party B to assume the guaranty liability first, and Party B promises not to defend accordingly.

 

 

Contract serial number: 202209200360200409959524. Part 1, a total of 2 copies

 

5


 

If Party A waives, changes or loses other security rights and interests, Party B undertakes to continue to provide joint and several liability guarantee for Party A as agreed herein. Party B’s guarantee liability shall remain valid and shall not be invalid or exempted due to changes in other guarantee rights and interests.

 

Article 6.3 When required by Party A, timely provide financial information, tax vouchers and other relevant assets reflecting its financial position material.

 

Article 6.4 Under any of the following circumstances, Party B shall continue to perform its guarantee under this Contract without the consent of Party B

 

Certificate of responsibility:

 

A 、 Party A and the debtor negotiate to change the main contract without aggravating Party B’s debt or extending the debt performance period:

 

B 、 Under the international and domestic trade financing, Party A and the debtor modify the letter of credit related to the master contract, without AA5036 the payment obligation under the letter of credit or extending the payment term;
     
C 、 Party A transfers the principal claim to a third party.

 

Article 6.5 If any form of guarantee is provided to a third party, the interests of Party A shall not be harmed.

 

Article 6.6 for merger, division, capital reduction, equity changes, equity pledge, material assets and transfer of creditor’s rights, major foreign investment, substantial raise debt financing and other action that may adversely affect party a, should first obtain the written consent of party a or its guarantee liability under this contract, otherwise shall not engage in the above behavior.

 

Article 6.7 Timely notify Party A of any of the following circumstances:

 

A 、 Change of articles of association, business scope, registered capital, legal representative, change of equity:
     
B 、 Closing, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of business for rectification, business license revoked, revoked or filed for bankruptcy:
     
C 、 Involving or may involve major economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or property is sealed, seized or regulated according to law:
     
D 、 If Party B is a natural person, his residence, work unit and contact information shall be changed.

 

6


 

E 、 Issuing corporate bonds, corporate bonds, short-term financing bonds or using other direct financing methods to increase the debt level;

 

F 、 The occurrence of other large loans or to provide external guarantees.

 

Article 6.8 Timely sign for the written notice issued by Party A.

 

Article 6.9 in the domestic letter of credit, domestic credit of the buyer financing, import letter of credit and import transfer / import payment business, in any of the following circumstances, the party b has indisputable warranty obligation, party b for any department, law or administrative authority for the payment obligation of the credit order, prohibition or adopt seal, seizure, freeze the property measures or similar measures and credit related exemption or defense:

 

A 、 Party A’s designee or authorized person of Party A has made the payment in good faith in accordance with Party A’s instructions;

 

B 、 Party A or its designee or authorized person have kindly issued the confirmation of payment due for the payment under the domestic credit credit or have kindly accepted the documents under the import credit;

 

C 、 The counterbank of the credit pays in good faith:

 

D 、 The bank of the credit made in good faith.

 

Article 6.10 Under the delivery guarantee, endorsement of bill of lading and authorized delivery business, Party B shall not credit the debtor accordingly

 

The refusal to pay the certificate and the exemption or defense.

 

Article 7 Party A promises

 

Party A undertakes that it shall keep confidential the non-public information in the relevant documents, financial materials and other relevant materials submitted by Party B during the performance of its obligations hereunder, except as otherwise stipulated by relevant laws and regulations and otherwise agreed herein.

 

Article 8 Determination of principal creditor’s rights

 

The claims of the guarantee guaranteed by the maximum amount shall be determined in any of the following circumstances:

 

A 、 1. 1 expiration of the treaty period;

 

B 、 New claims cannot happen again;

 

C 、 The debtor and Party B are declared bankrupt or dissolved;

 

D 、 Other circumstances under which the creditor’s rights are determined as prescribed by law.

 

Contract Water No.: 202209200360200409959524.1 Excellent has 2 copies

 

7


 

Article 9 breach of contract

 

Article 9.1 After this Contract becomes effective, any party failing to perform any of its obligations under Item F or violating any representations, warranties and commitments made under it shall constitute a breach of contract. If losses are caused to the other party, compensation shall be made.

 

Article 9. 2 If Party B fails to perform its guarantee liability under this Contract, Party B agrees that Party A shall deduct all the accounts opened by Party B in the Industrial and Commercial Bank of China to pay off the debts under the main Contract. If the deduction amount is inconsistent with the currency of the main contract, the amount deducted shall be calculated according to the applicable exchange rate of the corresponding currency published by Party A on the deduction date. Party B shall bear the interest and other expenses incurred during the deduction date to the repayment date (when Party A converted the deduction amount into the currency of the main contract in accordance with the national foreign exchange administration policy), as well as the difference caused by the exchange rate fluctuations during this period.

 

Article 9.3 Unless otherwise provided in this Contract, if either party breaches the contract, the other party shall have the right to take any other measures stipulated by the laws, regulations and rules of the People’s Republic of China.

 

Contract Water No.: 202209200360200409959524.1 Excellent has 2 copies

 

8


 

Article 10. Effective, alteration and rescission

 

 

Article 10.1 This Contract shall be sealed with Party A’s official seal or special seal for contract, signature of Party B (applicable to natural person) or seal (form Applicable) from the date of effective.

 

Article 10.2 Any change to this Contract shall be made by consensus and in writing by the Contracting Parties. Change terms Or the agreement form a part of this Contract and have the same legal effect as this Contract. Except for the modified part, the rest of this contract Still valid, the original terms of this contract shall remain valid before the modified part takes effect.

 

Article 10.3 The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Contract shall not affect the validity and enforceability of the other clauses, It also does not affect the validity of the whole contract

 

Article 10.4 The modification and rescission of this Contract shall not affect the right of the contracting parties to claim compensation for losses. Solution of this contract Except, it shall not affect the validity of the relevant dispute resolution clause in this Contract.

 

Article 11 Dispute settlement

 

The conclusion, validity, interpretation, performance and dispute settlement of this Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China. All disputes and disputes arising from or in connection with this Contract shall be settled by both parties through negotiation. If no agreement can be reached through negotiation, they shall be settled by B_ (A / B) as described below:

 

A 、 Submit the dispute to the Si Arbitration Commission for arbitration at [_ (the place of arbitration) according to the arbitration rules valid when the arbitration application is submitted. The arbitral award shall be final and binding on both parties.
     
B 、 The settlement shall be settled through litigation in the local court where Party A is located.

 

Article 12 Confirmation of the service address of the litigation / arbitration documents

 

Article 12.1 Party B confirms that the address recorded on the first page of this Contract is used as the address for serving the litigation / arbitration documents involved in the dispute under this Contract. Litigation / arbitration documents include but are not limited to summons, notice of hearing, written judgment, written order, conciliation statement, notice of performance within a time limit, etc.

 

Article 12.2 Party B agrees that the arbitration institution or the court may use the fax and E-mail recorded in the front page of this Contract to serve the arbitration / litigation documents, except for the written judgment, written order and conciliation statement.

 

Article 12.3 The above service provisions shall apply to all stages of first instance, second instance, retrial and execution in arbitration and litigation proceedings. For the above address of service, the arbitration institution or the court may serve it directly by mail.

 

Article 12.4 Party B shall ensure the authenticity and validity of the address, contact person, fax, E-mail and other information recorded herein. If any relevant information is changed, Party B shall timely notify Party A in writing, otherwise the service of the original address information shall still be valid and Party B shall bear the legal consequences arising therefrom.

 

Contract contract number: 202209200360200409959524, a total of 2 new machines

 

9


 

Article 13 other

 

Article 13.1 Without the written consent of Party A, Party B shall not assign all or part of its rights or obligations hereunder.

 

Article 13.2 Party A’s failure to exercise or partially exercise or postpone any right hereunder shall not constitute a waiver or alteration of such right or any other right and shall not affect its further exercise of such right or any other right.

 

Article 13.3 Party A shall have the right to provide the information of the People’s Bank of China and other relevant information under the requirements of the relevant laws and regulations or other normative documents or the credit database established in accordance with the law for the use of qualified institutions or individuals. Party A shall also have the right to consult Party B through the People’s Bank of China and the other credit database established in accordance with the law of this Contract.

 

Article 13.4 This Contract is made in these originals, with each party holding one copy and each copy having the same legal effect.

 

Article 14 Other matters as agreed upon by the two parties

 

 

 

 

As the legal representative / authorized representative of the guarantor, I hereby confirm that the guarantor provides the guarantee to the creditor in accordance with the provisions of this contract and the seal on this contract is true and effective, and that I have performed all the procedures required for the guarantee.

 

Legal representative / authorized representative (signature): / is

 

 

Contract contract number: 202209200360200409959524, a total of 2 new machines

 

10

 

EX-4.23 7 f20f2023ex4-23_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF LOAN AGREEMENT DATED SEPTEMBER 23, 2022 BY AND BETWEEN GUANGZHOU SHUZHI AND THE INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA GUANGZHOU FANGCUN BRANCH OFFICE

Exhibit 4.23

 

notice to take delivery

(2019)

 

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited Guangzhou Fangcun Sub-branch

 

According to the Operation Loan Contract (hereinafter referred to as “Loan Contract”) signed by us and your bank on September 23:0360200111-2022,01 6 22 (Fangcun), we have fully implemented the preconditions stipulated in the loan contract, and hereby issue the following withdrawal notice to your bank:

 

1. We plan to draw the loan from your bank on September 23, RMB 5,000,000, in words RMB five million (in case of different cases, the words shall prevail).

 

2. The loan is available for 365 days. The due date is September 23, 2023.

 

3. Please transfer this loan to our following special account: (the withdrawal account as agreed in the loan contract)

 

Account name: Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD

account number: [*]

bank of deposit: ICBC Guangzhou Guanggang New City Sub-branch

 

4. According to the provisions of the loan contract, the entrusted payment (RMB) 0.00 RMB; independent payment (RMB) RMB 5,000,000.00.

 

Under the entrusted payment method of the lender, we authorize and entrust you to pay the following accounts for the loan as specified in the loan contract:

 

Entrusted to pay the account name Entrusted payment account Entrusted to pay to the opening bank

 

5. We would like to confirm to your bank that:

 

1. The loan will be used for the purposes agreed upon in the loan contract;

 

2. All representations, warranties and commitments made by us in the loan contract on the date of such notice and on the date of withdrawal will remain true, accurate, complete and valid.

 

3. As of the date of issuing this notice, there have been no material adverse changes in our production, operation and financial credit status.

 

4. On the date of this notice, there is no default or expected event of default under the Loan Contract or in connection with the Loan Contract, and we further confirm that there will be no event of default occurring or surviving on the withdrawal date.

 

5. This notice is irrevocable.

 

borrower: Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD

Legal representative / authorized agent: Huang Zhuole

date: September 23, 2022

 

Customer authentication type: U shield

Certification timestamp: 20220923160006207935

 

Medium serial number: 2852296173

EX-4.24 8 f20f2023ex4-24_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF LETTER OF ENTRUSTMENT AND GUARANTEE COMMITMENT BY GUANGZHOU SHUZHI MADE TO GUANGZHOU FINANCING REGUARANTEE CO., LTD. DATED SEPTEMBER 21, 2022

Exhibit 4.24

 

Letter of entrustment and guarantee commitment

 

No.: 0360200111-2022 Fangcun (Bao) Zi No.0152

 

To Guangzhou Financing Reguarantee Co., LTD.:

 

Given the industrial and commercial bank of China co., LTD., Guangzhou fangcun branch (hereinafter referred to as “financial institutions”) will sign with the company the management fast loan contract (number: 0360200111-2022 (fangcun) bear fast loans-00045) (hereinafter referred to as the “loan contract”), financial institutions will provide the company with principal worth ten thousand yuan (lower case: selections 50L_ ten thousand yuan, capital amount is inconsistent, in capital amount) borrowing, loan term does not exceed 12 months. The Company hereby makes an irrevocable application and entrusts you to provide joint and several liability guarantee to financial institutions for the performance of the principal and interest repayment obligations stipulated in the Loan Contract. In order to clarify the relevant matters, the Company irrevocably makes the following confirmation and commitments:

 

Article 1 Content of the entrusted guarantee service The scope of your guarantee is 80% of the loan principal and normal interest (excluding penalty interest, compound interest and overdue interest) under the Loan Contract o.

 

 


 

I. Scope of guarantee

 

In case of default, Agree to your company guarantee compensation according to the industrial and commercial bank of China co., LTD., Guangzhou branch, your company, the highest compensatory limit (our company clear and agree to the entrusted guarantee into China industry and commerce, bank co., LTD., Guangzhou branch and your company, Guangdong wealth pratt & whitney finance (Guangdong) financing guarantee co., LTD., signed the “silver bear” total to total “batch guarantee to guarantee business cooperation agreement” (hereinafter referred to as “cooperation agreement”) under the batch guarantee products, Clearly and agree that you bear the maximum compensation of 3% of the cumulative guarantee amount under this product for the batch guarantee products under the Cooperation Agreement.

 

two, guaranty style

 

the joint liability guaranty.

 

three, guaranty period

 

Your guarantee period is three years from the date of expiration of each debt performance period under the loan contract of our financial institution. If the financial institution recovers the loan in advance in accordance with the provisions of the loan contract, the guarantee period shall be three years from the date on which the financial institution announces the early maturity of the loan.

 

2


 

The above guarantee scope, guarantee method, guarantee period and other guarantee matters shall be subject to the cooperation agreement signed between your company and a financial institution.

 

Article 2 Anti-guarantee measures

 

The Company undertakes that the guarantee measures provided by the Company to the financial institutions under the Loan Contract shall be provided to your Company simultaneously, and the relevant Anti-Guarantee Guarantee Commitment Letter shall be issued separately.

 

Article 3 The Commitments of the Company

 

In order to fully reflect the principle of risk equivalence, the Company makes special commitments to the guarantee behavior provided by your company as follows:

 

I.

 

3


 

The company and the loan project meet the commitment of your access conditions The Company and the loan project meet the access conditions provided by your company, Including: the small and micro enterprises in accordance with the provisions of the Notice on Printing and Printing the Classification Standards for Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (The Ministry of Industry and Information Technology [201U300) and the Notice on Printing and Printing the Regulations on the Supervision and Administration of Financing Guarantee Companies (The Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission [2018] No.1), Including individual businesses, small and micro business owners, And farmers with the same scale as the former (including new agricultural subjects); The company has no malicious evasion of debts in the past two years, And the outstanding credit information reflected in the credit report two months before the financial institution is normal and there is no overdue situation; Under the Loan Contract, All guarantors who provide guarantee to financial institutions shall provide guarantee counter–guarantee to your company; Under the Loan Contract, The loan amount shall not exceed RMB 5 million (inclusive), The loan term is one year (inclusive), And the loan time occurred on the effective date (inclusive) of the cooperation agreement signed between your company and the financial institution.

 

The Company voluntarily undertakes the legal consequences of your failure to formally provide guarantee or no compensation in the case of breach of this commitment, and will not investigate your liability for breach of contract.

 

two, Strictly fulfill the obligations of the Loan Contract and guarantee the repayment ability

 

(one) The Company strictly performs the obligations agreed upon in the Loan Contract, guarantees to repay the principal and interest according to the way and term agreed upon in the Loan Contract, and guarantees to use the loan according to the purpose agreed upon in the Loan Contract.

 

(two) If the company needs to apply for a loan from a financial institution prior to the complete termination of your guarantee liability, it shall notify your company in advance and obtain your written consent.

 

three, Good faith commitment to provide information

 

(–) The materials provided by the Company include, but are not limited to, the following contents:

 

1、Enterprise credit certification materials: business license of enterprise legal person; identity certificate of legal representative, credit investigation report, etc.

 

2、 Information to prove the performance ability: credit investigation report, financial statements, etc.

 

3、Counterguarantee information: the subject information of the counterguarantee guarantor, the shareholders (association) where the legal person counterguarantee guarantor agrees to provide the guarantee and counterguarantee, and the resolution of the board of directors, etc.

 

4、 Legal authorization information of this letter under the signing of entrustment: legal and valid power of attorney or notarial certificate, and provide the principal information of the principal and the trustee, etc.

 

4


 

The above information promised to provide by the company is true, accurate, complete, legal and effective.

 

(–) The signature of the company on this letter, power of attorney and other complete texts has been authorized and agreed by the internal authority, which is voluntary and genuine.

 

(≡) The company agrees that your company will provide the company information of the People’s Bank of China and the credit authorities approved to establish the credit database / financial credit information database, the company and agrees to your company to the People’s Bank of China and credit credit department approved credit database / financial credit information database or relevant units and departments to query the credit status of the company. If the Company breaches the contract, your Company has the right to disclose the default information of the Company and provide the relevant information to the collection agency for the purpose of realizing the claims and security rights.

 

four, Counterguarantee commitment

 

The Company guarantees to provide the counterguarantee guarantor in accordance with the counterguarantee operation rules and requirements, and urge the counterguarantee guarantor to issue the Counterguarantee Guarantee Commitment Letter to your Company.

 

five, Expiration of the debt sex commitment

 

In order to facilitate your company to realize the rights, the company promises that your company has the option of implementation rights, if your company believes that through the enforcement of the notarization, the book is more conducive to realize the due rights, your company can be due to pay your company, the money to the date of the company has jurisdiction of the people’s court, apply for payment, or with the enforcement of notarial documents directly apply to the people’s court for compulsory execution.

 

5


 

Article 4 Guarantee service fee

 

The Company undertakes to pay the security premium to your Company as follows:

 

one, Guarantee fee

 

We guarantee to pay the guarantee premium to you before you formally provide

 

the guarantee. warrant

 

Fee fee standard

 

: (1) Under the mode of revolving loan amount, guarantee fee = revolving loan amount * guarantee rate% *

 

Ring limit days / 365o (2) Under the non–revolving loan limit mode, guarantee fee = loan amount * guarantee rate% * loan days / 365.

 

The guarantee premium shall be paid to the following account of your company in a lump sum before the loan loan. If mentioned by our company

 

If you repay the principal and interest obligation before, or your company does not compensate according to the cooperation agreement or this letter, your company does not need to refund the guarantee premium.

 

two, collecting account

 

  rd account name: Guangzhou Financing Reguarantee Co., LTD
     
  Bank: Industrial and Commercial Bank of China South Sub–branch

 

Account No.: [*]

 

Article 5 Preconditions for your company to formally provide the guarantee

 

The Company confirms and undertakes that you are responsible only after all the following conditions are achieved

 

The company formally provides the guarantee to the financial institution and then begins to assume the guarantee liability, otherwise, your company even if 、 The cooperation agreement with the financial institution still has the right not to provide guarantee and need not bear the liability for breach of contract to the

 

Company: >

 

I. In paragraph 1 of Article 3 of this letter, the company and the loan project shall meet the access requirements of your company;

 

two,This letter has in effect;

 

three, The guarantee and counter–guarantee measures provided by the Company to the financial institution under the Loan Contract are provided to your Company simultaneously, and the Letter of counter-Guarantee Commitment has all come into effect;

 

four, The Company has paid to you all the security premiums agreed in this letter.

 

Your company has the right to decide whether and when to provide a guarantee to a financial institution. You have the right to provide a guarantee to the financial institution even if the above conditions are not achieved.

 

6


 

Article 6. Obligations of the Company

 

one, Inform you of the performance of the Loan Contract.

 

two, Consciously accept and actively cooperate with your company in the inspection and supervision of the company’s production and operation, financial activities and the use of funds, and the company’s performance of the Loan Contract.

 

three, If the Company provides significant guarantee for the debts of a

 

third party (the guarantee amount accounts for 30% or more of the net assets of the Company), it shall notify your company in advance and obtain your written consent. If the Company provides guarantee for the debts of a third party (the guarantee amount is less than 30% of the net assets of the Company), it shall notify you in advance.

 

four, During the period of validity of this letter, the company if production, closure, cancelled registration, revoked business license, legal representative or principal engaged in illegal activities, involving major, litigation and other activities, serious difficulties, financial situation and so on, this, the company must immediately notify your company in writing, and according to the requirements of your company for the company guaranteed debt repayment and counterguarantee.

 

five, During the validity period of this letter, if the company has the contracting, shareholding reform, joint venture, merger, merger, division, joint venture, (by) application for suspension of rectification, application for

 

dissolution, (by)

 

The Company must mention circumstances such as bankruptcy filing sufficient to affect the performance of its secured debts / obligations

 

Notice to your company in writing 30 days before, with the written consent of your company, and press expensive

 

The Company requires the repayment of your debts secured by the Company.

 

six, The counter–guarantor shall stop production, close business, cancel registration, be business license revoked or break

 

Production, cancellation and loss of operation, partial or all loss of the guarantee capacity, the company Guarantee to timely provide other guarantees recognized by your company.

 

7


 

seven, During the validity period of this letter, the company’s name, legal representative (responsible person),

 

The Company must change its domicile, business scope, registered capital and other matters

 

Notice to your company in writing within 5 working days from the date.

 

eight, If the Company and the financial institution reach any new commitment without your written consent

 

Nuo, your company does not assume the guarantee liability for the aggravation of the company’s debt, but your company and

 

For cooperation signed by financial institutions. :L

 

nine, Without the separate written consent of your company, the company promises not to make the enterprise assets free or

 

Transfer to a third party at an unreasonable low price, otherwise, your company has the right to apply to the court for cancellation of the above lines ”

 

Exercise the right of recourse for or directly to the transferee of the asset or the new subject after the transfer, merger or division.

 

two

 

X. After making compensation or compensation to the financial institution, your Company has the right to enjoy it to the Company

 

The creditor’s rights and all the corresponding security rights are transferred to a third party without the consent of the Company.our company

 

To confirm this and promise: 1. Do not transfer the third creditor’s rights to your company /

 

People raise any defense; 2, even if there are such defense rights, the company is clear and clear L

 

The place shall be abandoned; 3, the company will unconditionally accept the third of the claims as agreed herein ¥

 

The person shall be liable for the repayment of debts.

 

Article 7 Preconditions for your company’s compensation The Company undertakes and confirms that only after all the following conditions are fulfilled, you shall have the right not to compensate and shall not be liable for breach of contract to the Company:

 

8


 

 

one, Your company has officially provided the guarantee for the company to the financial institution, that is, in article 5 of this letter, the conditions for the formal guarantee of your company have been fully achieved;

 

two, The financial institution has filed the guarantee project with your company according to the requirements of the cooperation agreement;

 

three,The loan project is more than 30 days overdue (inclusive) overdue. The Company undertakes and confirms that you have the liability for breach of contract under any of the following circumstances:

 

1. Failure to meet the conditions for compensation stipulated in paragraph

 

1 of this Article;

 

The Company is aware of and confirms the cooperation agreement between your Company and financial institutions, Including the project compensation conditions, Application for compensation, examination and approval, and order, Maximum compensation limit, And the relevant filing process of financial institutions on borrowing projects to your company, And to undertake the untimely, accurate and complete filing of financial institutions, The financial institution does not apply for compensation according to the cooperation agreement, The loan project does not meet the compensation conditions agreed upon in the cooperation agreement, Over the maximum compensation limit when applying for compensation, The financial institution fills in and witnesses the fault of this Agreement and the Letter of Coun–Guarantee, Thus, the project cannot be compensated by your company and the guarantee premium does not need to refund the legal consequences. If your company compensates to the financial institution without complying with the compensation premise of this Treaty, it shall still have the right to recover from the Company, and the Company will not defend it accordingly.

 

Article 8. Compensation and Recovery

 

1. If the company fails to perform the obligations stipulated in the Loan Contract, then in the financial institution (package

 

Including the successor of its rights, the same below in this article) claims the right of guarantee guarantee, your company can follow

 

Compensation shall be postponed when the cooperation agreement signed by a financial institution compensates or reaches the upper limit of compensation agreed in the cooperation agreement.

 

two, After the compensation or compensation from the financial institution, your Company shall have the right to recover all the following expenses from the Company:

 

(one) All payments made by your company for the guarantee liability;

 

(two) All payments made by your company for liability for compensation;

 

(three) The interest on the compensation (compensation) paid by your company is, that is, from the date of your compensation (compensation), the compensation (compensation) shall be calculated at 30,000 per day, and the company pays the compensation (compensation) to your company;

 

(four) The expenses paid by your company to realize the right of recovery, including legal costs, property preservation fees, insurance premium for litigation property preservation insurance or premium for litigation property preservation, execution fee, announcement fee, notary fee, attorney’s fee, etc.

 

9


 

three, Your company has the right to exercise the right of recourse to the Company while assuming the guarantee (or indemnity) liability, and may choose at the same time to exercise the countersecurity right until the recovery of all the expenses stipulated in Item 2 of this article.

 

four, If you are liable for the guarantee (or indemnity), the Company shall pay the amount stated in the notice within 3 working days from the receipt of the notice in writing to the notice.

 

five, Your company, however, shall have the absolute right of recourse against the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall not be affected by the Company’s acceptance of any instructions from the superior unit and any contracts or documents signed by the Company and any unit.

 

Vi. In view of your company’s joint and several liability guarantee for the company to the financial institution, no matter whether or how you ask the other parties to share the liability, it will not affect the total amount of compensation (compensation) and all the funds and expenses agreed in item 2 of this article.

 

7. After your company assumes the responsibility to the other entitled entities except for the financial institutions, the Company undertakes to pay the relevant funds to your company.

 

Article 9. Settlement of disputes

 

All disputes arising from this letter shall be settled by the parties through negotiation, and either party may file a lawsuit with your company or the court of our domicile.

 

Article 10 This letter shall come into force

 

This letter is signed by the company with its official seal or by the legal

 

representative (or authorized agent)

 

(Or seal). After this letter becomes effective, all confirmation matters and commitments of the letter cannot be modified or revoked without the written consent of your company.

 

Article 11 Other

 

one, This letter is made in duplicate, with each financial institution and your company holding one copy, and each copy having the same legal effect.

 

two, The days of the time period in this letter, except for the stated working days, all refer to the Gregorian calendar days, including the rest days and statutory holidays stipulated by the state.

 

three, Address service terms

 

10


 

The Company confirms the following service address and legal consequences of various notices, agreements and other documents in the event of a dispute with your company recognize:

 

(one) The scope of use of the service address includes all kinds of notices, agreements and other documents at the time of non–litigation, as well as the service of relevant documents and legal documents in the dispute with your company, including the service of the first instance, second instance, retrial and execution procedure after the dispute enters the civil procedure.

 

(two) The service address shall be notified to you in writing within 5 working days. If the Company fails to perform the notification obligation in the foregoing manner, the service address confirmed in this letter shall still be regarded as the valid service address.

 

(three) The company confirms that the valid service address is: Guangzhou Avenue,

 

Yuexiu District, Guangzhou city

 

Cut _, the contact person is: “lose, contact” ” / waterlogging street can Guarantee Applicant (borrower): Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., Ltd. (seal)

 

    ‘is sufficient / signature date: “year, month” day

 

Financial institution witness: Name: Station General Manager, ID number: is. 23

 

 

11

 

 

EX-4.25 9 f20f2023ex4-25_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF LOAN CONTRACT BY AND BETWEEN GUANGZHOU SHUZHI AND CHINA MERCHANTS BANK CO., LTD GUANGZHOU BRANCH DATED ON MARCH 30, 2023

Exhibit 4.25

 

Enterprise self-help loan business quota contract

 

No.: 120DFP20230330ED291

 

Important note:

 

Dear customer, in order to protect your rights and interests, please read the full text of this contract carefully before signing this contract, especially the bold terms. If you have any doubt, please ask us to explain it in time. If you / your company still have questions or uncertainties, please consult you / your lawyer and relevant professionals.

 

Credit provider: China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd Guangzhou branch (Hereinafter referred to as Party A)

 

Credit Grant Applicant: Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD (Unified social credit code: [*] hereinafter referred to as Party B) in view of:

 

1. Party A and Party B have signed the serial number of / Under the Credit Grant Agreement, Party B shall apply to Party A for the credit line under the above Credit extension Agreement (the maximum amount not exceeding / currency / RMB) for online self-service loan business (for this amount, both parties agree to apply the provisions of the Credit extension Agreement).perhaps

 

2. Party B applies for the online self-service loan business to Party A, and Party A agrees to apply for it after examination and approval In March, 2023 On the 30th to March 29, 2024 During the credit period the people currency 2700000.00 Yuan whole The credit line (including equivalent to other currencies) is used for online self-service loans.

 

Party A and Party B hereby enter into this contract to agree on the online self-service loan business.

 

The details of this contract are as follows:

 

1. Online self-service loan business in this contract, refers to party b opened party a online “enterprise bank” (hereinafter referred to as the “enterprise net silver”) / enterprise mobile service platform (hereinafter referred to as the “enterprise APP”) and other system related functions, during the period of credit and credit, through the enterprise net silver / enterprise APP party a guest platform self-service application, self-help loans provided by party a, and return loan business.

 

2. The line of credit under this contract is R cycle limit / ☐ one-time limit.

 

During the credit granting period, Party B shall apply for Party A’s customer platform through Party A’s online “Enterprise Bank” / Enterprise APP system, and the self-service loan business approved by Party A shall automatically occupy the credit line hereunder this Contract.

 

3. Credit during more than a year, party a has the right to credit during according to the macroeconomic situation, external market situation, party b’s credit and / or credit guarantee conditions change regularly to review the credit line, and according to the audit results of the unilateral independent decision to stop the use of credit line and / or adjust the credit line amount.

 

4. Use and term of the loan

 

4.1 Self-service loans under this Contract can only be used for Temporary liquidity turnover. Without the written consent of Party A, Party B shall not use it for other purposes.

 

4.2 The term of each self-help loan is the longest 12 Month, and no extension.

 

5. Loan interest rate and interest rate

 

5.1 under this agreement of any loan annualized rate by party b in the corresponding withdrawal application and confirmed after the approval of party a, party a shall have the right to combine its internal management requirements and party b’s business comprehensive consideration whether to agree, and shall have the right to unilaterally refused to party b’s application without assuming any form of legal responsibility to party b. If Party A approves, if the withdrawal application is inconsistent with the loan IOU or the record of Party A’s system, the loan IOU or the record of Party A’s system shall prevail.

 


 

5.1.1 During the term of the credit line, the interest rate of any loan business under this Contract is fixed interest rate, that is, once the execution rate of each business is determined, it will not be adjusted during the duration of the business.

 

5.1.2 The interest rate of each business during the contract period shall be determined by:

 

For each business within the validity period of the quota, the quoted interest rate of the one-year loan market (LPR) announced by the National Interbank Lending Center shall be the benchmark interest rate, with þ plus / o minus 128 Basic points (BPs).

 

Party A shall have the right to adjust the benchmark interest rate or interest rate pricing method regularly or irregularly according to the changes in relevant national policies, domestic and foreign markets or the changes in Party A’s own credit policies. Such adjustment from party a notify party b (notice in party a outlets or China merchants bank website announcement, or to party b in this contract reserved any contact address / way to send notice), party b new extraction related loans, and paid before the specific benchmark interest rates and / or basic point in accordance with party a’s notice. If Party B does not accept the adjustment, it may repay the payment in advance, otherwise it shall be deemed to be subject to the notice.

 

5.2 If Party B fails to use the loan as agreed in herein, the penalty rate shall be 100% of the original interest rate from the date of changing the use. The original interest rate refers to the interest rate applicable before the loan is changed.

 

If Party B fails to repay the loan on time, the overdue interest (penalty interest) shall be charged on the basis of the original interest rate (the overdue loan interest rate) from the overdue part. The original interest rate refers to the maturity date of the loan The applicable interest rate before (including advance maturity date) (if a floating rate, then the last floating period before the loan maturity date (including advanced maturity date)).

 

If the loan is overdue and not used according to the purpose agreed in the contract, the interest shall be calculated at the higher rate in the above provisions.

 

5.3 During the loan period, if the provisions of the People’s Bank of China adjust the loan interest rate, the relevant provisions of the People’s Bank of China shall be implemented.

 

5.4 If the maturity date of any loan is a holiday, the loan will be automatically extended to the maturity of the first working day after the holiday, and the interest shall be calculated according to the actual number of days occupied by the loan funds.

 

5.5 Party B shall pay the interest on each day of interest payment, and Party A may directly deduct the interest payable from any account of Party B in China Merchants Bank. If the last repayment date of the loan principal is not an interest calculation date, the last repayment date of the loan principal shall be the interest payment date, on which the borrower shall pay all the interest payable on the loan principal corresponding to the loan principal. If Party B fails to pay the interest on time, the party shall calculate the unpaid interest (including penalty interest) according to the overdue loan interest rate stipulated in this Article.

 

5.6 If not otherwise stated, the loan interest rate under this Contract shall be calculated by the single interest method.

 

6. Guarantee terms

 

6.1 All debts owed by Party B to Party A hereunder shall be provided with joint and several guarantee or property guarantee provided by Party B or a third party recognized by Party A, and the guarantor shall issue or sign the corresponding guarantee text as required by Party A.

 

2


 

6.2, in the guarantor for all debts owed to party a under this contract, if party b know the collateral has or may be included in the government demolition, collection plan, shall immediately inform party a, and urge the mortgagor according to the mortgage contract to the mortgage party to provide compensation for party b debt and complete the corresponding guarantee procedures, or provide other measures approved by party a as required by party a.

 

.36 If the guarantor fails to sign the guarantee text and complete the guarantee procedures according to the provisions (including if the debtor defends the accounts receivable before the pledge of accounts receivable), Party A has the right to refuse to extend the loan to Party B.

 

7. Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

.17 Party B shall enjoy the following rights:

 

7.1.1 Have the right to withdraw and use all the loans as agreed herein;

 

7.1.2 After obtaining the consent of Party A, it shall have the right to transfer the debts to a third party.

 

3


 

7.2 Party B shall undertake the following obligations:

 

7.2.1 shall truthfully provide the documents required by party a (including but not limited to the requirements of party a, provide the real financial books / statements and annual financial reports, production, operation and management, withdrawals, data, collateral related data, etc.), and all bank, accounts and deposit and loan balance, and cooperate with party a’s investigation, review and inspection;

 

7.2.2 Party A shall accept party A’s supervision over its use of credit funds, related production, operation and financial activities, and timely take reasonable measures against Party A’s suggestions or requirements;

 

7.2.3 The loan shall be used according to the purpose agreed herein and shall comply with party A’s requirements for the payment management of loan funds;

 

7.2.4 The principal and interest of the loan shall be repaid on time as agreed herein;

 

7.2.5 If the debts hereunder are transferred in whole or in part to a third party, the written consent of Party A shall be obtained;

 

7.2.6 In case of the following circumstances, Party B shall immediately notify Party A and cooperate with Party A to implement the guarantee measures for the repayment of the loan principal and interest and all other expenses hereunder in full on schedule as required by Party A:

 

7.2.6.1 Major financial loss, asset loss or other financial crisis occurs;

 

7.2.6.2 Providing loans or guarantees for the benefit of or protecting a third party from losses, or Owned property ( rights) ( or all property / rights of the actual controller or other related parties) to provide offset ( pledge) guarantee;

 

7.2.6.3 Decline of credit status and weakened profitability of the main business;

 

7.2.6.4 Business suspension, revocation or cancellation of business license, application or application for bankruptcy, dissolution, or change of important enterprise information (such as enterprise name, registered address, place of business, beneficial owner, etc.); or change of controlling shareholder / actual controller of the borrower;

 

7.2.6.5 The controlling shareholder, the actual controller and other affiliated companies have a major crisis in the operation or financial aspects, which affects their normal operation;

 

7.2.6.6 and its controlling shareholders and other affiliated companies, the actual controllers amount between party b net worth more than 10% of major related transactions (party b’s notice should at least cover the association of the parties, transaction project and transaction nature, the amount or the corresponding proportion, pricing policy (including no amount or only symbolic amount of transaction), etc);

 

7.2.6.7 Any litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative penalty that has significant adverse consequences on its operation or property condition;

 

7.2.6.8 The legal representative, director or important senior management personnel of the borrower has personnel changes, or is restricted by the state authority due to violation of law or discipline, or is missing for more than 7 days, which may affect its normal operation;

 

.97.2.6 Party B or its actual controller has large private usury behavior; or bad records of borrowing new and old, overdue and overdue interest in other banks; or the internal capital chain of Party B’s affiliated enterprises breaks, debt crisis; or Party B’s project suspension, delay or major investment error;

 

.107.2.6 The occurrence of other major matters that may affect its solvency;

 

7.2.7 They shall not delay in managing and pursuing its due claims, or dispose of the existing main property in free or other inappropriate means.

 

7.2.8 Party B shall first obtain the written consent of Party A before conducting merger, division, reorganization, joint venture (cooperation), property right transfer, joint-stock reform, foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing and other major matters.

 

7.2.9 Party B shall guarantee that the settlement, payment and other income and expenditure activities shall mainly carry out in the bank settlement account opened by party B in Party A. During the loan period, Party B’s share of the settlement transaction in the designated account shall be at least not less than party B’s financing amount in Party A Its share of financing in all of the banks.

 

4


 

 

7.2.10 Party B shall select Party A (select “ ” in☐ according to the actual situation):

 

☐ Insurance against its core assets and designate Party A as the first beneficiary;

 

R shall not sell or mortgage the assets designated by Party A before the settlement of the loan;

 

☐ During the duration of the loan, the proportion of dividends to its shareholders shall be restricted as follows according to the requirements of Party A: /

 

☐ other: / 7.2.11 Party B shall strictly abide by applicable anti-money laundering laws, regulations, rules and regulations and shall not take use of this business

 

With or intervene in money laundering, terrorist financing, tax evasion and other illegal activities, actively cooperate with the use of loan funds inspection and related anti-money laundering investigation.

 

7.2.12 Party B shall not apply for a loan or change into a real estate enterprise during the term of a loan and loan business Local government credit granting main enterprises or illegal new hidden debts of local governments.

 

8. Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

8.1 Party A shall enjoy the following rights

 

8.1.1 Party B shall have the right to require Party B to repay the principal and interest of the loan in full amount on schedule;

 

8.1.2 Right to request Party B to provide materials related to the loan;

 

.1.38. Have the right to understand Party B’s production and operation and financial activities;

 

8.1.4 Party B shall have the right to supervise the use of the loan according to the purposes agreed herein;

 

8.1.5 Party B shall have the right to supervise the account opened by Party B in Party A and entrust other institutions of China Merchants Bank other than Party A to supervise Party B’s account, And control the payment of the loan funds in accordance with the purpose and payment scope of the loan agreed upon by both parties; To have the right to freeze the loan funds used by Party B, And check the payment object (including the anti-money laundering situation of the payment object), the loan purpose, the summary, etc., If Party B meets the requirements of Party A for the loan funds, The Party A shall unfreeze the required payment of the loan funds; Enterprise e-banking / mobile terminal with the right to unilaterally suspend or restrict Party B’s account when business needs (including but not limited to enterprise APP, The same below) / other online functions (including but not limited to the closure of enterprise e-banking / mobile terminal / other online functions, List of preset payment objects / single payment limit / stage payment limit, etc.) and other electronic payment channels, Limit the sale of settlement vouchers, Or restrict the counter payment and transfer of Party B’s account, As well as telephone banking, mobile banking and other non-counter channels of payment and exchange function; Judging that Party B’s credit ability is weakened according to relevant information, Party A has the right to restrict Party B from drawing the financing funds or require Party B to repay in advance.

 

8.1.6 Party B shall have the right to directly transfer the loan principal and interest and other related expenses from Party B in any account of China Merchants Bank;

 

8.1.7 Party B shall have the right to transfer the creditor’s rights against Party B, and shall have the right to notify Party B in such ways as it thinks appropriate, including but not limited to fax, mail, special service, announcement on public media, etc.

 

5


 

of the transfer and collection from Party B; 8.1.8 In the Buyer’s Credit the Seller’s interest payment business and the Seller’s credit Buyer’s interest payment business, Party A shall have the right to refuse to extend loans to Party B before receiving the Interest Commitment Letter submitted by the Seller / Buyer;

 

8.1.9 Party B has the right to recover the loan in advance according to the withdrawal of party B’s funds;

 

8.1.10 If Party B fails to perform the obligations stipulated herein, Party A shall have the right to take measures according to the provisions hereof;

 

8.1.11 Party A shall have the right to unilaterally adjust the credit line provided to Party B, including but not limited to (lower, increase, suspend or terminate).

 

8.1.12 Other rights as provided for in this Contract.

 

.28 Party A shall undertake the following obligations:

 

 

6


 

.18.2 Provide loans to Party B according to the conditions stipulated herein; 8.2.2 Party B’s financial, production and operation shall be kept confidential, except as otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations, otherwise required by regulatory authorities or provided to Party A’s superior or subordinate institutions, external audit, accountants, lawyers and other professional institutions that undertake equal confidentiality obligations.

 

9. Party B specifically warrants the following matters

 

9.1 Party B is formally established and legally existing in accordance with The laws of China, an entity with legal person status and full capacity for civil conduct to sign and perform this Contract;

 

9.2 The signing and performance of this Contract has been fully authorized by the Board of Directors or any other competent agency, and this Contract shall be legally and effectively binding on Party B from the date of signing;

 

9.3 The loan items and the loan items meet the requirements of laws and regulations, the loans are not used for fixed assets, equity investment, not used for speculation of negotiable securities, futures and real estate; not used for mutual borrowing to obtain illegal income; not used for the state prohibited production and operation; not used for other purposes than specified in this Contract;

 

9.4 Party B needs to use the enterprise e-banking / mobile terminal for loan payment, and Party B shall be obliged to accept the restrictions made by Party A on the enterprise e-banking / mobile terminal, including the preset payment object list, single payment limit, stage payment limit and so on;

 

9.5 The documents, materials and vouchers provided by Party B, guarantor, mortgage (pledge) and mortgage (pledge) provided by Party B are true, accurate, complete and effective, and do not contain any material errors inconsistent with the facts or omit any material facts;

 

9.6 At the time of signing this Contract, there is no litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative penalty causing material adverse consequences on Party B or Party B’s main property, and no such litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative penalty will occur during the execution of this Contract. In case of this, Party B shall immediately notify Party A;

 

9.7 In business activities, strictly abide by national laws and regulations, carry out various business in strict accordance with the business scope stipulated in Party B’s Business License of Enterprise Legal Person, and handle the registration of the enterprise (legal person), the annual report of the enterprise and the extension / extension of the business period on time;

 

9.8 Maintain or improve the existing operation and management level, ensure the maintenance and appreciation of the existing assets, never give up any due creditor’s rights, nor dispose of the existing main property without compensation or other improper means;

 

9.9 Party B shall ensure that the financial indicators of the loan are not lower than the following requirements: /

 

9.10 Party B guarantees the performance under the contract, and shall promptly notify Party A and have the right to suspend the signing of the new contract or handle new withdrawals; Party B guarantees that the sum of the outstanding principal balance and the risk-weighted balance of Party B, and the risks exceeding the cross-border financing risk-weighted balance of Party B shall be borne by Party B;

 

9.11 When signing this Contract, Party B has not had any major event affecting the performance of Party B’s obligations hereunder.

 

10. Borrowing money and using money

 

10.1 The payment of Party B’s loan funds hereunder can only be completed through Party A’s enterprise e-banking / mobile terminal. If the expected loan date selected by Party B is a non-working day, Party A shall review that the system will automatically extend the loan to the next working day after the completion of the approval.

 

7


 

10.1.1 Independent payment

 

Independent payment is after Party A issues the loan funds to Party B’s account according to Party B’s application, Party B shall independently pay to Party B’s counterparty that meets Party A’s requirements of Party A.

 

10.1.2 Entrusted Payment

 

The entrusted payment means that Party A pays the loan funds to Party B’s counterparty through Party B’s account according to Party B’s loan application and payment entrustment.

 

8


 

Party B’s single withdrawal exceeds RMB In the case of RMB 10 million yuan (including, or equivalent foreign currency), or if Party A requires Party B to adopt the entrusted payment method according to the regulatory requirements or for risk control, the entrusted payment method shall be adopted.

 

10.1.3 After the loan is issued, Party B shall obtain the approval of Party A or make the payment within the scope of the list of counterparty of Party B agreed by Party A. In the later stage, Party A has the right to investigate the payment list, and Party B shall not avoid Party A’s supervision by reversing the check or breaking it into parts.

 

10.2 For the loan funds by entrusted payment, Party B authorizes Party A to pay to Party B’s account on the day of the loan (or one working day after the loan). If the payment information provided by Party B is inaccurate and incomplete, resulting in delay or failure of fund payment, Party A shall not be liable for any breach or other losses caused to its counterparties. If party B’s account is frozen by the authority before the entrusted payment, or the loan is frozen by the authority after making the payment, please clearly agree on the risk assumption. Party A shall not be liable for party B’s breach or other losses to its counterparties caused thereby.

 

11. Repayment method

 

11.1 The principal of the loan hereunder shall be the repayment method of Party B during the loan period One-time repayment 。11.2, Prepayment

 

11.2.1 Party B may repay part or all in advance to the customer platform through enterprise e-banking / enterprise APP;

 

11.2.2 Party B may request party A’s counter for repayment in advance, but it shall obtain Party A’s consent. Party B repays in advance, and the interest rate is still calculated according to the provisions of this contract.

 

12. If this Contract involves entrusting a third party to provide services, the relevant expenses shall be borne by the entrusting party itself. If both parties act as principals, each shall bear 50%. If this Agreement involves Party B’s accident insurance and Party A is the first beneficiary, the relevant insurance expenses shall be borne in the following form (in “□” that the provisions of this article apply).

 

Select in ☐:

O Party A.

þ Party A and Party B shall share the following proportion: Party A 50

%, second party 50 %。

 

In the case that Party B fails to repay the principal and interest of the loan hereunder and pay the expenses payable on time, party B shall bear all the attorney fees, legal costs, travel expenses, and certificate application for the creditor’s right to be paid by Party B, and Party B authorizes Party A to deduct them directly from its bank account. If there is any deficiency, Party B guarantees to repay the amount after receiving the notice from Party A without any proof provided by Party A.

 

13. Special loan account

 

The issuance and external payment of all loan funds under this Contract must be handled through the following account.name in an account book: Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD; 14.

 

account number: [*]

bank of deposit: China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd. / Guangzhou

Branch / Zhujiang New City Sub-branch 。

 

9


 

o This provision shall be used in this article. According to whether to introduce core enterprises for business cooperation, party B’s fund withdrawal account / repayment account should be monitored (calling “ ” in “☐” indicates that the provisions of this article are applicable).

 

14.1 After the Contract comes into force and before Party B pays off all the loans hereunder, Party A and Party B agree to designate the following accounts as party B’s fund withdrawal account / repayment account (hereinafter referred to as “Fund withdrawal Account”), and the corresponding withdrawal funds under the Contract shall be entered into the fund withdrawal account.

 

name in an account book: Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD; 14.2 Party B knows and agrees that:

account number: [*]

bank of deposit: China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd. / Guangzhou

Branch / Zhujiang New City Sub-branch 。

 

10


 

 

14.2.1 The above fund withdrawal account / repayment account is the deposit account opened by Party B in Party A, and the funds entering the account from time to time are used as pledge guarantee for Party B’s repayment of all debts under the Contract; the scope of the pledge guarantee is the sum of the loan (including online self-service loan) and other principal balance of the credit, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, penalty, delay payment, recovery of claims and realization of claims and other related expenses. Party B confirms that the deposit / deduction of the deposit account from time to time and the partial release of the deposit by Party B’s application will not affect the specificity of the deposit. The deposit / deduction of the specific single deposit and the corresponding relationship with the principal debt secured by the deposit shall be subject to the business information / business records kept by Party A. Party B recognizes the authenticity, accuracy and legality of such business information / business records.

 

14.2.2 Party A shall have the right to request the above fund withdrawal account / repayment account if it is frozen by the competent authority / (Core enterprise) shall transfer its accounts payable to Party B to party A’s internal account of Party A and by itself / (Core enterprise) to confirm the change of fund withdrawal account / repayment account.

 

14.2.3 Party A shall have the right to recover the loan in advance according to the withdrawal of Party B’s funds, that is, when there is the recovered funds in the account, the loan amount corresponding to the recovered funds shall be deemed to be due in advance, and Party A shall have the right to directly deduct the money from the account to repay the loan;

 

The recovered funds corresponding to the loan refer to the sales collection of the loan after paying the specific payment due to Party B, or the accounts receivable corresponding to the application for the loan.

 

14.3 According to the repayment arrangement agreed herein and Party B’s application for repayment in advance (if repayment in advance is allowed), Party A has the right to automatically deduct the funds in Party B’s fund withdrawal account at the end of the repayment day. If the amount of Party B’s fund withdrawal account is insufficient, Party A shall have the right to deduct all the funds in the fund withdrawal account and deduct the rest from party B’s other bank accounts (or entrust other financial institutions to deduct it). If the amount is still insufficient, the remaining unpaid part shall be automatically overdue.

 

14.4 Party B shall provide the inflow and exit of the above account on a quarterly basis and cooperate with Party A to monitor the relevant accounts and recovered funds.

 

15. Event of default and handling

 

.115 In any of the following circumstances, Party B shall be deemed to default:

 

15.1.1 The relevant representations and warranties hereof are untrue or incomplete, or Party B violates the relevant representations and warranties and fails to correct them immediately as required by Party A;

 

15.1.2 If Party B fails to withdraw or support the loan in accordance with the provisions of this Contract, fails to repay the initial loan or related interest and expenses as agreed herein, or Party B fails to use the funds collected from the account as required by Party A, or does not accept the supervision of Party A, and fails to correct immediately as required by Party A;

 

15.1.3 Party B fails material contract under the legal and valid contract signed with other creditors of Party B and fails to solve satisfactory settlement within 3 months from the date of default.

 

The foregoing material breach means that party B’s breach causes the creditor to claim the amount in RMB 100 More than ten thousand yuan.

 

15.1.4 Party B spends the loan in the form of “breaking it up into parts” to avoid entrusting Party A to pay the loan funds according to the requirements of this Contract; 15.1.5 Party B fails to perform or violates other obligations hereunder, or Party A reasonably determines that Party B’s credit status declines or other circumstances that may affect the realization of Party A’s creditor’s rights;

 

11


 

 

15.1.6 Party B’s business activities may bring anti-money laundering or sanctions compliance risks to Party A;

 

15.1.7 Party B has non-performing loans in Party A or other banks, Party B is overdue in Party A for more than 7 days, Party B or

 

The legal representative of Party B shall be included in the list of persons subject to enforcement for trust-breaking, and the bank account opened by Party B in Party A shall be frozen by the competent authority; 15.1.8 Party B has other circumstances that Party A has reasonable reasons to think that will affect its legitimate rights and interests.

 

12


 

 

.215 If any of the following circumstances occurs to the guarantor, Party A considers that the guarantee ability may affect the guarantor, requires the guarantor to exclude the adverse effects caused thereby, or requires Party B to increase or replace the guarantee conditions. If the guarantor or / Party B does not cooperate, the event of default shall be deemed to have occurred:

 

15.2.1 One of the circumstances similar to those mentioned in Article 7.2.6 or 7.2.7 of this Contract, or the consent of Party A occurs without the circumstances mentioned in Article 7.2.8;

 

15.2.2 When issuing the irrevocable guarantee, it conceals its actual ability to undertake the guarantee liability, or does not obtain the authorization of the competent authority;

 

15.2.3 Failing to go through the procedures of registration, annual report and / or extension of business period on time;

 

15.2.4 Igiling in managing and pursuing the due creditor’s rights, or disposing of the existing main property by free or other improper means;

 

15.2.5 Violation of any obligation, commitment or declaration in the irrevocable bond signed by it.

 

15.3 the mortgagor (or pledgor) in any of the following circumstances, Party A considers that the mortgage (or pledge) or insufficient collateral (or pledge), require the mortgagor (or pledgor) to eliminate the resulting adverse effects, or require Party B to increase or replace the guarantee conditions, the mortgagor (or pledgor) or / and party b do not cooperate, is deemed to have occurred:

 

15.3.1 There is no ownership or disposition of the mortgaged property (or pledge), or a dispute over ownership;

 

.3.215 collateral (or pledge) not completed mortgage / pledge registration formalities, or have leased, has established residence, sealed up, seized, regulated, existing common / legal prior priority (including but not limited to construction project priority, chattel mortgage priority), has set up the seller ownership reserved priority, the lessor financing lease priority, etc., and / or conceal this has happened;

 

15.3.3 The mortgagor, without authorization, without the written consent of Party A, transfers, rents, establishes the right of residence, remortgage or dispose of the mortgaged property in any other inappropriate way or establishes any form of right burden, or the proceeds from the disposal of the mortgaged property by Party A are not used to repay the debts owed to Party B to Party A as required by Party A;

 

15.3.4 The mortgagor fails to properly keep, maintain and repair the mortgaged property, thus significantly derogatory the value of the mortgaged property; or the mortgagor directly endangers the mortgaged property and causes the decrease of the value of the mortgaged property; or the mortgagor fails to insure the mortgaged property as required by Party A during the mortgage period;

 

15.3.5 The mortgaged property may occur or may be expropriated, demolished, or other matters that affect the value of the mortgaged property or the right of Party A’s mortgage;

 

15.3.6 The mortgaged property occurs or may have other matters that affect the value of the mortgaged property or the right of Party A’s mortgage.

 

If the mortgagor uses the mortgage property in China Merchants Bank to provide the residual value mortgage guarantee for the business under this contract, the mortgagor shall settle the personal mortgage loan in advance without the consent of Party A before Party B pays the debts hereunder.

 

15.3.7 The mortgagor (or the pledgor) breaches any obligation, commitment or declaration in the mortgage contract / pledge contract signed by him.

 

13


 

15.4 In case of any of the above defaults, Party A has the right to take the following measures:

 

15.4.1 Suspension of unused loans to Party B (including but not limited to termination of party B’s self-service loan withdrawal through enterprise e-banking / enterprise APP, etc.);

 

.4.215 Collect the principal and interest and related expenses of the loan already issued in advance;

 

15.4.3 Direct freeze / withhold funds from Party B’s settlement account or other accounts and entrust other institutions of China Merchants Bank to freeze / deduct Party B’s deposits in the institution to pay off all debts of Party B under this Contract, stop opening a new settlement account for Party B and holding a new credit card of Party B’s legal representative; 15.4.4 Party A may also directly require Party B to provide other property acceptable to Party A as new guarantee.

 

14


 

If Party B fails to provide new guarantee as required, it shall bear the amount equivalent to the loan hereunder 1 % liquidated damages.

 

15.4.5 Change of the conditions for the entrusted payment of the loan funds.

 

.615.4 The recourse shall be made according to this contract.

 

15.4.7 Submit party B’s breach of contract (breach of regulations) and trust-breaking information to credit investigation agencies, banking associations and regulatory agencies, and have the right to share and even publicize the information among the banking institutions through appropriate means;

 

15.5 The amount obtained by Party A shall be paid off in the order of expenses, liquidated damages, compound interest, penalty interest, interest and the final loan principal until all the principal and interest and all related expenses are paid off.

 

In case of multiple outstanding loans issued in installments or at the same time, the money obtained from the recourse shall be repaid in the order of the first date on the maturity date of the loan, and the specific order of repayment of the principal and interest, liquidated damages and expenses of each loan shall be executed in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph.

 

Party A shall have the right to unilaterally adjust the above repayment order, except as otherwise restricted by laws and regulations.

 

16. Changes and attachments to the contract. This contract may be modified upon mutual agreement and written agreement between both parties. This contract shall remain valid until the written agreement is reached. Neither party shall make unilateral changes to this Contract without authorization.

 

17. Other

 

17.1 Situation change and force majeure

 

17.1.1 Due to any change of applicable laws or policies Law, Party A shall have the right to terminate this Contract and declare that all the loans already issued are due in advance, and Party B shall repay them immediately as required by Party A.

 

17.1.2 If Party A performs the loan obligations hereunder due to changes in applicable laws and policy requirements, Party B shall compensate Party A for the new costs as required by Party A.

 

17.1.3 During the performance of this Agreement, if one or both parties encounter force majeure, the other party shall not be liable for the losses suffered by the other party, but shall be obliged to timely notify the other party and take reasonable measures to prevent the expansion of the losses; otherwise, it shall be obliged to be liable to the other party for the extended losses.

 

17.2 Reserves of Rights

 

During the term of this contract, party a to any default or delay of party b, any tolerance, grace or delay the rights or rights, shall not damage, influence or limit all rights and rights, not as party a for any violation of this contract, nor shall not be deemed to abandon the right to act on the existing or future breach.

 

17.3 Part 1 is invalid

 

If this Contract is legally invalid or part of the terms are invalid for any reason, Party B shall still perform all repayment obligations. In case of the above circumstances, Party A has the right to terminate this Contract and may immediately recover the principal and interest of the loan and other relevant funds hereunder from Party B.

 

15


 

17.4 Notice

 

Notices, requirements or other documents of Party A and Party B related to this Agreement shall be sent in written form (including but not limited to letters, fax, E-mail, corporate e-banking / A P P and other electronic platforms, mobile phone SMS or wechat, etc.). Party B confirms the address and method of service as follows:

 

17.4.1 Party B confirms and agrees to take Party B’s China Merchants Bank Enterprise E-banking / enterprise APP and party B’s contact address, email, fax number, mobile phone number or WeChat ID specified in this Agreement as the address for Party B to serve all commercial documents and legal documents hereunder.

 

16


 

Address of Second floor, No.5, Huasui

 

Party A:

Road, Tianhe District,

Guangzhou city

 

 

Unit email address: [*] Fax number:
   
Contact mobile phone number: [*] Unit WeChat ID:  

 

Address of
Party B:
Room 1101, No.156, South Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, Guangdong (Office only)  

 

Unit email address: afc @ cpop.cn Fax number:
   
Contact mobile phone number: 13599518650 Unit WeChat ID:

 

The commercial documents mentioned in this Article mean to commercial documents such as business notice, confirmation, notice of default, notice of early expiration, letter of overdue collection; the legal documents mentioned in this Article include notarial documents and judicial documents (including, but not limitation, petition, petition, petition, evidence, summons, notification, proof, notice of hearing, judgment / award, order, mediation statement, notice of deadline execution, and all judicial documents in the execution stage).

 

Party A, the sued court and the notary office shall send the service to the service address agreed in the preceding paragraph.

 

17.4.2 Party B confirms and agrees that if the delivery is delivered by special person (including but not limited to delivery by lawyer / notary, express delivery, etc.), the receipt (if the receipt refuses the delivery, it shall be seven on the date of rejection / return or the date of delivery Day (whichever is earlier) shall be deemed to be served); if submitted by postal mail, it shall be deemed to have been served seven days after delivery; If delivered by fax, email, CMB e-banking / enterprise App (via CMB e- banking / enterprise APP), mobile phone SMS or WeChat, it shall be regarded as the date of delivery on the corresponding system / electronic equipment. If Party A notifies Party B of the transfer of creditor’s rights or collects the claims from Party B by announcement on the public media, it shall be deemed to have been served on the date of announcement.

 

17.4.3 If Party B changes its contact address, email address, fax number or mobile phone number or wechat account, it shall notify Party A of the changed information in writing within five working days from the date of the change, otherwise, Party A shall have the right to deliver the information according to party B’s original contact address or information. If party B’s contact address or information fails to be delivered, the date of return or seven days after delivery (Whichever is earlier) shall be regarded as the date of delivery. Party B shall bear the possible losses arising therefrom and shall not affect the legal effect of the service.

 

17.4.4 Party B further agrees that the court may serve the judicial documents to Party B electronically through the China Trial Process Information Network. If the court provides the electronic service of judicial documents according to the aforementioned agreement, the successful date of the National Unified Service Platform shall be regarded as the service date. If the court serves the judicial documents through electronic service, it is not need to serve the paper judicial documents to the contact address of Party B.

 

17.4.5 The service address and method of service stipulated in this Article shall apply to all stages of the performance of the Contract, the dispute settlement, the arbitration, the court trial (first instance, second instance, retrial) and execution.

 

17


 

17.5 the parties confirm that party a for party b to handle the online self-help loan business specific operation, and involving the guarantee of the operation, can be handled by party a facility any outlets and generate, issue or issue the relevant letter, party a facility network business operation and correspondence shall be regarded as party a, the parties shall recognize and bound by its.

 

17.6  /

 

17.7  /

 

18. Applicable laws and dispute resolution

 

.118 The conclusion, interpretation and dispute settlement of this Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong and Macao Taiwan legislation), the rights and interests of all parties are protected by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

18


 

18.2 Any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract shall be settled by the parties through negotiation. If the negotiation fails, either party shall choose one of the three and choose “      ”):

 

R 18.2.1 to Party A or the people’s court in the place where China Merchants Bank is located; or

 

☐ 18.2.2 to the people’s court with jurisdiction at the place where the contract is signed, where the contract is signed, or ☐ 18.2.3 /

 

(Fill in the name of the arbitration institution here.) Apply for arbitration, and the arbitration place is / 。

 

18.3 After this Contract has been notarized by the parties of Party A and Party B, Party A may directly apply to the people’s court with jurisdiction for compulsory enforcement in order to recover the due debts owed by Party B under this Contract.

 

19. Contract signing and effectiveness

 

19.1 party b login enterprise silver / APP of party a to guest platform, click “have read and agree to sign the contract” is regarded as party b effectively sign this contract, reflects the true meaning of party b, party a received party b click confirm the contract and online system signed the contract, the contract has legal effect for both parties

 

This Contract shall automatically become invalid on the date when all debts and other related expenses owed to Party A by Party B are paid off.

 

.219 Party B confirms that it shall use the digital certificate issued by China Financial Certification Center (CFCA) when clicking to sign the Contract through the enterprise e-banking / enterprise APP, and recognizes that the electronic signature generated by the digital certificate is a reliable electronic signature that meets the legal requirements and serves as a legal and valid seal for Party B to sign this Contract.

 

Party B confirms that it knows and recognizes the CFCA Electronic Certification Business Rules, the CFCA Digital Certificate Service Agreement, and the Safety Tips for the Use of Digital Certificate (published in http://www.cfca.com.cnWebsite) and other relevant documents, agree to be bound by them, and confirm that China Merchants Bank does not need to provide additional printing and retention services for such documents.

 

.319 party b confirmed in the name of party b in the enterprise net silver / APP of party a to the guest platform user name and password and all operations as party b, thus formation, transmission, storage data messages and business records are in accordance with the provisions of Chinese laws and regulations, constitute the final business between the customer and China merchants bank.

 

19.4 Party B shall use the digital signature generated in the form of digital certificate as the valid signature for the loan withdrawal and the loan repayment through the enterprise e-banking / enterprise APP. Party B shall grant Party A the right to deduct the principal and interest and fees of the loan in its account and the right to fill in the loan IOU, statement and other business documents according to the amount of the loan. The actual amount, interest rate, term and other basic elements of the loan of each self-service loan shall be subject to the business records kept in the enterprise e-banking / enterprise APP system or the records of the loan IOU and customer statements filled in or printed by Party A. Such records shall constitute an integral part of this Contract, and the parties shall confirm the accuracy, authenticity and legality of such records.

 

20. o This provision shall be used in this article. According to whether to introduce the core enterprises listed below for business cooperation, Party B shall authorize the information listed below. (Type “ ” in “☐” indicates the application of this article).

 

19


 

Party B agrees and authorizes Party A, and Party A shall report to Party B according to business needs / The company (core enterprise) and its affiliates to obtain / inquire about Party B and / Company (core enterprise) and its associated companies for business information, including but not limited to party b, suppliers, dealers or franchisees, basic, information, purchase order information, inventory information, cost letter, interest, settlement information, invoice information, sales information, accounts receivable information, end consumer sales collection information, etc.

 

Party B agrees and authorizes Party A that, for business cooperation, Party A may provide party B’s credit business to Party B’s business partner / The Company (core enterprise) and its affiliated companies, including but not limited to: credit granting information, withdrawal information, repayment information, payment collection deposit account number and other information under this business.

 

Party B’s statement:

 

All the terms of this contract are fully negotiated by both parties.

 

20


 

Party A has drawn party B to the exemption In addition to or reduce Party A’s liability and other provisions that have significant interests with Party B, and shall explain the above provisions at the request of Party B. Party B has made a comprehensive and accurate understanding of it. The contracting parties have exactly the same understanding of the terms of this contract.

 

(No text available below)

 

This contract has been signed by [Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD.] using CFCA electronic signature

 

This contract has been signed by [China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd. Guangzhou Branch] with CFCA electronic signature

 

Party A (official seal): China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd Guangzhou branch

 

Party B (official seal): Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD

 

 

21

 

EX-4.26 10 f20f2023ex4-26_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF IRREVOCABLE GUARANTEE BY AND BETWEEN GUANGZHOU SHUZHI AND CHINA MERCHANTS BANK CO., LTD GUANGZHOU BRANCH DATED MARCH 30, 2023

Exhibit 4.26

 

Important note:

 

Dear customer, in order to protect your rights and interests, please read the full text of this Guaranty and the Enterprise Self-help Loan Line Contract carefully before signing this guarantee, especially the bold terms. If you have any doubt, please ask us to explain it in time. If you / your company still have questions or uncertainties, please consult you / your lawyer and relevant professionals. 

 

Maximum amount of irrevocable guarantee

 

No.: 120DFP20230330G R 690

 

To: China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd Guangzhou branch

 

In view of your bank and Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD The Company (hereinafter referred to as “Credit Applicant”) signed (or will sign) No         No. 120DFP 20230330ED 291 Enterprise Self-help Loan Business Line Contract (hereinafter referred to as the “Credit Line Contract”) agrees to provide the total amount to the applicant during the credit granting period agreed in the Credit Line Contract (hereinafter referred to as the “credit granting Period”, i.e. the period of determining the creditor’s right) the people Currency (capital) Two million and seven hundred thousand round whole (Including equivalent in other currencies) the line of credit (hereinafter referred to as the “credit line”).

 

Upon the request of the credit granting applicant, the guarantor agrees to issue this Guaranty and voluntarily assume joint and several liabilities for all debts owed by the credit granting applicant to your Bank under the Line Contract. The specific guarantee matters are provided as follows:

 

1. Guarantee scope

 

1.1 The scope of guarantee provided by the guarantor shall be the sum of the loan and other principal balance of the credit line provided by your bank to the credit applicant under the Credit Contract (the maximum limit is the people Currency (capital) Two million and seven hundred thousand round whole), And related interest, penalty interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, delay in payment, factoring expenses, realization of security rights and creditor’s rights and other related expenses. Including, but not limited to:

 

1.1.1 Your bank (or a subsidiary of your bank) and the credit applicant have the original number 120DFP20230330ED291 and so on The Limit Contract for Enterprise Self-help Loan Business (Fill in the name of the agreement text herein) the outstanding balance in the specific business;

 

1.1.2 your bank for the performance of the line contract under the commercial bill of exchange, letter of credit, guarantee / customs tax payment guarantee / notes guarantee, delivery guarantee payment obligations for credit applicant advances advance principal balance and interest, penalty interest, compound interest, contract and delay performance of gold, etc., and for the credit applicant acceptance of commercial bill of credit applicant for your debt;

 

1.1.3 Under the factoring business, the claims of receivables and the corresponding liquidated damages (late fee), delayed payment, and / or the basic purchase (basic purchase) and related factoring fees paid by your bank to the credit applicant with its own funds or other legal sources;

 

1.1.4 The principal balance, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages and delay in performance payment entrusted by your bank in the trade financing business under the Limit Contract;

 

 


 

1.1.5 your line under the line contract for the applicant to entrust open, entrust overseas financing or cross-border trade such as cross-border linkage cross-border trade financing business, according to the specific business text agreed to return linkage platform financing and escort or advances (whether occurred during the period of credit) and interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages and delay gold, etc.;

 

1.1.6 your bank should credit the applicant request after the letter of credit, entrust China merchants bank other branch to the beneficiary, the credit under the issuing bank obligations for credit applicant advance advances and due to the opening of the import escort, delivery guarantee debt principal balance and interest, penalty, compound interest, penalty due to breach of contract and delay performance of gold, etc.;

 

1.1.7 All debts incurred by the credit granting applicant to your bank under derivatives trading, gold leasing business, etc.;

 

1.1.8 The principal balance of the loan and the corresponding interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages and delay payment issued by your Bank in accordance with the specific business texts under the Limit Contract;

 

1.1.9 Expenses incurred by your bank in realizing the security rights and creditor’s rights (including but not limited to legal costs, attorney’s fees, announcement fees, service fees, travel expenses, application for enforcement certificate fees, etc.) and all other related expenses.

 

1.2, in terms of revolving credit, if your loan or other credit principal balance to the applicant exceeds the credit amount, the guarantor for the credit balance exceeds the credit amount, only the loan or other credit principal balance of the credit amount, and its interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, delay in performing the gold and realization of security rights and debt costs and other related expenses.

 

Despite the provisions of the agreement, the guarantor clear: even if your loan or other credit to the applicant during the credit exceeds the amount of the principal balance, but in your request the guarantor guarantee liability, the sum of the principal balance does not exceed the credit line, and the guarantor shall not defend all the credit principal balance and its interest, Penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, delay of performance, right of performance, realization of security right and other related expenses, etc. (subject to the scope mentioned in Article 1.1) shall bear joint and several guarantee liability.

 

2


 

1.3 During the credit granting period, your bank shall repay or convert the old loan or letter of credit, guarantee, notes for the credit applicant (no matter whether the old loan, letter of credit, guarantee, notes and other business occur during or before the credit granting period), and the guarantor confirms that the debts arising therefrom are included in the scope of its guarantee liability.

 

1.4. When the credit applicant applies for the import issuance business, if the subsequent import warrant occurs under the same credit, the import issuance and import warrant shall occupy the same amount at different stages. That is, when the import escort business occurs, the amount restored after the external payment of the credit is used for the import remittance, which shall be deemed to occupy the same amount of the original import issuance certificate, and the guarantor shall confirm this.

 

2. This guarantee is of the maximum amount

 

2.1 During the credit granting period, your bank can provide credit granting to the credit granting applicant in different times. The specific credit business variety and amount, whether the credit business variety can be adjusted, and the specific use conditions shall be subject to the contents approved by your bank. If, during the credit granting period, your bank adjusts the original approval opinions according to the application of the credit granting applicant, the subsequent approval opinions issued by your bank shall constitute a supplement and change of the original approval opinions, and so on.

 

The maturity date of each specific business may be later than the maturity date of the credit granting period agreed in the Line Contract. 

 

2.2 At the expiration of the credit granting period, if the loan, advance or other balance provided to the applicant is outstanding, the guarantor shall assume joint and several liability within the scope of the guarantee specified in this Guaranty; before the expiration of the credit granting period, the Guarantor shall also assume joint and several liability within the scope of the guarantee specified in this Guaranty.

 

2.3 your bank during the period of credit for credit applicant to provide commercial bill of credit acceptance, letter of credit (including the open, transfer l / c, the same below), guarantee, delivery guarantee, cross-border linkage trade financing and other credit business, even after the expiration of the credit period, all the liabilities of the credit applicant shall be borne by this guarantor.

 

Derivatives occured before the credit period but during the credit period still have the balance or losses of derivatives, and derivatives occur during the credit period but after the balance or losses cause additional occupancy line, credit applicant thus all debts generated by the guarantor according to the guaranty.

 

2.4 During the performance of the specific business under the Line Contract, your bank shall extend the arrangement or change the relevant terms with the credit applicant, or in accordance with the consent of the specific business text, and the guarantee shall not affect the guarantee liability of the guarantor according to this Guaranty.

 

2.5 if the line of credit contract business you received the documents, by your bank audit discrepancy, but the credit applicant to accept the inconsistency, the debt principal and interest, the foreign acceptance or payment, the guarantor still in accordance with the provisions of the guarantee liability, not because your bank to accept the conformity without the consent of the guarantor or raise any defense fails to notify the guarantor.

 

3


 

2.6 The modification of the letter of credit or guarantee (or standby letter of credit) under the credit extension, the acceptance of the forward letter of credit or the extension of the payment period after the promised payment is due, etc., without the consent or the notice of the Guarantor, and the recognition of the Guarantor, shall not affect the guarantee liability undertaken by the Guarantor according to this Guaranty.

 

2.7 The Guarantor confirms that the specific business text (whether a single agreement / application or a framework agreement) signed for the specific business under the Credit extension constitutes an integral part of the Line Contract, and jointly agrees on the rights and obligations of the specific business.

 

The guarantor confirms that the specific amount, term, purpose and other business elements of the credit granting business actually occurring between your bank and the credit granting applicant shall be subject to the specific business text, the business vouchers produced by your bank and the business records of your bank system.

 

2.8 The rights and interests of the letter of guarantee / customs tax payment guarantee / bill guarantee as applied for by the applicant / The transfer of the interest in the notes shall not affect the guarantor’s security obligations under this Guaranty, and the guarantor undertakes not to raise any defense on this ground.

 

3. Guarantee method

 

3.1 The guarantor confirms that it is jointly and legally liable for all debts of the applicant within the scope of the guarantee. If the credit applicant fails to pay off the obligations of the principal and interest and related expenses, or any other default contract stipulated in the line contract and / or the specific business text, you have the right to pursue directly to the guarantor, without any recourse or litigation to the credit applicant.

 

3.2 The claim notice issued by your bank is final, and the guarantor has no objection to this. The guarantor agrees to repay within five days of the receipt of your written notice under the Credit Contract without any certification or other documents. Unless obvious and material errors occur, the amount of payment accepted by the guarantor to your claim is accurate data

4


 

Your Bank has the right to collect the Guarantor in such manner as is deemed appropriate, including but not limited to fax, mail, delivery by special person, announcement on the public media, etc.

 

4. Period of warranty liability

 

The warranty period of the Guarantor shall be three years from the effective date of this Guarantee to the maturity date of each loan or other financing or receivables transferred by your Bank under the Limit Contract. Any specific credit extension, the guarantee period shall be extended to another three years after the expiration of the extension period.

 

5. This  guarantee and other guarantee relationship  

 

5.1 In the case of other collateral, pledge guarantee or other guarantors, your Bank shall have the right to choose separately, successively or at the same time / The pledge and guarantor (including this guarantor) claim the guarantee rights; your bank shall abandon, change or release the guarantee or pledge guarantee, or change or release other guarantee liability, or delay the rights against any pledge / pledge / other guarantor shall not effect the guarantee liability of this guarantor under this guarantee, and the guarantor shall still be obliged to assume joint and several liability for all the credit debts owed to your bank under the contents of this guarantee.

 

5.2 This Guaranty is irrevocable and unconditional, not affected by any agreement or documents signed by the credit applicant and any unit / individual, nor by any change in fraud, reorganization, suspension, dissolution, liquidation, bankruptcy, merger (merger), division, restructuring, business expiration, and free from any time grace or extension or delay the exercise of the right owed by the credit applicant under the agreement.

 

6. This Guarantor hereby declares and warranties as follows:

 

6.1 The guarantor is a legal person lawfully established with the qualification of guarantor, or other organizations with the qualification of guarantor, or the guarantor is a natural person with full civil capacity, and is willing to use the assets owned by the guarantor to establish a guarantee to guarantee the performance of the obligations stipulated in this Guaranty. If the guarantor violates this promise and cause losses to your bank, it shall be unconditionally liable for compensation and shall not invoke any defense;

 

6.2 This Guaranty has been fully authorized by the guarantor or approved by the superior department / board of directors;

  

6.3 The issuance of this Guaranty is the true intention of the guarantor, and there is no factor of fraud or coercion;

 

6.4 Before the expiration of this Guaranty, the total external guarantee amount (including foreign currency conversion) shall not exceed the total amount of the owner’s equity of the Guaranty;

 

6.5 Timely provide financial account books / statements and annual financial reports to your Bank according to the requirements of your Bank, and timely inform your Bank of the major decisions and changes of the guarantor in production, operation and management;

 

6.6 The financial information and all other documents provided by the Guarantor to your Bank are true and legal, and the legal representative or other responsible person in charge of the Guarantor shall bear an unshirkable legal responsibility for this;

 

6.7 If the guarantor is a legal person or other organization, the registration of the enterprise (legal person), the annual report of the enterprise and the extension of the term of business shall be handled on time.

 

5


 

6.8 the guarantor of the industrial and commercial registration items, organizational structure, ownership structure, mode of operation or financial situation of any change or debt restructuring, major related transactions, does not affect this guarantor, if the above changes may affect the ability of the guarantor to perform this guarantee, the guarantor has the obligation to notify you immediately;

 

6.9 The successors or assigns of this guarantor shall be bound by all the provisions of this bond. The guarantor will not assign the above guarantee obligations without the written consent of your bank;

 

6.10 If the guarantor is a natural person, if there is a spouse, it shall provide the confirmation of the guarantee; if there is no spouse, specifically state that the information of the guarantee is true, complete and reliable, and confirm that it may verify and investigate the information of the marriage provided by the guarantor if necessary (without obtaining any other authorization), and guarantee to provide all facilities unconditionally;

 

6.11 the guarantor is not according to the guarantee guaranteed debt, your bank shall have the right to freeze / deduct the guarantor opened in China merchants bank, any account funds or entrust other financial institutions to freeze / deduct the guarantor in the account funds (such as guarantee debt is not RMB, your bank directly from your exchange or foreign exchange rate), until the credit applicant under the credit contract pay all debts owed to your bank, your bank shall have the right to continue to claim to the guarantor.

 

6.12 If the Guaranty is signed in accordance with the provisions of laws and administrative regulations, the guarantor undertakes to go through the application and approval procedures in time according to your requirements and obtain valid approval, otherwise the guarantor shall be liable for compensation for breach of contract.

 

7. Expenses are borne

 

R 7.1 If the credit applicant is a small and micro enterprise of national standard, this guarantee involves all the expenses of compulsory notarization (application for compulsory issuance Except the execution certificate fee) shall be borne by your bank; if the credit applicant is not a national standard small and micro enterprise, all expenses (except the compulsory execution certificate fee) shall be jointly borne by your Bank and the guarantor: 0% of your bank and 100% (in “☐” indicating the application of this article).

 

7.2 For other matters that entrust a third party to provide services, the relevant expenses shall be borne by the principal itself; if your bank and the guarantor jointly act as the principal, 50% shall be borne by each party. Except as otherwise stipulated in relevant national policies and other normative documents.

 

6


  

8. Not considered as a waiver

 

During the validity of this Guaranty, your Bank shall not tolerate, grace or delay any default or delay of the credit applicant and the Guarantor to impair, influence or restrict all the interests and rights of the creditor, nor shall it be deemed to have waived your right to act on existing or future defaults.

 

9. Terms

 

The terms used in this Guaranty shall have the same meaning as stipulated in the Limit Contract, unless otherwise specifically stated.

 

10. Notice

 

Your notices, requirements or other documents related to this Guaranty shall be sent in written form (including but not limited to letters, fax, E-mail, corporate e-banking / enterprise APP, mobile phone SMS or wechat, etc.). This guarantor confirms the address and mode of service as follows:

 

10.1 The Guarantor confirms and agrees to take the contact address, E-mail, fax number, mobile phone number or wechat signal of the CMB Enterprise E-banking / Enterprise APP and the Guaranty specified in this Guaranty as the service address of all commercial and legal documents under this Guaranty.

 

The commercial documents mentioned in this Article means various commercial documents such as business notice, confirmation, notice of default, early expiration notice, letter of overdue collection; the legal documents mentioned in this Article include notarial documents and judicial documents (including but not limited, petition, defence, evidence, summons, notification, proof, hearing notice, hearing notice, judgment / hearing, ruling, order, mediation letter, notice of performance within the time limit, and other judicial documents in the execution stage).

 

Your bank, the sued court and the notary office shall be deemed valid to deliver the service to the service address as agreed in the preceding paragraph.

 

10.2 The guarantor confirms and agrees that: if delivered by special person (including but not limited to service by lawyer / notary, delivered by express, etc.), The receipt of the recipient shall be deemed as the service (if rejected by the recipient, On rejection date / return date or date (whichever is earlier)); by postal letter, It shall be delivered by fax, email, CMB corporate e-banking / App (via CMB CMB corporate e-banking / APP), mobile phone SMS or WeChat, The date of the corresponding system / electronic device of your bank shall be regarded as delivery date.

 

If Your Bank notifies the Guarantor of the assignment of the creditor’s rights or collects the guarantor by announcing it on the public media, it shall be deemed to have been served on the date of the announcement.

 

.310 If the guarantor changes his contact address, email address, fax number or mobile phone number or wechat account, it shall notify you of the changed information in writing within five working days from the date of the change, otherwise, you shall have the right to serve the original contact address or information of the guarantor. If the contact address or information of the guarantor is not successfully changed, the date of return or seven days after delivery (whichever is earlier) shall be deemed as the date of service. The guarantor shall bear the losses that may arise therefrom and shall not affect the legal effect of the service.

 

7


 

.410 The guarantor further agrees that the court may serve the judicial documents to the guarantor through the China Trial Process Information Network and the electronic service of judicial documents according to the above, the date of the date shall be regarded as the service date; if the court serves the judicial documents through electronic service, it is no need to serve the paper judicial documents to the contact address of the guarantor.

 

10.5 The service address and method of service stipulated in this Article shall apply to all stages of the performance of this Guarantee, the dispute settlement, arbitration, the court trial (first instance, second instance, retrial) and execution.

 

Contact information of this guarantor:

 

Contact address:

 

mail box:

 

Fax number:

 

Contact mobile phone number: [*]

 

WeChat ID:

 

8


 

11. Transfer

 

No matter whether the creditor’s right of the maximum amount guarantee is determined or not, if your bank transfers all the creditor’s rights under the quota contract to a third party, the rights of the maximum amount guarantee shall be transferred to the transferee of the creditor’s right together.

 

After the determination of the claims secured by this Guaranty, If your bank transfers part of the claims, This guarantor guarantees from a partial transfer of the right, Your bank shall share the security interest of the guarantor with the part of the transferee and the amount of the creditor’s rights; Before the determination of the claims secured by this Guaranty, If your bank transfers part of the claims, The security interest was also partially transferred accordingly, The maximum amount of the principal creditor’s right of your bank guaranteed by the original maximum amount guarantee shall be reduced accordingly (i. e., the maximum amount of the principal creditor’s right of the original maximum amount shall be deducted from the amount of the transferred debt), After your bank has not transferred part of the principal creditor’s rights, Your bank shall share the security interest of the guarantor with the part of the untransferred claims and the amount of the claims.

 

12. Other provisions

 

12. 1 the guarantor confirmed that your credit applicant for the specific business operations, and your bank involving this guarantee, can by your facility any outlets processing and generate, issued or issue the relevant letter, your facility network business operation and correspondence shall be regarded as your bank behavior, binding on both parties.

 

.212 During the term of this Guaranty, in case of division, merger (merger), the changed institution shall undertake or separately assume the obligations under this Guaranty.

 

12.3 If the credit debt is not RMB, your Bank shall have the right to directly purchase foreign exchange or foreign exchange of the amount recovered in accordance with the exchange rate announced by your Bank at the time of repayment, so as to pay off the credit debt. The calculation of the non-RMB debt amount under the specific business text shall be subject to the conversion amount of the exchange rate (purchase price) announced by your bank at the time of repayment.

 

12.4 Other agreed matters:

 

/        13. Dispute resolution

and dispute resolution

methods

 

This Guaranty shall be subject to the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding the laws of Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan). For disputes and disputes arising from this Guaranty, the guarantor agrees to settle the dispute settlement as stipulated in the Limit Contract.

 

14. Effectiveness of this Guaranty

 

Guarantor login China merchants bank enterprise net silver/enterprise APP, click “I have read and agree to sign the above agreements and successfully enabled the China financial certification center (CFCA) issued by the digital certificate, is deemed the guarantor effectively sign this guarantee, reflects the true meaning of the guarantor, guarantor click “I have read and agree to sign the above agreement” when enable China financial certification center (CFCA) digital certificate issued as the guarantor effectively sign this guarantee, this guarantee has legal effect on both parties.

 

9


 

The guarantor confirms that the digital certificate issued by China Financial Certification Center (CFCA) is activated when clicking on the signing of this Guaranty, and recognizes that the electronic signature generated by the digital certificate is a reliable electronic signature that meets the legal requirements, and serves as the legal and valid seal of the guarantor signing this Guaranty.

 

The guarantor confirms his knowledge and recognition of the CFCA Electronic Certification Business Rules, the CFCA Digital Certificate Service Agreement, and the Safety Tips for the Use of Digital Certificate (published in http://www.cfca.com.cnWebsite) and other relevant documents, agree to be bound by them, and confirm that China Merchants Bank does not need to provide additional printing and retention services for such documents.

 

Guarantor confirmed in the name of the guarantor in China merchants bank enterprise net silver / enterprise APP through the user name and password login and all operations are regarded as guarantor operation, thus formation, transmission, storage data messages and business records are in accordance with the provisions of Chinese laws and regulations, constitute the final proof of business between customer and China merchants bank.

 

The guarantor states that:

 

All the terms of this Guaranty are fully negotiated by the Parties. Your bank has drawn special attention to the provisions concerning the exemption or mitigation of your liability and having a significant interest in the guarantor, and at the request of the guarantor. The guarantor has made a comprehensive and accurate understanding of it. The guarantor and your bank have exactly the same understanding of the terms of this Guaranty.

 

(No text available below)

 

This guaranty has been signed by [Huang Zhuoqin] using CFCA, with an electronic

 

signature

 

Guarantor:, Huang Zhuoqin

 

 

10

 

 

EX-4.27 11 f20f2023ex4-27_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF POLICY CONSULTING SERVICES AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN GUANGZHOU SHUZHI AND GUANGZHOU TAIJI ADVERTISING CO., LTD DATED FEBRUARY 28, 2022

Exhibit 4.27

 

The Policy Consulting Services Agreement

 

Party A: Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., LTD

 

Party B: Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD

 

According to the Civil Code of the People’s Republic of China, the Advertising Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant provisions. Based on the principle of equal cooperation and mutual benefit, party A and Party B hereby enter into this contract through consultation.

 

 


 

one, summarize

 

1. The two parties will cooperate in the form of brand strategy consulting service, from March 01, 2022 to October 31, 2022.

 

2. Party b for party a and its customers to provide strategy consulting services, including: brand image planning, brand image building, logo identification design, product packaging design, brand activities creative design, product series theme design, inside page, decoration design, details of the content design, advertising strategy Suggestions and activities, network marketing and communication categories such as creative planning.

 

two, Main work and responsibilities of both parties

 

A 、first party;

 

Party A shall provide the relevant materials of the enterprise and products; Party A and Party B shall jointly collect the relevant market information to ensure the comprehensiveness of Party B’s information, thus conducive to the brand planning, design, promotion and service;

 

1. Timely supervise, actively cooperate and provide feedback to ensure the work progress;

 

2. Timely pay the relevant payments to ensure the normal operation of Party B’s work.

 

B 、second party:

 

Enter Party A’s service system, on the one hand, systematically consider and complete the brand image building of Party A and its customers; on the other hand, provide product positioning / development / packaging and strategy formulation system for the brand development of Party A and its customers.

 

Iii. Provide the system brand plan for Party A’s customers according to the current situation of industry and market development.

 

2


 

External: forming a unified brand identification of the brand image.

 

Internal: the system completes the strategic system implementation work of product and brand development.

 

Including: A / brand positioning strategy; B / brand image strategy; C / product image strategy; D / integrated promotion. The specific work is subdivided into:

 

1. Market development positioning and annual promotion strategy

 

a. Consumer demand detection, consumer trend research; (product function and consumption, product function and environment, etc.)

 

b. Brand development analysis; (thinking brand development mode, form a unique brand promotion concept system.)

 

C Brand development positioning (establish brand development positioning, develop the positioning support system of brand development.)

 

d. Annual brand development plan and marketing promotion; (Establish annual brand development ideas and marketing promotion strategy.)

 

2. Create the development strategy and image planning of the leading brand image with the industrial height

 

a. Research on brand image development; (Research on image appeal based on the industry)

 

b. Brand image development positioning; (determine the market standards and signals of brand image)

 

c. Image extension; (extension and optimization of brand identity under the development of brand image)

 

d. Development and integrated application of new image in packaging system; (new packaging specification design and combined packaging design)

 

e. Development and design and implementation of terminal publicity material system; (posters, hanging flags, banners, single page, etc.)

 

3. Market marketing communication

 

A. Complete the sorting and integration of product data together; B Jointly complete the corresponding product market analysis and concept sorting;

 

3


 

 

C To jointly complete the planning of image products, profit products, blocking products and other related products and categories;

 

Communication strategy and marketing promotion of d series new products;

 

e. New product core selling point refining / naming and name visual design;

 

f. New product packaging system development and integration of the image design; g. Development and design of new product market communication materials;

 

(product packaging, single page, poster, POP, hanging flag, etc.)

 

4. Terminal and channel promotion

 

a. Focus on promoting the image of the brand terminal to highlight and build the work, cooperate with the completion of the terminal product sample and Chen List standard system;

 

B Cooperate with the brand to complete the annual work of the floor plan / construction drawings / effects drawings of the key stores;

 

c Terminal vivid suggestions and design;

 

d. Development, design and implementation of the terminal publicity material system;

 

E. Planning and auxiliary implementation of holiday promotion plan:

 

f. Planning and overall implementation of the annual product investment promotion meeting;

 

g. Design and tracking service for the annual trade show; -

 

5. Investment conference

 

a. Overall planning of investment promotion conference; (including investment promotion theme strategy, process strategy, performance of products and personnel class)

 

b. Design execution of CMB; (including design of background board, poster, invitation letter, guide, etc.)

 

C Space execution of merchants; (booth, background board, space effect required by merchants, etc.)

 

d. Execution of merchants ‘copywriting; (including the writing of investment promotion theme, leaders’ speeches, soft text, media draft and related copywriting)

 

4


 

e. Media communication suggestions of CMB; (Suggestions and cooperation for the dissemination of information and the results in media application)

 

f . Suggestions on network communication of CMB; (Suggestions on the release and application of CMB in network communication)

 

G. The overall coordination, implementation and effect evaluation of the process of China merchants association

 

Iv. Service process

 

1. Carry out the work in accordance with the standard communication and promotion process to ensure the efficiency of the work completed. Planning, creative process of the basic order is as follows: project a market research / without a strategy to develop a creative concept a customer review a customer approval a quotation signature confirmation (if a third party cost) is a draft making a customer confirm draft a quotation signing (if need to make / printing / advertising) a printing / advertising release a financial settlement effect tracking a feedback, etc.

 

2. After signing the contract, the project will enter the specific operation stage, and Party B shall provide the overall plan. After the approval and signature by Party A, both parties shall implement the implementation process of each communication plan according to the overall planning plan. Party B’s all planning plans and relevant suggestions shall be reported to Party A in written form. In the process of cooperation, the advertising plan shall be adjusted according to the market conditions and after joint analysis, research and negotiation.

 

V. Daily communication between the two parties

 

Party B shall provide weekly work progress report on the work summary of the previous week and the work plan of the next week; not less than one regular meeting or teleconference or network meeting of project leaders of both parties. After each meeting, Party B shall make the meeting minutes and both parties shall reconfirm the relevant matters in the regular meeting. The meeting minutes shall be kept in duplicate for each party. If necessary, the project leaders of both parties may convene a working meeting or teleconference in time to discuss and decide the relevant project. After each meeting, Party B shall make the meeting minutes and submit them to Party A for confirmation within 24 hours after the meeting.

 

5


 

six, operating schedule

 

Before the start of each work, both parties shall negotiate on the specific schedule of the work, and Party B shall make a detailed one

 

The work schedule shall be agreed by both parties. Party B promises to provide it in advance and be confirmed by both parties

 

The table to complete the work (the schedule will be based on party B’s normal working procedures and the time required),

 

Such as a. Party A proposes to change the strategy and previously agreed creative work, and the schedule for completion of the work will be postponed accordingly.

 

seven, Fees and payment criteria

 

1、 Annual service fee of this contract: the total cost of brand strategy consulting service for the cooperation between Party A and Party B is RMB

 

Fifteen million yuan (RMB 15,000,000.00), to ensure the smooth progress of all the work.

 

2、 Payment method: From the date of signing the contract, Party A shall report to Party B on a monthly basis according to the project development situation confirmed by both parties

 

Party payment fee.

 

3、 Party B shall issue the service fee invoice of the corresponding amount to Party A.

 

eight,  
duty 7

 

1、 The advertising articles and related activities planned, creatively, designed and executed by Party B for Party A shall be confirmed in writing by Party A <

 

The rear of the recognition can be implemented. Party B shall be liable for any act without written confirmation of Party A and compensate Party A

 

All losses incurred; activities confirmed by Party A if changed or terminated by Party A § The losses shall be borne by Party A. an ancient type of spoon

 

2、 In the performance of this Contract, both parties shall abide by the Advertising Law of the People’s Republic of China and other provisions

 

According to the relevant regulations, Party A shall not require Party B to violate the laws and relevant regulations when providing services for Party A.

 

If Party A commits any of the above acts, Party B shall be obliged to submit its opinions to Party A in accordance with relevant laws and regulations and may refuse to implement them.

 

3、 Party B shall guarantee the creation concept (idea, text and audio) of its conception, especially the design works It does not infringe on the legitimate rights and interests of others and complies with the provisions of national laws.

 

6


 

If the disputes and losses caused by B

 

Party assume responsibility.

 

nine, maintain secrecy

 

1、 Without the written permission of Party A, Party B shall not in any way send the information required to be kept confidential to any third party

 

Leak, also can not use the information for any commercial activities. 

• •

 

2、 Party A shall not provide any planning, creativity or design provided by Party A but not approved by Party A The three parties are not allowed to use the information for any commercial activities.

 

7


 

 

3. During the period of cooperation with Party A, Party B is not allowed to cooperate with any third party in the same industry in direct competition with Party A, otherwise it shall be deemed as breach of contract and shall be liable for breach of contract.

 

X. Use right

 

1、 For the planning and creative concepts (idea, text and audio) provided by Party B, Party A may exclusively, unlimited and unlimited use its right and copyright after party A pays the fees according to the previously approved quotation.

 

2、 For the third party hired by Party B for Party A, such as a photographer, model or singer, Party A may have the right to use the space or time in the permitted area after paying the agreed fee.

 

H ^ I. Liability book for Breach of contract

 

The contract is subject to the restriction of the laws of the People’s Republic of China. During the term of the contract, either party shall violate the agreement

 

For breach of contract, it shall bear the following liabilities for breach of contract:

 

1、Stop the breach of contract;

 

2、Continue to perform the contract at the request of the other party:

 

3、To compensate the other party for the losses suffered thereby;

 

XII. Termination

 

1、This contract may be terminated by both parties through negotiation;

 

2、 - - If party A seriously violates the Contract, the other party may unilaterally terminate the Contract if it considers it not necessary to perform the Contract;

 

3、Party B shall charge all advertising agency service fees, media advertising fees and other related fees before the termination period.

 

Xiii. Any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract shall be settled by both parties through friendly negotiation. If no agreement is reached through negotiation, the dispute shall be submitted to the local arbitration committee of Party B for arbitration.

 

Xiv. For matters not covered herein, both parties may negotiate and sign supplementary terms on an equal footing.

 

8


 

Xv. This contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy. It shall come into force immediately upon being signed and sealed by both parties.

 

(No text available below)

 

 

9

EX-4.28 12 f20f2023ex4-28_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF BRAND AUTHORIZATION, COMMISSION AND AGENCY AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN POP CULTURE GROUP AND WANYEE TRADING COMPANY LIMITED SIGNED ON JUNE 23, 2022

Exhibit 4.28

 

Brand authorization, commission and agency agreement

 

Party A (Principal): Pu Culture Group Co., LTD. (” Pop Culture Group Co.,Ltd”) take part in

 

Party B (agent): WANYEE TRADING COMPANY LIMITED

 

After careful negotiation, both parties, in accordance with the relevant laws of China, sign the following agency agreement on matters related to party B’s agent negotiation with Party A and “Stussy” brand owner, and both parties shall jointly follow and perform:

 

Article 1: Entrusted matters

 

Party B accepts the authorization of Party A to negotiate with the ownership party of the “Stussy” brand about the authorization of the brand within the Chinese mainland area.

 

Article 2: Obligations of Party A

 

1. Timely, truthfully and thoroughly provide Party B with all documents and background materials related to the entrusted matters, and bear the adverse consequences to both parties arising from the violation of this paragraph.

 

2. Actively and actively cooperate with Party B in all work for the interests of Party A, and provide convenient conditions for Party B according to the actual needs.

 

3. Pay the agency fee or advance the brand authorization agency fee to Party B in accordance with this agreement.

 

 


 

Article 3: Obligations of Party B

 

1. Actively and responsibly provide Party A with the agency services agreed herein, and earnestly safeguard Party A’s interests according to law.

 

2. Handle the affairs stipulated herein in a timely and promptly manner, take the initiative to maintain working contact with Party A, report the handling process of service matters to Party A, and consult Party A’s opinions.

 

3. Party B shall not make any urgent decisions concerning Party A’s rights and interests, except to make any final decision or act without Party A’s authorization.

 

4. Unless for special reasons and with the consent of Party A, Party B shall not provide any third party with the materials, documents and any other circumstances hereunder concerning Party A.

 

5. Unless agreed by Party A, it guarantees to complete the matters entrusted by Party A within the prescribed time limit and reach the cooperation between Party A and the brand owner agreed herein regarding the relevant brand authorization.

 

6. During the term of this Agreement, it shall not provide the authorized agency services of the brand in mainland China for other third parties except Party A as agreed herein.

 

2


 

Article 4: Term of the agreement

 

This agency agreement shall come into force on the date of signing and shall be terminated on the date of completion of the entrusted matters agreed herein or terminated by both parties through negotiation.

 

Article 5: Amount and payment method of the agency fee

 

Both parties agree that the amount of the agency fee (including the brand authorization fee that may be required in advance) shall be calculated and paid as follows:

 

1. Total agency fee: 8% of the total amount of brand authorization fee (five years).

 

2. Within 10 days after the signing of this Agreement, USD one million eight million yuan (USD1,800,000.00) shall be paid in advance;

 

3. Party a and brand party finally signed the brand authorization cooperation agreement, or after party b directly obtain relevant brand authorization, party a and party b directly signed the brand authorization cooperation agreement, according to the most, the final calculation of brand authorization fee total amount or brand authorization fee amount, the calculation of party a to party b brand authorization agent service fee balance, paid within 30 days after the relevant brand authorization agreement.

 

3


 

Article 6: termination of the agreement and liability for breach of contract

 

1. If Party A fails to perform the obligations stipulated in Article 2 of this Agreement, or Party A fails to provide Party B with the materials required for handling the agency office, or Party A fails to pay the agency fee later, Party B shall have the right to terminate this Agreement.

 

2. If Party B fails to fully perform the obligations stipulated in Article 3 hereof, Party A shall have the right to terminate this Agreement.

 

3. If this Agreement is terminated due to Party A, Party A shall not require the refund of the agency fee already paid;

 

4. If this Agreement is terminated due to Party B’s request, Party B shall refund party A’s agency fee and bear the responsibility for causing actual damage to Party A’s legitimate rights and interests due to its failure to fully perform its obligations hereunder.

 

5. In case of any change in national policy or force majeure, both parties will terminate this Contract and Party B shall not be liable.

 

Party B shall refund the fees received in advance (not exceeding US $80,000 through appropriate negotiation).

 

4


 

Article 7: Dispute settlement and application

 

Any conflict or dispute arising from the course of agency affairs and in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by both parties through friendly negotiation. If the negotiation fails, the parties shall file a lawsuit to the people’s court with jurisdiction over the location of the operating entity in China (i. e., Xiamen, Fujian Province, China) for settlement. Article 8: Other provisions

 

1. This Agreement shall come into force upon signing and becomes a formal document legally binding on both parties.

 

2. The wood agreement is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy and each copy having the same legal effect.

 

3. Matters not covered herein may be separately negotiated by both parties. ° The supplementary agreement separately reached by both parties besides this Agreement shall be regarded as an integral part of this Agreement.

 

 

 

5

 

 

EX-4.29 13 f20f2023ex4-29_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF BRAND AUTHORIZATION, COMMISSION AND AGENCY AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN POP CULTURE GROUP AND LIHE TRADING LIMITED DATED JULY 28, 2021

Exhibit 4.29

 

Brand authorization, commission and agency agreement

 

Party A (Principal): Pu Culture Group Co., LTD. (” Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd”)

 

take part in

 

Party B (agent): LIHE TRADING LIMITED

  

After careful negotiation, both parties shall act as Party B for Party A and the United States in accordance with the relevant laws of China “Fear Of God” brand owners negotiate matters related to brand authorization agency and sign the authorization agency agreement as follows, and both parties shall follow and perform:

 

Article 1: Entrusted matters

 

Party B is entrusted by Party A to act for Party A and the United States “Fear Of God”,,Brand ownership agreement Talk about the authorization and agent of the brand within the Chinese mainland area.

 

 


 

Article 2: Obligations of Party A

 

1. Timely, truthfully and thoroughly provide Party B with all documents and background materials related to the entrusted matters, and bear the adverse consequences to both parties arising from the violation of this paragraph.

 

2. Actively and actively cooperate with Party B in all work for the interests of Party A, and provide convenient conditions for Party B according to the actual needs.

 

3.  Pay the agency fee or advance the brand authorization agency fee to Party B in accordance with this agreement.

 

Article 3: Obligations of Party B

 

1.    Actively and responsibly provide Party A with the agency services agreed herein, and earnestly safeguard Party A’s interests according to law.

 

2. Handle the affairs stipulated herein in a timely and promptly manner, take the initiative to maintain working contact with Party A, report the handling process of service matters to Party A, and consult Party A’s opinions.

 

3. Party B shall not make any urgent decisions concerning Party A’s rights and interests, except to make any final decision or act without Party A’s authorization.

 

4.   Unless for special reasons and with the consent of Party A, Party B shall not provide any third party with the materials, documents and any other circumstances hereunder related to Party A.

 

5.   Unless agreed by Party A, it guarantees to complete the matters entrusted by Party A within the prescribed time limit and reach the cooperation between Party A and the brand owner agreed herein regarding the relevant brand authorization.

 

6.  During the term of this Agreement, it shall not provide the authorized agency services of the brand in mainland China for other third parties except Party A as agreed herein.

 

2


 

Article 4: Term of the agreement

 

This agency agreement shall come into force on the date of signing and shall be terminated on the date of completion of the entrusted matters agreed herein or terminated by both parties through negotiation.

 

Article 5: Amount and payment method of the agency fee

 

Both parties agree that the amount of the agency fee (including the brand authorization fee that may be required in advance) shall be calculated and paid as follows:

 

1.  Total agency fee: 10% of the total amount of the final brand authorization fee (five years).

 

2.  Within 20 days after the signing of this Agreement, the advance payment of USD two million eight million yuan (USD2,800,000.00) whole;

 

3.  Party a and brand party finally signed the brand authorization cooperation agreement, or after party b directly obtained the relevant brand authorization, party a and party b directly signed the brand transfer authorization cooperation agreement, according to the most, the final calculation of brand authorization fee total amount or brand authorization fee amount, calculated by party a, party b’s brand authorized agent service fee balance, paid within 30 days after the relevant brand authorization agreement is signed.

 

3


 

Article 6: termination of the agreement and liability for breach of contract

 

1. If Party A fails to perform the obligations stipulated in Article

 

2. of this Agreement, or Party A fails to provide Party B with the materials required for handling the agency office, or Party A fails to pay the agency fee later, Party B shall have the right to terminate this Agreement.

 

2.  If Party B fails to fully perform the obligations stipulated in Article 3 hereof, Party A shall have the right to terminate this Agreement.

 

3. If this Agreement is terminated due to Party A, Party A shall not require the refund of the agency fee already paid;

 

4. If this Agreement is terminated due to Party B’s request, Party B shall refund party A’s agency fee and bear the responsibility for causing actual damage to Party A’s legitimate rights and interests due to its failure to fully perform its obligations hereunder.

 

5.  In case of any change in national policy or force majeure, both parties will terminate this Contract and Party B shall not be liable.

 

Party B shall refund the fees received in advance (for the period fee not exceeding US $100,000 through appropriate negotiation).

 

4


 

Article 7: Dispute settlement and application

 

Any conflict or dispute arising from the course of agency affairs and in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by both parties through friendly negotiation. If the negotiation fails, the parties shall file a lawsuit to the people’s court with jurisdiction over the location of the operating entity in China (i.e. Xiamen City, China, Fujian Province, China) for settlement.

 

Article 8: Other provisions

 

1.  This Agreement shall come into force upon signing and become a formal document u legally binding on both parties

 

2. This Agreement is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy, and each copy having the same legal effect

 

3..Matters not covered herein may be separately negotiated by both parties. G. The Supplementary I agreement reached by both parties in addition to this Agreement shall be regarded as an integral part of this Agreement.

 

   

 

 

 

 

EX-4.30 14 f20f2023ex4-30_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF YANG ZONGWEI 2022 INDIVIDUAL PERFORMANCE CONTRACT BY AND BETWEEN POP CULTURE GROUP AND BO JIE GUO JI YU LE YOU XIAN GONG SI DATED MARCH 15, 2022

Exhibit 4.30

 

Yang Zongwei 2022 individual performance contract

 

Party A: (hereinafter referred to as Party A) Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd. Pu Culture Group Co., Ltd

 

Party B: (hereinafter referred to as Party B) BO JIE GUO JI YU LE YOU XIAN GONG SI pliers International Entertainment Co., LTD

 

in view of:

 

Party A and Party B cooperate in good faith and agree on relevant matters related to Party A as the performance agent of Party B’s artist (Yang Zongwei) [Yang Zongwei’s personal performance in 2022], and agree to sign the following terms and conditions to perform:

 

I. Cooperation content

 

(one) Party A and Party B agree that Party A shall become the agent of Party B’s artist Yang Zongwei in 2022. Party A shall be responsible for the production of the performance. If Party A has any new schedule arrangement, both parties shall supplement this agreement.

 

(two) Basic information of the individual performance

 

1. Time and place (subject to the actual situation):

 

Individual performance from January to December 2022 (the time and place shall be determined by both parties through negotiation)

 

2. Performance content and contract amount:

 

Work matters   information   the     amount of money
Program recording / commercial performance   The specific work content and details shall be communicated and     16     USD two million and four hundred thousand yuan only

  

II. Rights and obligations of both parties

 

(I) Party A’s rights and obligations

 

1. After this Contract comes into force, Party B will authorize Party A to enjoy the agency of “Yang Zongwei’s personal performance” in 2022. Party A undertakes that without the written consent of Party B, it shall not authorize or transfer the rights of this third party performance contract. For the transfer or authorization without the written consent of Party B, Party B shall not be bound by the transfer or authorization contract between Party A and a third party, and may unilaterally terminate this performance contract. If the person in charge of Party A or the management right changes, Party A shall notify Party B. If the transfer of the management right may affect the tacit understanding and trust relationship between the two parties, it shall be listed as the cause of unilateral termination of Party B.

 

 


 

2. Party a is responsible for solving the performance venue of the rent, stage, lighting, audio equipment, provide production technicians and the security, all performance formalities (including approval formalities), and ensure to file the relevant provincial government departments and relevant departments approved the performance of the formal and effective approval and party b performance, etc., is responsible for the declaration and payment of all performance tax. Party A shall have the intellectual property right (intellectual property right) of the stage, lighting, sound, multimedia video, dance, modeling and other stage production of the performance program. Party A shall not copy, copy or authorize any joint manufacturer (sponsor) to use it without party A’s consent.

 

3. If the performance cannot be carried out or the adverse effects are caused due to Party A (application procedures, approval documents, safety, site factors or party A’s human factors, etc.), Party A shall bear all the responsibilities and explain the situation to relevant departments and media to prove that Party B is not at fault. At the same time, Party B shall have the right to refuse to go to the performance and terminate the performance in real time, and the remuneration for the performance received by Party B shall not be returned.

 

4. Party A shall arrange and provide all the vehicles of Party B’s artists and their entourage during the arrival in the performance city and their departure from the performance city. Two Buick GL8 level 7-seat commercial vehicles shall be available for party B’s artists and their entourage. 5、Party A shall arrange to provide and pay party B for all accommodation, meals, vehicles, air tickets and other expenses of party B’s band and costume stylist during the performance.

 

6. Party A shall arrange exclusive rest (makeup) room for Party B’s artists at the performance site, and be equipped with relevant required supplies.

 

7. Party A shall provide party B’s artists and party B’s entourage to enter and exit the site. 8、Party a agrees not to require party b artists during the performance, or performance or any may damage party b security, or do any indecent, improper, obscene, violent, in violation of the good customs, exposure, politically sensitive or may harm artists or others image and reputation of the performance, party b shall have the right to terminate the performance at any time, and has received remuneration not back to party a.

 

9. Party A may authorize the cooperation manufacturer to make posters, banners, brochures, tickets, venue decoration and other materials, and strictly regulate the contents related to the publicity and promotion of the performance under this Contract, such as: using the name, portrait, voice, approved photo or personal profile of the artist, subject to prior written approval of Party B.

 

2


 

In addition, Party A shall inform Party B of all the publicity plans.

 

10. Party A shall handle accident insurance and injury insurance of no less than US $ one million only (USDl, 000,000) from the date of departure to his return to his domicile.

 

11. Party A shall be responsible for all the songs and contents of the performance, and obtain the relevant approval, consent and permission.

 

(II) Party B’s rights and obligations

 

1. As the agent of Party B’s artist and the copyright owner or his agent of Party B’s singing work shall enjoy the relevant rights, and such rights shall not be transferred or eliminated due to the signing of this Contract.

 

2. Party B shall enjoy the copyright of all audio recording, video recording, MV and photographic materials of party B’s artists’ performance or participation in accordance with this Contract. Without the written consent of Party B, Party A shall not use the above audio and video products for any commercial purpose, nor shall it provide them to any third party for use.

 

3. Be responsible for arranging Party B’s artists to participate in the performance according to this contract with their good professional attitude and professional level.

 

4. Ensure the arrival at the performance city on time. If there are special circumstances such as flight delay, cancellation or force majeure situation, the party b shall not bear the responsibility for delay, but party b shall immediately notify party a, party a by both parties through negotiation, but the traffic costs or inevitable return transportation costs, accommodation, food and other travel expenses shall also be borne by party a.

 

5. Ensure that Party B’s artists shall reasonably cooperate with Party A’s performance organization and staff (including director, stage supervision, etc.) (but Party A’s arrangements and requirements shall not exceed the scope stipulated in this Contract).

 

6. Party A shall provide party A with materials, including copies, brief introduction, performance repertoire, lyrics, photos, videos, etc., and only for the purpose of performance promotion and performance approval.

 

7. Bring your own costumes and accompaniment belt.

 

8. Party B warrants that it has completed the authorization procedures, and has the right to sign party B’s artists, and can sign this Contract with Party A on behalf of its artists.

  

3


 

III. The amount and method of payment:

 

1. Reward:

 

(one) The appearance fee for each event is: subject to the actual project, and the total cost of completing all the performances agreed in this contract shall be two hundred and four hundred thousand yuan only (USD2,400,000.00). The fee includes artist pay, musicians remuneration and guest fees (if invited.), artist makeup, payment, all air tickets for artist and artist team, all accommodation for artist and artist team, artist and artist team departure fare, all meals for artist and artist team.

 

(two) The artist agrees to authorize Party B for the agency of the performance city of the performance project. The authorization date is January 1, December 31,2022 (subject to the final reality). The specific time and place of the performance project shall be subject to the tour schedule confirmed by both parties.

 

(three) Party A shall, within one month after the signing of this Contract, pay 50% of the total performance expenses agreed herein, i. e., one million and two hundred thousand US dollars only (USD1.200,000.00). The balance of the payment shall be paid one month before the last eight performances, and the remaining total cost agreed hereof is one million and two hundred thousand dollars only (USD1,200,000.00).

 

Pay to the account designated by Party B. Party A shall deposit the remuneration in the following bank account in RMB on or before the day of the above payment period. The deposit date shall transmit the deposit notes issued by the bank to Party B for accounting, accounting and accounting purposes. The payment period shall be subject to the time of the deposit notes issued by Party A’s bank.

 

(four) The payment method is bank transfer, and the collection account information designated by Party B is:

 

account name:

account number:

bank of deposit,

 

(five) Party A shall not delay any payment time as mentioned in (I), (II) and (III) of this article. In case of any delay, Party B shall have the right to unilaterally terminate this Agreement. 1、 In such case, party B’s artists and personnel shall have the right to refuse to participate in the performance, and the money collected by Party B shall not be returned to Party A.

 

2. The payment involved in this Agreement shall be deemed that Party A has completed the payment obligation after Party A pays it to the bank account designated by Party B. If Party B requests to transfer the payment to another account or pay by other means, Party A shall have the right to refuse the payment.

 

3. Party B shall issue an invoice of the corresponding amount and the amount to Party A within 30 working days after Party A pays the corresponding amount.

 

4


 

IV. Both parties agree

 

1. In any bad weather, terror / bomb threat, infectious diseases, epidemics, artists or artists direct family members of illness, death including artists mental or physical disability, causing one or more performances cannot be held, party a and party b shall be this good faith negotiation for the principle, in the scheduled file within two months to arrange alternative performance. If the above substitute performance fails to be held or the parties fail to reach an agreement on the substitute performance, neither party shall be liable for the other party, and each party shall bear its own expenses for any losses. After deducting the deposit of the prepaid band, arrangement and costume stylist, Party B shall return the remaining remuneration to Party A.

 

2. If Party B fails to receive the full amount agreed herein within 7 days before the performance, Party B shall have the right to unilaterally terminate this Contract, and all the responsibilities arising therefrom shall be borne by Party A. In such case, Party B does not need to refund the performance fee received.

  

V. Five, other

 

1. After this Agreement becomes effective, it shall be legally binding. Neither party shall change or terminate the contract at will. Whoever changes, terminate or terminate the contract without justifiable reasons shall be legally liable as stipulated by law.

 

2. This contract shall come into force upon being signed and sealed by all parties.

 

3. The address specified in the first part of this Agreement is the delivery address. If either party changes the address, it shall inform the other party in time, otherwise the original address shall prevail.

 

4. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China, and all disputes arising out of this Agreement connection with or in connection with the implementation of this Agreement shall be settled by the parties through friendly consultations. If no settlement cannot be reached through negotiation, either party shall have the right to file the dispute to the court where Party A is located.

 

5. This contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy, and each copy having the same legal effect.

(No text available below)

  

 

 

 

 

Signed on: March 15 0,2022

 

 

5

 

EX-4.31 15 f20f2023ex4-31_popculture.htm TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT SERVICE CONTRACT BY AND BETWEEN POP CULTURE GROUP AND NEW CONTINENTAL TECHNOLOGY INC. DATED FEBRUARY 8, 2022

Exhibit 4.31

 

 

 


 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

EX-4.32 16 f20f2023ex4-32_popculture.htm COPYRIGHT LICENSING AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN POP CULTURE GROUP AND WORLD TRADE TECHNOLOGY LLC DATED MARCH 5, 2022

Exhibit 4.32

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 

EX-4.33 17 f20f2023ex4-33_popculture.htm DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT CONTRACT BY AND BETWEEN POP CULTURE GROUP AND CHINA-AMERICA CULTURE MEDIA. INC DATED APRIL 10, 2022

Exhibit 4.33

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 

EX-4.34 18 f20f2023ex4-34_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT DATED MARCH 21, 2023 BY AND BETWEEN POP DIGITAL AND AN INDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY

Exhibit 4.34

 

Party A: Xiamen Information Group Ltd.

 

Party B: Xiamen Pop Digital Technology Co., LTD

 

In accordance with relevant laws and regulations, party A and Party B reach an agreement through friendly negotiation and hereby conclude this Contract for mutual compliance.

 

Article 1 Location, area, function and use of the lease

 

1.1 Party A leases Unit 303 (hereinafter referred to as the Lease), Floor 3,168, Fengqi Road, Software Park, Torch High-tech Zone, Xiamen to Party B. The building area of the leased property is jointly confirmed by both parties to be 929.62 square%. If the actual floor area is different from the agreed floor area after the signing of this Contract, the monthly rent standard agreed herein and the floor area of the leased property agreed herein shall not be

adjusted.

 

1.2 Function and use of the leased item: office building, for use by Party B as an office. Without the written permission of Party A, Party B shall not change the purpose of the lease

without authorization.

 

1.3 Before signing this Contract, Party B has investigated the current situation and the surrounding environment of the premises, and has voluntarily leased the premises based on its

independent judgment.

 

Article 2 Lease term

 

2.1 Leasing term, from March 21, 2023 to March 20, 2024.

 

Article 3 Lease fee and payment method

 

3.1 Rent Standard Unit 30 is RMB ten yuan / square meter per month (¥ four yuan / square meter per month). The specific rent standard is as follows:

 

Year of

lease

Unit price

(YUAN /

5 Adventi

tia month)

Monthly rent

(first)

Quarterly rent

(RMB)

Current rent (RMB)

Pricing time

the first 30 27888.6 83665. 8 334663. 2 From March 21, 2023 to March 20,2024
amount to 334663. 2

 

 


 

The contract price is RMB ten thousand six hundred and sixty volumes and twenty (¥: RMB 334663.20), of which Excluding tax, RMB one hundred and eighteen thousand hundred and twenty-six (¥: RMB 318,726.86),

 

The VAT is RMB five thousand nine hundred and six yuan (¥: 15936.34 yuan), and the tax rate is 5%. This contract is calculated at the price including tax. During the term of this contract, in case of any change in the national tax policy, the tax price and value added tax shall be recalculated by the tax policy applicable when the invoice is issued.

 

3.2 Payment method

 

3.2.1 The rent shall be paid for each month. Within 5 days from the date of signing this Contract, Party B shall pay Party A the first rent of RMB eighty-six million and sixty-eight (¥: RMB 83,665.8), after which Party B shall pay the current rent to Party A to the following account designated by Party A (or written confirmed by Party A) before the 15th of the first month of each period:

 

Account: Xiamen Information Group Co., Ltd

 

Bank: CCB Xiamen Branch Business Department

 

Account No.: [*]

 

3.2.2 During the lease term, Party B shall bear the property management fee, public maintenance fee, water and electricity fee, and the payment standards are as follows:

 

3.2.2.1 The property management fee shall be paid at the fee standard published by the property management company designated by Party A;

 

3.2.2.2 The housing public maintenance fund shall be paid according to the fee standard published by Xiamen Municipal Price Bureau;

 

3.2.2.3 The water and electricity charges generated by the leased property and the shared water and electricity charges generated during the lease term shall be paid according to the fee standard published by Xiamen Water Bureau and Electric Power Bureau.

 

The above property management fee, public maintenance fee and water and electricity fee shall be paid by Party B to the property company designated by Party A on time according to the payment time notified by the property company designated by Party A.

 

3.2.3 During the lease term, Party A shall pay the relevant operation tax according to law, and Party B shall specify the type of VAT invoice issued by Party A:

 

☐ 1. VAT ordinary invoice

 

Company / Personal Name:

 

identification number of the taxpayer:

 

☐ 2. VAT special invoice

 

When issuing the special VAT invoice, Party B shall provide the following information:

 

Company name: Xiamen Pupu Digital Technology Co., LTD

 

Taxpayer identification number: [*]

 

Address: Room 2,304, No.168, Fengqi Road, Phase III, Software Park, Torch High-tech Zone, Xiamen

 

Tel.: 18060979708

 

Bank: China Min sheng Bank Company Limited, Xiamen Software Park Sub-branch 3.2.4 Tax: Party B shall pay the tax and administrative fees due to it in strict accordance with the government regulations.

 

Account number: [*]

 

2


 

If Party B fails to perform the tax obligations according to the provisions, all responsibilities shall be borne by Party B.

 

Article 4 Performance security deposit

 

4.1 Party B shall pay the performance bond of RMB eighty-four thousand only (¥: RMB 84,000) to Party A within 15 working days from the date of signing of this Contract. If Party B breaches the contract during the performance of this Contract, Party A shall have the right to directly deduct the compensation and related expenses from the performance deposit. If the deposit is insufficient to deduct, Party A shall have the right to recover from Party B.

 

4.2 After Party A deducthe performance bond to Party A, if the performance bond paid by Party B to Party A is insufficient for the amount of the performance bond agreed in the contract, Party B shall make up the amount within 3 days after receiving the notice from Party A. Otherwise, Party A regards Party B to breach the contract and Party A shall have the right to hold Party B liable for breach of contract according to Party B’s overdue payment of rent.

 

4.3 at the termination of this contract (including early termination), if party b pay all the rent, and settle the property management fees and the lease of all expenses, and return the lease to party a according to this contract and there is no other default, party a after the termination of this contract, and the handover formalities within 20 working days, the performance deposit without interest. In case of any breach of contract, Party A shall repay the performance bond after party B assumes the full liability for breach of contract.

 

4.4 If the contract is terminated in advance or within 3 days after the expiration of this Contract, Party B shall go to the commercial registration authority for the cancellation of the registration of the business site of the leased property, otherwise Party A has the right not to return the performance deposit.

 

Article 5 Delivery of the lease item

 

5.1 Party A shall deliver the leased property to Party B for use according to the current situation, and Party B agrees to lease the leased property according to the current situation of the leased property and facilities.

 

5.2 Water and electricity supply facilities shall be delivered to Party B according to the current situation. If Party B needs to install self-use water and electricity facilities or expand the capacity (there shall be independent metering facilities), it shall apply to the property company designated by Party A in advance. After written approval, it shall be responsible for the installation and bear the relevant expenses, which shall be put into use after on-site review by the property company.

 

Article 6 Requirements for the use of the lease item

 

6.1 Party B shall use the leased property in strict accordance with the purpose and scope agreed herein, shall not be used for assembly, processing and other production purposes, shall not set up a production and assembly workshop or warehouse, change the use without authorization, or occupy public parts.

 

6.2 party b shall strictly implement the provisions of the Xiamen fire management regulations, safety with fire, electricity, gas, set up fire control facilities, shall not use, blocking safe evacuation channel, safety exit, and strictly implement the corresponding management system, if the fire safety accident occurred during the lease term, party b shall bear all responsibility.

 

6.3 If Party B needs to set up billboards, signs, light boxes and other outdoor advertisements outside the leased property, it shall abide by the relevant management system of the park.

 

6.4 In case of destructive accidents of the premises and ancillary facilities caused by improper use or management of Party B, resulting in property loss or personal injury, Party B shall bear all legal liabilities, and Party A shall not bear any liabilities.

 

6.5 Party B shall be responsible for the interior decoration of the leased item and shall bear all costs.

 

3


 

6.6 During the lease term, without the written consent of Party A, Party B shall not sublease, subcontract, borrow or license all or any part of the leased property to use the right, joint venture, partnership, investment, partnership, investment or any other form.

 

6.7 Party B shall submit the internal decoration plan (including but not limited to the general level design drawing, strong and weak electricity layout drawing, etc.) to Party A for review, and shall enter the site for decoration only after party A’s written confirmation. The main structure of the leased property shall not be changed during the decoration process.

 

6.8 Party B shall abide by the Xiamen Software Park Enterprise Management Regulations and other park management systems and relevant property management regulations, as well as the newly issued park management system and property management regulations promulgated after the signing of this Contract.

 

6.9 Party B shall not use the leased property for illegal activities, and shall not endanger Party A’s interests or damage the public interests. Otherwise, Party B shall bear all the legal liabilities, and Party A shall have the right to terminate this Contract and confiscate the performance security deposit.

 

6.10 Upon expiration of the lease term or other termination of the contract, Party A shall have the option of the ownership of the decoration and expansion part of the leased property. If Party A requires that the decoration and extension parts of the leased property attached to the leased property be owned by Party A, Party B shall not dismantle the leased property by itself and maintain the current use status of the leased property. If Party A requests Party B in writing to restore the original state of the leased property, Party B shall dismantle the attached part of the decoration, decoration and expansion of the premises and bear the corresponding expenses.

 

If the decoration, decoration and expansion of Party B do not belong to the supplementary part of the “F”, Party B shall have the right to demolish the premises. Party A shall not compensate and Party B shall not damage the structure of the premises. If the leased property is damaged due to the demolition by Party B, Party A shall have the right to ask Party B to compensate for the corresponding losses.

 

6.11 If Party B violates the relevant provisions of this clause, Party A shall have the right to supervise its correction.

 

6.12 Party B shall handle the property insurance and third-party liability insurance in the leased property. If Party B is not insured and the property stored by Party B in the leased property suffers from water leakage, theft, fire, flood and other accidents or disasters, Party B shall be liable therefor.

 

Article 7 Repair and maintenance of the leased property and ancillary facilities and sites

 

7.1 Party B shall have the exclusive right to use the leased property and its attached facilities during the lease term. Party B shall be responsible for the maintenance, maintenance and annual review of the leased property and special facilities, and guarantee that upon termination of this Contract, the natural facilities shall be returned to Party A along with the leased property during the lease term. Party A has the right to inspect this matter.

 

7.2 Party B shall be responsible for the proper use and maintenance of the leased property and its affiliated facilities, and shall eliminate all possible faults and dangers in time to remove all possible hidden dangers. If Party B fails to timely repair the destructive accidents, property losses or personal injury caused by the leased property and its affiliated facilities, Party B shall be liable for compensation.

 

7.3 Party B shall take good care of the leased item during the lease term. If the leased item is damaged for non-natural losses, party B shall be responsible for the maintenance. If it is difficult to repair, Party B shall compensate for the corresponding losses. If it is difficult to repair, Party B shall compensate for the corresponding losses.

 

4


 

Article 8. Return of the lease property

 

8.1 Upon the expiration of the lease term or the early termination of the contract, Party B shall empty the items in the leased property, clean up the site and return them to Party A. When Party B returns the leased property, both parties shall jointly participate in the acceptance inspection.

 

8.2 If Party B fails to move out the leased property within the time limit, Party A shall have the right not to provide or guarantee the water, electricity, gas, communication of the leased property and other conditions that affect the applicability of the leased property.

 

Party A shall also have the right to take back the leased property by itself from the overdue date, and all the articles within the leased scope shall be deemed to be abandoned by Party B. Party A shall have the right to dispose of all the articles within the leased scope at party B, and all losses caused thereby shall be borne by Party B. At the same time, Party B shall also calculate and pay to Party A the house use fee of the overdue return to Party A according to

twice the monthly rent of the same month upon the termination of the contract.

 

Article 9 Modification and termination of the contract

 

9.1 If Party B has any of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to issue a notice requiring Party B to correct the breach of contract immediately. If the rectification is not completed within the time limit required by Party A, Party A shall have the right not to provide or guarantee the water, electricity, gas, communication of the leased property and other conditions that affect the applicability of the leased property. Party A shall also have the right to confiscate the performance security deposit, terminate the contract, take back the lease item by itself, and hold Party B liable for breach of contract. This Contract shall be terminated on the date when Party A notifies Party B in writing by fax or letter. Party B shall return the leased property to Party A according to this Contract; if Party A suffers losses from the termination of this Contract, it shall compensate Party A for the losses:

 

9.1.1 Failure to pay within the agreed term shall be generated by the rent paid by Party B or the lease term For more than 15 days.

 

9.1.2 During the lease term, to change the structure of the lease item or the purpose of the lease item without the written recognition of M or consent of Party A.

 

9.1.3 During the lease term, without the written approval or consent of Party A, it shall sell, transfer, mortgage or take any other infringement of the lease property’s ownership of Party A.

 

9.1.4 Party B shall, during the lease term, use the leased property to store dangerous goods or engage in illegal business operations or illegal and criminal activities or damage the public interest.

 

9.1.5 Party B shall, without the written consent of Party A, sublease, subcontract, borrow all or any part of the leased property or cooperate with others, associate, partnership, invest and use it in any other form.

 

9.1.6 Damage to the lease item, or other acts of breach hereof.

 

9.1.7 Party B has major violations, violations or other events, which cause adverse effects to Party A and the software park. This Contract shall be terminated on the date when Party A notifies Party B in writing by fax or letter.

 

9.2 If Party A has any of the following circumstances, Party B shall have the right to unilaterally terminate the Contract and hold Party A liable for breach of contract:

 

9.2.1 Party A fails to deliver or delays delivery of the leased item for more than 15 days, and Party B does not receive the leased item.

 

9.2.2 The main structure of the leased property is defective, which endangers the safety.

 

5


 

9.3 During the lease term, both parties may modify or terminate the Contract under any of the following circumstances:

 

9.3.1 Party A and Party B agree to modify or terminate this Contract in writing.

 

9.3.2 The leased property and its ancillary facilities are seriously damaged due to force majeure, and the contract cannot be further performed.

 

Article 10 Liability for breach of contract

 

10.1 Both parties shall abide by the contract during the lease term. If either party breaches this Contract and causes losses to the other party, it shall be liable for compensation.

 

10.2 during the lease term, party b overdue pay this contract shall be borne by party b of the rent and the lease process related costs, such as the rectification completed, party a has the right to terminate this contract in advance, and have the right to require party b from the date of the overdue standard to pay overdue payment penalty to party a.

 

10.3 If Party B breaches this Contract and causes the contract to be terminated in advance (except as stipulated in Article 12.2), Party A shall have the right to confiscate the performance deposit and require Party B to pay liquidated damages for the rent of the first-month upon the early termination of this Contract. If the contract is terminated in advance due to Party B’s breach of contract or other reasons, Party A shall not compensate Party B for the decoration expenses.

 

10.4 During the lease term, if either party breaches the contract and causes losses to the other party or is investigated by a third party or subject to administrative punishment, the breaching party shall, in addition to making compensation according to this clause, compensate the reasonable expenses paid to the non-breaching party, including but not limited to:

 

10.4.1 Litigation costs, preservation costs, execution fees, arbitration fees, and other taxes and fees paid to the relevant government departments;

 

10.4.2 Lawyer’s fee, notary fee and evaluation fee;

 

10.4.3 Evidence preservation fee and other reasonable expenses incurred in the process of transfer and evidence collection:

 

10.4.4 Travel expenses and business trip allowance.

 

10.5 If Party B fails to go through the cancellation registration of the leased property with the commercial registration authority as agreed herein, party B shall pay liquidated damages to Party A at 5% of the total overdue amount for each day overdue date.

 

Article 11 Conditions of exemption

 

11.1 Party A and Party B shall not be liable for the failure to perform this Contract due to force majeure. Force majeure refers to the objective circumstances that are unforeseeable, unavoidable and insurmountable and to the performance of this Contract, including but not limited to earthquake and war.

 

6


 

11.2 Party A shall have the right to unilaterally terminate the Contract in case of the following circumstances:

 

11.2.1 Demolition, reconstruction, requisition and expropriation:

 

11.2.2 Land allocation and transfer:

 

11.2.3 Planning adjustment, design change or change or change of the specific use of the land;

 

11.2.4 Party A is restructured or no longer assumes the operation and management responsibilities due to other reasons:

 

11.2.5 party committees at all levels, government, office, administrative departments, government temporary coordination agencies, office, office, headquarters and head (including deputy), party a’s holding with special documents, resolutions, meeting minutes, to, copy, instructions or instructions on land, buildings for other purposes or require party a to recover the land, buildings;

 

11.2.6 Party A decides to dismantle and rebuild, permanently dismantle, structurally transform and transform the leased property, or make major changes to its use;

 

11.2.7 Changes, modifications or other changes in laws, regulations and normative documents, resulting in the failure of the lease item Appropriate lease;

 

11.2.8 The administrative Committee of the Municipal Software Park, the institutions undertaking its functions and powers, or its superior authorities, the subject qualification requirements of the leased property have changed.

 

Party B has no objection to Party A exercising the termination right of this Agreement; Party B fully understands and is willing to accept the losses caused by signing this Contract.

 

Party B irrevocably waives the right to defend and prevent it.

 

Party B shall return the leased property within three months after receiving the notice from Party A. No condition attached, a waiver of prior performance of the defense or simultaneous performance of the defense. Both parties agree that Party A has the right to terminate the Contract without assuming any liability.

 

11.3 If either party is unable to perform this Contract due to force majeure, the party that has the above force majeure shall immediately notify the other party by mail or fax, and shall, within 30 days, provide the details of the force majeure and the documents of the failure of the contract or the delay of performance.

 

11.4 During the lease period of Party B, Party A shall not be liable for the temporary interruption of water, electricity and public facilities due to the normal maintenance or other reasons not attributable to Party A, and Party A shall not be liable for the losses. However, Party A shall notify Party B in advance before the normal maintenance.

 

Article 12 Termination of the contract in advance

 

12.1 During the lease term, neither party shall terminate this Contract in advance without authorization, except for force majeure factors.

 

12.2 If Party B really needs to terminate the Contract in advance, it shall notify Party A in writing 60 days in advance. terminate the contract in advance with the written consent of Party A and Party B has completed the following procedures:

 

12.2.1 Return the leased property to Party A;

 

12.2.2 Pay the rent of the real lease term and other expenses incurred by this Contract;

 

7


 

12.2.3 Party B shall pay liquidated damages to Party A before the early termination of this Contract, which shall be the monthly rent of the current month upon the early termination of the contract;

 

12.2.4 Go through the registration procedures for the cancellation of the leased property with the commercial registration authority.

 

12.3 If Party B fails to terminate the contract in advance and cancel the lease as mentioned in the preceding paragraph, Party A shall have the right to confiscate all the performance deposit and recover all losses caused to Party A by the early cancellation from Party B.

 

12.4 If Party B terminates the contract in advance due to breach of contract or other reasons, Party A shall not compensate Party B for the decoration, decoration and other expenses.

 

12.5 If Party A really needs to terminate the Contract in advance, it shall notify Party B in writing 30 days in advance. Party B shall pay party B liquidated damages for the monthly rent of the current month when the contract is terminated in advance and shall be made to Party B as compensation for early termination

 

In addition, Party A shall not bear any responsibility and expenses for the resulting loss.

 

Article 13 Termination of the contract

 

13.1 If the Contract is terminated in advance or upon expiration, Party B shall move out of the leased property on the date of early termination or expiration of the lease term and perform it in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

13.2 Before the early termination of the Contract or the expiration of the term of validity, Party A shall determine the new rent standard and issue a new rental announcement according to the operation and market price. In the case of public leasing, Party B shall participate in the bidding and exercise the legal rights in accordance with the rules formulated or implemented by Party A. If Party B does not participate, it shall be deemed to have waived the relevant rights.

 

Article 14 Supplementary Provisions

 

14.1. Dispute settlement measures

 

14.1.1 Any dispute arising from or in connection with this Contract shall be settled by both parties through friendly negotiation; If no agreement can be reached, either party shall submit to Xiamen Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Rules (2020 edition) (unless otherwise agreed in this Contract). The arbitral award is final and binding on both parties. However, the parties agree to make the following changes to the arbitration

rules:

 

14.1.1.1 Arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with Chapter 8 of the Rules and shall not be subject to the limitation of Article 60 (1) of the Rules shall not exceed RMB 2 million (RMB, the same below), and the right to apply for change shall be waived.

 

14.1.1.2 The parties agree that Xiamen Arbitration Commission shall appoint an arbitrator as the sole arbitrator to arbitrate any dispute arising from or in connection with this Contract.

 

14.1.1.3 The time limit for submitting the defense and identity documents and filing a counterclaim (if any) shall be three days; the time limit for presenting evidence shall be five

 

14.1.1.4 Both parties agree not to hold the arbitration session. the arbitration tribunal may conduct a written hearing and make a ruling based on the arbitration application, defense and other materials submitted by both parties.

 

14.1.1.5 Documents related to arbitration may be delivered by express delivery. The service addresses confirmed by both parties are as follows:

 

Party A’s address for service is: 5th floor, No.33, Guanri Road, Phase II, Xiamen Software Park

 

Party B accepts the service address: Xiamen Software Park. Unit 303, Floor 3,168, Fengqi Road In the event of any change in the service address of service, it shall notify the other party in writing, and the changed address shall be the valid service address from the date when the other party receives the notice of change.

 

8


 

 

Express delivery shall be deemed on the second day from the date of delivery; relocation of either party, rejection or no receipt shall not affect the effect of delivery. Neither party shall claim under the above pretext that it has not received the documents, notices or materials.

 

14.1.2 In case of any dispute and settlement by the above means, the parties shall continue to perform their other obligations under this Agreement except for the matters in dispute.

 

14.2 Other

 

14.2.1 Party B shall cooperate with Party A’s management personnel in the inspection work. In case of emergency, party A shall timely notify Party A.

 

14.2.2 Xiamen innovation software park management co., LTD., a subsidiary of party a, according to party a and Xiamen innovation software park management co., LTD., signed the annual asset management agreement, the software park two and three assets leasing business and daily management management management co., LTD., during the lease, party b agrees and accept the Xiamen innovation software park management co., LTD., the management of the lease, aware of the company has the right to exercise the rights of the lessor, and perform the obligations of the lessor, and no objection.

 

14.2.3 The annexes hereto shall be an integral part of this Contract.

 

14.2.4 When signing this Contract, Party B shall send party A a valid copy of the business license, a copy of the ID card of the legal representative, or a copy of the ID card of the lessee.

 

14.2.5 Service of this Contract including, but not limited to, notice, collection and relevant legal documents may be delivered in the manner specified in Article 14.1. 1. 5.

 

14.2.6 This Contract is made in two originals, with Party A and Party B holding one copy each. This Contract shall be signed and sealed by Party A and Party B’s legal representative or authorized agent, and shall come into force after Party B pays the performance bond.

 

14.2.7 For matters not covered herein, both parties may sign a supplementary agreement separately.

 

(No body is available on this page)

 

9


 

 

 
   
Signing place:
Xiamen

 

10

 

EX-4.35 19 f20f2023ex4-35_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT DATED JANUARY 20, 2023 BY AND BETWEEN XIAMEN POP CULTURE AND AN INDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY

Exhibit 4.35

Xiamen Software Park accelerator space lease contract

 

(Unit 301, Floor 3,168, Fengqi Road, Software Park, Phase III, R & D Building) No.:

 

Party A (Lessor): Xiamen Information Group Co., LTD

 

Party B (lessee): Xiamen Pop Culture Co., LTD

 

In accordance with relevant laws and regulations, party A and Party B reach an agreement through friendly negotiation and hereby conclude this Contract for mutual compliance.

 

Article 1 Location, area, function and use of the lease

 

1.1 Party A leases Unit 301 (hereinafter referred to as the Lease), 3 / F, 168, Fengqi Road, Software III, Torch District, Xiamen, to Party B. The building area of the leased property is jointly confirmed by both parties to be 434.08 square meters. If the actual floor area is different from the agreed floor area after the signing of this Contract, the monthly rent standard agreed herein and the floor area of the leased property agreed herein shall not be adjusted.

 

1.2 Functions and uses of the leased property: Office building, to be used by Party B as an office. Without the written permission of Party A, Party B shall not change the purpose of the lease without authorization.

 

1.3. Before signing this contract, Party B has investigated the current situation of the premises and the surrounding environment, and voluntarily rents the premises based on its independent judgment.

 

Article 2 Lease term

 

2.1 The lease term is 1 year, from January 20, 2023 to January 19, 2024.

 

Article 3 Lease fee and payment method

 

3.1 Rent standard

 

The unit price of the rent is RMB two hundred and eight yuan / square meter per month (¥ yuan / square meter per month).

 

 


 

The specific rent standard is as follows:

 

Year of

lease

Unit Price (RMB / Itf Monthly rent (RMB)

Quarterly rent

(RMB)

Current

rent

(first)

Pricing time

the 28 12154.24 36462.72 145850.88 From January 20, 2023 to January 19, 2024
amount to 145850.88

 

The contract price is RMB one hundred and forty-five thousand eight hundred and fifty hundred eighty-eight (¥: RMB 145850.88),

 

RMB one hundred and eight thousand nine hundred and five six (Y: 138905.60), RMB six thousand nine hundred and forty-five Wujiao eight (¥: 6945.28), the tax rate is 5_%o This contract is calculated at the tax-inclusive price. During the term of this contract, in case of any change in the national tax policy, the tax price and value added tax shall be recalculated by the tax policy applicable when the invoice is issued.

 

3.2 Payment method

 

3.2.1 The rent is a payment period for each month. Within 5 days from the date of signing this Contract, Party B shall pay Party A the initial rent of RMB six thousand, four hundred and sixty-two yuan (¥: RMB 36462.72), after which Party B shall pay the current rent to Party A to the following account designated by Party A before the 15th of the first month of each period

 

(Or an account confirmed in writing by Party A):

 

Account: Xiamen Information Group Co., Ltd

 

Bank: CCB Xiamen Branch Business Department

 

Account No.: [*]

 

3.2.2 During the lease term, Party B shall bear the property management fee, public maintenance fee, water and electricity fee, and the payment standards are as follows:

 

3.2.2.1 The property management fee shall be paid at the fee standard published by the property management company designated by Party A;

 

3.2.2.2 The housing public maintenance fund shall be paid according to the fee standard published by Xiamen Municipal Price Bureau;

 

3.2.2.3 The water and electricity charges generated by the leased property and the shared water and electricity charges generated during the lease term shall be paid according to the fee standard published by Xiamen Water Bureau and Electric Power Bureau.

 

2


 

The above property management fee, public maintenance fee and water and electricity fee shall be paid by Party B to the property company designated by Party A on time according to the payment time notified by the property company designated by Party A.

 

3.2.3 During the lease term, Party A shall pay the relevant operation tax according to law, and Party B shall specify the type of VAT invoice issued by Party A:

 

☐ 1. VAT ordinary invoice

 

Company / Personal Name:

 

identification number of the taxpayer;

 

☐ 2. VAT special invoice

 

When issuing the special VAT invoice, Party B shall provide the following information:

 

Company name: Xiamen Pupu Culture Co., Ltd

 

Taxpayer identification number: 91350206798065312U

 

Address: Unit 836, No.5, Mushuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen City

 

Tel.: 18060979708

 

Bank: China Construction Bank Co., Ltd., Xiamen Science and Technology Sub-branch

 

Account number: [*]

 

3.2.4 Tax: Party B shall pay the tax and administrative fees due to itself in strict accordance with the government regulations. If Party B fails to perform the tax obligations according to the provisions, all responsibilities shall be borne by Party B.

 

Article 4 Performance security deposit

 

4.1 Party B shall, within 15 working days from the signing of this Contract, pay a performance bond of RMB 100,000 (¥: RMB 37,000). If Party B breaches the contract during the performance of this Contract, Party A shall have the right to directly deduct the compensation and related expenses from the performance deposit. If the deposit is insufficient to deduct, Party A shall have the right to recover from Party B.

 

4.2 After Party A deduct the performance bond to Party A, if the performance bond paid by Party B to Party A is insufficient for the amount of the performance bond agreed in the contract, Party B shall make up the amount within 3 days after receiving the notice from Party A. Otherwise, Party A regards Party B to breach the contract and Party A shall have the right to hold Party B liable for breach of contract according to Party B’s overdue payment of rent.

 

3


 

4.3 at the termination of this contract (including early termination), if party b pay all the rent, and settle the property management fees and the lease of all expenses, and return the lease to party a according to this contract and there is no other default, party a after the termination of this contract, and the handover formalities within 20 working days, the performance deposit without interest. In case of any breach of contract, Party A shall repay the performance bond after party B assumes the full liability for breach of contract.

 

4.4 If the contract is terminated in advance or within 3 days after the expiration of this Contract, Party B shall go to the commercial registration authority for the cancellation of the registration of the business site of the leased property, otherwise Party A has the right not to return the performance deposit.

 

Article 5 Delivery of the lease item

 

5.1 Party A shall deliver the leased property to Party B for use according to the current situation, and Party B agrees to lease the leased property according to the current situation of the leased property and facilities.

 

5.2 The water and electricity supply facilities shall be delivered to Party B according to the current situation. If Party B needs to install self-use water and electricity facilities or expand the capacity (there shall be independent metering facilities), it shall apply to the property company designated by Party A in advance. After written approval, it shall be responsible for the installation and bear the relevant expenses, which shall be put into use after on-site review by the property company.

 

Article 6 Requirements for the use of the lease item

 

6.1 Party B shall use the leased property in strict accordance with the purpose and scope agreed herein, and shall not be used for assembly, processing and other production purposes, shall not set up a production and assembly workshop or warehouse, change the use purpose without authorization, or occupy public parts.

 

6.2 party b shall strictly implement the provisions of the Xiamen fire management regulations, safety with fire, electricity, gas, set up fire control facilities, shall not use, blocking safe evacuation channel, safety exit, and strictly implement the corresponding management system, if the fire safety accident occurred during the lease term, party b shall bear all responsibility.

4


 

6.3 If Party B needs to set up billboards, signs, light boxes and other outdoor advertisements outside the leased property, it shall abide by the relevant management system of the park.

 

6.4 In case of destructive accidents of the premises and ancillary facilities caused by improper use or management of Party B, resulting in property loss or personal injury, Party B shall bear all legal liabilities, and Party A shall not bear any liabilities.

 

6.5 Party B shall be responsible for the interior decoration of the leased item and shall bear all costs.

 

6.6 During the lease term, without the written consent of Party A, Party B shall not sublease, subcontract, borrow or license all or any part of the leased property to use the right, joint venture, partnership, investment, partnership, investment or any other form.

 

6.7 Party B shall submit the internal decoration plan (including but not limited to the general level design drawing, strong and weak electricity layout drawing, etc.) to Party A for review, and shall enter the site for decoration only after party A’s written confirmation. The main structure of the leased property shall not be changed during the decoration process.

 

6.8 Party B shall abide by the Xiamen Software Park Enterprise Management Regulations and other park management systems and relevant property management regulations, as well as the newly issued park management system and property management regulations promulgated after the signing of this Contract.

 

6.9 Party B shall not use the leased property for illegal activities, and shall not endanger Party A’s interests or damage the public interests. Otherwise, Party B shall bear all the legal liabilities, and Party A shall have the right to terminate this Contract and confiscate the performance security deposit.

 

6.10 Upon expiration of the lease term or other termination of the contract, Party A shall have the option of the ownership of the decoration and expansion part of the leased property. If Party A requires that the decoration and extension parts of the leased property attached to the leased property be owned by Party A, Party B shall not dismantle the leased property by itself and maintain the current use status of the leased property. If Party A requests Party B in writing to restore the original state of the leased property, Party B shall dismantle the attached part of the decoration, decoration and expansion of the premises and bear the corresponding expenses. If the decoration, decoration and expansion of Party B are not the supplementary part of the premises, Party B shall have the right to dismantle the premises. Party A shall not compensate and Party B shall not damage the structure of the premises. If the leased property is damaged by Party B, Party A shall have the right to ask Party B to compensate for the corresponding losses.

 

5


 

6.11 If Party B violates the relevant provisions of this clause, Party A shall have the right to supervise its correction.

 

6.12 Party B shall handle the property insurance and third-party liability insurance in the leased property. If Party B is not insured, and the property stored by Party B in the leased property suffers from water leakage, theft, fire, flood and other accidents or disasters, the responsibility shall be caused by Party B shall bear its own responsibility.

 

Article 7 Repair and maintenance of the leased property and ancillary facilities and sites

 

7.1 Party B shall have the exclusive right to use the leased property and its attached facilities during the lease term. Party B shall be responsible for the maintenance, maintenance and annual review of the leased property and special facilities, and guarantee that upon termination of this Contract, the natural facilities shall be returned to Party A along with the leased property during the lease term. Party A has the right to supervise this matter.

 

7.2 Party B shall be responsible for the proper use and maintenance of the leased property and its affiliated facilities, and shall eliminate all possible faults and dangers in time to remove all possible hidden dangers. If Party B fails to timely repair the destructive accidents, property losses or personal injury caused by the leased property and its affiliated facilities, Party B shall be liable for compensation.

 

7.3 Party B shall take good care of the lease item during the lease term. If the lease item is damaged due to non-natural losses, Party B shall be responsible for maintenance and expenses. If it is difficult to repair, Party B shall compensate for the corresponding losses. If it is difficult to repair, Party B shall compensate for the corresponding losses.

 

Article 8. Return of the lease property

 

8.1 Upon the expiration of the lease term or the early termination of the contract, Party B shall empty the items in the leased property, clean up the site and return them to Party A. When Party B hands over the leased property. Both parties shall jointly participate in the acceptance inspection.

 

8.2 If Party B fails to move out the leased item within the time limit, Party A shall have the right not to provide or guarantee the water, electricity, gas, communication of the leased item and other conditions that affect the applicability of the leased item.

 

Party A shall also have the right to take back the leased property by itself from the overdue date, and all the articles within the leased scope shall be deemed to be abandoned by Party B. Party A shall have the right to dispose of all the articles within the leased scope at party B, and all losses caused thereby shall be borne by Party B. At the same time, Party B shall also calculate and pay to Party A the house use fee of the overdue return to Party A according to twice the monthly rent of the same month upon the termination of the contract.

 

6


 

Article 9 Modification and termination of the contract

 

9.1 If Party B has any of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to issue a notice requiring Party B to correct the breach of contract immediately. If the rectification is not completed within the time limit required by Party A, Party A shall have the right not to provide or guarantee the water, electricity, gas, communication of the leased property and other conditions that affect the applicability of the leased property. Party A shall also have the right to confiscate the performance security deposit, terminate the contract, take back the lease item by itself, and hold Party B liable for breach of contract. This Contract shall be terminated on the date when Party A notifies Party B in writing by fax or letter. Party B shall return the leased property to Party A according to this Contract; if Party A suffers losses from the termination of this Contract, it shall compensate Party A for the losses:

 

9.1.1 Failing to pay the rent payable by Party B or the relevant expenses incurred during the lease term for more than 15 days.

 

9.1.2 During the lease term, the structure or use of the lease item shall be changed without the written approval or consent of Party A.

 

9.1.3 During the lease term, without the written approval or consent of Party A, it shall sell, transfer, mortgage or take any other infringement of the lease property’s ownership of Party A.

 

9.1.4 During the lease term, Party B uses the leased property to store dangerous goods or engage in illegal business operations or criminal activities or damage the public interest.

 

9.1.5 Party B shall, without the written consent of Party A, sublease, subcontract, borrow or use all or any part of the leased property, cooperate with others, associate, partnership, invest and use it in any other form.

 

9.1.6 Damage to the lease item, or other acts of breach hereof.

 

9.1.7 Party B has major violations, violations or other events, which cause adverse effects to Party A and the software park. This Contract shall be terminated on the date when Party A notifies Party B in writing by fax or letter.

 

9.2 If Party A has any of the following circumstances, Party B shall have the right to unilaterally terminate the Contract and hold Party A liable for breach of contract:

 

9.2.1 Party A fails to deliver or delays delivery of the leased item for more than 15 days, and Party B does not receive the leased item.

 

9.2.2 The main structure of the leased property is defective, which endangers the safety.

 

9.3 During the lease term, both parties may modify or terminate the Contract under any of the following circumstances:

 

9.3.1 Party A and Party B agree to modify or terminate this Contract in writing.

 

9.3.2 The leased property and its ancillary facilities are seriously damaged due to force majeure, and the contract cannot be further performed.

 

Article 10 Liability for breach of contract

 

10.1 Both parties shall abide by the contract during the lease term. If either party breaches this Contract and causes losses to the other party, it shall be liable for compensation.

 

7


 

10.2 during the lease term, party b overdue pay this contract shall be borne by party b of the rent and the lease process related costs, such as the rectification completed, party a has the right to terminate this contract in advance, and have the right to require party b from the date of the overdue standard to pay overdue payment penalty to party a.

 

10.3 If Party B breaches this Contract and causes the early termination of the Contract (except as stipulated in Article 12.2), Party A shall have the right to confiscate the performance deposit and require Party B to pay the liquidated damages for the previous month’s rent upon the early termination of this contract. If the contract is terminated in advance due to Party B’s breach of contract or other reasons, Party A shall not compensate Party B for the decoration expenses.

 

10.4 During the lease term, if either party breaches the contract and causes losses to the other party or is investigated by a third party or subject to administrative punishment, the breaching party shall, in addition to making compensation according to this clause, compensate the reasonable expenses paid to the non-breaching party, including but not limited to:

 

10.4.1 Litigation costs, preservation costs, execution fees, arbitration fees, and other taxes and fees paid to the relevant government departments;

 

10.4.2 Lawyer’s fee, notary fee and evaluation fee;

 

10.4.3 Evidence preservation fee and other reasonable expenses incurred in the process of transfer and evidence collection:

 

10.4.4 Travel expenses and business trip allowance.

 

10.5. If Party B fails to go through the cancellation registration formalities of the leased property with the commercial registration authority as agreed herein, party B shall pay party A a penalty of RMB 5% of the total overdue amount for each day overdue.

 

Article 11 Conditions of exemption

 

11.1 Party A and Party B shall not be liable for the failure to perform this Contract due to force majeure. Force majeure means the unforeseeable, unavoidable and insurmountable objective circumstances resulting in the uncontinued performance of this Contract, including but not limited to earthquake and war.

 

8


 

11.2 Party A shall have the right to unilaterally terminate the Contract under the following circumstances:

 

11.2.1 Demolition, reconstruction, requisition and expropriation;

 

11.2.2 Land allocation and transfer:

 

11.2.3 Planning adjustment, change of design change or specific use change of land:

 

11.2.4 Party A is restructured or no longer assumes the operation and management responsibilities due to other reasons:

 

11.2.5 Party committees at all levels, governments, general offices, relevant administrative departments, government temporary coordination agencies and offices, public offices, headquarters and their responsible persons (including deputy positions) and controlling holders of Party A shall submit special documents, resolutions, meeting minutes and copies. Instructions or instructions for the request to make the decision or require Party A to take back the land or building:

 

11.2.6 Party A decides to dismantle and rebuild, permanently dismantle, structurally transform and transform the leased property, or make major changes to its use;

 

11.2.7 Changes, modifications or other changes in laws, regulations and normative documents shall result in the unsuitable of the leased property

 

11.2.8 The administrative Committee of the Municipal Software Park, the institutions undertaking its functions and powers, or its superior authorities, and the subject qualification requirements of the leased property have changed.

 

Party B has no objection to Party A exercising the termination right of this Agreement; Party B fully understands and is willing to accept the losses caused by signing this Contract. Party B irrevocably waives the right to defend and prevent it.

 

Party B shall return the leased item within three months after receiving the notice from Party A without any conditions and waive the first performance or simultaneous performance of the defense. Both parties agree that Party A has the right to terminate the contract without assuming any liability.

 

9


 

11.3 If either party is unable to perform the Contract due to force majeure, the party that has the above force majeure shall immediately notify the other party by mail or fax, and shall, within 30 days, provide the details of the force majeure and the reasons for the failure, or part of the contract or the delay of performance.

 

11.4 During the lease period of Party B, Party A shall not be liable for the temporary interruption of water, electricity and public facilities due to the normal maintenance or other reasons not attributable to Party A. However, Party A shall notify Party B in advance before the normal maintenance.

 

Article 12 Termination of the contract in advance

 

12.1 During the lease term, neither party shall terminate this Contract in advance without authorization, except for force majeure factors.

 

12.2 If Party B really needs to terminate the Contract in advance, it shall notify Party A in writing 60 days in advance. terminate the contract in advance with the written consent of Party A and Party B has completed the following procedures:

 

12.2.1 Return the leased property to Party A;

 

12.2.2 Pay the rent of the real lease term and other expenses incurred by this Contract;

 

12.2.3 Party B shall pay liquidated damages to Party A before the early termination of this Contract, which shall be the monthly rent of the current month upon the early termination of the contract;

 

12.2.4 Go through the cancellation registration procedures of the business premises of the leased property with the commercial application registration authority

 

12.3 If Party B fails to terminate the contract in advance and cancel the lease as mentioned in the preceding paragraph, Party A shall have the right to confiscate all the performance security deposit and recover all losses caused to Party A by the early lease cancellation from Party B.

 

12.4 If Party B terminates the contract in advance due to breach of contract or other reasons, Party A shall provide the decoration and decoration to Party B

 

10


 

12.5 If Party A really needs to terminate the Contract in advance, it shall notify Party B in writing 30 days in advance. And pay liquidated damages

 

For Party B, the liquidated damages shall be the monthly rent of the same month when the contract is terminated in advance. In addition, Party A shall compensate Party B for the decoration and decoration expenses incurred separately.

 

Article 13 Termination of the contract

 

13.1 If the Contract is terminated in advance or upon expiration, Party B shall move out of the leased property on the date of early termination or expiration of the lease term and perform it in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

13.2 Prior to the early termination of the Contract or the expiration of the term of validity, Party A shall determine the new rent standard and issue a new rental announcement according to the public lease. In the case of public leasing, Party B shall participate in the bidding and exercise the legal rights in accordance with the rules formulated or implemented by Party A. If Party B does not participate, it shall be deemed to have waived the relevant rights.

 

Article 14 Supplementary Provisions

 

14.1. Dispute settlement measures

 

14.1.1 Any dispute arising from or in connection with this Contract shall be settled by both parties through friendly negotiation; if no agreement can be reached, any party shall submit it to Xiamen Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Rules (2020 edition) (unless otherwise agreed in this Contract). The arbitral award is final and binding on both parties. However, the parties agree to make the following changes to the arbitration rules:

 

14.1.1.1 Arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with Chapter 8 of the Rules and shall not be subject to the limitation of Article 60 (1) of the Rules shall not exceed RMB 2 million (RMB, the same below), and the right to apply for change shall be waived.

 

14.1.1.2 The parties agree that Xiamen Arbitration Commission shall appoint an arbitrator as the sole arbitrator to arbitrate any dispute arising from or in connection with this Contract.

 

14.1.1.3 The time limit for submitting the defense and identity documents and filing a counterclaim (if any) shall be three days; the time limit for presenting evidence shall be five days.

 

11


 

14.1.1.4 Both parties agree not to hold the arbitration session. the arbitration tribunal may conduct a written hearing and make a ruling based on the arbitration application, defense and other materials submitted by both parties.

 

14.1.1.5 Documents related to arbitration may be delivered by express delivery. The service addresses confirmed by both parties are as follows:

 

Party A’s address for service is: 5th floor, No.33, Guanri Road, Phase II, Xiamen Software Park

 

Party B’s address is Unit 301, 3, Floor 3, No.168 Fengqi Road, Phase III, Xiamen Software Park

 

If the service address is changed, it shall notify the other party in writing and make the change from the date when the other party receives the notice of change The latter address is the valid service address.

 

Express delivery shall be deemed on the second day from the date of delivery; relocation of either party, rejection or no receipt shall not affect the effect of delivery. Neither party shall claim under the above pretext that it has not received the documents, notices or materials.

 

14.1.2 In case of any dispute and settlement by the above means, the parties shall continue to perform their other obligations under this Agreement except for the matters in dispute.

 

14.2 Other

 

14.2.1 Party B shall cooperate with Party A’s management personnel in the inspection work. In case of emergency, party A shall timely notify Party A.

 

14.2.2 Xiamen innovation software park management co., LTD., a subsidiary of party a, according to party a and Xiamen innovation software park management co., LTD., signed the annual asset management agreement, the software park two and three assets leasing business and daily management management management co., LTD., during the lease, party b agrees and accept the Xiamen innovation software park management co., LTD., the management of the lease, aware of the company has the right to exercise the rights of the lessor, and perform the obligations of the lessor, and no objection.

 

14.2.3 The annexes hereto shall be an integral part of this Contract.

 

14.2.4. Upon signing this Contract, Party B shall submit a valid copy of the business license, a copy of the ID card of the legal representative, or a copy of the ID card of the lessee.

 

14.2.5 Service of this Contract including, but not limited to, notice, collection and relevant legal documents may be delivered in the manner specified in Article 14.1.1.5.

 

14.2.6 This Contract is made in two originals, with Party A and Party B holding one copy each. This Contract shall be established after being sealed by Party A and signed and sealed by Party B’s legal representative or authorized agent, and shall pay the performance bond to Party B (Unit 304, Floor 3, No.168, Fengqi Road, Software Park, Phase III, Torch High-tech Zone, Xiamen, R & D Building)

 

14.2.7 For matters not covered herein, both parties may sign a supplementary agreement separately.

 

12


 

(No body is available on this page)

 

   

 

Signing  place:

Xiamen

 

13

 

EX-4.36 20 f20f2023ex4-36_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT DATED MARCH 21, 2023 BY AND BETWEEN POP NETWORK AND AN INDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY

Exhibit 4.36

 

Xiamen Software Park accelerator space lease contract

 

 

number:

 

Party A (lessor): Xiamen Information Group Co., LTD

 

Party B (lessee): Xiamen Pop Network Technology Co., LTD

 

In accordance with the provisions of relevant laws and regulations, party A and Party B reach an agreement through friendly negotiation and hereby enter into this Contract Mutual compliance.

 

Article 1 Location, area, function and use of the lease

 

1.1 Party A leases Unit 304 (hereinafter referred to as the Lease), Floor 3,168, Fengqi Road, Software Park, Torch High-tech Zone, Xiamen to Party B. The floor area of the leased property shall be jointly confirmed by both parties as being And 500.91 square meters. If the actual construction area is found to be different from the agreed construction area after the signing of this contract, it will not be adjusted

 

The whole monthly rent standard agreed in this contract and the floor area of the leased property agreed herein.

 

1.2 Functions and uses of the leased property: Office building, to be used by Party B as an office. Without party A’s book

 

Party B shall not change the use of the lease without authorization.

 

1.3 Party B has investigated the current situation of the premises before signing this contract,

 

And based on its independent judgment to voluntarily rent the house.

 

Article 2 Lease term

 

2.1 Lease Term 1 Year, from March 21, 2023 to March 20, 2024

 

Article 3 Lease fee and payment method

 

3.1 Rent standard

 

 


 

The unit price of unit 304 is RMB 20-5 yuan / m 2 · month (25 yuan, yuan / m 2 · month).

 

The specific rent standard is as follows:

 

Year of lease   Unit price (Yuan / m² · month)     Monthly rent (RMB)     Quarterly rent (RMB)     Current rent (RMB)     Pricing time
the first year amount to       25       12522.75       37568.25       150273     From March 21, 2023 to March 20, 2024
                            150273      

 

The contract price is RMB one hundred and fifty thousand two hundred and seventy-three yuan only (¥ : RMB 150,273), excluding the tax amount of RMB one hundred and forty-three thousand one hundred and seventeen yuan and seventeen points (¥: 143,117.14 yuan), VAT tax

 

The value of RMB seven-one hundred and fifty-five and eighty-six (¥: 7,155.86 yuan), with a tax rate of 5%. This contract shall be subject to Including tax price. During the term of this contract, in case of any change in the national tax policy, the tax price and VAT shall be excluded

 

The tax policy applicable when the invoice is issued.

 

3.2 Payment method

 

3.2.1 Rent is one payment period for every three months. Within 5 days from the date of signing this Contract, Party B shall pay party A the first rent of RMB thirty-five thousand sixty and twenty-five cents (¥: RMB 37,568.25) Thereafter, Party B shall pay the current rent to Party A before the 15th day of each month to the following account designated by Party A before the first month of each period

 

(Or an account confirmed in writing by Party A):

 

Account: Xiamen Information Group Co., Ltd

 

Bank: CCB Xiamen Branch Business Department

 

Account No.: [*]

 

3.2.2 During the lease term, Party B shall bear the property management fee, public maintenance fund, water and electricity charges The payment standard is as follows:

 

2


 

 

3.2.2.1 The property management fee shall be paid at the fee standard published by the property management company designated by Party A;

 

3.2.2.2 Housing public maintenance gold to Xiamen City price Bureau announced the fee standard payment;

 

3.2.2.3 The water and electricity charges generated by the leased property and the shared water and electricity charges generated during the lease term,

 

To Xiamen city water bureau, electricity bureau announced the charge standard to pay.

 

The above property management fee, public maintenance fee and utilities fee shall be paid by Party B according to the property company designated by Party A

 

Pay the payment time to the property management company designated by Party A on time.

 

3.2.3 During the lease term, Party A shall pay relevant business taxes according to law, and Party B shall specify that Party A shall issue VAT

 

Type of invoice:

 

☐ 1. VAT ordinary invoice

 

Company / Personal Name:

 

identification number of the taxpayer:

 

☐ 2. Special VAT invoice

 

When issuing the special VAT invoice, Party B shall provide the following information:

 

Company name: Xiamen Pop Network Technology Co., LTD

 

Taxpayer identification number: [*]

 

Address: Unit 208, No.168, Fengqi Road, Phase III, Software Park, Xiamen City

 

Tel.: 0592-5968189

 

Bank: China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd., Xiamen Software Park Sub-branch 3.2.4 Tax: Party B shall pay the taxes and administrative fees due to itself in strict accordance with the government regulations.

 

3


 

Account number: [*]

 

 

If Party B fails to perform the tax obligations according to the provisions, all responsibilities shall be borne by Party B.

 

Article 4 Performance security deposit

 

4.1 Party B shall pay the performance bond of RMB to Party A within 15 working days from the date of signing this Contract RMB Thirty-eight thousand yuan only (¥: RMB 38,000 yuan). If Party B breaches the contract during the performance of this Contract, Party A shall have the right to directly deduct the compensation and related expenses from the performance bond. If the deposit is insufficient, Party A Have the right to recover from Party B.

 

4.2 After Party A deducthe performance bond to Party A, if the performance bond paid by Party B to Party A is insufficient for the amount of the performance bond agreed herein, Party B shall make up the amount within 3 days after receiving the notice from Party A, otherwise, it shall be deemed as If Party B breaches the contract, Party A has the right to hold Party B liable for breach of contract according to party B’s overdue payment of rent.

 

4.3 at the termination of this contract (including early termination), if party b pay all the rent, and settle the property management fees and the lease of all expenses, and return the lease to party a according to this contract and there is no other default, party a after the termination of this contract, and the handover formalities within 20 working days, the performance deposit without interest. In case of breach, Party A shall repay the performance bond after Party B assumes the full liability for breach of contract.

 

4.4 In case of early termination or within 3 days after the expiration of this Contract, Party B shall go through the lease at the commercial registration authority

 

The business place cancellation of the registration procedures, otherwise Party A has the right not to return the performance deposit.

 

Article 5 Delivery of the lease item

 

5.1 Party A shall deliver the leased property to Party B for use according to the current situation, and Party B agrees to accept the current status of the leased property and facilities 5.2 Water and electricity supply facilities shall be delivered to Party B according to the current situation.

 

hire.

 

4


 

If Party B needs to install self-use water and electricity facilities or expand the capacity (there shall be independent metering facilities), it shall apply to the property company designated by Party A in advance in writing

 

After the approval, it shall be responsible for the installation and bear the relevant expenses, which will be put into use after on-site audit by the property company.

 

Article 6 Requirements for the use of the lease item

 

6.1 Party B shall use the leased property in strict accordance with the purpose and scope agreed herein, shall not be used for assembly, processing and other production purposes, shall not have a production assembly workshop and warehouse, shall not change the use without authorization public place.

 

6.2 Party B shall strictly implement the provisions of Xiamen Fire Management and use fire safely Electricity and gas, and fire control facilities shall not use or block safe evacuation channels and safety exits, and shall be strict

 

The corresponding management system shall be implemented. In case of fire control and other safety accidents occurring during the lease term, Party B shall bear all the responsibilities.

 

6.3 If Party B needs to set up billboards, signs, light boxes and other outdoor advertisements outside the leased property, it shall comply with the park Relevant management system.

 

6.4 If destructive accidents occur to the premises and ancillary facilities caused by improper use or management of Party B

 

In case of property loss or personal injury, Party B shall bear all the legal liabilities, and Party A shall not bear any liability.

 

6.5 Party B shall be responsible for the interior decoration of the leased item and shall bear all costs.

 

6.6 During the lease term, without the written consent of Party A, Party B shall not sublease, contract, borrow or use all or any part of the lease item to cooperate with others, associate, partnership, invest or share with the right to lease Cooperation, partnership, investment and any other form licensed to third parties.

 

5


 

6.7 Party B shall submit the internal decoration plan (including but not limited to the general level design drawing, strong and weak electricity layout drawing, etc.) to Party A for review, and shall enter the site for decoration only after party A’s written confirmation. The lease item shall not be changed on the way of decoration major structure

 

6.8 Party B shall abide by the Xiamen Software Park Enterprise Management Regulations and other park management systems and related properties Management regulations, as well as the newly promulgated park management system and property management regulations after the signing of this contract.

 

6.9 Party B shall not use the leased property for illegal activities, and shall not endanger the interests of Party A or damage the public interests, otherwise, Party B shall bear all the legal liabilities, and Party A shall have the right to terminate this Contract and confiscate the performance guarantee metals.

 

6.10 Upon expiration of the lease term or other termination of the contract, Party A shall have the option of the ownership of the decoration and expansion part of the leased property. If Party A requires that the decoration and extension parts of the leased property attached to the leased property be owned by Party A, Party B shall not dismantle the leased property by itself and maintain the current use status of the leased property. If Party A requests Party B in writing to restore the original state of the leased property, Party B shall dismantle the attached part of the decoration, decoration and expansion of the premises and bear the corresponding expenses. If the decoration, decoration and expansion of Party B do not belong to the supplementary part of the premises, Party B shall have the right to dismantle the premises by itself. Party A shall not compensate, and Party B shall not damage the structure of the premises if it is caused by party B’s demolition

 

If party A’s leased property is damaged, Party A has the right to ask Party B to compensate for the corresponding losses.

 

6.11 If Party B violates the relevant provisions of this clause, Party A shall have the right to supervise its correction.

 

6.12 Party B shall handle the property insurance and third-party liability insurance in the leased property. If Party B does not provide insurance, lease

 

If the property stored by Party B suffers in any accident or disaster, such as water leakage, theft, fire and flood, it shall be responsible for it Party B shall bear its own responsibility.

 

6


 

Article 7 Repair and maintenance of the leased property and ancillary facilities and sites

 

7.1 Party B shall have the exclusive right to use the leased property and its attached facilities during the lease term. Party B shall be responsible for the maintenance, maintenance and annual review of the leased property and special facilities, and guarantee the natural damage except during the lease term

 

In addition, the special facilities shall be returned to Party A along with the leased property in normal operation. Party A has the right to inspect this.

 

7.2 Party B shall be responsible for the proper use and maintenance of the leased property and its affiliated facilities, and shall eliminate all possible faults and dangers in time to remove all possible hidden dangers. Party B shall bear the destructive accident, property loss or personal injury of the leased property and its ancillary facilities caused by the repair due to Party B’s failure liability to pay compensation.

 

7.3 Party B shall take good care of the lease item during the lease term. If the lease item is damaged due to non-natural losses, Party B shall be responsible for maintenance and expenses. If it is difficult to repair, Party B shall compensate for the corresponding losses. It is difficult to repair

 

If, Party B shall compensate for the corresponding losses.

 

Article 8. Return of the lease property

 

8.1 Upon the expiration of the lease term or the early termination of the contract, Party B shall empty and place the items in the leased property

 

The ground shall be cleaned up and returned to Party A. When Party B returns the leased property, both parties shall jointly participate in the acceptance inspection.

 

8.2 If Party B fails to move out the lease item, Party A has the right to provide or guarantee the lease item Water, electricity, gas, communications and other conditions that may affect the applicability of the leased property.

 

Party A shall also have the right to take back the leased property by itself from the date of delay, and all the articles within the leased scope shall be deemed to be abandoned by Party B. Party A shall have the right to dispose of all the articles within the leased scope at any expense of Party B, and all losses caused thereby shall be borne by Party B. At the same time, Party B shall calculate and pay the premises at twice the monthly rent of the same month upon the termination of the contract charge for use.

 

Article 9 Modification and termination of the contract

 

9.1 If Party B has any of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to issue a notice requiring Party B to correct the breach of contract immediately. If the rectification is not completed within the time limit required by Party A, Party A shall have the right not to provide or guarantee the water, electricity, gas, communication of the leased property and other conditions that affect the applicability of the leased property. Party A shall also have the right to confiscate the performance bond, terminate the contract, take back the lease property by itself, and hold Party B liable for breach of contract. This Contract shall be terminated on the date when Party A notifies Party B in writing by fax or letter. Party B shall return the leased property to Party A; for

 

For Party A, it shall compensate Party A for the losses:

 

9.1.1 Failure to deliver the rent within the agreed term shall be generated by the rent paid by Party B or during the lease term For more than 15 days.

 

7


 

9.1.2 During the lease term, the structure or lease of the lease item shall be changed without the written approval or consent of Party A

 

The use of lease.

 

9.1.3 During the lease term, the lease item shall be sold and transferred without the written approval or consent of Party A Let, mortgage or take any other act that infringes upon the ownership of Party A.

 

9.1.4 During the lease term, Party B shall store dangerous goods or engage in illegal operation or violate the law To act or damage the public interest

 

9.1.5 Party B shall, without the written consent of Party A, sublease, subcontract, borrow all or any part of the leased property or cooperate with others, cooperate, partnership, invest and purchase any other shares Form permission to others

 

9.1.6 Damage to the lease item, or other acts of breach hereof.

 

9.1.7 Party B has major violations, violations or other incidents, which will cause bad effects to Party A and the software park

 

The ring of. This Contract shall be terminated on the date when Party A notifies Party B in writing by fax or letter.

 

9.2 If Party A has any of the following circumstances, Party B shall have the right to unilaterally terminate the contract and investigate party A’s violation

 

About responsibility:

 

9.2.1 Party A fails to deliver or delays delivery of the leased item for more than 15 days, and Party B does not receive the leased item.

 

9.2.2 The main structure of the leased property is defective, which endangers the safety.

 

9.3 During the lease term, both parties may modify or terminate the Contract under any of the following circumstances:

 

9.3.1 Party A and Party B agree to modify or terminate this Contract in writing.

 

9.3.2 The leased property and its ancillary facilities are seriously damaged due to force majeure, which makes this contract cannot be damaged 10.1 Both parties shall abide by the contract during the lease term, and either party violates this Contract to the other party

 

8


 

Continue to perform.

 

Article 10 Liability for breach of contract

 

 

For losses, they shall be liable for compensation.

 

10.2 during the lease term, party b overdue pay this contract shall be borne by party b rent and the related expenses incurred in the lease process, such as the rectification completed, party a has, the right to terminate this contract in advance, and have the right to require party b from the date of overdue to daily standard to party a

 

Pay the liquidated damages for overdue payment.

 

10.3 If Party B breaches this contract, the contract is terminated in advance (except in Article 12.2 Besides), Party A has the right to confiscate the performance bond and require Party B to pay the liquidated damages for the previous month’s rent upon the early termination of the contract. If the contract is terminated in advance due to Party B’s breach of contract or other reasons, Party A shall install Party B

 

The cost of repair and decoration shall not be compensated.

 

10.4 During the lease term, if either party breaches the contract and causes losses to the other party or is investigated by a third party or subject to administrative punishment, the breaching party shall, in addition to the compensation under this clause, compensate the party for the reasonable expenses paid by the non-breaching party, including

 

But not limited to:

 

10.4.1 Litigation costs, preservation costs, execution fees, arbitration fees, and other expenses paid to the relevant government departments

 

Tax, fee;

 

10.4.2 Lawyer’s fee, notary fee and evaluation fee;

 

10.4.3 Evidence preservation fee and other reasonable expenses incurred in the process of investigation and evidence collection;

 

10.4.4 Travel expenses and business trip allowance.

 

10.5 Party B fails to cancel the business place of the leased property with the commercial registration authority as agreed herein

 

For each day overdue, Party B shall pay party A a penalty of RMB 5% of the total overdue amount.

 

Article 11 Conditions of exemption

 

11.1 Party A and Party B shall not be liable for the failure to perform this Contract due to force majeure. Force Majeure means unforeseeable, unavoidable, insurmountable and resulting to this Objective circumstances under which contracts cannot be continuously performed, including but not limited to earthquake and war.

 

11.2 In any of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to unilaterally terminate the Contract: 11.2.1 Demolition, reconstruction, requisition and expropriation;

 

11.2.2 Land allocation and transfer;

 

11.2.3 Planning adjustment, design change or specific use change of land:

 

11.2.4 Li restructuring or no longer assume operation and management responsibilities due to other reasons;

 

9


 

11.2.5 party committees, governments at all levels, general office, the relevant administrative departments, government temporary coordination agencies, office, office, headquarters and head (including deputy), party a’s holding person with special documents, resolutions, meeting minutes, to, copy, instructions or instructions for instructions to land, buildings for other use or require party a

 

The decision to take back the land and the buildings;

 

11.2.6 Party A decides to dismantle and rebuild, permanently dismantle, structural transform or use the leased property Major changes;

 

11.2.7 Changes, modifications or other changes in laws, regulations and normative documents, resulting in the failure of the lease item

 

Appropriate lease;

 

11.2.8 The Administrative Committee of the Municipal Software Park and the institutions undertaking its functions and powers, or its superior institutions of the leased property

 

The qualification requirements of the leasing subject have been changed.

 

Party B has no objection to Party A exercising the termination right of this Agreement; the damage of the termination

 

Party B has fully recognized and is willing to accept this contract. Party B irrevocably waives its defense that,

 

The right to stop.

 

Party B shall return the leased property within three months after receiving the notice from Party A and give up the lease without any conditions

 

To defend or simultaneously perform the defense. Both parties agree that Party A has the right to terminate the Contract without assuming any liability.

 

11.3 If either party is unable to perform this Contract due to force majeure, the party with the above force majeure shall immediately notify the other party by mail or fax, and shall provide the details of the force majeure within 30 days

 

Failure to perform the contract, or in part, or the reasons for delay of performance.

 

11.4 During the lease period of Party B, Party A shall not be liable for the temporary interruption of water, electricity and public facilities due to the normal maintenance or other reasons not attributable to Party A. However, Party A conducts it normally Notify Party B in advance before maintenance.

 

10


 

 

Article 12 Termination of the contract in advance

 

12.1 During the lease term, neither party shall terminate this Contract in advance without authorization, except for force majeure factors.

 

12.2 If Party B really needs to terminate the Contract in advance, it shall notify Party A in writing 60 days in advance. The same shall be written by Party A

 

Meand Party B shall terminate the contract in advance only after completing the following procedures:

 

12.2.1 Return the leased ase to Party A:

 

12.2.2 Pay the rent of the real lease term and other expenses incurred by this Contract;

 

12.2.3 The contract shall be paid liquidated damages to Party A before the early termination of this Contract, which shall be early termination

 

Meanwhile, the monthly rent;

 

12.2.4 Go through the registration procedures for the cancellation of the leased property with the commercial registration authority.

 

12.3 If Party B fails to terminate the contract in advance and cancel the lease in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, Party A shall have the right to confiscate all the performance guarantees

 

And shall have the right to recover from Party B all losses to Party A caused by the early cancellation of the lease.

 

12.4 If Party B terminates the contract in advance due to breach of contract or other reasons, Party A shall provide the decoration and decoration to Party B

 

The expenses will not be compensated.

 

12.5 If Party A really needs to terminate the Contract in advance, it shall notify Party B in writing 30 days in advance. And pay liquidated damages

 

For Party B, the liquidated damages shall be the monthly rent of the current month when the contract is terminated in advance, and shall be made to Party B as compensation for early termination In addition, Party A shall not bear any liability and expenses for the loss.

 

11


 

 

Article 13 Termination of the contract

 

13.1 If the Contract is terminated in advance or expires, Party B shall terminate on the date of early termination or expiration of the lease term Remove the leased property and perform it in accordance with the provisions herein.

 

13.2 Prior to the early termination of the Contract or the expiration of the term of validity, Party A shall determine the new rent standard and issue a new rental announcement according to the public lease. In the case of public leasing, Party B shall participate in bidding and exercise the rights in accordance with the rules formulated or implemented by Party A. If party b is not Participation shall be deemed as a waiver of the relevant rights.

 

Article 14. The Supplementary Provisions

 

14.1 Dispute settlement measures

 

14.1.1 Any dispute arising from or in connection with this Contract shall be settled by both parties through friendly negotiation; If no agreement can be reached, either party shall submit to Xiamen Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Rules (2020 edition) (unless otherwise agreed in this Contract). The arbitral award is final, against double

 

All the parties shall be binding. However, the parties agree to make the following changes to the arbitration rules:

 

14.1.1.1 Arbitration in accordance with Chapter VIII of the Rules shall not be subject to the limitation of the amount of dispute in Article 60 (1) of the Rules not exceeding 2 million yuan (the same below), and the application for change shall be waived More rights.

 

14.1.1.2 Both parties agree that the Xiamen Arbitration Commission shall appoint an arbitrator as the sole arbitrator

 

Any dispute arising from or in connection with this Contract shall be arbitrated.

 

14.1.1.3 The time limit for submitting the defense and identity documents and filing counterclaims (if any) is three days;

 

The time limit for producing evidence is for five days.

 

14.1.1.4 Both parties agree not to hold arbitration, the arbitration tribunal may submit the arbitration submitted by both parties The application form, defense form and other materials shall be heard in writing and adjudicated.

 

12


 

 

14.1.1.5 Documents related to arbitration may be delivered by express delivery. As confirmed by both parties

 

The service address is as follows:

 

Party A’s address for service is: 5th floor, No.33, Guanri Road, Phase II, Xiamen Software Park

 

Party B’s address is Unit 304,3, Floor, No.168 Fengqi Road, Phase III, Xiamen Software Park

 

If the service address is changed, it shall notify the other party in writing and make the change from the date when the other party receives the notice of change

 

The latter address is the valid service address.

 

Express delivery shall be deemed on the second day from the date of delivery; either party relocated, rejected, no sign

 

The receipt shall not affect the effect of the service. Neither party shall claim under the above pretext that it has not received the documents, notices or materials.

 

14.1.2 In case of any dispute settled by the above means, both parties shall continue except for the matters in dispute Continue to perform its other obligations under this Agreement.

 

14.2 Other

 

14.2.1 Party B shall cooperate with Party A’s management personnel when inspecting the work.

 

13


 

When notified to Party A.

 

In case of emergency and emergency 14.2.2 Xiamen innovation software park management co., LTD., a subsidiary of party a, according to party a and Xiamen innovation software park management co., LTD., signed the year of the asset management agreement, will be located in the software park phase ii and three phase of assets leasing business and daily management maintenance work entrusted Xiamen innovation software park management co., LTD., during the lease, party b agrees and accept the Xiamen innovation software park management co., LTD., management of the lease, aware of the company has the right to exercise the rights of the lessor, and fulfill the obligations of the lessor, And no objection.

 

14.2.3 The annexes hereto shall be an integral part of this Contract.

 

14.2.4. When signing this Contract, Party B shall send a valid copy of the business license and the legal representative to Party A Copy of the certificate, or a copy of the lessee’s ID card.

 

14.2.5 Service of this Contract including but not limited to notice, collection and relevant legal documents To be delivered in accordance with Article 14.1.1.5.

 

14.2.6 This Contract is made in two originals, with Party A and Party B holding one copy each; this Contract shall be sealed by Party A Party B’s legal representative or authorized agent shall be established after the signature and seal, and shall pay the performance bond to Party B Guangzhou city stock housing sales contract

 

After effective.

 

14.2.7 For matters not covered herein, both parties may sign a supplementary agreement separately.

 

14


 

(No body is available on this page)

 

Party A: Xiamen Information Group Co., LTD Party B: Xiamen Pupu Network Technology Co., LTD

 

 

Address: No.33, Guanri Road, Phase II,

 

Software Park, Xiamen

 

 

 

a storied building

 

Tax registration No.: [*]

representative:

 

Address: Fengqi Road, Torch High-tech Zone, Xiamen

 

168 N. C. 3rd Floor

 

 

 

Tax registration number: [*]

Signing place: Xiamen

 

 

15

 

 

EX-4.37 21 f20f2023ex4-37_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF THE HOUSING SALES AGREEMENT DATED OCTOBER 21, 2022 BY AND BETWEEN GUANGZHOU SHUZHI AND AN INDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY

Exhibit 4.37

 

Contract No.: No.2210006357X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 1 of 8


 

Stock housing sales contract description

 

1. Before the signing of this contract, the parties shall carefully read all the terms of this contract and fully negotiate with them. If the terms and words of the contract are inconsistent, they shall reach a consensus through consultation and may clearly agree with them in the contract when necessary. After the contract becomes effective, any dispute between the parties arising to the terms and terms of the contract shall be settled through negotiation; if it cannot be resolved through negotiation, they may bring a suit to the people’s court or apply to the arbitration institution according to the dispute settlement channels agreed in the contract.

 

2. In order to reflect the principle of the white wish of the parties to the contract, there are blank lines after the relevant provisions in the contract text for the parties to agree or supplement the agreement. The parties may modify, supplement or delete the contents of the text clauses. After the contract is signed, the unpublished printed text shall be deemed to be agreed to by the parties.

 

3. For the contract, the blanks and other contents to be deleted or added, the parties shall determine through negotiation.

 

4. Before signing the contract, the parties concerned shall present the relevant certificates and supporting documents that must be provided by them.

 

5. The “stock housing sales transaction” referred to in this contract refers to the house owner who has handled the property right registration and obtained the real estate ownership certificate to transfer the house again.

 

6. This contract is used for the sale and sale of stock housing. Once signed, the parties or their entrusted agents shall timely transfer the transaction formalities to the real estate transaction registration agency with the written stock housing sale contract and relevant materials.

 

7. According to the relevant provisions of the state, the real estate intermediary service agencies or employees shall not collect and manage the stock of housing transaction funds, if there is a violation, please dial 12345 to reflect.

 

8. The seller shall carefully choose the payment method to deliver the house payment. In order to protect the stock housing transaction and the security of funds, it shall choose the way of fund custody as far as possible, so as to reduce risks and avoid disputes.

 

9. According to the provincial Development and Reform Commission, the provincial Department of Housing and Urban-Rural Development related notice spirit, real estate service consulting fees, real estate brokerage service fees implementation of market regulation prices. The service fee standard of real estate brokerage shall be determined by the entrusting and entrusted parties in accordance with the principles of fairness, justice and rationality, and according to the service content, service cost, service quality and the state of market supply and demand.

 

10. If the buyer needs to entrust the mortgage bank to go through the mortgage loan procedures, he should choose the mortgage bank with the mortgage agent qualification. For relevant information, he can log on the website of Guangzhou Housing and Urban-Rural Development Commission (http: / / wwww.gzcc.gov. And n) to query.

 

11. It is the duty of every citizen to pay tax according to law. All parties shall truthfully declare the transaction price, and shall not evade tax by means of underreport, concealment, or omission, otherwise they shall bear the legal liability arising therefrom.

 

12. If there is no agreement on the rights and obligations of the parties, it may be agreed separately through negotiation.

 

13. The description of this contract has been read by the parties and signed it as follows :

 

Page 2 of 8


 

Party A (seller) (signature and seal) : less spoon Party B (Buyer) (signature and seal) :
Entrusted Agent (signature and seal) : / Entrusted Agent (signature) :’
date : date :

 

Party C (Real estate intermediary service agency) (signature) : Broker Party A (Seller 1): Qiu Huadi (individual)

(signature) :

date :

 

Page 3 of 8


 

Stock housing sales contract

 

 

Certificate Resident ID card: ID card No.: [*];
type: Date of 130606 Unit 499: E-mail address: / :
birth: Contact : / ; Contact Address: Haizhu District, Guangzhou City.
Number: Postal Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD        (one. Position)
Code:, Party B Business license of the enterprise as a legal person; Certificate No.: [*];
Contact number: 18675856167; Email:  ;
zip code: ; Contact address: Room 1101, No.156, South Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou (Office only)

 

Entrusted agent : Chen Lian

 

Certificate type: resident identity card Certificate No.: [*]; 
Contact number: 18675856167; Email: :
Postal code: _ ; Contact address: Guangzhou City;

 

Party C (real estate intermediary service agency): Guangzhou Fu’an Real Estate Investment Consulting Co., Ltd

 

Qualification No. : 201105752; Business License No.: [*]:
Record address: No.75, Qiaogang Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou City;
Legal representative: Xu Yingyan; Tel: 18026222711;
Email: / ; Code: 510000:  
Address: No.75, Qiaogang Road, Haizhu District
broker: Post wave ; Practice License No.: [*];
Contact number: 18520407201: Email address: 503574495@qq.com  ;
Postal code: 510000; Contact address: 75, Qiaogang Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou

 

On the principle of good faith, the parties of Party A, Party B and Party C reached through friendly consultation:

 

Article 1. Ownership of real estate

 

1. Real estate address (hereinafter referred to as “the real estate”): Room 1101, No.156, South Road, Haizhu District

 

2. Real estate right certificate No.: 56494.

 

3. Floor area: 71.2949 square meters: floor area of the set: 50.149 square meters: Transfer area of this transaction: 71.2949 square meters.

 

4. Property of house use: office.

 

5. Building structure: reinforced concrete ten (jia stone, settle), the total number of floors: 22, the number of floors in the real estate: 11, construction time: /_.

 

6. Housing common situation: nothing.

 

7. The real estate mortgage and other other rights.

 

8. The real estate is sold to Party B in the current situation, and Party B or its agents shall carefully inspect and understand the situation of the real estate. The real estate:

 

(1) No furniture and electrical appliances;

 

(2) No lease contract;

 

(3) No hukou

 

9. Other situations that need to be explained: / °

 

Party A warrants that the ownership of the real estate filled in and provided is true, that it enjoys the complete property right of the real estate, and that it does not have any other circumstances not explained to Party B and does not infringe the rights and interests of a third party. Otherwise, assume the corresponding legal responsibility.

 

Page 4 of 8


 

Article 2 Price calculation and price

 

Party A and Party B agree to calculate the real estate price in the following way:

 

1. The real estate is sold and priced by the whole set, and the total amount (RMB) RMB 3,220,000 only (in words: Winter hundred Twenty Gu; ten thousand yuan).

 

2. The real estate is sold and priced at /, the unit price of the real estate (/) ¥ / yuan / square meter, the total amount / yuan is in words: / yuan) 0

 

Article 3 Payment

 

Party A and Party B shall choose to deliver the house payment by self-delivery through negotiation.

 

Party A and Party B choose to deliver the house payment by themselves

 

After full negotiation, Party A and Party B shall choose to deliver the house payment by themselves. In case of any dispute or other consequences arising therefrom, the party shall take its own risk. The signature of both parties is true

 

When signing this Contract, Party B shall pay Party A (RMB) Y 100.000 only (in words: One hundred thousand yuan) as a purchase deposit

 

(When the first payment of the house is automatically converted into part of the house payment), and the-secondary payment: lump-sum payment:

 

Article 4 Delivery time and handover procedures

 

1. Party A and Party B agree that the time of the real estate for delivery is the day when the seller receives the building payment, and party A and Party B shall inspect the house together on the day after the delivery, both parties shall sign the confirmation of the real estate handover, which shall be deemed to have been delivered for use.

 

2. Party a shall, the real estate 1E type delivery before use, pay the real estate in the building all arrears and expenses (such as bank loans, taxes, debt, water and electricity, gas, telephone, network, cable TV, management fees and other fees) o party a guarantees party b after the transaction to the party a arrears and payable negative expensive.

 

3. Party A and Party B agree that the special property maintenance funds for the traded real estate shall be handled in the following ways:

 

(1)The real estate does not need to establish a special property maintenance funds according to law.

 

(2)The real estate has been deposited with the special maintenance fund, and Party A agrees to transfer the balance of the special maintenance fund account to Party B at the same time with the ownership of the premises. Party B shall, within one days after the transfer of the real estate transaction, handle the name change with the contract, the house ownership certificate, ID card and other special account management bank.

 

(3)The real estate has not yet deposited the property special maintenance funds, which shall be handled in the first way as follows:

 

a. After Party A deposits the special maintenance funds of the property within days after the effective date of this Contract, Party Kou J shall handle the transaction transfer procedures of the real estate. Party B shall, within / days, present the name change of this contract, house ownership certificate, ID card and other special account management bank.

 

b. Party B shall deposit the funds according to the relevant provisions of the national, provincial and municipal property special maintenance funds.

 

Article 5 Registration of property right transfer

 

Party A and Party B agree to register the property right transfer according to the following ways:

 

Party A and Party B shall jointly handle: Party A and Party B shall apply to the real estate registration authority for property right transfer registration before December 31,2022.

 

Party C shall assist: Party C shall assist party A and Party B in completing the property right transfer registration procedures at the real estate registration authority, and deliver the real estate right certificate with Party B as the property owner to Party B.

 

In this case, Party C shall truthfully inform party A and Party B to provide for the registration of property right transfer. Party A and Party B shall receive party C

 

After the real estate registration authority shall provide the documents within working days after the written notice.

 

Page 5 of 8


 

Other methods: / °

 

Article 6 Payment of tax and fees

 

1. Party A and Party B shall pay the taxes in the following manner:

 

(1) Pay each tax according to the government regulations;

 

(2) The seller shall bear all the taxes and fees;

 

(3) The Buyer shall bear all the taxes.

 

2. After the signing of this contract, if the government and relevant departments adjust the taxes and fees, the adjusted part shall be paid in the second way below:

 

(1) all the seller shall bear the tax ;

 

(2) all shall be borne by the buyer;

 

(3) the buyer and the seller shall bear each party; (4) other / °

 

Article 7 Payment of intermediary service fees and other expenses

 

1. After Party C causes the parties to sign this Contract according to law, the parties shall pay the intermediary service fee to Party C on the day of signing the contract, among which:

 

(1)Party A shall pay party C the intermediary service fee (RMB) RMB 0 only (in words: RMB 0)

 

(2)Party B shall pay to Party C the intermediary service fee (RMB) RMB 0% (in words: RMB zero)

 

2. If either party or either party fails to pay the above intermediary service fee, the breaching party shall pay Party C a liquidated damages of 0.05% of the unpaid intermediary service fee every day.

 

3. If the contract is terminated due to the said contract behavior of any party, the breaching party shall pay the intermediary service fee to Party C on behalf of the non-breaching party. If the non-breaching party has made the payment, Party C shall not return the payment, and the breaching party shall directly compensate the non-breaching party

 

4. Other agreements: ° on the day of signing the contract

 

Article 8 Obligations and Responsibilities of Party C

 

1. Party C has the obligation to examine the entrustment relationship of the selling parties and the authenticity of the real estate materials.

 

2. The domestic party shall provide intermediary services to both parties in accordance with the principles of good faith, diligence and diligence, and perform its duties in accordance with the laws and regulations.

 

3. Without the written consent of both parties, the real estate intermediary service agency shall not disclose the information of both parties.

 

4. If the loss is caused due to the fault of Party C, Party C shall bear the compensation.

 

5. Others: No °

 

Article 9 Liability for Breach of contract

 

If each party fails to perform the contract or fails to perform the contract as agreed, it shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.

 

Article 10 Liability for breach of contract if the transaction fails

 

1. If Party A fails to sell the real estate to Party B as agreed herein, it shall pay party B a liquidated damages of 20% of the transaction price of the real estate and return all the expenses paid by Party B.

 

2. If Party B fails to buy the real estate as agreed herein, it shall pay party A a liquidated damages of 20% of the transaction price of the real estate.

 

Article 11 Liability for breach of contract for delay of house delivery

 

If Party A fails to deliver the house within the time limit stipulated in this contract, it shall pay party B liquidated damages at 0.05% of the total house price every day. If party A fails to deliver the house within 2 days, Party B shall have the right to terminate the contract. If Party B requests to continue to perform the contract, the contract shall continue to perform, Party A shall pay party B liquidated damages according to the standard of 0. 05% of the total house price from the second date of the delivery date of the property to the actual date of delivery.

 

Page 6 of 8


 

In the failure to deliver the goods on schedule due to Party B, the case shall be handled in the following ways:

 

Both parties shall prevail through negotiation.

 

Article 12 Liability for breach of contract for overdue payment

 

If Party B fails to pay the house payment as agreed in Article 3 hereof, it shall pay party A liquidated damages of 0.05% of the unpaid house payment every day. If party B fails to pay the house for more than 2 days, Party A shall have the right to terminate the contract.

 

If Party A requests to terminate the contract, it shall return the house payment paid by Party B to Party B within 10 days from the date when the termination of the contract notice reaches Party B.

 

Article 13 Liability for breach of contract for delay in handling the property right registration

 

If the real estate ownership certificate cannot be obtained on schedule due to Party A or Party B, both parties agree to deal with the following ways: No-2_:

 

1. The breaching party shall pay the liquidated damages of 1 / yuan, and the contract shall continue to be performed.

 

2. If the contract is terminated and the transaction is terminated, the parties shall not hold each other liable for breach of contract.

 

3. Others: 0.05% of the total house payment is calculated by day from the overdue date.

 

Article 14 Exercise of the right of unilateral termination

 

If Party A or Party B exercises the right to unilaterally terminate the Contract as agreed herein, it shall notify the other party in writing, and the Contract shall be terminated when the notice reaches the other party.

 

Article 15 Disclaimer clause

 

After the signing of this Contract, if the contract needs to be delayed or terminated due to force majeure, the parties shall not be liable for breach of contract.

 

Article + 6 The dispute over the settlement of the ■ discussion

 

Any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract shall be settled by the parties through negotiation; if no agreement fails, the dispute shall be settled in the following manner:

 

1. Submit it to Guangzhou Arbitration Commission for arbitration;

 

2. Submit to the jurisdiction of the local court-

 

Article 17 Agreement for service

 

The mailing addresses of all parties recorded on the front page of this Contract shall be the delivery addresses of all notices, documents, materials, etc. If there is any change in the above address, it shall notify the parties concerned in writing within 3 days after the change, otherwise, it shall be deemed to have been served once delivered to the above address.

 

Article 18 This contract consists of 6 pages in 4 copies; Party A, Party B, real estate intermediary service agency and real estate transaction registration department.

 

Article 19 Other provisions

 

L Commitment to abide by the real estate market regulation policy: Both buyers and sellers promise to abide by the relevant provisions of the housing purchase restriction policy, and the buyer promise to declare the purchase information. Real and accurate, and bear the relevant responsibilities caused by the false declaration; Contract No.

 

Page 7 of 8


 

 

 

Page 8 of 8

 

EX-4.38 22 f20f2023ex4-38_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT DATED MARCH 9, 2022 BY AND BETWEEN SHENZHEN POP AND AN INDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY

Exhibit 4.38

 

Contract No. (Party A): STY-ZLHT-YF-202202-000006

 

(Party B) :

 

Shenzhen city
housing rental

 

Contract

 

Shenzhen Municipal Housing and Construction

 

Bureau system

 

2O19 November

 

 


 

explain

 

1. This contract is a model text. When signing the contract, the parties may adjust the corresponding contents of the contract within the scope stipulated by relevant laws and regulations and according to the actual situation.

 

2. Before signing the contract, the lessor and the lessee shall provide the corresponding materials according to the following requirements:

 

(1) The lessor shall present to the lessee the certificate of realty right, the house sales contract or other valid certification documents proving that he enjoys the lease right, and at the same time :

 

If the house is entrusted by others to be leased, the power of attorney of the principal shall also be provided ;

 

If the common house is rented out, the certificate of the consent of all the co-owners and the power of attorney shall be provided ;

 

If the premises is sublet, the subtenant shall provide the sub-lessee with the supporting documents and materials of the lessor’s consent to the sublease.

 

(2) The lessee shall provide the lessor with the true, legal and valid identity documents of the lessee.

 

3. The contents selected in the text of this contract, the contents filled in the space and other contents that need to be deleted or added shall be determined by both parties through negotiation. ☐ Select content by row / select ; if the actual situation does not occur or the parties do not agree, type x in the space to show deletion.

 

4. The lessor and the lessee may, according to the specific circumstances, agree in the blank line after the relevant provisions of the contract, or make supplementary provisions in Appendix I Supplementary Terms.

 

5. Both parties may decide the number of the actual situation, and check it carefully when signing the contract to ensure that the contents of each contract are consistent. Each party shall hold at least one original copy of the contract.

 

6. In case of any termination of this Contract or any major change in the lease term, rent standard and lease area hereof, the parties shall go through relevant procedures with the original registration and filing authority.

 

7. When signing this Contract, the parties hereto shall have full civil capacity, fully 2 understand their respective rights, obligations and responsibilities, and voluntarily and strictly enforce them in accordance with the contract.

 

8. If industrial housing is rented out, the relevant provisions of the Measures of the People’s Government (Trial) of Shenzhen Municipality (No.8,2019).

 

Special note : the lessor shall fulfill the reminder obligation to the lessee regarding the important matters of the contract. The lessee shall sign the contract prudently. Before signing this contract, please read the terms of the contract carefully, especially the selective, supplementary and modified contents, and pay attention to prevent potential risks.

 

2


 

Housing lease contract

 

Lessor (Party A): Shenzhen Bay Technology Development Co., LTD Certificate type : district resident ID card area passport (3 unified social credit code area other Certificate No.: 914403000812508289 Housing information code card number: L Address: 24,25, Building C, Building 2, 1003, Keyuan Road, Nanshan District, Shenzhen Tel: 0755-86689998 District authorized agent / EI legal representative: wild                      Certificate type : oral resident ID card ☐ passport ☐ unified social credit code ☐ Other ID

 

Number:L                                               postal address:L                                               

 

contact number:L                                              

 

Lessee (Party B) : Shenzhen Pu Culture Co., Ltd

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               

  

            Certificate type : resident ID card area passport 0 unified social credit code area other ID number: [*] Address :

 

No.1, Floor 5, Sun Department Store, Jiefang Road, Dongmen Community, Dongmen Street, Luohu District, Shenzhen Tel : 16619950226                      13.

 

Entrusted agent / district legal representative : Yi Hainan Certificate type : 0 resident ID card ☐ passport ☐ Unified social credit code ☐ Other      Certificate No.: [*]     Address :

 

No.1, Shop 1, Floor 5, Sun Department Store, 2001, Jiefang Road, Dongmen Community, Dongmen Street, Luohu District, Shenzhen Tel: 13631627807

 

According to the law of the People’s Republic of China contract law of the city’s real estate administration law of the People’s Republic of China “commodity housing lease management method” of the Shenzhen municipal people’s congress standing committee on strengthening the housing rental security responsibility decision of the Shenzhen municipal people’s government issued by <about regulating industrial rental market stable rental price several measures (trial)> notice ” and other relevant laws and regulations documents, both parties, on the basis of equality, voluntary, fairness, honesty and credit, housing rental related matters consensus, jointly conclude this contract.

 

3


 

Article 1 Basic information of the leased house

 

1.1 Party A China to Party B ’% end floor Mi falls in 11 floor, Building 10, A Shenzhen Bay Science and Technology Ecological Park, Nanshan District, lease form : 0 whole rent / district part rental, building area : 293.62L square meters (including the building area of the set:

 

/ Square, shared area : / square) (see Annex 2 for details), housing rental use: Xu Office 2, house code : / 1.

 

1.2 Housing ownership status:

 

real estate. The company is Shenzhen Investment Holding Co., LTD., party A holds : (old house ownership certificate or real estate right certificate / house sales contract / district house lease contract / district other house source documents), house ownership certificate or real estate right certificate No. :, The house (yes / 0 no) has a mortgage set

 

1.3 Decoration situation of the house : non-blank (the specific situation of the decoration can be supplemented by both parties in Appendix 2 of this contract).

 

1.4 Ancached facilities in the premises :

 

0 The house without any facilities and equipment, is an empty room.

 

With facilities and equipment installed in the houses in the district, see Annex 3, Confirmation of House Delivery for details

 

Article 2. Lease term

 

2.1 The term of party B leasing the premises is seven years! January 1. A total of year-months (not exceeding the maximum period stipulated by laws and regulations, and the term of a single industrial housing lease contract shall not be less than 1 year in principle) -

 

2.2 Rent-free period:

 

0 Party B shall enjoy a rent-free period of 30 districts / month (3 days (including during the lease period), and the specific time is from March 9.B to 2 years of drive LB. During this period, Party B does not need to pay the rent to Party A, but shall bear all expenses such as water, electricity, gas, property management fees except the rent. At the expiration of the rent-free period, party B shall pay the rent in accordance with the contract, regardless of whether it uses the leased premises or not.

 

4


 

District Party B shall not enjoy the rent-free period, and the rent, management fee and other fees shall be calculated from the date of party A delivering the premises.

 

Article 3 Rent

 

3-1 The rental of the leased house is calculated according to the floor area of the building area, and the total monthly rental is RMB 38,408.43 (in words : eight thousand eight thousand four thousand four thousand yuan).

 

3.2 Time of rent payment : The rent shall be paid monthly, and Party B shall pay the rent to Party A before £ of each month. When Party A collects the rent to Party B, it shall issue a collection voucher to Party B.

 

3.3 Rent Payment method: Party B shall pay the rent in cash / 0 bank transfer / bank before the agreed payment date, and he shall pay the rent to Party A in the form.

 

When paid by transfer, Party B shall pay the rent to the following account designated by Party A:

 

Account name : Shenzhen Tou luo Holding Co., LTD

Bank : Shenzhen Branch of China Development Bank

Account number: [*]

 

5


 

3.4 During the lease contract period, Party A shall not unilaterally raise the rent.

 

3.5 The parties agree that the rent during the lease term shall be increased / reduced by 2% from the rent standard on the basis of the previous year from the second year, as follows :

 

(1) From the date of the month to the U of the year, the rent standard is RMB 38.408.43 / month (in words : RMB eight thousand four hundred and eight).

 

(2) From January 01 to December 2023, 3 LB, the rent standard is RMB 40.328.71 / month (in words : RMB 40,000 million and twenty-eight yuan).

 

(3) From January 1,2024 to December 31_0,2024, the rent standard is RMB 42.345.88 / month (in words : 40 thousand thousand eighty-eight points).

 

(4) From January 01,2025 to March 08,2025, the rent standard is RMB 44,462.88 / month (In words : forty-four thousand four hundred and sixty-eight and eight).

 

Article 4 Lease deposit

 

4.1 Within 5 days after the signing of this Contract, Party B shall pay Party A a deposit of equivalent to RMB 88,925.7688 (eighty-eight thousand). When Party A collects the deposit from Party B, Party A shall issue the receipt voucher to Party B.

 

4.2 The deposit paid by Party B is not the rent or other fees prepaid by Party B, but is only a guarantee for Party B to perform the obligations agreed herein. Party A shall not withhold the deposit from Party B without reason and refuse to return it. Within 5 days after the expiration of the lease term or the termination of the contract, if the following conditions are met, Party A shall return the remaining part of the lease deposit to Party B without interest (including the rent balance) :

 

(1)Party B has not caused any damage to the leased premises or has already repaired the damaged premises;

 

(2)Party B shall return the leased premises (including ancillary facilities) to Party A according to the manner agreed herein;

 

(3) If Party B uses the address of the leased premises for industrial and commercial registration, it has transferred the industrial and commercial registered address and completed other procedures stipulated by the law and the government.

 

Article 5 Other Expenses

 

5. 1 During the lease term, Party A shall be responsible for paying the taxes related to the lease paid by Party A according to laws and regulations

 

5.2 lease term, because party b use the rental house (3 water / electricity / gas / property management / qiao TV / EJ, telephone / EI network cost / 0 fort funds and other expenses, shall be borne by party b-billing standard as follows (such as utilities or property service enterprises in accordance with the law to adjust the fee standard, along with the adjustment) :

 

Water rate : dagger yuan / ton; electricity fee: Yi / yuan / degree ;

 

Gas fee: heart / cubic meter; property management fee ; dagger yuan / square meter / month ; Other: oneself.

 

6


 

5.3 Party B shall receive the payment notice or delay Use’or not The late fee, liquidated damages and relevant legal consequences are caused by

 

Article 6 Delivery and acceptance of the Premises shall be delivered to Party B, and the premises and its accessories shall be guaranteed

 

6. Party

 

A shall lease the house x before February

 

When the party delivers the leased house, check the existing equipment of the leased house and plate is but g enter the decoration’ as the lease has been completed.

 

Party A does not agree with Party B to decorate the leased premises. Seven ” 5 hours before / working day Hata

 

7.2 Decoration deposit : for the decoration in accordance with the small article of this contract, Party B shall pay the decoration deposit of RMB yuan to party A or the unit designated by Party A (say: The decoration shall return the decoration deposit to Party B without interest after the unit designated by Party A or Party A passes the fire training 1.

 

Article 8. Use and maintenance of houses

 

8. 1 During the lease term, Party B shall normally and reasonably use the leased premises and its ancillary facilities, and shall not change the use of the lease without party A’s consent

 

8.2 During the lease term, if Party B finds any damage or failure to the leased premises and its attached facilities, it shall timely notify Party A to repair it. Party A shall carry out maintenance within 5 days after receiving the notice from Party B. If party B fails to notify Party A or Party A fails to repair the goods after receiving the notice, or has to repair immediately due to emergency, Party B shall have the right to repair on behalf of Party A at party A’s expenses. If the use of the premises is affected by the maintenance of Party B, the rent or extend the lease term shall be reduced accordingly.

 

Party B shall be responsible for the damage or failure of the leased premises or ancillary facilities caused by the intentional or improper use of Party B by Party B, and Party A shall not undertake the maintenance obligation.

 

During the lease term, if Party A or Party B fails to timely perform the maintenance, maintenance and other obligations agreed herein, causing personal damage or property loss to the other party or the third party, the responsible party shall be liable for compensation.

 

8.3 In case of emergency maintenance but failure to notify Party B or Party B cannot not present despite the notice, Party A may, with the assistance of property management departments, enter the leased premises for emergency maintenance and construction, and Party A shall compensate Party B for the losses caused thereby.

 

7


 

Article 9 Sublease, renewal and priority

 

9.1 Sublease

 

Party B shall not sublease it.

 

Area 1 rental housing is industrial housing, and associated with the rental housing land supply contract, industry development regulation agreement allows sublet, party a agrees to party b according to the provisions or sublet, but party b of the sublease term shall not exceed the rest of the lease, deadline, and shall be responsible for the second lessee the lease obligations, the lessee default liability, and the lessee shall not sublet again.

 

Area 1 rental housing is other housing, party a agrees to party b will lease house all or part to sublet others, but party b of sublease term shall not exceed the rest of the lease term, and shall be the member of the lessee lease obligations, to the lessee default liability, and the lessee shall not sublet again.

 

9.2 Renewal of lease

 

Upon expiration of the lease term of, if Party B needs to continue to lease the leased premises, it shall submit a written application for lease renewal to Party A 21 days prior to the lease term. If both parties reach an agreement on the renewal of the lease, they shall conclude a new lease contract or sign an agreement to changing the lease term. Under the same conditions, Party B shall have the priority to renew the lease.

 

9.3 Priority

 

During the lease term, Party A shall notify Party B in advance of the lease premises, and Party B shall have the preemptive right to purchase under the same conditions as the price and payment method. If Party A pays for the whole house together with the leased house or the whole house connected with other houses, Party B shall not have the preemptive right of purchase.

 

Article 10. House return

 

10.1 Within 2_ days from the expiration of the lease term or the termination of this Contract, Party B shall timely vacate the leased premises and return the premises and attached facilities to Party A. If Party B fails to empty or move out of the premises within the agreed time, and cannot contact Party B, both parties agree to handle the matter as follows:

 

13 Party A shall have the right to dispose of all the items left in the leased premises as waste.

 

8


 

District Party B shall provide the emergency contact person. If the emergency contact person of Party B fails to empty the premises within days from the date of receiving the notice, Party A shall have the right to dispose of all the items left over in the leased premises as waste District Party A entrusts a third party custody company to keep the remains, and the storage expenses shall be borne by Party B.

 

District Party A shall dispose of the legacy by means of ☐ auction / oral sale and keep the proceeds on behalf of Party B.

 

District other dagger.

 

10.2 The goods left after Party B returns the premises shall be deemed to have abandoned the ownership, and Party A shall have the right to dispose of them as waste. Party A has the right to require Party B to bear the expenses incurred in the disposal of the wastes left by Party B.

 

10.3 When the house is returned, both parties shall submit the use of the house, ancillary articles, facilities and equipment, water and electricity for inspection, and sign or seal the Confirmation of House Return (see Appendix 4).

 

Article 11 climbing of contract

 

11.1 This Contract may be terminated upon mutual agreement of both parties

 

11.2 Party A has the right to unilaterally terminate the Contract and take back the leased premises under any of the following circumstances :

 

(1)Failure to pay or failure to pay the rent or other fees as agreed30 sun;

 

(2) On the premise that the leased premises meet the agreed delivery standards, Party B refuses to sign the contract without justifiable reasons

 

(3)Unauthorized demolition, attack and change of the main structure of the house;

 

(4)Change the use of leased houses without authorization;

 

(5)Sublease the leased premises to a third party without authorization;

 

(6)Use of leased houses for illegal activities. 1L3 Party B has the right to terminate the Contract under any of the following circumstances:

 

(1) Failure to deliver the leased house within the agreed time of 70 percent;

 

(2) Party A has no right to rent the premises or the premises delivered not conforming to the contract shall seriously affect party B’s use or endanger Party B

 

(3) Party B does not assume the agreed maintenance obligations or fails to pay the expenses borne by Party A, so party B cannot make normal

 

Use of rental houses.

 

11.4 Both parties shall have the right to terminate the Contract under any of the following circumstances :

 

(1) The leased premises are expropriated, requisitioned and demolished according to law due to social and public interests or the needs of urban construction. Party B suffers any loss (including decoration loss) under the failure to complete the performance of the contract] ; (2) The leased house is damaged, lost or damaged, or the house identified as dangerous can not be used ;

 

9


 

 

(3) When signing the contract, Party A has informed Party B that the mortgage has been set before the lease of the leased premises and may be disposed of during the lease term Be disciplined. Coinage

 

11.5 In case of the above circumstances, this Contract shall be terminated if Party A or Party B delivers the Notice of Termination of Contract (see Appendix V) to the other Party in accordance with Article 14 hereof.

 

Article 12 Liability for Breach of contract

 

12.1 Party A’s liability for breach of contract

 

(1)If Party B terminates the Contract as stipulated in Article 11.3, Party A shall return the deposit and the rent balance collected in advance within 5 days after the termination of the contract, and pay party B liquidated damages according to the monthly rent amount of the contract. If the liquidated damages paid are insufficient to offset party B’s losses, Party A shall also be responsible for the compensation.

 

(2) If Party A delays in delivering the premises to Party B or Party B fails to terminate the contract as stipulated in Item 2 and Item 3 of Article 11.3 hereof, Party A shall pay liquidated damages to Party B twice of the daily rent per day (the maximum amount shall not exceed twice the amount of the monthly rent).

 

(3) During the lease term, if Party A unilaterally terminates the contract without article U, it shall inquire Party B shall notify Party B in writing on 30 days, return the deposit and the rent balance received in advance, and pay party B a liquidated damages equal to twice the amount of the contract monthly rent. If the liquidated damages paid are insufficient to offset party B’s losses, Party A shall also be responsible for the compensation.

 

10


 

12.2 Party B’s liability for breach of contract

 

(1) If Party A terminates the Contract as stipulated in Article 11.2, Party B shall pay liquidated damages to Party A according to the monthly rent amount of the contract. If the liquidated damages paid are insufficient to offset party A’s losses, Party B shall also be responsible for the compensation.

 

(2) Party B delays in paying the rent, deposit or other fees, and fails to meet the termination conditions or reaches the termination of the contract.

 

If Party A fails to terminate the contract, Party B shall pay a damages equal to party A twice the daily rent for each day overdue,

 

(3) During the lease term, if Party B unilaterally terminates the Contract without Article 11 hereof, party B shall notify Party A in writing at least 30 days in advance and pay party A liquidated damages twice the monthly rent amount. If the liquidated damages are insufficient to cover Party A’s losses, Party B shall also be responsible for compensation.

 

(4) If the lease term expires or the contract is terminated, Party B shall move out and return the premises in time. In case of overdue removal or refusal to pay, Party B shall pay liquidated damages equal to twice of the daily rent to Party A for each day overdue.

 

(5) If Party B, without Party A’s consent, transforms, decorates the leased premises or installs facilities affecting the structure of the premises, it shall restore the leased premises to its original state and compensate Party A for the losses caused thereby. If party B’s aforementioned behavior causes personal damage or property loss to Party A or a third party, Party B shall bear all legal liabilities and compensate for the losses.

 

Article 13 Special clause

 

Party A and Party B shall sign Appendix 7 Responsibility Letter for Safety Management of Housing Lease in Shenzhen City (hereinafter referred to as “Responsibility Letter”) to fully and appropriately fulfill the responsibilities and obligations of safety management stipulated in the Responsibility Letter. If any party violates the provisions of the Responsibility Letter and causes a safety liability accident or personal injury or property loss in the lease of the house under this contract, the responsible party shall bear all legal and economic losses.

 

11


 

Article 14. Notice and service

 

14.1 Party A and Party B agree to send the notification by SMS in the 0 E mail area, and both parties confirm that the valid service address is as follows:

 

Address of Party A: mailing address of the same district

 

0 Other places: 25 F, Building C, Building 2, Software Industry Base, 1003 Keyuan Road, Nanshan District, Shenzhen

 

Area email address area wechat signal area mobile phone number /Address of delivery by Party B: 13 mailing address of the first department

 

Area other, address the dagger District email address area wechat signal mobile phone number dagger

 

If there is any change in the above-mentioned address, it shall notify the other party in writing, otherwise, the above-mentioned address shall still be regarded as a valid address. If the notice or documents issued by one party to the other party are sent by mail, the date of receipt is the date of delivery, and the documents mailed at the above-mentioned address shall be returned

 

If, the date of return shall be regarded as the date of delivery; if sent by email, wechat or SMS, the date of delivery shall be regarded as the date of delivery

 

14.2 If the service cannot be delivered by the above means, the notice sent by Party A to the location of the leased premises shall be deemed to be effectively delivered before Party B withdraws the lease.

 

Article 15 Dispute settlement

 

15.1 Any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract shall be settled by the parties through negotiation; If the agreement fails, the parties may request the relevant administrative department, trade association or other third party for mediation, or:

 

Apply to the Shenzhen International Arbitration Court for arbitration.

 

Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court where the leased house is located.

 

15.2 The provisions concerning dispute settlement of the contract exist independently, and the modification, rescission, termination, invalidity or cancellation of the contract shall not affect its validity.

 

Article 16 Modification of the contract

 

Without the agreement of both parties, neither party shall unilaterally change the content of this Contract. Both parties may sign a supplementary agreement on the modification of this Contract, and the supplementary agreement shall have the same legal effect as this Contract Article 17 Contract signing, registration and record

 

12


 

 

17.1 This Contract shall come into force upon the date of signing by both parties. It is made in five copies, with Party A and Party B holding one copy and the housing leasing management department. It shall have the same legal effect.

 

17.2 The appendix hereto shall be an integral part of this Contract and shall have the same legal effect as this Contract-

 

 

 

13

 

EX-4.39 23 f20f2023ex4-39_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF EQUITY TRANSFER AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN SHENZHEN POP DIGITAL INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT CO., LTD. AND WANQUAN YI DATED ON DECEMBER 1, 2022

Exhibit 4.39

 

Equity transfer agreement

 

Transferor: Shenzhen Pop Digital Industry Development Co., LTD. (hereinafter referred to as Party A)

 

Address: Shenzhen Bay, No.10, Gaoxin South 9th Road, High-tech Zone Community, Yuehai Street, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City, Guangdong Province A 1104, Building 10, science and Technology Ecological Park

 

ID Card number / Unified social credit code: [*]

 

transferee: Yi Wanquan (hereinafter referred to as Party B)

 

Address: 10F, Block B, Xinfeng Building, Aiguo Road, Cuizhu Street, Luohu District, Shenzhen

 

ID card number / Unified Social credit code: [*]

 

Shenzhen Jam Box Technology Co., Ltd. was established in Shenzhen on November 18, 2021. It is funded by Party A, Wu Zhaowei and Shenzhen Hip-hop Sauce Information Technology Co., LTD., with a registered capital of RMB 500 Wan Yuan. Among them, Party A holds 60% of the equity. Party A is willing to transfer its 4% equity to Party B, Party B is willing to accept the transfer. Now, in accordance with the provisions of the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China and the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, Party A and Party B have reached the following agreement on the transfer of equity:

 

I. Price of equity transfer and payment period and method of transfer payment:

 

1. Party A holds 60% of the equity, and according to the original articles of association, Party A shall contribute RMB 300 yuan Wan Yuan. Now Party A will transfer 4% of the equity of the company to Party B at RMB 200,000.

 

2. Party B shall, within 60 days from the effective date of this Agreement, according to the currency and amount stipulated in the preceding paragraph The equity transfer payment shall be paid to Party A once by bank transfer.

 

2. Party A warrants that it has the right to dispose of the equity to be transferred to Party B, and that the equity is not pledged and the equity is not sealed and exempted from a third party, otherwise Party A shall bear the responsibility This causes all economic and legal responsibilities.

 

 


 

3. Sharing of profit and loss (including debt and debt) of Shenzhen Jam Yingzi Technology Co., Ltd.:

 

1. After this Agreement comes into force, Party B shall share Shenzhen Jam Box Technology in proportion to the transferred equity;

 

The profits of the limited company, and share the corresponding risks and losses.

 

2. If Party A fails to truthfully inform Party B of the Shenzhen jam box when signing this Agreement The debt incurred by the Technology Company Limited before the equity transfer causes Party B to become a shareholder of the joint venture company In case of any loss, Party B shall have the right to recover from Party A.

 

4. liability for breach contract:

 

1. Once this Agreement comes into force, both parties shall consciously perform it, and neither party fails to follow the rules of the Agreement To fully perform their obligations, they shall be liable in accordance with the law and the provisions of this Agreement.

 

2. If Party B fails to pay the equity transfer payment on schedule, it shall pay party A a penalty of 10,000 of the overdue transfer payment for each day overdue. If party B breaches the contract and causes losses to Party A, Party B shall pay the losses If the amount of liquidated damages is lower than the actual loss, Party B shall make additional compensation.

 

3. If Party B fails to handle the change registration as scheduled due to Party A, or seriously affects the purpose of concluding this Agreement, Party A shall pay party B liquidated damages of 1 / 10,000 of the transfer amount already paid by Party B. If party A’s breach causes losses to Party B, Party A shall pay liquidated damages If the amount is lower than the actual loss, Party A shall make additional compensation.

 

5. Change or termination of the Agreement:

 

Party A and Party B may modify or terminate this agreement through negotiation. Change or terminate the book through negotiation In the case of a written agreement, both parties shall sign another agreement for modification or termination.

 

2


 

Vi. Burden of relevant expenses:

 

Related expenses incurred in the process of this equity transfer (such as expenses in notarization, evaluation or auditing), Party B shall bear the responsibility.

 

Vii. Dispute resolution party

 

Any dispute arising from this Agreement in connection with this Agreement, both parties shall negotiate through friendly negotiation, if the negotiation fails, according to the following ways to solve (choose one, and can only choose one, in the selection Type “” in the box before the order): ☑ Apply to Shenzhen Arbitration Commission for arbitration; submissionSouth China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (also known as “Shenzhen International Court of Arbitration”) held ZhongchHui in Shenzhen Bring a suit before the people’s court that has jurisdiction.

 

Viii. Effective Conditions:

 

This agreement shall come into force upon being signed and sealed by both parties (if it shall be submitted to relevant government departments for approval according to law and upon approval). Both parties shall go through the registration of change with the commercial registration in accordance with the law after the agreement comes into effect procedures.

 

Ix. This Agreement is made in quadruplicate, with each party A and Party B and Shenzhen Jam Box Technology Co., Ltd

 

One copy, and the rest to report to the relevant departments.

 

transferor:  
   
Shenzhen Pop Digital  
Industry Development Co., Ltd.  
   
transferee: Yi Wanquan On December 01, 2022

 

 

24 | [This application will be incorporated
into the credit supervision system
Please process no.: 22207935331.
Fill in time: 2022-12-2917:05:27

 

 

 

  (Query date: 2023

 

 

3

 

 

EX-4.40 24 f20f2023ex4-40_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF INTEGRATED MARKETING AND PROMOTION SERVICE CONTRACT BY AND BETWEEN GUANGZHOU SHUZHI AND ZHEJIANG LIANGXIAO CULTURE MEDIA CO., LTD DATED SEPTEMBER 1, 2022

Exhibit 4.40

 

Integrated marketing and promotion service contract

 

contract NO:                                   

 

Party A: Zhejiang Liangxiao Culture and Media Co., LTD

 

Contact person: Wu Hao Tel.: 15058476984 I WeChat ID:
Address: 1601, Hengda gao Building, South Business District, I District, Ningbo City, Zhejian  Provinceg
zip code : fax NO:
E-mail: 315530248@qq.com                          QQ number:

 

Party B: Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD
Contact person: Chen Lian            Tel.: 18675856167         Microsignal: Vivian 007
Address : Room 1101, No.156, South Zhou Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou City
Postal code: 510006 fax NO:/
E-mail : QQ No. : /

 

In accordance with the relevant provisions of the Civil Code of the People’s Republic of China, Party A and Party B, in line with the principles of equality, voluntary, mutual benefit, enter into the following agreement to entrust Party B to provide marketing integration and promotion services, which shall be jointly implemented by both parties.

  

one, Service matters

 

1. Party B shall provide professional services to Party A, including marketing planning plans for the products, businesses and brand image to be promoted by Party A’s customers, and conduct advertising promotion on Internet media advertising platforms (including but not limited to Guangdiantong, Circle of Friends, Toutiao, Kuaishou, etc., hereinafter referred to as “platforms”) ;

 

2. Party A agrees to entrust Party B to carry out the integrated marketing and promotion services agreed herein, carry out online advertising promotion on the above platforms cooperated by Party B, and pay the corresponding service fee to Party B in accordance with the provisions herein. The specific platform shall be subject to the platform listed in the Reconciliation Confirmation Form.

 

3. The advertising promotion agreed in this Contract refers to a kind of information technology service that displays the information of Party A or its customers on the result page of the above platform and the relevant pages (collectively referred to as “Display Page”).

 

4. Party B shall provide account opening and recharge services for Party A or its customers on the corresponding platform where advertising is required. During the service term, Party A shall operate the account by itself and provide advertisements, and Party B shall assist Party A to open an account and recharge. If Party A needs Party B to provide other services, or Party B needs to operate the account and advertise on behalf of Party B, both parties shall sign a written supplementary agreement and pay separately.

 

two, term of service

 

1. Service period: September 01, 2022 to December 31, 2022.

 

2. One month prior to the expiration of this contract, if both parties agree to renew the contract separately. If both parties fail to renew the contract, the contract will be automatically terminated on the date of expiration of the service term.

 

 


 

three, Account management

 

1.Party a shall provide party b with party a itself or customers of the following information for party b platform application set account: business license, legal representative identity, the power of attorney, trademark registration certificate, patent certificate and other operators legal operation of valid licenses, party a for the material authenticity and take full responsibility.

 

2. Party A confirms that the following platform accounts belong to the related account of Party A, and the relevant rights and obligations of the related account are made by Party A

 

Party A shall enjoy the rights and undertake the obligations as agreed herein: L 。

 

3. Party A or its customers must take strict confidentiality measures to keep the information and password of the account. If the funds in the account are lost or the fees can not be normally deducted due to the password leakage of party A or its customers, party A or its customers shall bear the expenses.

 

4. The ownership of the account shall belong to the platform. After the expiration of the cooperation term, if both parties fail to renew the contract, the platform or Party B shall have the right to recover the right to use the account.

 

IV. Recharge payment and fund management

 

1 The platform agreed herein is the pre-recharge system mode, and Party A shall pay RMB / YUAN (in words: - - / 10,000 yuan only) to Party B within five working days after the contract comes into force. As the pre-recharge payment for Party A’s network promotion, Party B shall, after receiving the pre-recharge payment, recharge different platforms according to the promotion and release needs of Party A or its customers.

 

2. During the term of cooperation, Party A or its customers shall judge whether to recharge by themselves according to the account balance. If Party A or its customers decide to recharge, it shall recharge to Party B in writing and timely pay the corresponding recharge amount to Party B’s bank account. If party A delays the delay in payment, Party A shall bear the responsibility, and Party B shall not bear any responsibility.

 

3 . Party a approved and accept all regulations issued by the corresponding platform about advertising services (including but not limited to product introduction, price standards, notice, specification, agreement, etc.), the relevant provisions of the platform (including the platform of the regulations or rules, etc.) as a valid attachment of this contract.

 

4. The deduction rules for funds in the accounts of Party A or its customers are as follows : For bidding advertising or brand advertising, if the above deduction rules are inconsistent with the platform rules, the platform rules shall prevail. If Party A has any objection to the deduction of the platform, it shall apply for relevant compensation (compensation). Party B shall provide necessary assistance, but Party A shall not require Party B to bear the corresponding responsibilities.

 

5. Party A or its customers shall not require Party B or the platform to return the funds into the platform account after the platform has been actually promoted and the fees is deducted. If Party A needs to return the remaining funds in the account, Party A shall notify Party B in writing in advance and return them to Party A without interest after Party B.

 

2


 

6 . Upon the expiration of the cooperation term between both parties, if both parties fail to renew the contract and there is any balance in Party A’s account, Party B has the right to withdraw the account without spending the remaining amount and return the balance to the account after the renewal of the contract.

 

six, Advertising production

 

1. Party a or its customers need to promote on the platform of advertising content are made by party a according to the planning provided by party b, but party a shall make the authenticity, legitimacy and validity of advertising content, if because a, the responsibility of the advertising, by party a is responsible for, if party b or platform economic losses, party a shall bear the liability for compensation.

 

2 If party A needs to promote the advertising content on the platform to be produced by Party B, Party A shall sign an advertising production contract with Party B and pay the fees separately.

 

seven, Advertising promotion rules

 

1 . The advertising content published by Party A or its customers shall not violate the provisions of national policies, laws and regulations, violate public order and good customs, involve any sensitive social issues, or infringe the legitimate rights and interests of others, including privacy rights, intellectual property rights, etc. Otherwise, all responsibilities arising therefrom shall be borne by Party A.

 

2. Both party A and Party B confirm that all data under this Agreement (including but not limited to the location of information release, final amount, release time, browsing perception, exposure, and transformation ■) shall be subject to the background data of the platform, and the future data shall be used as the basis for determining the facts.

 

3. Party B has the right to review the advertising content provided by Party A. However, no matter whether the contents of the advertisement have been reviewed by Party B, if Party A finds that Party A’s advertisements are in the process of the release of Party A, Party B prompts the advertisement (party B or the platform shall have the right to suspend the release). If party a not rectification, party b shall have the right to cancel the party a’s advertising content and shall have the right to ask party a pay 20% of the contract price penalty due to breach of contract, if party b or platform by administrative punishment, advertising block or other adverse social consequences, all responsibility (including but not limited to economic compensation, etc.) shall be borne by party a.

 

4. Within 7 working days before the advertising promotion, Party A shall provide Party B with the qualification certificate, business license (copy), product manual and other relevant certification materials required for reviewing the authenticity and legality of the advertising content, and shall be responsible for the authenticity and legality of the certification materials provided.

 

5. During the advertising promotion period, Party B and the platform shall not be liable for the suspension or suspension of the advertising promotion due to hackers, network failure, national policy requirements, etc.

 

6. If the advertising content required to be promoted by Party A must go through the approval procedures of relevant government departments, Party A shall release the promotion only after the approval.

 

3


 

7. If the advertising content required to be promoted by Party A fails to pass the advertising department of the platform and causes the delay in advertising release, the applicant shall bear the responsibility, except if the above advertising content is produced by Party B.

 

eight, Payment and reconciliation

 

1. Advertising platform in this contract are prepaid phone advertising system, party a shall pay attention to the account of the balance, and so on and timely transfer money to party b account, at the same time, party b can also according to party a’s account consumption and balance, by electronic mail, piece, telephone notification to party a, party a agrees to renew and payment, party b according to the payment amount of prepaid phone advertising platform.

 

Party B’s collection account number is as follows :

Account name : Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD

Bank : Bank of China, Guangzhou Panyu Luoxi Sub-branch

Account number: [*]

 

Without the written authorization of Party B, Party A shall not pay any money to other accounts of Party B or party B’s staff, otherwise, it shall not be deemed to be paid to Party B by Party A for the performance of this Contract, and Party A shall bear the consequences caused thereby.

 

2 Party b after receiving money from party a and party a in the platform account after the deduction consumption, party a shall send file ticket notice to party b, after party b check, the next month by party b according to the corresponding amount of special invoice or VAT invoice (invoice for information technology service * information service, tax rate is % [countries adjust the tax rate of similar projects, according to the adjusted tax rate]). The billing information of Party A is as follows :

 

Company name: Zhejiang Liangxiao culture Media Co., LTD

Taxpayer identification number: [*]

Registered address: 1601, Hengda gao Building, Southern Business District, Longzhou District, Ningbo City, Zhejiang 

Tel.: 5058476984 

Bank of deposit : Bank of China Limited, Ningbo Yayuan Sub-branch

Bank account number: [*]

 

3. If party A changes the billing information, it shall timely notify Party B by email, wechat or other means. If the invoice information is wrong due to party A’s failure of timely communication, Party A shall bear the corresponding responsibilities. If party A can’t receive the invoice due to party A’s fault, it has nothing to do with Party B. At the same time, once the invoice is issued, it will not be returned, and party B will not bear all the losses.

 

4. Account charged by account and party a shall pay to party b, party b monthly and party a reconciliation, party b in the 10th of the corresponding data and form the statement, party a within 3 days upon receipt of the statement of party b must be check and seal back to party b, party a did not timely check or seal back, as party a approved by party b, statement data, party b has the right to claim directly to party a according to the global bill data.

 

5.

 

The standard is: _____L_____________

 

4


 

The service fee shall be communicated by the parties before the contract and shall be paid according to the service standard 6. If party a emergency need party b prepaid payments, should be agreed by party b, party b, party b agreed to prepaid payments by party a, party a shall party b within 3 days from the date of the advances to party b to party b to party b, if overdue, party b has the right to stop the corresponding advertising platform, at the same time, party a shall, in accordance with the contract to party b overdue payment liability for breach of contract.

 

nine, intellectual property right

 

1 . Both parties guarantee that the materials, information, materials and documents provided by one party to the other party shall be legally obtained and will not be violated Any other person’s intellectual property rights and other legitimate rights, otherwise, all responsibilities shall be borne by the provider itself. If the economic losses are caused to the other party, the provider shall be liable for compensation.

 

2. Both parties guarantee that the other party’s hardware, software, program, password, trade name, technology, license, patent, high standard, technical knowledge and the legal process is the other party, will not produce any form of transfer, transfer or common because of this contract, the party without any right or benefit.

 

3 If one party finds that the other party violates the protection of intellectual property rights, it shall have the right to request the other party to immediately stop the infringement and bear the liability for compensation.

 

+, maintain secrecy

 

1. Party A and Party B shall keep confidential the confidential information of the other party during the performance of this Contract. Except for the performance of this Contract, the receiving receiver shall not disclose to any third party the confidential information of the other party (including its branches, holding company and joint venture) during the performance of the obligations under this Contract. Confidential information includes technical information and business information, which includes but is not limited to operation manual, technical scheme, engineering design, technical indicators, technical report, experimental data, work progress and related correspondence, etc. The business information includes but is not limited to the purchase plan of the receiver, product price, product use, negotiation between the parties, and any signed documents, including all information contained in the contract, agreement, memorandum and order, but the corresponding information published by Party A through advertisements does not belong to the confidential information agreed herein.

 

2 . Without the written consent of the other party, the receiving Party shall not use or disclose any confidential information of the other party to the other party, whether oral or written, or in the form of disk, film or electronic parts.

 

3. The Receiving Party shall protect the Confidential Information with care at least equivalent to protecting its own secrets and at least not less than reasonable care to prevent the theft of the Confidential Information or any unauthorized use, disclosure or dissemination of the Confidential Information.

 

4 Employees of the Receiving Party shall be limited to knowing the purpose necessary to access the confidential information of the other party, but shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions at least as strict as this Contract. If the employee of the other party breaches the confidentiality agreement of this contract, the other party shall be jointly and severally liable.

 

5 . When the relevant party proposes to recover the confidential information, the receiving party shall return the relevant information and its copies to the other party, or destroy the data and their copies at the request of the other party and provide relevant certificates.

 

6. Unless expressly expressed, the disclosure of the other party to the receiving Party under this Contract does not indicate the license or use of any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights granted to the receiving Party.

 

7. If either party violates the above provisions, the other party shall have the right to adopt one or more of the following remedies according to the extent of the breach and the damage caused : terminate the cooperation between the parties ; require the breaching party to compensate the other party in full according to the total contract amount ; and claim compensation (including but not limited to attorney’s fees, investigation and evidence collection, etc.) ; 8 . The confidentiality obligations of the parties hereunder shall be valid forever, unless such confidential information has been fully and legally disclosed or the disclosing party declares that the information will not be kept confidential.

 

5


 

 

Xi. Breach of contract office

 

1 . Party a overdue payment, each day overdue shall pay the amount of five out of penalty, and party b shall have the right to temporarily stop the service, so the consequences shall be borne by party a, party b does not bear any responsibility, overdue more than 15 days, party b shall have the right to unilaterally terminate the contract and require party a to pay 20% of the total contract price penalty due to breach of contract.

 

2. If this Contract is terminated not due to Party B’s subjective fault, or Party A unilaterally terminates this Contract in advance, the fees charged by Party B shall not be refunded. If party B causes any losses thereby, Party A shall compensate Party B for all the actual losses.

 

3. If this Contract is terminated in advance due to party B’s subjective fault, Party B shall refund the expenses corresponding to the payment amount not advertised by Party A. If party A causes losses, Party B shall also compensate Party A for all the actual losses.

 

Twelve, special and free from expensive

 

1. Party a understand, based on the overall market interests and business needs, the media and the platform, website may not regularly to its website service content, layout, page design, such as the adjustment affect the data under this contract (including but not limited to release location data promotion time, etc.), party a will give full understanding, party b should Minimize these effects.

 

2. Party A understands that in order to launch the normal operation of the platform and website, the media will shut down the website regularly or irregularly. If the advertisements under this Agreement cannot be released due to the plan, Party A will understand and Party B shall notify Party A within the shortest possible time.

 

3. In addition to the above circumstances, if the advertising cannot be made due to the media party for other reasons, Party A shall understand and Party B shall timely notify Party A and make adjustments to the delivery plan to minimize the impact.

 

4. Party A agrees that if party B fails to publish the advertisement as planned due to the above circumstances, party B shall not be deemed to have breached the contract.

 

+ 3. Anti-corruption clause

 

1. The parties shall urge their employees, agents, consultants and other personnel related to the performance of this Contract (collectively “stakeholders, personnel”) to comply with all laws and regulations related to anti-bribery road and anti-corruption, and shall not engage in any form that may involve bribery, corruption, extortion, duty occupation or other illegal acts.

 

2. Any party shall guarantee that the other party or the interested party of the other party is protected from any expenditure, damage, liability, loss or expense directly or indirectly caused by the violation of the party or the interested party against bribery law.

 

6


 

In case of any violation, the party shall bear the full liability for compensation to the other party.

 

Notice and service

 

1 . All notices between the two parties shall be in writing and may be delivered by special person, registered mail, express mail, fax, E-mail, etc.

 

2. Both parties agree that the scope of application of the contact information of both parties specified in the first part of this contract. It includes all kinds of notices, contracts and other documents sent by both parties during non-litigation, including the service of relevant documents and legal documents in the event of a contract dispute, and all judicial procedures such as preservation, filing, first instance, second instance, retrial and execution procedure after the dispute enters the civil litigation procedure.

 

3. The contact information determined by the parties in the first part of this contract shall be the effective communication mode. If either party makes any change, it shall promptly notify the other party in writing. Otherwise, the service of the other party to the communication mode before the change according to the service mode agreed herein shall still be deemed as valid service, and the adverse consequences arising therefrom shall be borne by the party who fails to timely notify the party.

 

Xv. Application of law and dispute resolution methods

 

This Contract is governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China. Any dispute arising out of this contract or in connection with this contract, the two parties shall first in the principle of mutual understanding and accommodation, negotiation, negotiation cannot solve, the dispute to the location of the local people’s court for settlement, the resulting including lawyer, legal costs, preservation fee, security, announcement, investigation, evaluation, travel, auction, enforcement fee all raise etc shall be borne by the losing party.

 

16. Other agreements

 

1. This contract shall come into force upon the signature of both parties (signature of natural person, official seal or special seal of legal person or other organization for contract). Upon mutual agreement of both parties, this contract may be supplemented or modified or terminated in advance.

 

2. For facilitate convenience, the contract and confirmation letter signed by both parties by fax, electronic scanning shall have the same legal effect ; to sign the contract by scanning data, telegram (including fax, electronic data exchange and email), both parties have the obligation to exchange the original contract to the other party by mail.

 

3. Party A understands that Party B has the needs of annual audit and other needs, so Party A shall not contact the advertising agency authorization / cancel the account regardless of whether the delivery is completed or whether the contract expires. If Party A needs to terminate the authorization or cancel the account, it shall notify Party B in writing 7 working days in advance and reserve time for Party B to keep the relevant information of the account.

 

7


 

4. The failure or delay of any party in exercising any of its rights, powers, indemnity or compensation under the Contract shall not be deemed to have exercised such rights, indemnity or compensation. The exercise of any party rights, powers, indemnification or compensation under this Contract in whole or in part shall not affect the exercise of other rights, powers, indemnity or compensation, This page is a signing page (no text available below)

 

5. If any content of any clause under this Contract is judged to be invalid or unenforceable, then the other contents of this clause and other provisions of this Contract shall remain in full force and effect and be not subject to the contents of such invalid clause.

 

6. The title of each provisions of the Contract are for purposes only and shall not restrict, extend or other interpretation of the provisions of the Contract.

 

7. This contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy and each copy having the same legal effect.

  

8


 

 

first party :  
 
affix one’s seal :
 
authorized
representative:
 
Date: September 01,2022 Date: September 01,2022

 

 

9

 

EX-4.41 25 f20f2023ex4-41_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF CONTENT INTRODUCTION CONTRACT BY AND BETWEEN GUANGDONG SHUZHI AND GUANGDONG HONGSHI DIGITAL MEDIA CO., LTD. DATED JANUARY 1, 2023

Exhibit 4.41

 

Content introduction contract

 

Project name: Grain soybean Children Content Cooperation Agreement

 

Party A: Guangdong Hongshi Digital Media Co., LTD

 

Party B: Guangzhou Shu zhi Communication Culture Co., LTD. Signed on: January 1st, 2023

 

 


 

VOD program content cooperation agreement

 

Party A: Guangdong Hongshi Digital Media Co., LTD

 

Party B: Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD

 

Party A is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guangdong Radio and Television Network Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Guangdong Radio and Television Network”), and is the only authorized video product content introduction, integration and operator of Guangdong Radio and Television Network. Relying on the rich platform resources of Guangdong Radio and Television Network, the company takes content as expansion, local services as its feature, and makes all media content products and operation. It is committed to providing rich and colorful video products and distinctive integration business for Guangdong users, and to build a comprehensive media platform with strong communication power and influence.

 

Party B Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., Ltd. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Xiamen Pupu Culture Co., Ltd., a NASDAQ listed company. It is a professional children’s animation and video content service provider in China, with rich video program content.

 

Now the two sides will cooperate to use their own favorable resources to create the maximum value. According to the “civil code” and relevant laws and regulations, party a and party b follow the principle of “equality, voluntary, fairness and honesty and credit”, on the basis of full consultation, is Guangdong radio and television network co., LTD. (hereinafter referred to as “Guangdong radio and television network”) hd interactive platform and IP video platform and party b video content cooperation operations, reached the following terms of the contract, and abide by.

 

Article 1 Cooperation Content

 

Party A and Party B jointly cooperate to operate the on-demand children’s package “Grain soybean Children” products operated by Guangdong Radio and Television Network. Party A shall provide the high-definition interactive platform and IP video platform required for the operation of the products, the agent charging service and the corresponding customer resources. Party B, as one of the program providers of “Grain Children”, shall provide Party A with on-demand program content, provide specific technical specifications in accordance with Party A’s broadcast and transmission standards, and provide planning, design, production, production, production, processing and packaging of content products according to Party A’s program planning requirements. Both parties will make use of their respective resource advantages to jointly do a good job in marketing the products.

 

2


 

The program content products provided by Party B are as follows:

 

High standard definition VOD content:

 

Column name   Program content   Program standards   Base amount and monthly program updates

Valley beans children

 

0-12K children’s animation, preschool education

 

The premiere is synchronized with BAT, and no less

 

The base quantity is about 2000-3000 hours, and the monthly update quantity is not less than

 

Note: The content of the VOD products provided by Party B is allowed to be used for Party A’s “guide video channel” free of charge for the promotion of Party B’s products, but party B’s consent shall be obtained in advance.

 

Article 2. Rights and Obligations of both parties

 

1. Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

(1) Party a has the relevant qualifications of business cooperation, and is responsible for cooperation program content in this agreement on the platform of party a, responsible for the use of the business user accurate billing and charge, and according to party a’s business specification to provide the user’s bill query, without the written consent of party a party b shall not be authorized to provide detailed bills.

 

(2) Party A shall purchase the relevant broadcast receiving equipment, broadcast the content and maintain the system of the cooperative programs, encrypt the broadcast programs, connect the business with the user billing management system, and ensure that the users can normally order and watch the programs. And responsible for organizing and arranging customer service to accept users’ consultation, complaints and suggestions and other after-sales services.

 

(3) Party A has the right to selectively put the programs provided by Party B on the shelves in accordance with the program operation and management system and principles formulated by Party A, and to rework the programs in “Grain Bean Children” (only one content provider shall be marked when a program is stored).

 

3


 

(4) Party A has the right to remove or replace Party B’s programs according to the actual operation needs, after considering: content security, content quality crown, copyright duration and scope, storage capacity, user complaints and other factors.

 

(5) Party A may choose some of the programs supplied by Party B in “Grain Children” for users to experience and watch for free. If Party B has any objection to the free programs selected by Party A, it may request Party A to remove the programs from the shelves. Free experience watching programs do not calculate the proportion of traffic, do not participate in revenue settlement.

 

(6) Party A shall regularly report to Party B on the daily operation and flow status of the “Grain Bean Children” program, so that Party B can better organize and supply the content.

 

(7) In order to protect the interests of both parties and Party B and the content provider, Party A shall take effective measures to ensure that the content provided by Party B is not to be illegally copied or downloaded.

 

(8) Party A shall not block, copy or use the contents of the cooperative program in any other form, and shall be obliged to protect the copyright and intellectual property rights of the program content provided by Party B from any infringement, except for the fault of Party A.

 

(9) During the cooperation period, Party A shall provide paid publicity and promotion services such as operation services for the programs provided by Party B, and Party B shall pay relevant fees, and Party A and Party B shall determine specific business cooperation matters by means of supplementary agreement.

 

(10) Party A guarantees that the user data provided is fair, true and effective.

 

(11) If Party A needs to package the program content products provided by Party B or participate in the sales of other program combinations (special zones) when developing users, it shall be separately negotiated by both parties.

 

(12) Party A shall respect and protect the copyright of the cooperative programs, and shall not modify or advertise the content of the cooperative programs (the free program advertisements can be negotiated separately).

 

4


 

(13) Party A shall guarantee that the programs provided by Party B shall only be broadcast and used on the platform agreed upon by both parties, and Party A shall not authorize or transfer them to any third party in any way, otherwise, Party B shall have the right to terminate the Agreement and require Party A to be liable for breach of contract.

 

(14) In case of product adjustment by Party A or Guangdong Radio and Television Network, Party A shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in advance or confirm the adjustment content by both parties separately.

 

2. Party B’s rights and obligations

 

(1) The on-demand programs provided by Party B shall be transmitted to Party A through special line, hard disk, web disk, etc. Party B shall ensure that the program content meets the requirements for integrated review of safe broadcast of video content, and both Party parties shall confirm the video supply by E-mail or other written forms at the end of each month.

 

(2) Party B warrants that the content of the program complies with relevant national laws and policies, and that the content meets the relevant management regulations of the State Administration of Press, Publication, Radio, Film and Television and Party A. Party B shall ensure that the product program copyright chain on Party A’s platform is complete and effective. Party B shall bear all the responsibilities for the copyright disputes caused by the cooperative programs provided by Party B. After the occurrence of a legal dispute caused by Party B’s products, Party A shall have the right to temporarily deduct the amount of possible loss from the share amount to Party B, and then refund the temporary withholding amount after the total amount of loss is finally determined.

 

(3) In the normal operation process of Party A, if Party A is investigated by the competent authority and a third party due to Party B’s breach of contract, Party B shall compensate Party A for the losses arising therefrom and handle all matters related to the dispute, dispute or law by itself.

 

(4) Party B is obliged to provide Party A with the authorization letter authorizing Party A to use its programs in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(5) Party B shall ensure that the quality of the program meets party A’s technical requirements. Guarantee to organize and provide the program content as agreed herein.

 

5


 

(6) Party B shall have the right to protect the copyright and other intellectual property rights and relevant rights of the program content from any infringement.

 

(7) During the cooperation period, Party A has the right to temporarily suspend the cooperation with Party B; in the case of the business of Party B, Party A has the right to terminate the cooperation and Party B unconditionally agrees to terminate the cooperation.

 

(8) Party b shall provide the information content of filtering, audit, control from the source: party b must to illegal keywords or other easy to cause information security problems of keyword filtering, especially political sensitive vocabulary, and prevent others, using illegal vocabulary homophonic or change to promote illegal content events, to ensure the flow to party a network information source security and health. Party B must ensure that the content of the information provided does not affect Party A’s corporate image.

 

(9) Party b to party b to provide the use of promotional materials in commercial font, provided by party b including trademark, posters, screen, project, WeChat, advertising and print materials related use of copyright (in addition to party a, provide paid font package and free commercial font package), party b to ensure that has obtained from the obligee, no infringement of the legitimate rights and interests of the third party. Any commercial characters involved in the above business, if a third party proposes to infringe upon its legitimate rights and interests,

 

Party B shall settle the settlement and indemnify all losses and expenses, including but not limited to the litigation costs, adjustment fees, reasonable attorney fees, settlement amount or the amount of compensation stipulated in the effective legal documents.

 

Article 3 Income distribution

 

1、 Party A and Party B shall share the proportion of the actual income on demand, and the actual income on demand shall be subject to the actual amount of the cooperative products hereunder.

 

2、 If the products are open to users for free experience due to the agreement between both parties, party A and Party B shall not share the revenue during the free experience period.

 

6


 

3、 As one of the program providers of “Children Children”, Party B shall share the settlement amount of “Children” product package according to the proportion of the program provided by Party B and all “Children” content providers (the proportion of the viewing time of the program users).

 

The relevant definitions are provided as follows:

 

(1) Flow of Party B’s program provider: the number of on-demand hours provided by party B’s program provider in the special area of “Grain Dou Children” during a certain settlement period.

 

(2) All program flow: the duration of the demand of all the programs in the “Grain Bean Children” section during a certain settlement period.

 

(3) Proportion of Party B’s program traffic: In a certain settlement period, the ratio of Party B’s program traffic to all program flow:, namely:

 

The proportion of Party B’s program traffic (Party B’s program traffic / all program flow) * 100%

 

4、 Settlement amount of “GuDou Children” product package: According to the actual sales volume, Party A and all the sections of “GuDou Children” according to the proportion of 65%: 35% of the total actual sales of “GuDou Children” product, and Party B shall share 35% of the settlement amount of 35% of the proportion according to the highest flow ratio. Genhua:

 

Party B’s monthly settlement amount 2 Party B’s program flow accounts for * the actual sales of children * 35%

 

5、 method of settling accounts:

 

(1) In order to improve the settlement efficiency, the two parties agree that the settlement work will be carried out in two stages, the first is the pre-settlement stage and the second is the final settlement stage.

 

(2) Pre-settlement: During the cooperation period hereunder, party A and Party B shall take quarterly (3 natural months) as the pre-settlement period, and party A and Party B shall agree to pay Party B the pre-settlement amount at 80% of the current settlement amount in the settlement statement of the BOSS system within 30 days after the end of each quarter during the cooperation period. After the pre-settlement amount is confirmed by both parties, Party B shall issue a special VAT invoice of the corresponding amount to Party A, and Party A shall pay the pre-settlement amount to Party B within 10 working days after receiving the special invoice for the raised value.

 

7


 

(3) Final settlement: During the cooperation period under this Agreement, Party A and Party B shall check the pre-settlement data in two quarters (six natural months) as the settlement period (i. e., the second quarter of 2023 and the fourth quarter of 2023), and make payment in the form of “more refund and less supplement” for the pre-settlement amount. After the final settlement amount is confirmed by both parties, Party B shall issue a special VAT invoice of the corresponding amount to Party A, and Party A shall pay the final settlement amount to Party B within 10 working days after receiving the special VAT invoice. In case of special circumstances, both parties shall settle the problem through friendly negotiation.

 

(4) The monthly business expenses incurred shall be subject to the records of Party A’s billing management system. If the customer refuses to pay the business expenses due to party B’s program content problems, Party A shall have the right to deduct them from the business expenses settled to Party B. If Party B has any objection to the billing system records, Party A shall cooperate with Party B to re-check the data and confirm them in writing.

 

(5) After both parties confirm the amount of income, party b shall provide party a with special value-added tax invoice, invoice project for “information technology service * information service”, party a after receiving the invoice, within 10 working days by party a to party b designated special account, party b after each receipt of payment with party a written confirmation.

 

Party A’s account and VAT invoice information:

 

Taxpayer identification number: 91440101MA59FND524

 

Company name: Guangdong Hongshi Digital Media Co., LTD

 

Bank: China Merchants Bank Huangpu Avenue Sub-branch

 

Address: Room 1601, No.17, Zhu jiang West Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou City (Office only)

 

Company tel.: 020-29117600

 

Bank account number: [*]

 

Party B’s account and value of tax increase invoice information:

 

Taxpayer identification number: [*]

 

Company name: Guangzhou Shuzhi Communication Culture Co., LTD

 

Registered address: Room 1101, No.156, South Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou

 

Bank: China Min sheng Banking Corporation, Guangzhou Tian Hebei Sub-branch (6) Party A and Party B shall bear their own tax burden according to relevant national regulations.

 

Account number: [*]

 

Tel.: 020-34331103

 

8


 

 

(7) All the sharing amount to be paid to Party B shall be remitted by Party A to the special account designated by Party B. Before payment, Party B shall provide Party A with special VAT invoices in accordance with the requirements of the national tax law and Party A.

 

(8) Party B shall send special personnel or use registered mail or express mail to Party A within 15 days after the issuance and the date of receipt; for overdue delivery, Party B shall explain the reasons, if any overdue delivery (Party A is not correct If the reason is overdue), if Party A cannot deduct the tax, Party B shall replace the invoice or bear the tax that cannot be deducted.

 

(9) If the special VAT invoice provided by Party B does not meet the requirements of laws and regulations or the provisions hereof, or fails to pass the tax or certification, Party A has the right to reject the invoice or return the problem after being found, and Party B shall replace the invoice in time and bear the expenses required for the replacement procedures. Party A and Party B shall bear the taxes respectively.

 

3. Other

 

Both parties may conduct phased promotion activities on the content operation of the cooperative program. During the activity, both parties shall negotiate and sign a written supplementary agreement.

 

Article 4 Confidentiality

 

Unless legally mandatory, without the written consent of the other party, neither party shall provide a copy of this agreement, disclose the agreement and other trade secrets obtained in negotiation and cooperation (any direction involved in the cooperation employees or affiliates and only to the employees or affiliates need to know such information is not in), otherwise shall bear legal liability and compensation for all economic and reputation losses brought to the other party.

 

Article 5 Force Majeure

 

Either party hereof shall not be liable for any loss due to the performance of earthquake, typhoon, flood, fire, war, strike, strike, epidemic, government management, and other hacker attacks on the Internet). In the event of a force majeure event, the affected party shall immediately notify the other party in the quickest manner possible and issue to the other party a document effectively proving the occurrence of the force majeure event within 15 days of the force majeure event. The party affected by the force majeure shall take active and effective measures to reduce the losses caused to the other party due to the failure or delay in the performance of this Agreement. The delay of a party in performing its relevant obligations due to force majeure shall be the same time as the force majeure. If the force majeure event lasts for more than 30 days, both parties shall determine whether to continue to perform the contract through friendly negotiation.

 

9


 

Article 6. Termination of the Agreement

 

1. Except for termination provided by law and other provisions of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be terminated immediately in case of any of the following circumstances:

 

(1) The relevant professional qualifications owned by either party to this Agreement are cancelled or cancelled by the government administrative department;

 

(2) Either party to this Agreement enters into or is applied by another third party for bankruptcy or liquidation;

 

(3) If any party has any violation of this Agreement or delays in performing this Agreement without reason, and after the other party informs the defaulting party in writing for 15 days, the breaching party fails to take measures to correct the breach, the other party shall have the right to request the breaching party to continue to perform the Agreement or terminate the Agreement. If the breaching party still fails to perform the contract, the other two parties may still terminate the agreement.

 

(4) After the content provided by Party B passes the introduction and review by Party A, Party B shall cooperate with Party A to immediately start the business test before the launch. If Party B fails to provide the test content in time or fails to cooperate with the test conditions, and still fails to pass the test for more than 6 months from the date of signing this Agreement, party B’s business launch qualification shall be automatically cancelled, and this Agreement shall be automatically terminated.

 

(5) Party A shall make a comprehensive evaluation of the cooperation content every year. If the evaluation result fails to meet the requirements, Party A shall have the right to unilaterally terminate the cooperation in advance. The specific evaluation methods shall refer to the Management Measures of Guangdong Radio and Television Network Products.

 

2、 If either party fails to perform the obligations herein, the non-breaching party may require the breaching party to bear the liability for breach and compensate for the losses according to law, and the scope of compensation shall include all economic losses suffered by the non-breaching party due to the breach of the breaching party.

 

3、After the expiration or suspension of the Agreement, the settlement of all expenses shall be settled within the period stipulated in the Agreement, and both parties shall complete the settlement within the original period stipulated in the Agreement.

 

10


 

4、Whatever the termination of this Agreement for any reason, Party A shall, as required by Party B, destroy and delete all the programs and copies provided by Party B owned by Party A or owned on the cooperation platform, and shall not keep them in any form or for other purposes.

 

Article 7 Term of cooperation

 

The cooperation period of this Agreement shall be from the date of signing to December 31,2023. Upon the expiration of this agreement, if both parties have no objection, the agreement shall be automatically extended for one year, and so on.

 

Article 8 Other

 

1、Neither Party shall assign this Agreement or part thereof in any way without written confirmation of the parties.

 

2、Any supplement to the matters not clearly specified in this Agreement and any modification to the Contents of this Agreement shall be agreed in writing. Such written agreement and other annexes shall be an integral part of this Agreement by signing and sealed by the authorized representatives of both parties and shall have the same effect as the text of this Agreement.

 

3、 The conclusion, validity, interpretation, performance and dispute settlement of this Agreement shall be governed by the mainland laws of the People’s Republic of China. Any dispute arising out of this Agreement and arising out of the performance of this Agreement shall be settled by both parties on the principle of friendly negotiation. If the negotiation fails, either party shall have the right to file a lawsuit with the competent people’s court in the place where Party A is located.

 

4、 This Agreement shall come into force on the date of signature and sealing by the authorized representatives of all parties. The agreement is made in quadruplicate, with each party holding two copies and each copy having the same legal effect.

 

[No text available below]

 

11


 

Party A: (affixed with corporate seal)

Party B: (affixed with corporate seal)

 

 

12

 

 

EX-4.42 26 f20f2023ex4-42_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF NETWORK PROMOTION SERVICE CONTRACT BY AND BETWEEN XIAMEN POP DIGITAL AND XIAMEN JIUZHOU YUANQI MEDIA CO., LTD DATED DECEMBER 30, 2022

Exhibit 4.42

 

Network promotion service contract

 

Contract No.: JzYQ-XS-Joll I

 

Party A: Xiamen Pop Digital Technology Co., LTD
Contact person: Lin Xiaoxia Tel. : 18060979708 WeChat ID;
Address: Room 2,304, No.168, Fengqi Road, Phase III, Software Park, Torch High-tech Zone, Xiame
zip code:                             fax NO:
E-mail:                                     QQ number:

 

 

Party B: Xiamen Jiuzhou Yuanqi Media Co., LTD
Contact person: Coanne telephone :             WeChat ID:
Address: Room 24,706, No.510, New Macao Road, Jinhai Street, Xiang’an District, Xiamen
City zip code:   fax NO:
E-mail: QQ number:

 

In accordance with the relevant provisions of the Civil Code of the People’s Republic of China, Party A and Party B, in line with the principle of equality, voluntary and mutual benefit, enter into the following agreement reached by Party B on the platform of Party B, which shall be followed by both parties.

 

one, Service matters

 

1. Party B is the “authorized online advertising agent” of the Internet media advertising platform, Guangdiantong, Moments, Toutiao, Kuaishou, etc., hereinafter known as the platform. Party A agrees to entrust Party B to carry out online promotion on the above platform represented by Party B and in accordance with the platform

 

The contract shall pay the party B for the corresponding service fee, and the specific platform shall be subject to the platform listed in Annex I “Confirmation of Account Reconciliation”.

 

2. The advertising promotion agreed in this contract refers to a technical service that displays Party A’s information on the result page of the above platforms and relevant pages (collectively referred to as “Display Page”).

 

3 . Party B shall provide professional services to Party A only by providing account opening and recharge service for Party A on the corresponding platform that requires advertising. During the service term, Party A shall operate the account by itself and provide advertisements, and Party B shall assist Party A to open an account and recharge. If Party A needs Party B to provide other services, or Party B needs to operate the account and advertise on behalf of Party B, both parties shall sign a written supplementary agreement and pay separately.

 

two, term of service

 

1. Service term : January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023

 

2. One month prior to the expiration of this contract, if both parties agree to renew the contract separately. If both parties fail to renew the contract, the contract will be automatically terminated on the date of expiration of the service term.

 

 


 

three, Account management

 

1. Party a shall provide the following information for party b to apply for account platform : business license, legal representative identity certificate, the power of attorney, trademark registration certificate, patent certificate prove the operator legal operation of valid licenses, party a for the materials provided by the authenticity and assume full responsibility.

 

2. Party A confirms that the following platform accounts belong to the related account of Party A, and the relevant rights and obligations of the related account are made by Party A

 

Party A shall enjoy the rights and undertake the obligations as agreed herein: /______________________________________________

 

3. Party A shall take strict confidentiality measures for the information and password of the account. If the funds in the account are lost or fail to be fees normally due to the leakage of Party A’s password or other reasons, Party A shall bear the responsibility.

 

4. The ownership of the account shall belong to the platform. After the expiration of the cooperation term, if both parties fail to renew the contract, the platform or Party B If stopped, Party B and the platform shall not be liable for this.

 

2


 

 

6. If the advertising content required to be promoted by Party A must go through the approval procedures of relevant government departments, Party A shall release the promotion only after the approval.

 

7. If the advertising content to be promoted by Party A fails to pass the advertising department of the platform and causes the delay of advertising release, Party A shall bear the responsibility, except if the above advertising content is produced by Party B.

 

Viii. Payment and account reconciliation

 

1. Advertising platform in this contract are prepaid phone advertising system, party a should pay attention to the account of the balance, and so on and timely transfer to party b account, at the same time, party b can also according to party a account consumption and balance to party a, email, telephone, prepaid phone notice to party a, party a agrees to renew and payment, party b according to the payment amount of advertising platform.

 

Party B’s collection account number is as follows :

 

Account name : Xiamen Jiuzhou Yuanfeng Media Co., LTD

 

Bank of deposit : China Merchants Bank

 

Account number: [*]

 

Without the written authorization of Party B, Party A shall not pay any money to other accounts of Party B or party B’s staff, otherwise, it shall not be deemed to be paid to Party B by Party A for the performance of this Contract, and Party A shall bear the consequences caused thereby.

 

2. Party b after receiving money from party a and party a in the platform account after all the deduction consumption, party a shall issue an invoice notice to party b, party b after check, the corresponding amount to party a issued special VAT invoice or VAT invoice (invoice item for * information technology service * information service, tax rate of _% [national similar project rate adjustment, according to the adjusted tax rate]). The billing information of Party A is as follows:

 

Company name : Xiamen Pop Digital Technology Co., LTD

 

Taxpayer identification number: [*]

 

Registered address : Room 2,304, No.168, Fengqi Road, Phase III, Software Park, Phase III, Torch High-tech Zone, Xiamen

 

Tel. : 18060979708

 

Bank of deposit : China Min sheng Bank Corporation Limited, Xiamen Software Park Sub-branch

 

Bank account number: [*]

 

3. If party A changes the billing information, it shall timely notify Party B by email, wechat or other means. If the invoice information is wrong due to party A’s failure of timely communication, Party A shall bear the corresponding responsibilities. If party A can’t receive the invoice normally due to party A’s fault, it has nothing to do with Party B. At the same time, once the invoice is issued, it will not be refunded, and Party B shall not bear all the losses.

 

4. Account account and party a shall pay to party b, party b monthly reconciliation with party a, party b in the 10 of the corresponding data check and form the statement, party a within 3 days upon receipt of the statement of party b must be check and stamp back to party b, party a fails to check or stamp back, is deemed as party a approved party b’s statement data, party b has the right to claim directly to party a according to the statement data.

 

5. Service fee.

 

The standard is: /

 

3


 

Party A and Party B shall communicate before signing the contract, and the subsequent payment according to the communication standard : service fee 6. If emergency need party b advance prepaid phone payments, should be agreed by party b, party b agreed to party b advance to party a, party a shall party a within 3 days from the date of the advances to party b will party b advances to party b, if, if overdue, party b has the right to stop the corresponding advertising platform, at the same time, party a shall, in accordance with this contract to party b overdue payment liability for breach of contract.

 

Ix. Intellectual property rights

 

1. Both parties guarantee that the materials, information, materials and documents provided by one party to the other party are legally acquired and will not infringe the intellectual property rights and other legitimate rights and interests, otherwise, all the responsibilities shall be borne by the Provider. If the economic losses caused to the other party are caused, the Provider shall be liable for compensation.

 

2. Both parties guarantee that the hardware, software, program, password, trade name, technology, license, patent, trademark, technical knowledge and business process of the other party, shall not be any form of transfer, transfer or share due to the signing of this contract, the party has not any right or benefit.

 

3 . If one party finds that the other party has violated the above acts of intellectual property protection, it shall have the right to require the other party to immediately stop the infringement and bear the liability for compensation.

 

Ten, confidentiality

 

1. Party A and Party B shall keep confidential the confidential information of the other party during the performance of this Contract. Except for the performance of this Contract, the receiving receiver shall not disclose to any third party the confidential information of the other party (including its branches, holding company and joint venture) during the performance of the obligations under this Contract. Confidential information includes technical information and business information, which includes but is not limited to operation manual, technical scheme, engineering design, technical indicators, technical report, experimental data, work progress and related correspondence, etc. The business information includes but is not limited to the receiver’s purchase plan, product price, product use, negotiation between the parties, any documents signed, including all information contained in the contract, agreement, memorandum and order, but the corresponding information of the software sold by Party B to Party A does not belong to the confidential information agreed herein.

 

2. Without the written consent of the other party, the receiving Party shall not use or disclose any confidential information of the other party to the other party, whether oral or written, or in the form of disk, film or electronic parts.

 

3. The Receiving Party shall protect the Confidential Information with care at least equivalent to protecting its own secrets and at least not less than reasonable care to prevent the theft of the Confidential Information or any unauthorized use, disclosure or dissemination of the Confidential Information.

 

4. Employees of the receiving Party shall have access to the confidential information, but shall be subject to a confidentiality clause at least as strict as this Contract. If the employee of the other party breaches the confidentiality agreement of this contract, the other party shall be jointly and severally liable.

 

5. When the other party presents the relevant information to recover the confidential information, the receiving party shall return the relevant information and their copies to the other party, or destroy the data and their copies at the request of the other party, and provide relevant certificates.

 

4


 

6. Unless expressly expressed, the disclosure of the other party to the receiving party under this Contract does not indicate the grant of any patent, trademark to the receiving party.

 

Licenses or use of copyright, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights 0 ;

 

7. If either party breaches the above provisions, the other party shall have the right to take one or more of the following remedies according to the extent of the breach and the damage caused: to terminate the cooperation between the parties; to require the breaching party to compensate the other party in full for the total contract amount;

 

Request compensation for corresponding losses and expenses (including but not limited to lawyers’ fees, forensic fees, etc.);

 

8. The confidentiality obligations of the parties hereunder shall be valid forever unless such confidential information has been fully legally disclosed or information’The disclosing party announces that the information will no longer be kept confidential.

 

Xi. Liability for breach of contract :

 

1. Party a overdue payment, each overdue day shall bear to party b payable amount of five penalty, and party b shall have the right to temporarily stop the service shall provide, so the consequences shall be borne by party a, party b does not bear any responsibility, overdue more than 15 days, party b has the right to unilaterally terminate the contract and require party a to pay 20% of the total contract price penalty due to breach of contract.

 

2. If this Contract is terminated not due to party B’s subjective fault, and Party A unilaterally terminates this Contract in advance, the advertising fee charged by Party B shall not be refunded, and for any losses caused to Party B, Party A shall also compensate Party B for all the actual losses.

 

3. If this Contract is terminated in advance due to party B’s subjective fault, Party B shall refund the expenses corresponding to the payment amount not advertised by Party A. If party A causes losses, Party B shall also compensate Party A for all the actual losses.

 

XII. Special disclaimer

 

1. Party a understand, based on the overall market interests and business needs, the media and the platform, website may not regularly to its website service content, layout, page design and other relevant aspects, such as the adjustment affect the data under this contract (including but not limited to release location data promotion time, etc.), party a will give full understanding, party b shall minimize the impact to a minimum.

 

2. Party A understands that in order to launch the normal operation of the platform and website, the media will shut down the website regularly or irregularly. If the advertisements under this Agreement cannot be released due to the plan, Party A will understand and Party B shall be so

 

5


 

  Party B: Xiamen Jiuzhou Yuanqi Medai Co., LTD  
   
 
   
Date: December 30, 2022 Date: December 30, 2022

 

 

 

6

 

EX-4.43 27 f20f2023ex4-43_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF NETWORK PROMOTION SERVICE CONTRACT BY AND BETWEEN XIAMEN POP CULTURE AND XIAMEN JINGSI NETWORK TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD DATED NOVEMBER 1, 2022

Exhibit 4.43

 

Network promotion service contract

 

Contract No.: 2022-XX-11-002

 

Party A, Xiamen Pupu Culture Co., LTD
Contact person: Lin Xiaoji Tel.: 0592-5968189 WeChat ID: /
Address : 3rd Floor, No.168, Fengqi Road, Jimei District, Xiamen City
zip code :/ fax NO:/
Electronic mail f

 

Party B: Xiamen Jingsi Network Technology Co., LTD
Contact person: Coanne Tel.: 0592-5028922 WeChat ID: /
Address : Unit 3,1801, Hualien Road, Siming District, Xiamen City
Postal code: 361001 fax NO:/
E-mail:/ QQ No.: /

 

In accordance with the relevant provisions of the Civil Code of the People’s Republic of China, party A and Party B shall, on the principle of equality, voluntary and mutual benefit, entrust Party B on the platform of Party B for the network promotion, which is fully negotiated and implemented by both parties.

 

one, Service matters

 

1. Party b is the Internet media advertising platform wide point, circle of friends, today’s headlines, quickly (hereinafter referred to as platform) “authorized network advertising agents”, party a agrees to entrust party b in party b agent the above platform for network promotion and according to the provisions of the contract to party b corresponding service fees, specific platform in attachment a platform listed in the platform shall prevail.

 

2. The advertising promotion agreed in this contract refers to a technical service that displays Party A’s information on the result page of the above platform and the relevant pages (collectively referred to as “Display Page”).

 

3. Party B shall provide professional services to Party A only by providing account opening and recharge service for Party A on the corresponding platform that requires advertising. During the service term, Party A shall operate the account by itself and provide advertisements, and Party B shall assist Party A to open an account and recharge. If Party A needs Party B to provide other services, or Party B needs to operate the account and advertise on behalf of Party B, both parties shall sign a written supplementary agreement and pay separately.

 

two, term of service

 

1 . Service term: 11/01/2022 – 12/31/2023

 

2. I months prior to the expiration of the contract, if both parties agree to renew the contract separately. If both parties fail to renew the contract, the contract will be automatically terminated on the date of expiration of the service term.

 

 


 

three, Account management

 

1. Party a shall provide the following information to party b to the platform for party b to apply for opening account : business license, legal representative identity certificate, the power of attorney, trademark registration certificate, patent certificate to prove the operators legal operation of valid licenses, party a to the material provided authenticity negative expensive and bear all your office.

 

2. Party A confirms that the following platform account belongs to the associated account of Party A and has the relevant rights and obligations of the American related account of Party A

 

Party A shall enjoy the rights and undertake the obligations as agreed herein: ______/____.

 

3. Party A shall take strict confidentiality measures for the information and password of the account. If the funds in the account are lost or fail to be fees normally due to the leakage of Party A’s password or other reasons, Party A shall bear the responsibility.

 

4. The ownership of the account belongs to the platform. After the expiration of the cooperation term, if both parties fail to renew the contract, the platform or Party B If stopped, Party B and the platform shall not be liable for this.

 

2


 

6. If the advertising content that needs to be promoted by Party A must go through the approval procedures of relevant government departments, Party A shall release the promotion only after the approval.

 

7. If the advertising content to be promoted by Party A fails to pass the advertising department of the platform and causes the delay of advertising release, Party A shall bear the responsibility, except if the above advertising content is produced by Party B.

 

Viii. Payment and account reconciliation

 

1. Advertising platform in this contract are prepaid phone advertising system, party a should pay attention to the account of the balance, and so on and so forth and timely transfer the money to party b account, at the same time, party b can also be according to party a account consumption and balance, by email, piece, telephone notice to party a, party a agrees to renew and payment, party b according to the payment amount of advertising platform.

 

Party B’s collection number is as follows :

 

Company name : Xiamen Jingjing Network Technology Co., LTD

 

Bank : Software Park Sub-branch of China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd

 

Account number: [*]

 

Without the written authorization of Party B, Party A shall not pay any money to other accounts of Party B or party B’s staff, otherwise, it shall not be deemed to be paid to Party B by Party A for the performance of this Contract, and Party A shall bear the consequences caused thereby.

 

2. Party b after receiving money from party a and party a in the platform account of all funds deduction consumption, party a shall issue an invoice notice to party b, after party b check, the corresponding amount to party a shall issue VAT special invoice or VAT invoice (invoice information service fee for * information technology service rate of $ % [the national tax rate of similar projects, according to the adjusted tax execution]). The billing information of Party A is as follows :

 

Company name : Xiamen Pupu Culture Co., LTD

 

Taxpayer identification number: 91350206798065312U

 

Registered address : Unit 836, No.5, Mushuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen City

 

Tel.: 05925968189

 

Bank of deposit : China Construction Bank Company Limited, Xiamen Science and Technology Sub-branch

 

Bank account number: [*]

 

3. If party A changes the billing information, it shall timely notify Party B by email, wechat or other means. If the invoice information is wrong due to party A’s failure of timely communication, Party A shall bear the corresponding responsibilities. If party A can’t receive the invoice due to party A’s fault, it has nothing to do with Party B. At the same time, once the invoice is issued, it will not be returned, and Party B shall not bear all the losses.

 

4. Account account and party a shall pay to party b, party b monthly reconciliation with party a, party b in the 10 of the corresponding data check and form the statement, party a within 3 days upon receipt of the statement of party b must be check and stamp back to party b, party a fails to check or stamp back, is deemed as party a approved party b’s statement data, party b has the right to claim directly to party a according to the statement data.

 

3


 

5. Service fee. Party A and Party B shall communicate before signing the contract, and the subsequent payment according to the communication standard : service fee The standard is : ____/_________

 

6. If party a emergency need party b prepaid payments, should be agreed by party b, party b, party b agreed to party a, party a shall party b within 3 days from the date of the advances to party b to party b to party b, if overdue, party b has the right to stop the corresponding advertising platform, at the same time, party a shall, in accordance with the contract to party b overdue payment liability for breach of contract.

 

Ix. Intellectual property rights

 

1. Both parties guarantee that the materials, information, materials and documents provided by one party to the other party are legally acquired and will not infringe the intellectual property rights and other legitimate rights and interests, otherwise, all the responsibilities shall be borne by the Provider. If the economic losses caused to the other party are caused, the Provider shall be liable for compensation.

 

2. Both parties guarantee that the hardware, software, program, password, trade name, technology, license, patent, trademark, technical knowledge and business process of the other party is legally owned by the other party, and shall not produce any form of transfer, transfer or share due to the signing of this contract, the party shall not have any rights or interests.

 

3. If one party finds that the other party has violated the above acts of intellectual property protection, it shall have the right to require the other party to immediately stop the infringement and bear the liability for compensation.

 

Ten, confidentiality

 

1 . Party A and Party B shall keep confidential the confidential information of the other party during the performance of this Contract. In addition to the performance of this Contract, the receiving receiver shall not disclose to the third party the confidential information of the other party (including its branches, holding company and joint venture) during the performance of the obligations under this Contract. Confidential information includes technical information and business information, which includes but is not limited to operation manual, technical scheme, engineering design, technical indicators, technical report, experimental data, work progress and related correspondence, etc. The business information includes but is not limited to the purchase plan of the receiver, product price, product use, negotiation between the parties, any signed documents, including all information contained in the contract, agreement, memorandum and order, but the corresponding information published by Party A through advertisements does not belong to the confidential information agreed herein.

 

2. Without the written consent of the other party, the receiving Party shall not use or disclose any confidential information of the other party to the other party, whether oral or written, or in the form of disk, film or electronic parts.

 

3. The Receiving Party shall protect the Confidential Information with care at least equivalent to protecting its own secrets and at least not less than reasonable care to prevent the theft of the Confidential Information or any unauthorized use, disclosure or dissemination of the Confidential Information.

 

4


 

4. Employees of the Receiving Party shall be limited to knowing the purpose necessary to access the confidential information of the other party, but shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions at least as strict as this Contract. If the employee of the other party breaches the confidentiality agreement of this contract, the other party shall be jointly and severally liable.

 

5. When the other party proposes to recover the confidential materials, the receiving party shall return the relevant materials and their copies to the other party, or destroy the materials and their copies at the request of the other party and provide relevant certificates.

 

6. Unless expressly expressed, the disclosure of the other party to the receiving Party under this Contract does not indicate the license or use of any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights granted to the receiving Party.

 

7. If either party violates the breach of the above provisions, the other party shall be entitled to take one or more of the following remedies according to the extent of the violation and the damage caused: to terminate the cooperation of the defaulting party to provide the other party with full compensation in the total contract amount ; the corresponding losses and expenses (including but not limited to attorney fees, forensic fees, etc.) :

 

8. The confidentiality obligations of the parties hereunder shall be valid forever unless such confidential information has been fully lawfully disclosed or the disclosing party announces that the information will not be kept confidential.

 

Xi. Liability for breach of contract

 

1. Party a overdue payment, each day overdue shall pay the amount of five out of penalty, and party b shall have the right to temporarily stop the service, so the consequences shall be borne by party a, party b does not bear any responsibility, overdue more than 15 days, party b shall have the right to unilaterally terminate the contract and require party a to pay 20% of the total contract price penalty due to breach of contract.

 

2. If this Contract is terminated not due to Party B’s subjective fault, or Party A unilaterally terminates this Contract in advance, the fees charged by Party B shall not be refunded. If party B causes any losses thereby, Party A shall compensate Party B for all the actual losses.

 

3. If this Contract is terminated in advance due to party B’s subjective fault, Party B shall refund the expenses corresponding to the payment amount not advertised by Party A. If party A causes losses, Party B shall also compensate Party A for all the actual losses.

 

Xii. Special disclaimer

 

1. Party a understand, based on the overall market interests and business needs, the media and the platform, website may not regularly to its website service content, layout, page design and other relevant aspects, such as the adjustment affect the data under this contract (including but not limited to release location data promotion time, etc.), party a will give full understanding, party b shall minimize the impact to a minimum.

 

5


 

2. Party A understands that in order to launch the normal operation of the platform and website, the media will shut down the website regularly or irregularly. If the advertisements under this Agreement cannot be released due to the plan, Party A will understand and Party B shall agree Notify Party A within a short time.

 

3. In addition to the above circumstances, if the advertising cannot be made due to the media party for other reasons, Party A shall understand and Party B shall timely notify Party A and make adjustments to the delivery plan to minimize the impact.

 

4. Party A agrees that if party B fails to publish the advertisement as planned due to the above circumstances, party B shall not be deemed to have breached the contract.

 

XIII. Anti-corruption clause

 

1 The parties shall urge their employees, agents, consultants and other personnel related to the performance of this Contract (collectively, “interested Personnel”) to comply with all laws and regulations related to anti-bribery road and anti-corruption, and shall not engage in any form that may involve bribery, corruption, extortion, occupation or other illegal acts.

 

2 . Either Party shall guarantee that the other party or the interested party of the other party is protected from any expenditure, damage, liability, loss or expense directly or indirectly caused by the violation of the party by the interested party against bribery law. In case of any violation, the party shall bear the full liability for compensation to the other party.

 

Notice and service

 

1. All notices between the two parties shall be in writing and may be delivered by special person, registered mail, express mail, fax, E-mail, etc.

 

2. Both sides agree that the first of the contract of the scope of contact, including the lawsuit when both sides send all kinds of notice, contract and other documents, including the contract disputes when relevant documents and legal documents, also included in the dispute into the civil procedure of preservation, filing, first instance, second instance, retrial and execution procedures of all judicial procedures.

 

3. The contact information determined by the parties in the first part of this contract shall be the effective communication mode. If either party makes any change, it shall promptly notify the other party in writing. Otherwise, the service of the other party to the communication mode before the change according to the service mode agreed in herein shall still be deemed as valid service, and the adverse consequences arising therefrom shall be borne by the party who fails to timely notify the party.

 

Xv. Application of law and dispute resolution methods

 

This Contract is governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China. Any dispute arising out of this contract or in connection with this contract, both parties shall first based on the principle of mutual accommodation and negotiation, the dispute, the dispute of the local people’s court, the resulting including legal fees, legal fees, preservation, security, announcement, fee, fee, assessment, travel, auction, enforcement and all expenses shall be borne by the losing party.

 

6


 

16. Other agreements

 

1. This contract shall come into force upon the signature of both parties (signature of natural person, official seal or special seal of legal person or other organization for contract). Upon mutual agreement of both parties, this contract may be supplemented, modified, or terminated in advance.

 

2. In order to facilitate the signing, party a and party b by fax, electronic scanning data signed the contract, confirmation and signed face to face, confirmation has the same legal effect: for the implementation of the management of the contract, through the data, telegram (including fax, electronic data exchange and email, etc.) scanning way to sign the contract, party a and party b have by mail swap original contract obligations to the other party.

 

3. Party A understands that Party B has the needs of annual audit and other needs, so Party A shall not contact the advertising agency authorization / cancel the account regardless of whether the delivery is completed or whether the contract expires. If Party A needs to terminate the authorization or cancel the account, it shall notify Party B in writing 7 working days in advance and reserve time for Party B to keep the relevant information of the account.

 

4. Failure or delay of any party to exercise any of its rights, powers, indemnity or compensation under the Contract shall not be deemed as a waiver of such rights, indemnity or compensation. The exercise of any party rights, powers, indemnification or compensation under this Contract in whole or in part shall not affect the exercise of other rights, powers, indemnity or compensation,

 

5. If any content of any clause under this Contract is judged to be invalid or unenforceable, then the other contents of this clause and other provisions of this Contract shall remain in full force and effect and be not subject to the contents of such invalid clause.

 

6. The title of each terms of the Contract are for purposes only and shall not restrict, extend or other interpretation of the provisions of the Contract.

 

7. This contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy and each copy having the same legal effect.

 

7


 

This page is signed zhen (no text below)

 

 
  Authorized Representative :
   

Date: November 01,2022

Date: November 01,2022

 

 

8

 

 

EX-4.44 28 f20f2023ex4-44_popculture.htm ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SERVICE CONTRACT BY AND BETWEEN XIAMEN POP DIGITAL AND SANG (XIAMEN) NETWORK TECHNOLOGY DATED JANUARY 1, 2023

Exhibit 4.44

 

Information technology service contract

 

Contract No.: 2023-SL-01-003

 

Party A: Xiamen Pop Digital Technology Co., LTD
Contact person: Lin Xiaocheng Tel.: 18060979708               | WeChat ID:
Address : Room 2,304, No.168, Fengqi Road, Software Park, Torch High-tech Zone, Xiamen
zip code : fax NO:
E-mail:                                     QQ number:

 

Party B: Sang (Xiamen) network technology
Contact person: Coanne                   Tel.: 0592-5028922                    WeChat ID:
Address : Unit 2,1801, Bird Wealth Center, No.1 Hualien Road, Siming District, Xiamen
Postal code: 361001 fax NO:
Email: cancer @ xmwenzhao.com QQ number:

 

In accordance with the relevant provisions of the Civil Code of the People’s Republic of China, party A and Party B, on the principle of equality, voluntary and mutual investigation, enter into the following contract terms concerning the relevant IT services provided by Party B to Party A through full negotiation, which shall be complied with by both parties.

 

one, Service matters

 

1. Party B is the “authorized agent” of the online media promotion platform Toutiao, and Party A agrees to entrust Party B to act as the agent I. The platform shall provide party A with information promotion services for Party A and pay the corresponding service fee to Party B in accordance with the provisions hereof. The specific platform shall be subject to the platform listed in Annex 1, Confirmation of Reconciliation.

 

2. The information technology service agreed in this Contract refers to a technical service that displays Party A’s information on the result page of the above platform and relevant pages (collectively referred to as “Display Page”).

 

3. Party B shall provide information services to Party A only for account opening and recharge services on the above media platform. During the service term, Party A shall operate the platform account and promote the release. Party B shall assist Party A in opening accounts and providing recharge. If Party A needs Party B to provide other services, or if Party B needs to provide the information on behalf of the operating platform, both parties shall sign a written supplementary agreement and pay separately.

 

two, term of service

 

1. Period of service: 01/01/2023 – 12/31/2023

 

2. One months before the expiration of this contract, if both parties agree to renew the contract, the contract will be signed separately. If both parties fail to renew the contract, the contract will automatically terminate upon the expiration of the service term.

 

 


 

three, Account management

 

1. Party a shall provide the following information to party b to the platform for party b to apply for the account : business license, legal representative identity certificate, a power of attorney, trademark registration certificate, patent certificate to prove the operator legal operation of valid licenses, party a for the authenticity of the materials provided and assume full responsibility. If party A’s qualification and certification documents do not comply with laws and relevant provisions and cause losses to Party B (including but not limited to the civil liability and administrative penalty borne by Party B to Party A), Party A shall bear full liability for compensation.

 

2. Party A confirms that if the account of Platform F is ” Party A’s AIL account, and the relevant rights and obligations of the related account, Party A shall assume the rights and obligations as agreed herein: O

 

3. Party A shall take strict confidentiality measures for the information and password of the account. If the original I of Party A leaking the password causes the loss of funds in the account or fails to deduct the fees normally, party A’s door bank shall bear the responsibility.

 

4. The ownership of the account shall belong to the platform. After the expiration of the cooperation term, if both parties fail to renew the contract, the platform or Party B shall have the right to accept the right to use the account. In the ownership and management of Party A’s operating account, Party A shall abide by the use rules issued by the platform. Party A has fully understood and recognized the use rules of the Pingtai account. If the operation of the platform has the right to adjust the use rules of the account according to the operation needs of the platform, Party A shall not hold any objection. If Party A violates the use rules, the consequences caused by it shall be borne by Party A itself. Since Party B does not participate in the operation of Party A’s platform account, Party A shall bear all the responsibilities arising from the operation of dingguan platform account and has nothing to do with Party B.

 

four, Recharge and fund management

 

I . The platform agreed herein is in the pre-recharge system mode, and Party A shall pay RMB to Party B within all working days after the Contract comes into effect _____ Yuan (capital :_____ Ten thousand yuan only), as the pre-recharge payment for Party A’s network promotion, Party B shall receive the pre-recharge payment and recharge the platform according to Party A’s promotion and release needs.

 

2. During the term of cooperation, Party A shall judge whether to recharge according to the account balance. If Party A decides to recharge, it shall request Party B in email or other written form and pay the corresponding recharge amount to Party B’s bank account in time. If party A’s delay in request or payment, Party A shall bear the responsibility, and Party B shall not bear any responsibility.

 

3. Party A recognizes and accepts all provisions on promotion services (including but not limited to product introduction, price standards, notices, specifications, agreements, etc.) issued by the corresponding platform, and the relevant provisions of the above platform (including the revision of the provisions or rules made by the platform after the signing of this Contract) shall be regarded as valid attachments of this Contract.

 

2


 

4. The deduction rules of funds in Party A’s account. : Bidding promotion or brand promotion, if the above deduction rules and the platform rules do not caused, the platform rules shall prevail. If Party A has any objection to the deduction of the platform, it shall apply to the corresponding platform (referred to as compensation). Party B shall provide necessary assistance, but Party A shall not require Party B to bear the corresponding responsibilities.

 

5. Party A shall not require Party B or the platform to return the funds into the account of the platform after the platform has actually promoted and the fee is deducted. If Party A needs to return the remaining funds in the account, Party A shall notify Party B in writing in advance and return them to Party A without interest after Party B.

 

6. Upon the expiration of the cooperation term between both parties, if both parties fail to renew the contract and there is any balance in Party A’s account, Party B shall have the right to withdraw from the relief household without spending the remaining money, and the parties shall return the balance to the original account after the renewal of the contract.

 

five, Content production

 

1 . Party a on the platform to promote the required information content are made and provided by party a, but party a shall be responsible for the content of the authenticity, legitimacy and validity, if because of party a’s information responsibility, by party a, if lead to party b or platform economic losses, party a shall’ and bear the liability for compensation.

 

2. If Party A is in the flat ft I. If the information required for promotion needs to be produced by Party B, Party A shall sign a contract with Party B and pay additional fees.

 

six, Promote the rules

 

1. The information released by Party A shall not violate the provisions of national policies, laws and regulations, shall not violate social order and good customs, shall not involve social sensitive issues, shall not infringe the legitimate rights and interests of others, including privacy rights, intellectual property rights, etc. Otherwise, all responsibilities arising therefrom shall be borne by Party A.

 

2. Both party A and Party B confirm that all the data (including but not limited to information release location, consumption amount, release time, page view, exposure paper and conversion amount) shall be subject to the background data of the platform, and the future platform data shall be used as the basis for determining the facts.

 

3. Party B shall review the promotion information provided by Party A. Party B’s review of the contents and forms of negative interest promoted by Party A and its customers does not represent party B’s confirmation of the authenticity and legality of the aforementioned contents of Party A, and Party B shall not make any commitment to the audit results. No matter whether the promotion content is approved by Party B, if Party B finds that the information content of Party A exists during the information release process of Party A, Party B or the platform has the right to suspend the release during the prompt period). If Party A fails to make rectification, Party B shall have the right to cancel the information promotion content of Party A and shall have the right to require Party A to pay 20% of the total contract price as liquidated damages. If party B or the platform is subject to administrative punishment, information shielding or other adverse social consequences, all responsibilities (including but not limited to economic compensation) shall be borne by Party A. If any loss is caused to Party B, Party A shall also compensate for it in full.

 

3


 

4. Within 7 working days before the information promotion, Party A shall provide Party B with the qualification certificate, business license (copy) required to prove the authenticity and legality of the information content, product manual and other relevant certification materials required by the network promotion agency, and shall be responsible for the authenticity and legality of the certification materials provided. If the term of service provided by Party B is delayed due to Party A, Party A shall bear all responsibilities and losses, and Party B shall not bear any responsibility.

 

5. During the period of information promotion, Party B and the platform, if the information promotion is suspended or stopped due to hackers, network faults, national policy requirements and other reasons, shall not be liable for this.

 

6. If the information content to be promoted by Party A must go through the approval procedures of relevant government departments, Party A shall release the promotion only after the approval.

 

7. If the information content to be promoted by Party A fails to pass the review of the relevant department of the platform and causes the delay of information release, Party A shall bear the responsibility, except if the above information content is produced by Party B.

 

8. Party A shall abide by the rules of the media platform. If Party A violates the platform rules for losses caused to Party B, Party A shall compensate Party B in full.

 

9. If party a by government departments or by a third party (including but not limited to users, the holder, etc., similarly hereinafter) complaints, or party a in violation of laws and regulations and the situation of this contract (including but not limited to overdue payment / illegal on / provide false information, etc.), party b shall have the right to unilaterally to party a to take one or more of the following measures :

 

9.1 Stop the release of suspected illegal materials, no matter whether it has been put online.

 

9.2 Party A shall be required to modify the delivered materials until they meet the relevant regulations or correct the breach of contract.

 

9.3 All the investment materials submitted by Party A shall be taken offline, such as refusing the account.

 

9.4 according to the media platform penalty rules to party a, or directly deduct the party a account remaining money, related fees can be used to compensate the user loss and pay reasonable expenses, etc., including but not limited to compensation to party b, flow main loss caused by party a (such as administrative fines, the obligee claim, user compensation and confiscated information service fee, etc.). Party B may also recover the aforementioned losses from Party A separately. If Party B is fined by the platform party for this reason, Party A shall bear the corresponding losses of Party B

 

9.5 suspend or terminate return / rebates preferential distribution (whether there exist or have produced) and recover has issued (if any) return / rebates preferential, such as punishment, related fees can be directly deducted from party a’s account (if the return has consumed, party b shall have the right to according to the equivalent cash in party a’s account direct deduction) o 9.6 All the remaining amount from Party A’s account shall be deducted as liquidated damages, and Party B does not need to return it to Party A. If the remaining amount is insufficient to compensate Party B’s losses, Party A shall make up the amount.

 

4


 

 

9.7 Close the account, terminate this Contract, and require Party A to bear the liability for breach of contract, etc. At the same time, the platform may prohibit Party A from using the platform account again.

 

7. Payment and account reconciliation

 

1. Media platform in this contract are prepaid phone promotion system, party a should pay attention to the account of the balance, and so on and timely transfer to party b account, at the same time, party b can also according to party a’s account consumption and balance, to electronic mail, piece, telephone notification to party a, party a agrees to renew and payment, party b according to the payment amount to the media platform.

 

Party B’s collection account number is as follows :

 

Account name : Sulang (Xiamen) Network Technology Co., LTD

 

Bank : Lujiang Sub-branch of China Merchants Bank Xiamen Branch

 

Account number: 592905445210601

 

Without the written authorization of Party B, Party A shall not pay any money to other accounts of Party B or party B’s staff, otherwise, it shall not be deemed to be paid to Party B by Party A for the performance of this Contract, and Party A shall bear the consequences caused thereby.

 

2. Party b in the payment of party a in the platform account after all the money deduction consumption, party a shall be notified to party b, party b after checking, next month by party b according to the corresponding amount to party a to issue the value-added tax invoice or VAT invoice (invoice for, information technology services, information service fee, tax rate of _% [national tax adjustment of similar projects, according to the adjusted tax rate]) 0 party a’s make out an invoice information is as follows :

 

Company name : Xiamen Pupu Digital Technology Co., LTD

 

Taxpayer identification number: [*]

 

Registered address : Software Park, Torch Gaoxin District, Xiamen- -Room 304,168, Qi Fengqi Road.

 

Tel.: 18060979708

 

Bank of deposit : China Min sheng Bank is not limited to the Xiamen Software Park Sub-branch

 

Bank account number: [*]

 

3. If Party A changes the billing information, it shall notify Party B by email or wechat in time. If Party A fails to timely notify Party B, Party A shall bear the corresponding responsibilities. If the invoice is wrong due to Party A’s fault or Party A is unable to receive the invoice normally, it has nothing to do with Party B and Party B shall not bear all losses.

 

4. Account of the situation and the service system of party a shall pay to party b monthly reconciliation with party a, party b in the next month before 10 FI of the corresponding data check and form the statement, party a within 3 days after receiving party B’s statement I must be check and send back to party b, party a did not in the above deadline, as party a approval of party B’s statement data, party b has the right to claim directly to party a according to the statement data.

 

5


 

5. Service fee Party A and Party B shall communicate before signing the contract, and shall pay according to the communication standard : The service fee standard is: ____________________________

 

6. Party a if the emergency need party b advances prepaid, should be agreed by party b, if party b agreed to advance payment of party a, party a shall advance in party b within the date of 3 ” I to party b advances to party b, if the overdue, party b has the right to suspend the performance of the service under this contract, withdrawal within the remaining funds (if any) and require party a to pay the fee immediately. At the same time, Party A shall, therefore.“And shall be liable for breach of overdue payment to Party B as agreed herein.

 

And I, intellectual property

 

1. Both parties guarantee that the materials, information, materials and documents provided by one party to the other party are legally obtained and will not infringe the intellectual property rights and other legitimate rights and interests of any other person, otherwise, the liability shall be borne by the supplier Bai, and if the economic losses caused to the other party are caused, the Provider shall be liable for compensation.

 

2. Both parties guarantee that the hardware, software, program, password, trade name, technology, license, patent, trademark, technical knowledge and business process of the other party is legally owned by the other party, and shall not have any form of transfer, transfer or share due to the signing of this contract, and the party shall not have any rights or interests thereto.

 

3. If one party finds that the other party has the right to act against the protection of intellectual property rights, it shall ask the Dan party to immediately stop the infringement and bear the responsibility of the compensation.

 

9. Confidentiality

 

1. Party A and Party B shall keep confidential the confidential information of the other party during the performance of this Contract. Except for the performance of this Contract, the receiving receiver shall not disclose to a third party the confidential information of the other party (including its branches, holding company and joint venture) without the performance of its obligations under this Contract. Confidential information includes technical information and business information, which includes but is not limited to operation manual, technical scheme, engineering design, technical indicators, technical report, experimental data, work progress and related correspondence, etc. Business interest includes but is not limited to the purchase plan of the receiver, product price, product use, the negotiation between the parties, any documents signed, including the contract, agreement, memorandum, and all information contained in Xian lin, but the corresponding information released by Party A through promotion will not be the confidential information agreed herein.

 

2. Without the written consent of the other party, the receiving Party shall not use any confidential information of the other party beyond the purpose of cooperation, whether oral or written, or in the form of disk, film or electronic piece.

 

6


 

3. The receiving party shall protect Jt at least the same as J and, at least not less than reasonable discretion to prevent the theft or any unauthorized use, disclosure or dissemination of the confidential information.

 

4. Employees of the Receiving Party shall be limited to knowing the purpose necessary to access the confidential information of the other party, but shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions at least as strict as this Contract. If the ordinary member of the other party violates the confidentiality agreement of this contract, the other party shall be jointly and severally liable.

 

5. When the other party proposes to recover the relevant materials of the confidential information, the receiving party shall return the relevant materials and their copies (if any) to the other party, or destroy the materials and their copies at the request of the other party and provide relevant certificates.

 

6. Unless expressly expressed, the other party shall not grant the recipient any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights.

 

7. If any agreement in violation of the provisions of the other party has the right to the degree of confusion and damage caused one or more of the following remedies : termination of the cooperation: the default party according to the contract total to the other party in full payment : claim compensation for the corresponding losses and expenses (including but not limited to legal fees, forensic fees, etc.).

 

8. This contract. The confidentiality obligation of the Parties shall be valid forever unless the confidential information has been fully disclosed or the disclosing party announces that the information will not be kept confidential.

 

X. Liability for breach of contract

 

1. If Party A delays in making the payment, L1 shall pay party B a transfer of 5% of the payable amount II. H Party B has the right to stop the services provided. Party A shall bear the consequences arising therefrom, and Party B shall not bear any responsibility. If the delay is more than 15 days, Party B shall have the right to terminate the contract and require Party A to pay 20% of the total contract price.

 

2. If this Contract is terminated not due to Party B’s subjective fault, or Party A unilaterally terminates this Contract in advance, the fees charged by Party B will not be refunded. If party B causes any losses thereby, Party A shall compensate Party B for all the actual losses.

 

3. If this Contract is terminated in advance due to Party B’s subjective fault, Party B shall refund the money not consumed in Party A’s account and cause losses to Party A, Party B shall also compensate all the actual losses of Party A.

 

H ^ 1. Special liability exemption

 

1. Party a understand, in the interests and business needs, the media and the platform, website may not regularly to its website service content, layout, page design, such as the adjustment affect the data under this contract (including but not limited to release location data promotion time, etc.), party a will give * fully understanding, party b shall minimize the impact to a minimum.

 

2. Party A understands that in order to launch the normal operation of the platform and station, the media will shut down the website regularly or irregularly. If the information under this Agreement cannot be released according to the plan, Party A will understand and Party B shall notify Party A within the shortest time.

 

7


 

3. In addition to the above circumstances, if the promotion information cannot be provided due to the media party for other reasons, Party A shall understand and Party B shall timely notify Party A and make adjustments to the delivery plan to minimize the impact.

 

4. Party A agrees that if party B fails to release the promotion information as planned due to the above circumstances, party B shall not be deemed as breaching the contract.

 

XII. Anti-corruption clause

 

1. The parties shall urge their employees, agents, consultants and other personnel in the performance of this Contract (collectively, “interested personnel”) to observe all laws and regulations related to the anti-bribery road and anti-corruption, and shall not engage in any form that may involve bribery, corruption, extortion, duty occupation or other illegal acts.

 

2 . Either Party shall guarantee that the other party or the interested party of the other party is protected from any expenditure, damage, liability, loss or expense directly or indirectly caused by the violation of the party by the interested party against bribery law. In case of any violation, the other party shall bear the full liability for compensation to the other party.

 

XIII. Notice and service

 

1. All notices between the parties are in writing and may be delivered by special person, registered mail, express mail, fax, E-mail, etc.

 

2. Both parties agree that the scope of application of the contact information of both parties determined in the first part of this contract shall be sent by both parties in non-litigation Such notices, contracts and other documents also include the service of relevant documents and legal documents in the event of contract disputes, and all judicial procedures such as preservation, filing, first instance, second instance, retrial and execution procedures after the dispute enters the civil procedure.

 

8


 

3. The contact information determined by both parties in the first part of this contract is the basic communication mode. If any party changes, it shall promptly notify the other party unilaterally. Otherwise, the service of the other party to the communication mode before the change according to the delivery method agreed herein shall still be deemed as valid service, and the other party fails to timely notify the party to bear the adverse consequences arising therefrom.

 

XIV. Application of the law and dispute resolution methods

 

This Contract is governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China. Any dispute arising out of this contract or in connection with this contract, the two parties shall first based on the principle of mutual accommodation and negotiation, negotiation, the dispute to the location of the local people’s court, resulting including fees, preservation, security, attorney’s fees, fees, announcement, adjustment, assessment, travel, auction, enforcement and so on all expenses shall be borne by the losing party.

 

XV. Other agreements

 

1. This contract shall come into force upon the signature of both parties (signed by a natural person, the official seal of the legal person or other organization or the contract is special /). After negotiation by both parties, this contract may be supplemented, modified, or concluded in advance II. This contract.

 

2. To facilitate the legal effect of the contract and the contract and confirmation letter signed by both parties through the scanning of data messages (including electronic data exchange and electronic email), both parties have the obligation to exchange the original contract to the other party by mail.

 

3. The Chinese side understands that Party B has the needs of annual examination and zhou planning, so Party A shall not terminate the promotion agency authorization / cancellation of the delivery account no matter whether the release is completed or the contract expires or not. If Party A needs to terminate the authorization or cancel the account, it shall notify Party B in writing 7 working days in advance to reserve time for Party B to keep the relevant information of the account ; otherwise, it shall be deemed that Party A shall have moved the contract and shall be liable for breach of contract in accordance with Article 10 hereof.

 

4. Failure or delay of any party in exercising any of its rights, powers, compensation or compensation under this Contract shall not be deemed as a waiver of such rights, indemnity or compensation. The exercise of the rights, powers, indemnity or compensation of this Contract in whole or in part shall not affect the exercise of any other rights, powers, indemnity or compensation.

 

5. If any content of any clause under this Contract is judged to be invalid or unenforceable, then the other contents of this clause and the other clauses of this Contract shall remain in full force and effect and IL shall not be affected by the contents of such invalid clause.

 

6. The title of each provisions of the Contract are for purposes only and shall not restrict, extend or other interpretation of the provisions of the Contract.

 

9


 

7. This contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy and each copy having the same legal effect.

 

(No text available below)

 

   
   
Date: January 01, 2023 Date: January 01, 2023

 

 

 

10

 

 

EX-8.1 29 f20f2023ex8-1_popculture.htm LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Exhibit 8.1

 

Name of Entity   Date of  Incorporation/
Acquisition
  Place of  Incorporation/
Acquisition
  Effective
Interest Held
Through
Equity
Ownership/
Contractual
Arrangements
  Principal Activities
Pop Culture Group   January 3, 2020   Cayman Islands   100%   Parent Holding
                 
Subsidiaries                
Pop Culture HK   January 20, 2020   Hong Kong   100%   Investment holding
Heliheng   March 13, 2020   PRC   100%   WFOE, consultancy and information technology support
Pop Culture Global Operations Inc. (“Pop Culture Global”)   December 3, 2021   California   100%   Overseas hip-hop resource integration and business development
Xiamen Pop Investment Co., Ltd. (“Pop Investment”)   January 25, 2022   PRC   60% owned by Heliheng; 40% owned by the VIE   Cross-border funds management
Fujian Pupu Shuzhi Sports Industry Development Co., Ltd. (“Shuzhi Sports”)   July 21, 2022   PRC   100%   Holding sports performance activities
                 
VIE                
Xiamen Pop Culture   March 29, 2007   PRC   VIE   Event planning, execution, and hosting
                 
VIE’s subsidiaries                
Shanghai Pupu Sibo Sports Technology Development Co., Ltd. (“Pupu Sibo”)   March 30, 2017   PRC   100% owned by the VIE   Event planning and execution
Xiamen Pop Network Technology Co., Ltd. (“Pop Network”)   June 6, 2017   PRC   100% owned by the VIE   Marketing
Guangzhou Shuzhi Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (“Guangzhou Shuzhi”)   December 19, 2018   PRC   100% owned by the VIE   Event planning and execution
Shenzhen Pop Digital Industry Development Co., Ltd. (“Shenzhen Pop”)   January 17, 2020   PRC   100% owned by the VIE   Event planning and execution
Xiamen Pupu Digital Technology Co., Ltd. (“Pupu Digital”)   June 20, 2022   PRC   100% owned by the VIE   Cultural technology
Hualiu Digital Entertainment (Beijing) International Culture Media Co., Ltd. (“Hualiu Digital”)   April 14, 2022   PRC   100% owned by the VIE   Acting broker and self-branding development
Zhongpu Shuyuan   March 30, 2022   PRC   51% owned by the VIE   Digital collection and Metaverse
Xiamen Qiqin Technology Co., Ltd. (“Xiamen Qiqin”)   April 12, 2022   PRC   51% owned by the VIE   IPC License
Shenzhen Jam box   November 18, 2021   PRC   56% owned by the VIE   Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) Software Provider
Xiamen Pop Shuzhi Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (“Xiamen Shuzhi”)   May 16, 2022   PRC   100% owned by the VIE   Online and offline advertising marketing and exhibitions

 

EX-11.2 30 f20f2023ex11-2_popculture.htm INSIDER TRADING POLICIES ADOPTED FEBRUARY 26, 2021

Exhibit 11.2

Insider Trading Compliance Manual

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

 

Adopted February 26, 2021

 

In order to take an active role in the prevention of insider trading violations by its officers, directors, employees, consultants, advisors, and other related individuals, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”) has adopted the policies and procedures described in this Insider Trading Compliance Manual.

 

I. Adoption of Insider Trading Policy.

 

Effective as of the date written above, the Company has adopted the Insider Trading Policy (the “Policy”), which prohibits trading based on material, nonpublic information regarding the Company and its subsidiaries (“Inside Information”). The Policy covers all officers and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, all other employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, all secretaries and assistants supporting such officers, directors, or employees and consultants or advisors to the Company or its subsidiaries who have or may have access to Inside Information and members of the immediate family or household of any such person. The Policy (and/or a summary thereof) is to be delivered to all new officers, directors, employees, consultants, advisors and related individuals who are within the categories of covered persons upon the commencement of their relationships with the Company, and is to be circulated to all covered personnel at least annually.

 

II. Designation of Certain Persons.

 

A. Insiders Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) prohibits “short-swing” profits by all directors and executive officers of the Company, and direct or indirect beneficial owner of 10% or more of the Company’s any class of any equity security (collectively, the “Insiders”) and such insiders in addition to any beneficial owners of 5% or more of the Company’s any class of registered securities are subject to the reporting and liability provisions of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “Section 13(d) Individuals”). Rule 3a12-3 under the Exchange Act exempts securities registered by a Foreign Private Issuer, or FPI from Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, Section 13(d) Individuals of an FPI are not subject to the short-swing profit limits set forth in Section 16(b), nor are they required to comply with the Section 16(a) reporting requirements.

 

Under Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act, and the SEC’s related rules, subject to certain exemptions, any person who after acquiring, directly or indirectly the beneficial ownership of a certain class of equity securities, becomes, either directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of more than 5% of such class must deliver a statement to the issuer of the security and to each exchange where the security is traded. Delivery to each exchange can be satisfied by making a filing on EDGAR. In addition, Section 13(d) Individuals must file with the SEC a statement containing certain information, as well as any additional information that the SEC may deem necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a separate memorandum which discusses the relevant terms of Section 13.

 

1


 

B. Other Persons Subject to Policy. In addition, certain employees, consultants, and advisors of the Company as described in Section I above have, or are likely to have, from time to time access to Inside Information and together with the Insiders, are subject to the Policy.

 

III. Appointment of Chief Compliance Officer.

 

The Company has appointed Zhuoqin Huang as the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer (the “Compliance Officer”).

 

IV. Duties of the Compliance Officer.

 

The Compliance Officer has been designated by the Board to handle any and all matters relating to the Company’s Insider Trading Compliance Program. Certain of those duties may be delegated to outside counsel with special expertise in securities issues and relevant law. The duties of the Compliance Officer shall include the following:

 

A. Pre-clearing all transactions involving the Company’s securities by the Insiders and those individuals having regular access to Inside Information, defined for these purposes to include all officers, directors, and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and members of the immediate family or household of any such person, in order to determine compliance with the Policy, insider trading laws, Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a Pre-Clearance Checklist to assist the Compliance Officer in the performance of his or her duties hereunder.

 

B. Assisting in the preparation and filing of Section 13(d) reports for all Section 13(d) Individuals although the filings are their individual obligations.

 

C. Serving as the designated recipient at the Company of copies of reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) by Section 13(d) Individuals under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

D. Performing periodic reviews of available materials, which may include Schedule 13D, Schedule 13G, Form 144, officers’ and directors’ questionnaires, as applicable, and reports received from the Company’s stock administrator and transfer agent, to determine trading activity by officers, directors and others who have, or may have, access to Inside Information.

 

E. Circulating the Policy (and/or a summary thereof) to all covered employees, including the Insiders, on an annual basis, and providing the Policy and other appropriate materials to new officers, directors and others who have, or may have, access to Inside Information.

 

F. Assisting the Board in implementing the Policy and Sections I and II of this memorandum.

 

G. Coordinating with Company counsel regarding all securities compliance matters.

 

H. Retaining copies of all appropriate securities reports, and maintaining records of his or her activities as Compliance Officer.

 

2


 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

I hereby acknowledge that I have received a copy of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd’s Insider Trading Compliance Manual (the “Insider Trading Manual”). Further, I certify that I have reviewed the Insider Trading Manual, understand the policies and procedures contained therein and agree to be bound by and adhere to these policies and procedures.

  

Dated:  
      Name:

  

3


 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

INSIDER TRADING POLICY

 

and Guidelines with Respect to Certain Transactions in Company Securities

 

SECTION I

APPLICABILITY OF POLICY

 

This Policy applies to all transactions in the Company’s securities, including ordinary shares, options and warrants to purchase ordinary shares, and any other securities the Company may issue from time to time, such as preferred stock, and convertible debentures, as well as derivative securities relating to the Company’s stock, whether or not issued by the Company, such as exchange-traded options. It applies to all officers and directors of the Company, all other employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, all secretaries and assistants supporting such directors, officers, and employees, and consultants or advisors to the Company or its subsidiaries who have or may have access to Material Nonpublic Information (as defined below) regarding the Company and members of the immediate family or household of any such person. This group of people is sometimes referred to in this Policy as “Insiders.” This Policy also applies to any person who receives Material Nonpublic Information from any Insider.

 

Any person who possesses Material Nonpublic Information regarding the Company is an Insider for so long as such information is not publicly known.

 

SECTION II

DEFINITION OF MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION

 

It is not possible to define all categories of material information. However, information should be regarded as “material” if there is a reasonable likelihood that it would be considered important to an investor in making an investment decision regarding the purchase or sale of the Company’s securities. Material information may be positive or negative. “Nonpublic information” is information that has not been previously disclosed to the general public and is otherwise not available to the general public.

 

While it may be difficult to determine whether particular information is material, there are various categories of information that are particularly sensitive and, as a general rule, should always be considered material. Examples of such information may include:

 

Financial results;

 

Entry into a material agreement or discussions regarding entry into a material agreement;

 

Projections of future earnings or losses;

 

Major contract awards, cancellations or write-offs;

 

Joint ventures or commercial ventures with third parties;

 

News of a pending or proposed merger or acquisition;

 

News of the disposition of material assets;

 

Impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems;

 

Gain or loss of significant line of credit;

 

4


 

New business or services announcements of a significant nature;

 

Stock splits;

 

New equity or debt offerings;

 

Significant litigation exposure due to actual or threatened litigation;

 

Changes in senior management or the Board;

 

Capital investment plans; and

 

Changes in dividend policy.

 

All of the foregoing categories of information and any similar information should be considered “Material Nonpublic Information” for purposes of this Policy. If there are any questions regarding whether a particular item of information is Material Nonpublic Information, please consult the Compliance Officer or the Company’s legal counsel before taking any action with respect to such information.

 

SECTION III

CERTAIN EXCEPTIONS

 

For purposes of this Policy, the Company considers that the exercise of stock options under the Company’s stock option plan (but not the sale of any such shares) is exempt from this Policy, since the other party to the transaction is the Company itself and the price does not vary with the market but is fixed by the terms of the option agreement or the plan.

 

SECTION IV

STATEMENT OF POLICY

 

General Policy

 

It is the policy of the Company to prohibit the unauthorized disclosure of any nonpublic information acquired in the workplace and the misuse of Material Nonpublic Information in securities trading.

 

Specific Policies

 

1. Trading on Material Nonpublic Information. With certain exceptions, no officer or director of the Company, no employee of the Company or its subsidiaries and no consultant or advisor to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and no members of the immediate family or household of any such person, shall engage in any transaction involving a purchase or sale of the Company’s securities, including any offer to purchase or offer to sell, during any period commencing with the date that he or she possesses Material Nonpublic Information concerning the Company, and ending at the close of business on the second Trading Day following the date of public disclosure of that information, or at such time as such nonpublic information is no longer material. However, see “Permitted Trading Period” below for a full discussion of trading pursuant to a pre-established plan or by delegation.

 

As used herein, the term “Trading Day” shall mean a day on which national stock exchanges are open for trading.

 

5


 

2. Tipping. No Insider shall disclose (“tip”) Material Nonpublic Information to any other person (including family members) where such information may be used by such person to his or her profit by trading in the securities of companies to which such information relates, nor shall such Insider or related person make recommendations or express opinions on the basis of Material Nonpublic Information as to trading in the Company’s securities.

 

Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) is an issuer disclosure rule implemented by the SEC that addresses selective disclosure. The regulation provides that when the Company, or person acting on its behalf, discloses material nonpublic information to certain enumerated persons (in general, securities market professionals and holders of the Company’s securities who may well trade on the basis of the information), it must make public disclosure of that information. The timing of the required public disclosure depends on whether the selective disclosure was intentional or unintentional; for an intentional selective disclosure, the Company must make public disclosures simultaneously; for a non-intentional disclosure the Company must make public disclosure promptly. Under the regulation, the required public disclosure may be made by filing or furnishing a Form 6-K, or by another method or combination of methods that is reasonably designed to effect broad, non-exclusionary distribution of the information to the public.

 

It is the Company’s policy that all communications with the press be handled through our CEO or investor/public relations firm. Please refer all press, analyst or similar requests for information to the Company’s CEO and do not respond to any inquiries without prior authorization from the Company’s CEO. If the Company’s CEO is unavailable, the Company’s CFO will fill this role.

 

3. Confidentiality of Nonpublic Information. Nonpublic information relating to the Company is the property of the Company and the unauthorized disclosure of such information (including, without limitation, via email or by posting on Internet message boards or blogs, anonymously or otherwise) is strictly forbidden.

 

4. Duty to Report Inappropriate and Irregular Conduct. All employees, and particularly executives, managers and/or supervisors, have a responsibility for maintaining financial integrity within the Company, consistent with generally accepted accounting principles and both federal and state securities laws. Any employee who becomes aware of any incidents involving financial or accounting manipulation or irregularities, whether by witnessing the incident or being told of it, must report it to their immediate supervisor and to the chairman of the Company’s Audit Committee of the Board (or to the Chairman of the Board, if an Audit Committee has not been established). For a more complete understanding of this issue, employees should consult their employee manual and or seek the advice of the Company’s general counsel or outside counsel. Our general corporate and securities counsel is Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC, attention: Ying Li, Esq. at (212) 530-2206, email yli@htflawyers.com.

 

6


 

SECTION V

POTENTIAL CRIMINAL AND CIVIL LIABILITY

AND/OR DISCIPLINARY ACTION

 

1. Liability for Insider Trading. Insiders may be subject to penalties of up to $1,000,000 and up to ten (10) years in jail for engaging in transactions in the Company’s securities at a time when they possess Material Nonpublic Information regarding the Company, regardless of whether such transactions were profitable. In addition, the SEC has the authority to seek a civil monetary penalty of up to three times the amount of profit gained or loss avoided by illegal insider trading. “Profit gained” or “loss avoided” generally means the difference between the purchase or sale price of the Company’s stock and its value as measured by the trading price of the stock a reasonable period after public dissemination of the nonpublic information.

 

2. Liability for Tipping. Insiders may also be liable for improper transactions by any person (commonly referred to as a “tippee”) to whom they have disclosed Material Nonpublic Information regarding the Company or to whom they have made recommendations or expressed opinions on the basis of such information as to trading in the Company’s securities. The SEC has imposed large penalties even when the disclosing person did not profit from the trading. The SEC, the stock exchanges and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. use sophisticated electronic surveillance techniques to monitor all trades and uncover insider trading.

 

3. Possible Disciplinary Actions. Individuals subject to the Policy who violate this Policy shall also be subject to disciplinary action by the Company, which may include suspension, forfeiture of perquisites and ineligibility for future participation in the Company’s equity incentive plans and/or termination of employment.

 

SECTION VI

PERMITTED TRADING PERIOD

 

1. Black-Out Period and Trading Window.

 

To ensure compliance with this Policy and applicable federal and state securities laws, the Company requires that all officers, directors, employees, and all members of the immediate family or household of any such person refrain from conducting any transactions involving the purchase or sale of the Company’s securities, other than during the period in any fiscal quarter commencing at the close of business on the second Trading Day following the date of public disclosure of the financial results for the prior fiscal quarter or year and ending on the twenty-fifth day of the third month of the fiscal quarter (the “Trading Window”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, persons subject to this Policy may submit a request to the Company to purchase or sell the Company’s securities outside the Trading Window on the basis that they do not possess any Material Nonpublic Information. The Compliance Officer shall review all such requests and may grant such requests on a case-by-case basis if he or she determines that the person making such request does not possess any Material Nonpublic Information at that time.

 

7


 

If such public disclosure occurs on a Trading Day before the markets close, then such date of disclosure shall be considered the first Trading Day following such public disclosure. For example, if such public disclosure occurs at 1:00 p.m. EST on June 10, then June 10 shall be considered the first Trading Day following such disclosure.

 

Please be advised that these guidelines are merely estimates. The actual trading window may be different because the Company’s quarterly report may be filed earlier or later. The filing date of a quarterly report may fall on a weekend or the Company may delay filing a quarterly report due to an extension. Please check with the Compliance Officer to confirm whether the trading window is open.

 

The safest period for trading in the Company’s securities, assuming the absence of Material Nonpublic Information, is generally the first ten Trading Days of the Trading Window. It is the Company’s policy that the period when the Trading Window is “closed” is a particularly sensitive periods of time for transactions in the Company’s securities from the perspective of compliance with applicable securities laws. This is because officers, directors and certain other employees are, as any quarter progresses, increasingly likely to possess Material Nonpublic Information about the expected financial results for the quarter. The purpose of the Trading Window is to avoid any unlawful or improper transactions or even the appearance of any such transactions.

 

It should be noted that even during the Trading Window any person possessing Material Nonpublic Information concerning the Company shall not engage in any transactions in the Company’s securities until such information has been known publicly for at least two Trading Days. The Company has adopted the policy of delaying trading for “at least two Trading Days” because the securities laws require that the public be informed effectively of previously undisclosed material information before Insiders trade in the Company’s stock. Public disclosure may occur through a widely disseminated press release or through filings, such as Form 6-K, with the SEC. Furthermore, in order for the public to be effectively informed, the public must be given time to evaluate the information disclosed by the Company. Although the amount of time necessary for the public to evaluate the information may vary depending on the complexity of the information, generally two Trading Days is a sufficient period of time.

 

From time to time, the Company may also require that directors, officers, selected employees, and others suspend trading because of developments known to the Company and not yet disclosed to the public. In such event, such persons may not engage in any transaction involving the purchase or sale of the Company’s securities during such period and may not disclose to others the fact of such suspension of trading.

 

Although the Company may from time to time require during a Trading Window that directors, officers, selected employees, and others suspend trading because of developments known to the Company and not yet disclosed to the public, each person is individually responsible at all times for compliance with the prohibitions against insider trading. Trading in the Company’s securities during the Trading Window should not be considered a “safe harbor,” and all directors, officers and other persons should use good judgment at all times.

 

8


 

Notwithstanding these general rules, Insiders may trade outside of the Trading Window provided that such trades are made pursuant to a pre-established plan or by delegation; these alternatives are discussed in the next section.

 

2. Trading According to a Pre-established Plan or by Delegation.

 

Trading which is not “on the basis of” material non-public information may not give rise to insider trading liability. The SEC has adopted Rule 10b5-1 under which insider trading liability can be avoided if Insiders follow very specific procedures. In general, such procedures involve trading according to pre-established instructions (a “Pre-established Trade”).

 

Pre-established Trades must:

 

(a) Be documented by a contract, written plan, or formal instruction which provides that the trade take place in the future. For example, an Insider can contract to sell his or her shares on a specific date, or simply delegate such decisions to an investment manager, 401(k) plan administrator or similar third party. This documentation must be provided to the Compliance Officer;

 

(b) Include in its documentation the specific amount, price and timing of the trade, or the formula for determining the amount, price and timing. For example, the Insider can buy or sell shares in a specific amount and on a specific date each month, or according to a pre-established percentage (of the Insider’s salary, for example) each time that the share price falls or rises to pre-established levels. In the case where trading decisions have been delegated, the specific amount, price and timing need not be provided;

 

(c) Be implemented at a time when the Insider does not possess material non-public information. As a practical matter, this means that the Insider may set up Pre-established Trades, or delegate trading discretion, only during a “Trading Window” (discussed in Section 1, above); and,

 

(d) Remain beyond the scope of the Insider’s influence after implementation. In general, the Insider must allow the Pre-established Trade to be executed without changes to the accompanying instructions, and the Insider cannot later execute a hedge transaction that modifies the effect of the Pre-established Trade. An Insider wishing to change the amount, price or timing of a Pre-established Trade, or terminate a Pre-established Trade, can do so only during a “Trading Window” (discussed in Section 1, above). If the Insider has delegated decision-making authority to a third party, the Insider cannot subsequently influence the third party in any way and such third party must not possess material non-public information at the time of any of the trades.

 

Prior to implementing a pre-established plan for trading, all officers and directors must receive the approval for such plan from the Compliance Officer.

 

9


 

3. Pre-Clearance of Trades.

 

Even during a Trading Window, all officers, directors, employees, as well as members of the immediate family or household of such individuals, must comply with the Company’s “pre-clearance” process prior to trading in the Company’s securities, implementing a pre-established plan for trading, or delegating decision-making authority over the Insider’s trades. To do so, each officer and director must contact the Compliance Officer prior to initiating any of these actions. Trades executed pursuant to a properly implemented Pre-Established Plan approved by the Compliance Officer do not need to be pre-cleared. The Company may also find it necessary, from time to time, to require compliance with the pre-clearance process from certain individuals other than those mentioned above.

 

4. Individual Responsibility.

 

As Insiders, every person subject to this Policy has the individual responsibility to comply with this Policy against insider trading, regardless of whether the Company has established a Trading Window applicable to that Insider or any other Insiders of the Company. Each individual, and not necessarily the Company, is responsible for his or her own actions and will be individually responsible for the consequences of their actions. Therefore, appropriate judgment, diligence and caution should be exercised in connection with any trade in the Company’s securities. An Insider may, from time to time, have to forego a proposed transaction in the Company’s securities even if he or she planned to make the transaction before learning of the Material Nonpublic Information and even though the Insider believes he or she may suffer an economic loss or forego anticipated profit by waiting.

 

5. Exceptions to the Policy.

 

Any exceptions to this Policy may only be made by advance written approval of each of: (i) the CEO, (ii) the Compliance Officer and (iii) the Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Board (or the Chairman of the Board of Directors if an Audit Committee has not been established). Any such exceptions shall be immediately reported to the remaining members of the Board.

 

SECTION VII

APPLICABILITY OF POLICY TO INSIDE INFORMATION

REGARDING OTHER COMPANIES

 

This Policy and the guidelines described herein also apply to Material Nonpublic Information relating to other companies, including the Company’s customers, vendors or suppliers or potential acquisition targets (“business partners”), when that information is obtained in the course of employment or performance of other services on behalf of the Company. Civil and criminal penalties, as well as termination of employment, may result from trading on inside information regarding the Company’s business partners. All employees should treat Material Nonpublic Information about the Company’s business partners with the same care as is required with respect to information relating directly to the Company.

 

10


 

SECTION VIII

PROHIBITION AGAINST BUYING AND SELLING

COMPANY ORDINARY SHARES WITHIN A SIX-MONTH PERIOD

Insiders

 

Generally, purchases and sales (or sales and purchases) of Company ordinary shares occurring within any six-month period in which a mathematical profit is realized result in illegal “short-swing profits.” The prohibition against short-swing profits is found in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Section 16 was drafted as a rather arbitrary prohibition against profitable “insider trading” in a company’s securities within any six-month period regardless of the presence or absence of material nonpublic information that may affect the market price of those securities. Each executive officer, director and 10% or greater stockholder of the Company is subject to the prohibition against short-swing profits under Section 16. The measure of damages is the profit computed from any purchase and sale or any sale and purchase within the short-swing (i.e., six-month) period, without regard to any setoffs for losses, any first-in or first-out rules, or the identity of the shares of common stock. This approach sometimes has been called the “lowest price in, highest price out” rule and can result in a realization of “profits” for Section 16 purposes even when the insider has suffered a net loss on his or her trades. Rule 3a12-3 under the Exchange Act exempts securities registered by an FPI from Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, Section 13(d) Individuals of an FPI are not subject to the short-swing profit limits set forth in Section 16(b), nor are they required to comply with the Section 16(a) reporting requirements.

 

SECTION IX

INQUIRIES

 

Please direct your questions as to any of the matters discussed in this Policy to the Compliance Officer.

 

11


 

Exhibit A

 

Section 13 Memorandum

 

To: All Officers, Directors and 5% or greater Stockholders (“Insider”)

 

Re: Overview of Section 13 Under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

 

 

 

A. Introduction.

 

This Memorandum provides an overview of Section 13 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the related rules promulgated by the SEC.

 

Each executive officer, director and 5% or greater stockholder (commonly called an “Insider”) of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (the “Company”) is personally responsible for complying with the provisions of Section 13, and failure by an Insider to comply strictly with his or her reporting requirements will result in an obligation by the Company to publicly disclose such failure. Moreover, Congress has granted to the SEC authority to seek monetary court-imposed fines on Insiders who fail to timely comply with their reporting obligations.

 

Under Section 13 of the Exchange Act, reports made to the SEC are filed on Schedule 13D, Schedule 13G, Form 13F, and Form 13H. A securities firm (and, in some cases, its parent company or other control persons) generally will have a Section 13 reporting obligation if the firm directly or indirectly:

 

beneficially owns, in the aggregate, more than 5% of a class of the voting, equity securities (the “Section 13(d) Securities”):

 

registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act,

 

issued by any closed-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or
issued by any insurance company that would have been required to register its securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act but for the exemption under Section 12(g)(2)(G) thereof (see Schedules 13D and 13G: Reporting Significant Acquisition and Ownership Positions below);

 

manages discretionary accounts that, in the aggregate, hold equity securities trading on a national securities exchange with an aggregate fair market value of $100 million or more; or

 

manages discretionary accounts that, in the aggregate, purchase or sell any NMS securities (generally exchange-listed equity securities and standardized options) in an aggregate amount equal to or greater than (i) 2 million shares or shares with a fair market value of over $20 million during a day, or (ii) 20 million shares or shares with a fair market value of over $200 million during a calendar month.

 

Exhibit A-1


 

B. Reporting Requirements Under Section 13(d) and 13(g).

 

1. General. Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act require any person or group of persons1 who directly or indirectly acquires or has beneficial ownership2 of more than 5% of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities (the “5% threshold”) to report such beneficial ownership on Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G, as appropriate. Both Schedule 13D and Schedule 13G require background information about the reporting persons and the Section 13(d) Securities listed on the schedule, including the name, address, and citizenship or place of organization of each reporting person, the amount of the securities beneficially owned and aggregate beneficial ownership percentage, and whether voting and investment power is held solely by the reporting persons or shared with others. Reporting persons that must report on Schedule 13D are also required to disclose a significant amount of additional information, including certain disciplinary events, the source and amount of funds or other consideration used to purchase the Section 13(d) Securities, the purpose of the acquisition, any plans to change or influence the control of the issuer, and a list of any transactions in the securities effected in the last 60 days. A reporting person may use the less burdensome Schedule 13G if it meets certain criteria described below.

 

In general, Schedule 13G is available to any reporting person that falls within one of the following three categories:

 

Exempt Investors. A reporting person is an “Exempt Investor” if the reporting person beneficially owns more than 5% of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities at the end of a calendar year, but its acquisition of the securities is exempt under Section 13(d)(6) of the Exchange Act. For example, a person that acquired all of its Section 13(d) Securities prior to the issuer’s registration of such securities (or class of securities) under the Exchange Act, or acquired no more than 2% of the Section 13(d) Securities within a 12-month period, is considered to be an Exempt Investor and would be eligible to file reports on Schedule 13G.

 

Qualified Institutions. Along with certain other institutions listed under the Exchange Act3, a reporting person that is a registered investment adviser or broker-dealer may file a Schedule 13G as a “Qualified Institution” if it (a) acquired its position in a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities in the ordinary course of its business, (b) did not acquire such securities with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing control of the issuer, nor in connection with any transaction with such purpose or effect (such purpose or effect, an “activist intent”), and (c) promptly notifies any discretionary account owner on whose behalf the firm holds more than 5% of the Section 13(d) Securities of such account owner’s potential reporting obligation.

  

 

1 A “group” is defined in Rule 13d-5 as “two or more persons [that] agree to act together for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of equity securities of an issuer.” See, for example, the persons described above in Reporting Obligations of “Control Persons”. An agreement to act together does not need to be in writing and may be inferred by the SEC or a court from the concerted actions or common objective of the group members.
2 Under Rule 13d-3, “beneficial ownership” of a security exists if a person, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power and/or investment power over a security. “Voting power” means the power to vote or direct the voting of a security. “Investment power” means the power to dispose of or direct the disposition of a security. Under current SEC rules, a person holding securities-based swaps or other derivative contracts may be deemed to beneficially own the underlying securities if the swap or derivative contract provides the holder with voting or investment power over the underlying securities. Please contact us if you would like guidance regarding the application of Section 13 to securities-based swaps or other derivative contracts.
3 Under Rule 13d-1, a reporting person also qualifies as a Qualified Institution if it is a bank as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the Exchange Act, an insurance company as defined in Section 3(a)(19) of the Exchange Act, an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act, or an employee benefit plan, savings association, or church plan. The term “Qualified Institution” also includes a non-U.S. institution that is the functional equivalent of any of the foregoing entities and the control persons and parent holding companies of an entity that qualifies as a Qualified Institution.

 

Exhibit A-2


 

Passive Investors. A reporting person is a “Passive Investor” if it beneficially owns more than 5% but less than 20% of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities and (a) the securities were not acquired or held with an activist intent, and (b) the securities were not acquired in connection with any transaction having an activist intent. There is no requirement that a Passive Investor limit its acquisition of Section 13(d) Securities to purchases made in the ordinary course of its business. In addition, a Passive Investor does not have an obligation to notify discretionary account owners on whose behalf the firm holds more than 5% of such Section 13(d) Securities of such account owner’s potential reporting obligation.

 

2. Method of Filing.

 

(a) An Insider must file Section 13 schedules in electronic format via the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (EDGAR) in accordance with EDGAR rules set forth in Regulation S-T.

 

(b) Filing Date. Schedules are deemed filed with the SEC or the applicable exchange on the date recognized by EDGAR. For Section 13 purposes, filings may be made up to 10 p.m. EST. In the event that a due date falls on a weekend or SEC holiday, the filing will be deemed timely filed if it is filed on EDGAR by the next business day after such weekend or holiday. An Insider must first obtain several different identification codes from the SEC before the filings can be submitted. In order to receive such filing codes, the Insider first submits a Form ID to the SEC. The Form ID must be signed, notarized, and submitted electronically through the SEC’s Filer Management website, which can be accessed at https://www.filermanagement.edgarfiling.sec.gov. The Insider is required to retain a manually signed hard copy of all EDGAR filings (and related documents like powers of attorney) in its records available for SEC inspection for a period of five years after the date of filing.

 

(c) Company. In addition, the rules under Section 13 require that a copy of the applicable filing be sent to the issuer of the security at its principal executive office by registered or certified mail. A copy of Schedules filed pursuant to §§ 240.13d-1(a) and 240.13d-2(a) shall also be sent to each national securities exchange where the security is traded.

 

(d) Securities to be Reported. A person who is subject to Section 13 must only report as beneficially owned those securities in which he or she has a pecuniary interest. See the discussion of “beneficial ownership” below at Section D.

 

3. Initial Report of Ownership – Schedule 13D or 13G. Under Section 13, Insiders are required to make an initial report on Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G to the SEC of their holdings of all equity securities of the corporation (whether or not such equity securities are registered under the Exchange Act). This would include all traditional types of securities, such as Common Stock, Preferred Stock and Junior Stock, as well as all types of derivative securities, such as warrants to purchase stock, options to purchase stock, puts and calls. Even Insiders who do not beneficially own any equity securities of the Company must file a report to that effect.

 

Exhibit A-3


 

(a) Initial Filing Deadline. An Insider who is not eligible to use Schedule 13G must file a Schedule 13D within 10 days of such reporting person’s direct or indirect acquisition of beneficial ownership of more than 5% of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities.

 

A reporting person that is an Exempt Investor is required to file its initial Schedule 13G within 45 days of the end of the calendar year in which the person exceeds the 5% threshold.

 

A reporting person that is a Qualified Institution also is required to file its initial Schedule 13G within 45 days of the end of the calendar year in which the person exceeds the 5% threshold. Since the 5% threshold for a Qualified Institution is calculated as of the end of a calendar year, a Qualified Institution that acquires directly or indirectly more than 5% of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities during a calendar year, but as of December 31 has reduced its interest below the 5% threshold, will not be required to file an initial Schedule 13G. However, a Qualified Institution that acquires direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities prior to the end of a calendar year must file an initial Schedule 13G within 10 days after the first month in which the person exceeds the 10% threshold.

 

A reporting person that is a Passive Investor must file its initial Schedule 13G within 10 days of the date on which it exceeds the 5% threshold.

 

(b) Switching from Schedule 13G to Schedule 13D. If an Insider that previously filed a Schedule 13G no longer satisfies the conditions to be an Exempt Investor, Qualified Institution, or Passive Investor, the person must switch to reporting its beneficial ownership of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities on a Schedule 13D (assuming that the person continues to exceed the 5% threshold). This could occur in the case of (1) an Insider that changes from acquiring or holding Section 13(d) Securities for passive investment to acquiring or holding such securities with an activist intent, (2) an Insider that is a Qualified Institution that deregisters as an investment adviser pursuant to an exemption under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or applicable state law, or (3) an Insider that is a Passive Investor that acquires 20% or more of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities. In each case, the Insider must file a Schedule 13D within 10 days of the event that caused it to no longer satisfy the necessary conditions (except that, if a former Qualified Institution is able to qualify as a Passive Investor, such person may simply amend its Schedule 13G within 10 days to switch its status).

 

An Insider is required to switch to reporting on a Schedule 13D will be subject to a “cooling off” period from the date of the event giving rise to a Schedule 13D obligation (such as the change to an activist intent or acquiring 20% of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities) until 10 calendar days after the filing of Schedule 13D. During the “cooling off” period, the reporting person may not vote or direct the voting of the Section 13(d) Securities or acquire additional beneficial ownership of such securities. Consequently, a person should file a Schedule 13D as soon as possible once it is obligated to switch from a Schedule 13G to reduce the duration of the “cooling off” period.

 

Exhibit A-4


 

The Insider will thereafter be subject to the Schedule 13D reporting requirements with respect to the Section 13(d) Securities until such time as the former Schedule 13G reporting person once again qualifies as a Qualified Institution or Passive Investor with respect to the Section 13(d) Securities or has reduced its beneficial ownership interest below the 5% threshold. However, only a reporting person that was originally eligible to file a Schedule 13G and was later required to file a Schedule 13D may switch to reporting on Schedule 13G.4

 

4. Changes in Ownership – Amendments to Schedule 13D or 13G.

 

Amendments to Schedule 13D. If there has been any material change to the information in a Schedule 13D previously filed by an Insider5, the person must promptly file an amendment to such Schedule 13D. A material change includes, without limitation, a reporting person’s acquisition or disposition of 1% or more of a class of the issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities, including as a result of an issuer’s repurchase of its securities. An acquisition or disposition of less than 1% may be considered a material change depending on the circumstances. A disposition that reduces a reporting person’s beneficial ownership interest below the 5% threshold, but is less than a 1% reduction, is not necessarily a material change that triggers an amendment to Schedule 13D. However, an amendment in such a circumstance is recommended to eliminate the reporting person’s filing obligations if the reporting person does not in the near term again expect to increase its ownership above 5%. “Promptly” is generally considered to be within 2 to 5 calendar days of the material change, depending on the facts and circumstances.

 

Amendments to Schedule 13G.

 

Annual. If a reporting person previously filed a Schedule 13G and there has been any change to the information reported in such Schedule 13G as of the end of a calendar year, then an amendment to such Schedule 13G must be filed within 45 days of the calendar year end. A reporting person is not required to make an annual amendment to Schedule 13G if there has been no change since the previously filed Schedule 13G or if the only change results from a change in the person’s ownership percentage as a result of a change in the aggregate number of Section 13(d) Securities outstanding (e.g., due to an issuer’s repurchase of its securities).

 

Other than Annual (Qualified Institutions). A reporting person that previously filed a Schedule 13G as a Qualified Institution reporting beneficial ownership of less than 10% of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities, must file an amendment to its Schedule 13G within 10 days of the end of the first month such Qualified Institution is the direct or indirect beneficial owner of more than 10% of a class of the issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities. Thereafter, within 10 days after the end of any month in which the person’s direct or indirect beneficial ownership of such securities increases or decreases by more than 5% of the class of securities (computed as of the end of the month), the person must file an amendment to Schedule 13G.

 

 

4 See Question 103.07 (September 14, 2009), Regulation 13D-G C&DIs.
5 This includes a change in the previously reported ownership percentage of a reporting person even if such change results solely from an increase or decrease in the aggregate number of outstanding securities of the issuer.

 

Exhibit A-5


 

Other than Annual (Passive Investors). A reporting person that previously filed a Schedule 13G as a Passive Investor must promptly file an amendment any time it directly or indirectly acquires more than 10% of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities. Thereafter, the reporting person must file an amendment to Schedule 13G promptly after its direct or indirect beneficial ownership of such securities increases or decreases by more than 5%.

 

5. Reporting Identifying Information for Large Traders - Form 13H. Rule 13h-1 of the Exchange Act requires a Form 13H to be filed with the SEC by any individual or entity (each, a “Large Trader”) that, directly or indirectly, exercises investment discretion over one or more accounts and effects transactions in NMS Securities (as defined below) for those accounts through one or more registered broker-dealers that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed (a) 2 million shares or $20 million in fair market value during any calendar day, or (b) 20 million shares or $200 million in fair market value during any calendar month (each, an “identifying activity level”). Under Regulation NMS, an “NMS Security” is defined to include any U.S. exchange-listed equity securities and any standardized options, but does not include any exchange-listed debt securities, securities futures, or shares of open-end mutual funds that are not currently reported pursuant to an effective transaction reporting plan under the Exchange Act. A Large Trader must file an initial Form 13H promptly after effecting aggregate transactions equal to or greater than one of the identifying activity levels. The SEC has indicated that filing within 10 days will be deemed a prompt filing. Amendments to Form 13H must be filed within 45 days after the end of each full calendar year and then promptly following the end of a calendar quarter if any of the information on Form 13H becomes inaccurate.

 

Form 13H requires that a Large Trader, reporting for itself and for any affiliate that exercises investment discretion over NMS securities, list the broker-dealers at which the Large Trader and its affiliates have accounts and designate each broker-dealer as a “prime broker,” an “executing broker,” and/or a “clearing broker.” Form 13H filings with the SEC are confidential and exempt from disclosure under the United States Freedom of Information Act. The information is, however, subject to disclosure to Congress and other federal agencies and when ordered by a court. If a securities firm has multiple affiliates in its organization that qualify as Large Traders, Rule 13h-1 permits the Large Traders to delegate their reporting obligation to a control person that would file a consolidated Form 13H for all of the Large Traders it controls. Otherwise, each Large Trader in the organization will be required to file a separate Form 13H.

 

6. Reporting Obligations of Control Persons and Clients.

 

The Firm’s Obligations. As discussed above, a securities firm is deemed to be the beneficial owner of Section 13(d) Securities in all accounts over which it exercises voting and/or investment power. Therefore, a firm will be a reporting person if it directly or indirectly acquires or has beneficial ownership of more than 5% of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities. Unless a securities firm has an activist intent with respect to the issuer of the Section 13(d) Securities, the firm generally will be able to report on Schedule 13G as either a Qualified Institution or as a Passive Investor.

 

Exhibit A-6


 

Obligations of a Firm’s Control Persons. Any control person (as defined below) of a securities firm, by virtue of its ability to direct the voting and/or investment power exercised by the firm, may be considered an indirect beneficial owner of the Section 13(d) Securities. Consequently, the direct or indirect control persons of a securities firm may also be reporting persons with respect to a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities. The following persons are likely to be considered “control persons” of a firm:

 

any general partner, managing member, trustee, or controlling shareholder of the firm; and

 

the direct or indirect parent company of the firm and any other person that indirectly controls the firm (e.g., a general partner, managing member, trustee, or controlling shareholder of the direct or indirect parent company).

 

If a securities firm (or parent company) is directly or indirectly owned by two partners, members, trustees, or shareholders, generally each such partner, member, trustee, or shareholder is deemed to be a control person. For example, if a private fund that beneficially owns more than 5% of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities is managed by a securities firm that is a limited partnership, the general partner of which is an LLC that in turn is owned in roughly equal proportions by two managing members, then each of the private fund, the securities firm, the firm’s general partner, and the two managing members of the general partner likely will have an independent Section 13 reporting obligation.

 

Availability of Filing on Schedule 13G by Control Persons. Any direct and indirect control person of a securities firm may file a Schedule 13G as an Exempt Investor, a Qualified Institution or as a Passive Investor to the same extent as any other reporting person as described above. In order for a control person to file a Schedule 13G as a Qualified Institution, however, no more than 1% of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities may be held (i) directly by the control person or (ii) directly or indirectly by any of its subsidiaries or affiliates that are not Qualified Institutions. For example, a direct or indirect control person of a securities firm will not qualify as a Qualified Institution if more than 1% of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities is held by a private fund managed by the firm or other affiliate because a private fund is not among the institutions listed as a Qualified Institution under the Exchange Act.

 

A securities firm that has one of its control persons serving on an issuer’s board of directors may not be eligible to qualify as a Passive Investor with respect to such issuer. Even though the securities firm may not otherwise have an activist intent, the staff of the SEC has stated “the fact that officers and directors have the ability to directly or indirectly influence the management and policies of an issuer will generally render officers and directors unable to certify to the requirements” necessary to file as a Passive Investor.6

 

 

6 See Question 103.04 (September 14, 2009), Exchange Act Sections 13(d) and 13(g) and Regulation 13D-G Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations of the Division of Corporation Finance of the SEC (the “Regulation 13D-G C&DIs”).

 

Exhibit A-7


 

Obligations of a Firm’s Clients. If a client of a securities firm (including a private or registered fund or a separate account client) by itself beneficially owns more than 5% of a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities, the client has its own independent Section 13 reporting obligation.

 

Availability of Joint Filings by Reporting Persons. As discussed above, each reporting person has an independent reporting obligation under Section 13 of the Exchange Act. The direct and indirect beneficial owners of the same Section 13(d) Securities may satisfy their reporting obligations by making a joint Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G filing, provided that:

 

each reporting person is eligible to file on the Schedule used to make the Section 13 report (e.g., each person filing on a Schedule 13G is a Qualified Institution, Exempt Investor, or Passive Investor);

 

each reporting person is responsible for the timely filing of the Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G and for the completeness and accuracy of its own information in such filing7; and

 

the Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G filed with the SEC (i) contains all of the required information with respect to each reporting person; (ii) is signed by each reporting person in his, her, or its individual capacity (including through a power of attorney); and (iii) has a joint filing agreement attached.

 

C. Determining Beneficial Ownership.

 

In determining whether a securities firm has crossed the 5% threshold with respect to a class of an issuer’s Section 13(d) Securities8, it must include the positions held in any proprietary accounts and the positions held in all discretionary client accounts that it manages (including any private or registered funds, accounts managed by or for principals and employees, and accounts managed for no compensation), and positions held in any accounts managed by the firm’s control persons (which may include certain officers and directors) for themselves, their spouses, and dependent children (including IRA and most trust accounts).

 

1. Determining Who is a Five Percent Holder. Beneficial ownership in the Section 13 context is determined by reference to Rule 13d-3, which provides that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if that person has or shares voting or disposition power with respect to such securities, or can acquire such power within 60 days through the exercise or conversion of derivative securities.

 

 

7 If the reporting persons are eligible to file jointly on Schedule 13G under separate categories (e.g., a private fund as a Passive Investor and its control persons as Qualified Institutions), then the reporting persons must comply with the earliest filing deadlines applicable to the group in filing any joint Schedule 13G. In the example above, the reporting persons would be required to file a Schedule 13G initially within 10 days of exceeding the 5% threshold and thereafter promptly upon any transaction triggering an amendment (i.e., the filing deadlines applicable to a Passive Investor) and not the later deadlines applicable to a Qualified Institution.
8 In calculating the 5% test, a person is permitted to rely upon the issuer’s most recent quarterly or annual report for purposes of determining the amount of outstanding voting securities of the issuer, unless the person knows or has reason to believe that such information is inaccurate.

 

Exhibit A-8


 

2. Determining Beneficial Ownership for Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability. For all Section 13 purposes other than determining who is a five percent holder, beneficial ownership means a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the subject securities through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise. “Pecuniary interest” means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the subject securities. Discussed below are several of the situations that may give rise to an indirect pecuniary interest.

 

(a) Family Holdings. An Insider is deemed to have an indirect pecuniary interest in securities held by members of the Insider’s immediate family sharing the same household. Immediate family includes grandparents, parents (and step-parents), spouses, siblings, children (and step-children) and grandchildren, as well as parents-in-laws, siblings-in-laws, children-in-law and all adoptive relationships. An Insider may disclaim beneficial ownership of shares held by members of his or her immediate family, but the burden of proof will be on the Insider to uphold the lack of a pecuniary interest.

 

(b) Partnership Holdings. Beneficial ownership of a partnership’s securities is attributed to the general partner of a limited partnership in proportion of such person’s partnership interest. Such interest is measured by the greater of the general partner’s share of partnership profits or of the general partner’s capital account (including any limited partnership interest held by the general partner).

 

(c) Corporate Holdings. Beneficial ownership of securities held by a corporation will not be attributed to its stockholders who are not controlling stockholders and who do not have or share investment control over the corporation’s portfolio securities.

 

(d) Derivative Securities. Ownership of derivative securities (warrants, stock appreciation rights, convertible securities, options and the like) is treated as indirect ownership of the underlying equity securities. Acquisition of derivative securities must be reported. If the derivative securities are acquired pursuant to an employee plan, the timing of such reporting depends upon the Rule 16b-3 status of the employee plan under which the grant was made.

 

D. Delinquent Filings.

 

1. Correcting Late Filings. In the case of an Insider that has failed to make required amendments to its Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G in a timely manner (i.e., any material changes), the Insider must immediately amend its schedule to disclose the required information. The SEC Staff has explained that, “[r]egardless of the approach taken, the security holder must ensure that the filings contain the information that it should have disclosed in each required amendment, including the dates and details of each event that necessitated a required amendment.” However, the SEC Staff has also affirmed that, irrespective of whether a security holder takes any of these actions, a security holder may still face liability under the federal securities laws for failing to promptly file a required amendment to a Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G.

 

2. Potential Liability. The SEC may bring an enforcement action, in the context of a Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G filing, for violations of Section 13(d), Section 13(g), Rule 10b-5 and Section 10(b), provided that the SEC specifically shows: (1) a material misrepresentation or omission made by the defendant; (2) scienter on the part of the defendant; and (3) a connection between a misrepresentation or omission and purchase or sale of a security regarding the Rule 10b-5 claim it brings. The SEC may seek civil remedies in the form of injunctive relief, a cease and desist order, monetary penalties, and other forms of equitable relief (e.g., disgorgement of profits). Under Section 32 of the Exchange Act, criminal sanctions may also extend to the willful violation of Section 13(d) and Section 13(g). The U.S. Department of Justice, which prosecutes criminal offenses under the Exchange Act, may seek numerous penalties against any person that violates the Exchange Act and any rules thereunder, including a monetary fine of up to $5,000,000, imprisonment for up to 20 years and/or disgorgement.

 

Exhibit A-9


 

Exhibit B

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

Insider Trading Compliance Program - Pre-Clearance Checklist

 

Individual Proposing to Trade:_________________________

 

Number of Shares covered by Proposed Trade:_________________________

 

Date:_________________________

 

Trading Window. Confirm that the trade will be made during the Company’s “trading window.”

 

Section 13 Compliance. Confirm, if the individual is subject to Section 13, that the proposed trade will not give rise to any potential liability under Section 13 as a result of matched past (or intended future) transactions. Also, ensure that an amendment to Schedule 13D or 13G has been or will be completed and will be timely filed.

 

Prohibited Trades. Confirm, if the individual is subject to Section 13, that the proposed transaction is not a “short sale,” put, call or other prohibited or strongly discouraged transaction.

 

Rule 144 Compliance. Confirm that:

 

Current public information requirement has been met;

 

Shares are not restricted or, if restricted, the six-month holding period has been met;

 

Volume limitations are not exceeded (confirm that the individual is not part of an aggregated group);

 

The manner of sale requirements has been met; and

 

The Notice of Form 144 Sale has been completed and filed.

 

Rule 10b-5 Concerns. Confirm that (i) the individual has been reminded that trading is prohibited when in possession of any material information regarding the Company that has not been adequately disclosed to the public, and (ii) the Compliance Officer has discussed with the individual any information known to the individual or the Compliance Officer which might be considered material, so that the individual has made an informed judgment as to the presence of inside information.

 

   
  Signature of Compliance Officer

 

Exhibit B-1


 

Transactions Report

 

Officer or Director:

 

I. TRANSACTIONS:

 

 ☐ No transactions.    ☐ The transactions described below.

 

Owner of
Record
  Transaction
Date (1)
  Transaction
Code (2)
 

Security
(Common, 
Preferred)

 

Number of
Securities 
Acquired

  Number of
Securities
Disposed of
  Purchase/
Sale
Unit Price 
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         

 

(1) (a) Brokerage transactions - trade date   (d) Acquisitions under stock bonus plan - date of grant
  (b) Other purchases and sales - date firm commitment is made   (e) Conversion - date of surrender of convertible security
  (c) Option and SAR exercises - date of exercise   (f) Gifts - date on which gift is made
           
(2) Transaction Codes:      
  (P) Pre-established Purchase or Sale   (Q) Transfer pursuant to marital settlement
  (N) Purchase or Sale (not “Pre-established”)   (U)

Tender of shares

  (G) Gift   (W) Acquisition or disposition of will
  (M) Option exercise (in-the-money option)   (J) Other acquisition or disposition (specify)

 

II. SECURITIES OWNERSHIP FOLLOWING TRANSACTION

 

A. Company Securities Directly or Indirectly Owned (other than stock options noted below):

 

Title of Security (e.g.,
Preferred, Common, etc.)
  Number of
Shares/Units
  Record Holder (if not
Reporting Person)
  Relationship to
Reporting Person
             
             
             
             

  

B. Stock Option Ownership:

  

Date of
Grant
  Number of
 Shares
  Exercise
Price
  Vesting
Dates
  Expiration
Date
  Exercises to Date (Date, No. of Shares)
                     
                     
                     
                     

  

Exhibit B-2


 

Exhibit C

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

 

Transaction Reminder

 

TO: [Name of Officer or Director]

 

FROM:

 

DATED:

 

RE: Amendment to Schedule 13D filing

 

 

 

This is to remind you that if there is a change in your beneficial ownership of ordinary shares or other securities of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (the “Company”), you must file an amendment to Schedule 13D with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) within 2-5 business days following the transaction.

 

Our records indicate that on __________ (specify date) you had the transactions in the Company’s securities indicated on the attached exhibit.

 

1. Please advise us whether the information on the attached exhibit is correct:

 

The information is complete and correct.

 

This information is not complete and correct. I have marked the correct information on the attached exhibit.

 

2. Please advise us if we should assist you by preparing the amendment to Schedule 13D for your signature and filing it for you with the SEC based upon the information you provided to us, or if you will prepare and file the amendment to Schedule 13D yourself. (Please note that we have prepared and attached for your convenience an amendment to Schedule 13D reflecting the information we have, which (if it is complete and correct), you may sign and return in the envelope enclosed.)

 

The Company should prepare and file the amendment to Schedule 13D on my behalf after receiving my signature on the form.

 

I shall prepare and file the amendment to Schedule 13D myself.

  

   
Signed  
Dated  

 

If you have any questions, contact Zhuoqin Huang, the Company’s Compliance Officer.

 

I understand that my amendment to Schedule 13D must be filed as follows: (i) on EDGAR (the SEC Electronic Data-Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system) and (ii) one copy with the Company’s Compliance Officer.

 

 

Exhibit C-1

 

 

 

 

 

EX-12.1 31 f20f2023ex12-1_popculture.htm CERTIFICATION

Exhibit 12.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Zhuoqin Huang, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (the “Company”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: October 31, 2023

 

By: /s/ Zhuoqin Huang  
  Name:  Zhuoqin Huang  
  Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

EX-12.2 32 f20f2023ex12-2_popculture.htm CERTIFICATION

Exhibit 12.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Renrong Zhu, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (the “Company”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: October 31, 2023

 

By: /s/ Renrong Zhu  
  Name:  Renrong Zhu  
  Title: Chief Financial Officer  

 

EX-13.1 33 f20f2023ex13-1_popculture.htm CERTIFICATION

Exhibit 13.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended June 30, 2023, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Zhuoqin Huang, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: October 31, 2023

 

By: /s/ Zhuoqin Huang  
  Name:  Zhuoqin Huang  
  Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

EX-13.2 34 f20f2023ex13-2_popculture.htm CERTIFICATION

Exhibit 13.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended June 30, 2023, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Renrong Zhu, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: October 31, 2023

 

By: /s/ Renrong Zhu  
  Name:  Renrong Zhu  
  Title: Chief Financial Officer  

 

EX-15.1 35 f20f2023ex15-1_popculture.htm CONSENT OF WWC, P.C

Exhibit 15.1

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Amendment No.4 to the Registration Statement on Form F-3, under the Securities Act of 1933 (File No. 333-266130) of our report dated October 31, 2023 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd, its subsidiaries, and its variable interest entity as of June 30, 2023, and the related consolidated statements of operation and comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, and the related notes included in the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

    /s/ WWC, P.C.
San Mateo, California   WWC, P.C.
October 31, 2023   Certified Public Accountants
    PCAOB ID: 1171

 

 

 

EX-15.2 36 f20f2023ex15-2_popculture.htm CONSENT OF FRIEDMAN LLP

Exhibit 15.2

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-266130) of our report dated November 10, 2021, relating to the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd for the year ended June 30, 2021, and the related notes, which appear in this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd for the year ended June 30, 2023.

 

/s/ Friedman LLP

 

New York, New York

October 31, 2023

 

 

 

EX-15.3 37 f20f2023ex15-3_popculture.htm CONSENT OF ALLBRIGHT LAW OFFICES (XIAMEN)

Exhibit 15.3

 

 

12,13/F, Block B, China Resources Building,

No.95 Hubin East Road,

Siming District, Xiamen, Fujian, 361000, P.R.China

Tel:(86592)2613-399、2966-066

Fax:(86592)2965-566

https://www.allbrightlaw.com/

 

October 31, 2023

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

3rd Floor, No. 168 Fengqi Road

Jimei District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province

The People’s Republic of China

 

RE: Consent of the People’s Republic of China Counsel

 

Dear Sirs/Madams,

 

We consent to the references to our name under the captions “Item 3. Key Information—Risks Associated with being based in the PRC”, “Item 3. Key Information—Permissions Required from PRC Authorities”, “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors”, “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulations”, “Item 8. Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Legal Proceedings” and “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—People’s Republic of China Enterprise Taxation” in the annual report of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd on Form 20-F for the year ended June 30, 2023 (the “Annual Report”), which is filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on the date hereof. We also consent to the filing with the SEC of this consent letter as an exhibit to the Annual Report. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we fall within the category of the person whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, or under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, in each case, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

/s/ AllBright Law Offices (Xiamen)  
AllBright Law Offices (Xiamen)